Droid Life

Dark Sky for Android is Officially Dead (Updated: August 1!)

Tim — Wed, 01 Jul 2020 11:09:47 +0000

UPDATE: Dark Sky weighed in today and said that existing users and subscribers will actually get to keep using the app until August 1, 2020. At that point, they plan to shut it all down and give customers refunds.

It was only on March 31 that we learned Apple was acquiring the Dark Sky weather app, soon to take it away from us and make it exclusive to iOS owners. It was sad, depressing news for those of us who have been using it since its launch onto Android back in 2016. Dark Sky stated that anyone who was already using Dark Sky could use it until July 1, which is today. We assume that at some point today, our access to Dark Sky will be taken away and we'll all be in search of a new home for our weather forecasting needs. Let's all just take a moment to remember and reflect on the good times we had. I can recall many times where I'd be outside walking my dogs, only to receive a notification that rain would soon begin in my area. Dark Sky saved me quite a few times from getting rained on. Thank you, Dark Sky. You'll be missed. If you need a Dark Sky replacement, we have some options for you here. Apps using Dark Sky's API continue to work, so you can find a very similar experience to Dark Sky. I don't know if anything will ever be quite the same, though. RIP, Dark Sky for Android.

Here is an Official Look at Samsung's Galaxy Note 20 Ultra in Bronze

Kellen — Wed, 01 Jul 2020 10:22:25 +0000

The folks running Samsung's Russia site screwed up this morning in a big way. As you can see from the images in this post, they gave us an official look at the Galaxy Note 20 Ultra in a really pretty bronze color. The images were spotted at the bottom of the Galaxy Note 8 page and then posted to reddit, giving us two shots of the device. On desktop, Samsung Russia showed the device lying on its face with camera housing and S Pen exposed. On mobile, we get a second shot of the device standing upright. In case you haven't been following the story, we know this is the Galaxy Note 20 Ultra (formerly the Galaxy Note 20+) because the images match up perfectly to previously released CAD renders. The camera housing and side button arrangements are just as we expected them to be.

There isn't much else to take in here, only that again, the color is super pretty especially with that matching S Pen that has also been coated in bronze. Rumored Note 20 Ultra specs include a Snapdragon 865 processor, 6.9" QHD display at 120Hz, 12GB RAM, 256GB or 512GB storage, 108MP main camera (plus 13MP telephoto and 12MP ultra-wide lenses), at least a 4500mAh battery, Android 10, etc. As far as we know, August 5 is still the big day for Samsung to show this phone off. // Samsung | reddit

OnePlus Nord to Offer Good Camera, Great User Experience, and 'OnePlus Quality'

Tim — Wed, 01 Jul 2020 10:06:39 +0000

According to a recent interview with Carl Pei, the new mid-range Nord phone from OnePlus focuses primarily on getting three things spot on. They include bringing a flagship-level camera experience to this range of phone, offering a fantastic user experience, as well as maintaining the level of OnePlus quality consumers expect. While somewhat cliche, that's not a bad list for a phone that should come in at under $500.

Related: OnePlus Nord reported specs.

Let's talk about the camera first. Pei is quoted as saying, "With the OnePlus Nord we're bringing a flagship-level camera to the mid-range price range, which I think consumers are going to be really excited by." OnePlus for at least the past couple of years has been investing a lot into the camera experience for its customers. As a current user of one of its phones, I appreciate that, but would also like to point out that the camera still isn't as good as the one you'll find on a Pixel device. It's by no means a bad camera, I just wouldn't want anyone to get their hopes up that the OnePlus Nord will have a magical camera. Even though cameras on OnePlus phones have been improving year-over-year, I think it's a safer bet to expect the multiple cameras on the Nord to be better than average. I'm not trying to be mean, I'm simply attempting to be realistic and set reasonable expectations. I'll eat these words if OnePlus blows us away. Speaking about software, Pei notes that, "it's not only the hardware, but also how we optimize the software, the animations, to make sure that every part of it flows really seamlessly." This is a part of the phone I no doubt believe OnePlus can nail at this price range. The company has proven many times that it can make Android snappy and fun to use. At sub-$500, this phone will likely be a little speedster. And lastly, Pei talks about the OnePlus quality. He says that, "We wanted to bring out a mid-range smartphone that really lives up to the OnePlus quality. All the testing is done exactly to the flagship standard, so when consumers buy a OnePlus product at a more reasonable price point, they can expect the exact same rigorous quality testing that all our flagship phones undergo." Back to my cliche notion, what would you expect a person trying to sell mid-range phones to say? You want him to tell you all the ways they're cutting corners to save a buck or two? No, probably not. You want to be reassured that you're buying a decent phone, since even at sub-$500, that's a good chunk of money in times such as these with many still without employment. In the interview, Pei did confirm that the phone will be powered by the Snapdragon 765G processor, which means 5G connectivity for those who need it and have access to it. We should be seeing this phone unveiled relatively soon. Are you ready for it? // TechRadar

FuboTV Also Raises Prices as It Adds ESPN, Cuts Turner Networks

Kellen — Wed, 01 Jul 2020 09:07:40 +0000

fuboTV, one of remaining streaming TV services with a focus on sports (soccer specifically), announced this week that it will increase prices as it adds ESPN networks and removes those from Turner. It's the latest price increase for a streaming industry that is looking less and less appealing to those who cut the cord years ago as a way to stick it to big cable and save a bit of money. In emails sent to customers and a FAQ posted to its support, fuboTV has announced a $5 price increase for fubo Standard, Family Bundle, and Ultra Bundle plans. The base plan will now start at $59.99, Family Bundle at $64.99, and Ultra at $84.99. As a related bit of news, fuboTV also revealed its plans for ESPN, the bundle of channels it has forever lacked. The line-up there includes a number of ESPN channels, ABC, Disney and Disney Junior, FX, Freeform, and more. You can view the full line-up at this support page. The ESPN and ABC networks will go live on fuboTV in August. Unfortunately, as ESPN is added, fuboTV is making a cut that involves all of the Turner networks. Channels like TNT, TBS, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, and TruTV are all gone as of today, July 1. Streaming TV, man, you were cool for a while there. // fuboTV Cheers @chrisonsocials!

Spotify's New Plan for Couples Costs $12.99/Month

Tim — Wed, 01 Jul 2020 08:47:41 +0000

Spotify introduced a new account type for couples this morning and they're calling it Duo. If you and another Spotify Premium user are living at the same address (living together is required), you can now get a joint account for yourselves and pay just $12.99/month for two Premium accounts. Here's the breakdown for you.

What Duo comes With

Two separate Premium accounts with all the Premium perks
Duo means no more disruptions when listening to music
Duo Combines all the benefits of Premium like ad-free music, unlimited skips and offline listening across two accounts
It Comes along with Duo Mix, the shared playlist that combines your tastes in music

If this sounds like perfect thing for you and your partner, let's sign you up.

How to Sign Up for Duo

Existing Premium subscribers can switch to Premium Duo by visiting their “Account” page on Spotify.com and simply changing their subscription. If you upgrade to Premium Duo, you’ll keep your existing Premium account, along with saved music, podcasts, playlists, and recommendations. We're not seeing anything about joining two existing Premium accounts, which could be an issue. Personally, I'm not about to delete all the playlist work I've done. It's possible your partner could be the same way. Maybe you can flip a coin to see whose Spotify account gets deleted? It seems odd that Spotify wouldn't include that ability. Does this sound like a decent deal for your household? Follow the link below to get started. Spotify Sign-Up https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r8G4XnxwokQ // Spotify

Tuesday Poll: Sticking With YouTube TV at $65/Month?

Tim — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 13:48:10 +0000

YouTube TV is now $65/month. Already we're seeing plenty of people on social media saying they're going to be cancelling their service, so it's time to poll our readers and see how they're feeling about it. YouTube says they had to raise prices because the cost of content is rising. That's a funny thing to say because no one was telling them they absolutely had to add the Viacom network. It'd have been nice to see it added as an optional add-on package, so not all users will be saddled with the extra charge per month. Oh well, it's been done and as always, us pawns will need to either deal with it or take our money elsewhere. What about you? Are you sticking with YouTube TV following the $15/month price increase? [poll id="545"]

Google, It's Time for a Pixel Watch

Kellen — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 11:26:07 +0000

Back in 2019, after learning that Google was close to releasing its first Pixel Watch alongside the original Pixel phone, I made the argument that it was the right call then to distance themselves from Wear OS and that they also shouldn't release a Pixel Watch that year either. The reason there was pretty simple - there was no way to make a good enough smartwatch until Qualcomm stepped up and made a new wearable processor. Since Qualcomm has now done that, I think it's time for Google to show us what it thinks a smartwatch can be. It's time for a Pixel Watch. The back story behind Google passing on not one, but two watches is an interesting one that you can read about here. The basics are that Google and LG worked together to make two watches (LG Watch Style and Watch Sport) and planned on releasing them under the Google name, only to have newly-hired hardware boss Rick Osterloh pass on them at the last minute because he didn't feel they fit into the entire line-up of Google devices. They also weren't great watches, as we later found out. Fast forward to today with news of Qualcomm's new Snapdragon Wear 4100+ dropping, and the future of Wear OS could be bright again, assuming a couple of things happen. First, we need Wear OS to mature and find ways to take advantage of this new Qualcomm chip. We need sleep tracking. We need developers to see potential again and to improve their app experiences. We need Google to show us it cares about its wearable platform. The other way we'll learn to pay attention to Wear OS again is if Google makes its own watch. In 2018, Google sure seemed confused about what a proper smartwatch might look like when it told press that it wouldn't release a Pixel Watch that year. They weren't sure there was a "one-size-fits-all watch," even though Apple has proven that not to be true. I actually wonder if they knew how big of a bust the Snapdragon Wear 3100 would be later that year and decided to pass for technology reasons. Whatever the reasoning, we now have the Wear 4100+ with support for super rich ambient modes, better sports experiences, greatly improved performance and multi-tasking, longer battery life, and yes, sleep tracking. The Wear 4100+, at least on paper, is a pretty meaningful upgrade over the 3100 that could help Wear OS become a true competitor to Samsung and Apple's watches. But we need Google to show the world that. We need Google to take some sort of lead here, which they have refused to do. It's been odd to watch a company offer an entire platform for this long only to refuse to release their own devices that run it. I know that Google has been happy to offer support and guidance to partners like Fossil, LG, Mobvoi, and Suunto. But those companies aren't Google. They don't carry the weight of Google's name or reputation. I'm not sure we've seen any real success in Wear OS from any of them. They are smallish players compared to Google and the buzz that Google could generate should they make their own watch. Just look at the level of coverage the Pixel phones get each year, even if they aren't the best phones on the market. We need Google to show us what their vision for a Wear OS smartwatch can be and where they want their watch platform to go. We've waited long enough, and while they made the right decision in not releasing a watch with their name on it up to this point, it's time to do it. Give us the Pixel Watch.

Google's Nearby Sharing Feature is Finally in Beta Testing

Tim — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 11:18:09 +0000

We've been discussing Google's Nearby Sharing function for Android, similar to Apple's AirDrop, since this past January. Well, it appears the feature is actually rolling out to select people enrolled in the Play Services beta, which is fantastic news. The feature allows you to quickly share items on your phone with another user around you, just like AirDrop. According to Android Police who went hands-on with the feature, it's a pretty easy thing to use. Once enabled, it starts looking for other devices to share things with. Once located, you can share all sorts of file types. There are settings to play with in for device discovery, your own device's visibility, and plenty else. As stated, even those enrolled in the beta for Google Play Services may not see this feature available. It's pretty limited, but it's coming for us all, so that's great news. We'll let you know when it starts rolling out to more folk. // Android Police

YouTube TV Adds Viacom Channels, Jacks Up Price to $65

Kellen — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 09:53:30 +0000

YouTube TV subscribers are going to have to take a serious look at whether or not this cutting-the-cord experiment is still worth it. I say that because today, the company announced that another price increase is coming as new channels have been added. Starting today for new customers, YouTube TV will jump from $49.99/mo to $64.99/mo. Current customers will see that increase reflected on their bills on or after their July 30 bill. Why the big price increase? YouTube TV added the Viacom channels, as was previously reported, which includes BET, CMT, Comedy Central, MTV, Nickelodeon, Paramount Network, TV Land and VH1. That group of channels has been missing from the start, has likely been requested by customers, and is now here with a price attached. Those channels are available starting today. This is the latest significant price increase to the streaming TV service in a year. We saw a jump from $40/mo to $50/mo a little over a year ago, and that price pulled in current customers too, unlike the previous increase from the original $35 to $40. As an early YouTube TV subscriber, this is pretty frustrating to see happen. I loved the $35/mo price, begrudgingly accepted the increase to $50 because I like the service, but this is going to make me re-evaluate. I do not care about the Viacom channels. I've lived without them this entire time. YouTube TV should have made them an optional bundle, not just forced us all to pay for them. Ugh. // YouTube TV

Massachusetts Residents Eligible for $25 Nest Thermostat E

Tim — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 09:14:22 +0000

Today's a good day to be a Massachusetts resident, as the Mass Save Marketplace is hosting a huuuge sale on Nest products, including $25(!!!) Nest Thermostat E units. That's basically free compared to their typical market price of $169. Here's the rundown of deals.

Nest Thermostat E - $25
Nest Thermostat (3rd-Gen) - $99
Nest Thermostat in White (3rd-Gen) - $149
Nest Temperature Sensor - $39

In order to claim these deals, you absolutely need to have a delivery address in Massachusetts and be a residential customer of "one of the participating Sponsors of Mass Save." That appears to include Berkshire Gas, Blackstone, Columbia Gas, NationalGrid, and others. I assume you Massachusetts residents will just know if you're eligible or not. Seriously, if you don't have a Nest, you better not pass up the chance to get one for $25. Cheers Michael!

Spotify Just Launched Lyrics in a Ton of New Markets

Tim — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 08:56:53 +0000

Spotify is partnering with Musixmatch to bring lyrics to a ton of countries this week outside of the markets that already have support for them. The feature should be live this morning for the following markets, which include some pretty big population areas such as Hong Kong, Taiwan, Philippines, and more.

Markets Getting Spotify Lyrics This Week

Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Chile, Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras, India, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, El Salvador, Uruguay, Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, Taiwan, Singapore, and Hong Kong.

Users will access the feature by tapping “Lyrics” at the bottom of the “Now Playing” screen. Easy enough, yeah? Enjoy, Spotify users in those listed markets. // TechCrunch

Mobvoi TicWatch Pro 3 First to Offer Snapdragon Wear 4100

Tim — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 08:00:23 +0000

With Qualcomm detailing the new Snapdragon Wear 4100 lineup this morning, it was also detailed that Mobvoi will have one of the first smartwatches on the market that features the new processor.

Read: All you need to know about the Snapdragon Wear 4100

Called the TicWatch Pro 3, we're waiting on Mobvoi to provide all of the necessary details like specs and pricing, but this is still an exciting step in the evolution of Wear OS. Just from the Snapdragon Wear 4100 details, we can tell you that the processor offers an enhanced Ambient Mode with crisper image rendering and number kerning, lower power consumption when utilizing certain features, as well as better battery life and device performance. As soon as Mobvoi releases additional details, we'll update this post.

Qualcomm Introduces Snapdragon Wear 4100+ to Try and Save Wear OS

Kellen — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 08:00:06 +0000

Qualcomm Snapdragon Wear 4100+ gives Wear OS new life

Wear OS is getting another chance, guys. Qualcomm just announced its new wearable chipset, the first real upgrade to the Snapdragon Wear line in more years than I can keep track of. The new Snapdragon Wear 4100+ is here with plenty of improvements, we just hope they are dramatic enough to improve the state of wearables on Android over that previous chip.

READ: Google, it's time for a Pixel Watch

Wear 4100 vs. 4100+

Qualcomm actually announced two wearable chips today, the Snapdragon Wear 4100 and 4100+, which are both based off of the Snapdragon 429, a mobile processor first introduced in 2018. While that date probably makes you a bit nervous, we are so far ahead of the Snapdragon Wear 3100 with this chip that it addresses concerns across all categories. We have two chipsets, the Wear 4100 (SDA429w) and the Wear 4100+ (SDM429w). The differences here come down to two things, and that's the co-processor included in the 4100+ (4100 doesn't have one) as well as the 4100+ being certified for Wear OS watches. In other words, the Wear 4100 should provide similar performance to the 4100+, but you likely won't see it very often in the Wear OS space. For the rest of this post, we're really only going to focus on the 4100+. Cool?

Snapdragon Wear 4100+ Specs

The Snapdragon Wear 4100+ is a 12nm chip with four Cortex-A53 cores, Adreno A504 GPU, separate modem/GPS and sensor/audio DSPs, faster RAM, and a co-processor. The co-processor (QCC1110) is the same as the co-processor in the Wear 3100, but because of the improvements in the 429w chip, it's able to do even more. The new 4100+ produces 85% higher performance, with RAM speeds up 85%, and a 2.5x faster GPU over the previous Wear 3100. It should see decent power reductions too, with 22% reduction in GPS use, 35% reduction while playing music over Bluetooth, and a 42% reduction when scrolling through notifications. As far as battery life goes, Qualcomm estimates that watches could see 25% longer battery life when in daily use. A watch with a sports mode could see the sports experience lsat up to 18 hours. Did the Wear 4100+ add an extra day of battery life? Probably not, but it should help squeeze those extra few hours out.

New Wear 4100+ Features

We should see a substantial improvement in the features that Wear OS will be able to offer with the Wear 4100+. Outside of the performance boost, we are getting Bluetooth 5.0, a richer ambient mode, improved sports mode, and what could be a game-changing enhanced watch mode. From an interactive experience, Qualcomm is promising greatly improved multi-tasking and an Assistant experience that doesn't suck like it does on the Wear 3100. For example, while you have a fitness activity running or are on a call on the 4100+, you shouldn't see the death stutters and slowness when launching Google Assistant or reading notifications, like you might on the older chip. When in Ambient Mode (always-on screen), watches will now support 64K colors (16 bit) with better image rendering. The Wear 3100 could only do 16 colors (4 bit). You also have number kerning, a smoother second hand, live complications, and constant heart rate monitoring, all on the Ambient Mode. The Ambient Mode is going to be awesome for the watch face game and for those wanting their smartwatch to always look more like a real watch. Oh, did I mention that the 4100+ does sleep tracking? It does. Google better hurry up and bring it to Wear OS. The improved Sports Mode also supports 64K colors, number kerning, and both sensors and maps offloading. In other words, the Sports Mode should be much, much richer of an experience than it was on the 3100. Not that anyone used Sports Mode on the 3100 because it didn't exist, but you know what I'm saying. Finally, the Enhanced Watch Mode is a really big deal here compared to the experience on the 3100. You may recall that Watch Mode on that old chip might have given you week-long battery life, but it took away all smarts on your watch and was mostly useless (it did show date). Now, Watch Mode can show up to 64K colors, still track steps and heart rate, show a battery indicator, and give you alarms and reminders and haptics. Again, we don't know how big of a performance or battery jump we'll see until we get a watch on the wrist, but the set of features we should get from watchmakers sounds pretty great.

First 4100+ Watches

These two 4100 chips are available now and shipping to partners, so that means the first Wear OS watches with the 4100+ should be along shortly. We know for sure that Mobvoi is already cooking up the first watch dubbed TicWatch Pro 3. You can read more about that watch right here. Do we think we'll finally get a Google Pixel Watch now? Please, Google. You excited, Wear OS folks?

OnePlus Nord Really is the Name of a New Affordable Product Line

Kellen — Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:45:27 +0000

OnePlus confirmed this morning that its new and affordable product line is indeed called Nord. After teasing OnePlus Nord with an Instagram account called "onepluslitezthing" as a bit of a joke referencing the two previously rumored names, the company switched the name over to "oneplus.nord" as a part of it releasing the first video of a series that will walk us through the OnePlus team's journey to creating Nord. You can watch it below. During the video, OnePlus CEO Pete Lau mentions that this Nord device will be their first to launch in some time at under $500. How far under that number we won't know, but we should learn over the next couple of weeks. As you know from a previous post, the OnePlus Nord is going to launch initially in Europe and India, with North America hopefully joining the party later on. OnePlus has apparently planned to launch a "highly limited beta program" for the device in the US to start. What else do we know about OnePlus Nord? These could be the specs. It may not look like these renders anymore, though. https://www.instagram.com/p/CCDvb9lpaI6/

Google Photos Major Update Includes New Map View, Layout Changes, and New Icon (Update: Now Live!)

Tim — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 14:38:07 +0000

Google announced a massive Google Photos update this morning, packing in not just a new look for the service, but new features, too. Update (6/29): Google is now rolling this update out, as I can confirm that both Kellen and I have received the new UI. Check your apps! Inside, users can expect to find a similar bottom navigation bar as other Google apps, with dedicated sections for Photos, Search, and Library. These tabs will get you into all different parts of the app. Currently, the bottom row in Google Photos is Photos, Albums, For You, and Sharing. Personally, I'm in favor of these updated tabs. Much cleaner and more concise. Here's what new in Google Photos.

New Layout

As we can see in the below GIF, each section houses all of the service's things, such as the Print Shop, Sharing, and date view. You'll also spot the new Map View, detailed below, which is a major addition to the service and something users have been clamoring for for years.

Map View

Now, Map View is awesome, but note that Google does need to keep track of your location in order to utilize it. Location can be added manually to photos, but that sort of takes away from the ease of use this feature offers. Regardless, should you have photos from all over the world or just your town, you can now view them on a heat map.

New Icon

What kinda Google app update would this be if the company didn't include a new icon?

This updated Google Photos experience is rolling out starting today. // Google

Google Releases Album of Wallpapers to Celebrate Pride Month

Tim — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 13:12:19 +0000

Google has released a set of wallpapers celebrating Pride Month, as well as new custom ringtones and notification sounds for Pixel owners. To access these, simply open up Wallpapers app, then you'll be greeted with an entirely new Pride section. There are 9 new wallpapers in total. As a heads up, you don't need to have a Pixel to use these -- just download the Wallpapers app from Google Play and you can use them, too. To use the new sounds, you'll need to access your Sounds menu on your Pixel device. As you can see in the header image above, the wallpapers are pretty damn awesome, with lots of colorful imagery such as rainbow snakes and golden unicorns. Update: Google released this album a couple of weeks ago, but we missed the news. Apologies. Have at it! https://twitter.com/madebygoogle/status/1277679175260758016

Verizon Quietly Changes Entire Shared Data Plan Line-Up

Kellen — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 12:42:12 +0000

Verizon introduced a new line-up of prepaid plans last week that look pretty good on paper, with big discounts on each if customers stay subscribed for extended periods of time. What Verizon didn't mention publicly at that time, was that they were also pushing out a pretty major overhaul to their shared data plans.

Verizon New Shared Data Plans

Before last week's switch, Verizon's shared data plan line-up included S (2GB-$35), M (4GB-$50), and L (8GB-$70) options, as well as a single-line 5GB ($40) plan. They also had rarely-advertised XL and XXL plans After the switch, their shared data plan line-up now only includes 5GB ($55) and 10GB ($65) plans. Yes, we went from six plans down to two. There's quite a bit to unpack here, as the differences in the prices are calculated differently with the new 5GB and 10GB plans. Let me try to explain.

New Shared Data Plan Pricing

The old plans had a bill breakdown of a $20/mo line access charge added to the data bucket price. For example, if you had the S (2GB-$35) plan and a single line, you would pay $55/mo. A L (8GB-$70) plan with two lines would cost $110 ($20/line x 2 + $70 data plan). The new plans have an all-in advertised price that is only good if you have autopay enabled. For the 5GB plan at $55/mo, the breakdown includes a $30/mo account access fee plus a $25/mo line access fee. However, if you don't have autopay, that line access fee jumps up to $35/mo and the total monthly cost to $65/mo. The same story applies to the 10GB plan at $65/mo, where you pay $40/mo account access (the data) plus the $25/mo line access fee with autopay. Again, that becomes $35/mo with no autopay and $75/mo total.

Are these new plans a good deal? They sure do look cheaper. The old 5GB plan was $60/mo ($20 line fee + $40 data), while the new 5GB plan is $55 as long as you have autopay. The new 10GB plan is $65/mo with autopay, while the old L (8GB) plan was $90/mo. So yeah, if you are into shared data for whatever reason, these do look to be better deals than the old plans. The old plans were also pretty outdated and probably needed to be changed.

Buy Games From Galaxy Store, Earn Samsung Rewards Points

Tim — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 12:33:26 +0000

Samsung is looking to entice more Galaxy owners into using its Galaxy Store app by offering Samsung Rewards points whenever you buy a game. The breakdown is easy enough to follow: users will earn three Samsung Rewards points for every dollar spent on games in the Galaxy Store. With those earned points, you'll be able to exchange them for new Galaxy Store games. Samsung notes that it also plans to introduce "even more exciting and rewarding ways to play as the summer goes on."

Gamers will earn three Samsung Rewards points for every dollar they spend on games in the Galaxy Store.

Gamers will earn three Samsung Rewards points for every dollar they spend on games in the Galaxy Store.

Gamers will earn three Samsung Rewards points for every dollar they spend on games in the Galaxy Store.

The Galaxy Store offers plenty of fine games, just like Google Play. If you don't plan on leaving the Samsung ecosystem for a while, you might as well take Samsung up on this offer for games that are on the Galaxy Store. It may lead to free games down the road, which is never a bad thing. // Samsung

DEAL: Stadia Controller 10% Off on Google Store, Down to $62

Tim — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 09:56:56 +0000

If you need an official Stadia controller for playing your games, Google is offering 10% off its gaming controller for what we assume is a limited time. At 10% off, the price for the controller falls to $62, down from the usual $69. What's sweet about the Stadia controller is that it's not only good for Stadia games, but Android mobile games in general. Via the USB-C connection, I've been playing the original Sonic the Hedgehog like a champ on my smartphone, taking me way back to my SEGA Genesis days. It's a well-built controller and definitely something you want to have if you're into mobile gaming, as well as Stadia. You can pick one up by following the link below.

Google Store Link

Metal Slug Getting New Title for Mobile, Looks Pretty Good

Tim — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 08:52:13 +0000

I remember being a young lad in the arcade, attempting to make it through a single level of Metal Slug. I sucked hard at the game, but I still enjoyed it. I've always wondered when we could expect a refreshed version of the classic title, and apparently, someone was listening to my thoughts. Over on YouTube, a trailer for a new Metal Slug title created in partnership between SNK Games and TiMi Studios (subsidiary of Tencent Games) has been released, looking extremely similar to the game we all know from back in the day. The only difference is the game doesn't look as cartoonish or pixelated as it did. It looks pretty good in this new style. Details concerning launch are scarce. The video's description lists "TBD," so who knows when we can expect this. I really, really hope it's soon though. If you need some old school Metal Slug on your phone today, you can try these ports out. Bring it on!

Verizon Updates A Bunch of Samsung Phones, LG V60

Kellen — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 08:10:07 +0000

If you own a Samsung phone on Verizon from the past year that isn't the Galaxy S20, there's a chance it will grab an update this week. The Galaxy S10 line, Note 10 line, A51, and several Galaxy Tab devices are all seeing new updates. The LG V60 is also getting new software. None of the updates are exciting, according to Verizon. In fact, every single one is a simple security patch, most of which are of the June 2020 variety just as July approaches. LG is giving its newest phone the May patch.

Samsung Galaxy S10: G973USQU3DTE8, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy S10+: G975USQU3DTE8, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy S10e: G970USQU3DTE8, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy Note 10: N970USQU3CTE7, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy Note 10+: N975USQU3CTE7, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy Note 10+ 5G: N976VVRU3CTE9, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy A51: A515USQU2ATF5, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy J7 (2nd Gen): J737VPPVRS6BTB1, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy Tab S6: T867VVRS2BTF9, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy Tab S5e: T727VVRS1ATF2, June 2020
Samsung Galaxy Tab A 8.4: T307USQS2ATFA, June 2020
LG V60 ThinQ: V600VM10e, May 2020

To check for the update on most Verizon phones, head into Settings and scroll to the bottom to look for "Software updates" or some variety of that. // Verizon

AT&T Adds Another 28 5G Markets, Turns on DSS in Some

Kellen — Mon, 29 Jun 2020 07:39:08 +0000

Fresh off adding 155 markets to its 5G list two weeks ago, AT&T is back with another 28 new ones. They also just turned on Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (DSS) in several, helping them spread 5G quicker by utilizing their existing 4G LTE network.

AT&T Adds 28 New 5G Markets

AT&T now has its 5G service in 355 markets across the US, covering 160 million people. The new 5G markets are in parts of 15 states, as well as Puerto Rico. Places like Miami, Salt Lake City, Dallas, Austin, and San Juan can now connect to AT&T's low-band 5G network.

AT&T Enables DSS in Some

As for the DSS stuff, it's the same tech we talked about last week for Verizon and their nationwide 5G network that will rollout later this year. DSS is a move carriers will make to leverage their existing 4G LTE networks to push both LTE and 5G. The technology allows them to serve customers on both connection types over the same channel. By using DSS, carriers will be able to quickly expand their 5G footprints over the low-band. AT&T didn't say where they fired up DSS, only that it's in "parts of some markets." Below, you'll find the full list of AT&T's new 5G markets: Arkansas

Ouachita County

Florida

Melbourne
Miami
Orlando
West Palm Beach

Hawaii

Maui County

Idaho

Idaho County

Illinois

Alton-Granite City

Michigan

Jackson

Missouri

Columbia

Minnesota

Chippewa County

North Dakota/Minnesota

Fargo-Moorhead

Oregon

Eugene-Springfield

Pennsylvania

Crawford County

Puerto Rico

Aguadilla
Aibonito Municipality
Arecibo
Mayaguez
Ponce
Rincon Municipality
San Juan

Tennessee

Lake County

Texas

Austin
Dallas
Navarro County
Victoria
Wilson County

Utah

Salt Lake City

// AT&T

Shocking News: Razer Phone 2 Receives July Security Patch!

Tim — Sat, 27 Jun 2020 17:16:52 +0000

Here's a bit of news I never expected to write: Razer Phone 2 has received an update! According to multiple owners on reddit, Razer is shipping out the July security patch, labeled as software build number P-SMR4-RC001-RZR-200616.3181. The update weighs around 80MB, and besides the security patch, nothing else is listed. This was probably a massive surprise for owners, as Razer has not been even close to ideal in terms of updating its devices. Happy days!

// reddit Cheers Casper TGF!

Podcast: OnePlus, You Have Our Attention

Kellen — Fri, 26 Jun 2020 10:26:51 +0000

On this episode of the DL Show, we have a number of topics to cover, like OnePlus' triumphant return to affordability, iOS 14 and all of the Android features it borrows, Google's Pixel 4a at the FCC, Samsung and more Samsung, plus confirmation that LG's Velvet is coming to North America. Trivia is back! This week's prizes provided by Nimble, whose wireless charging stands are now at Verizon! We’ll be live at 12:00PM Pacific (3:00PM Eastern). This week's show is sponsored by E-Win, makers of fine gaming chairs and desks. To get 20% off the chairs we now use during the DL Show, use code "Droidlife" at checkout!

Don't Expect These Particular Android 11 Features on Every Android Device

Tim — Fri, 26 Jun 2020 09:23:41 +0000

According to a leaked draft of the Android Compatibility Definition Document (not yet live here), Google is already outlining which Android 11 features 3rd-party OEMs will not need to include on any of their Android 11-running devices.

Read: Everything New in Android 11

If you weren't aware, every year Google puts out a list of features based on the latest version of Android that OEM partners absolutely must have all the way to absolutely should not have. An OEM's ability to release an Android device with Google apps/services and access to Google Play relies on how well they follow these guidelines. The finalized CDD document is reported to come later this year, but for now, we know of at least three Android 11 features that Google will not require all OEMs to bake into their software.

Device Controls

Introduced in the Android 11 beta within the redesigned power menu, Device Controls allow Android users to control aspects of their smart home. Should you have Hue lights or a Nest Cam, you can control those devices from this new menu. It appears Google won't be requiring OEMs to utilize it, though, which kinds sucks. It's actually a pretty sweet feature we'd like to see implemented on all devices. Do note, there's nothing to stop an OEM from including it -- Google just isn't mandating its inclusion.

Conversations Section in Notifications

For Android 11, Google has provided a dedicated Conversations section inside of the notification pulldown. This area groups all communication-related notifications that aren't email, allowing for quick access. According to the CDD, Google won't require OEMs to use this dedicated section, but does strongly recommend it. Android's notification handling is one of its advantages over iOS, so we hope that OEMs utilize this new feature. Fingers crossed.

Mobile Driver’s Licenses

One of the great things about the future is that instead of having a physical license on us at all times, we'll be able to have a digital copy on our phones. Some authorities around the world are already utilizing this, so while it may not be where you are yet, it should be coming eventually. Inside of Android 11, Google has the IdentityCredential API, but will not be requiring OEMs to utilize it. There appears to be more work to be done with regard to security of the information, so until that's done, it's not required. Bummer.

There you have it, just a few of the things you shouldn't put money on having once Android 11 hits your non-Pixel device. Again, it's possible your non-Pixel will get these features, but they are not required by Google. You can always reach out to your favorite OEM and ask them to consider using them. // XDA

Google Meet Outlines Upcoming Features, Including Custom Backgrounds

Tim — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 15:53:18 +0000

Many people are using services like Zoom and Google Meet, so it's no surprise that the companies behind them have been pouring a ton of resources into making them better to use. Google Meet is seeing huge usage growth, and with that, Google is outlining what's coming to the service in the coming days, weeks, and months. And yes, that includes custom backgrounds. According to Google, custom backgrounds and the ability to blur your background is in the works, currently scheduled to rollout "in the coming months." Personally speaking, that is way too long from now, especially considering Meet is produced by one of the world's largest and richest companies. Also announced is the ability to attend Meet meetings from your Nest Hub Max. We detailed that already. In addition, Google notes that down the road, users will be able to see up to 49 participants at once, up from the current limit of 16. I imagine people will look like ants at that point, but it's coming whether you find it useful or not. Below is a list of other inbound features.

Hand raising: Increase participation in larger meetings by enabling participants to “raise their hands” when they have a question or something to say.
Meeting attendance: Give meeting hosts a simple way to see who attended their meeting.
Breakout rooms: Make it easy for large meetings to split into smaller groups, have parallel discussions, and reconvene once finished.
Q&A: Provide a channel for the audience to ask questions without disrupting the flow of the conversation.
Polling: Engage participants in large meetings with real-time polling.
Additional moderator controls: Give meeting hosts additional controls for muting, presenting, joining, and more.

We don't have specifics in terms of availability, but all of this is apparently in the works. We'll keep you posted as they roll out to users. // Google

Pixel 4a Shows Signs of Life as It Stops by FCC

Kellen — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 15:17:06 +0000

The Google Pixel 4a is a phone I think we all assumed would have been fully reviewed by now. Instead, more than likely due to the global pandemic that is showing no signs of being contained in the US, Google has held off on releasing it. It still could come one day, and should that day arrive, there will be no stopping it thanks to today's FCC approval. A new Google device labeled as a "phone" and with model numbers of G025J, G025N, and G025M stopped through for testing with 802.11ac WiFi on board, Bluetooth LE, and 4G LTE support with all of the major US carriers. This is the Pixel 4a. I wish I had a bunch of other new stuff to tell you that these FCC docs revealed, but this story has already been told so many times. We know almost every single thing there is to know about the Pixel 4a, we just don't know when we can buy one. We know the specs. We know that Verizon was expecting it to have been released already. We know it won't have squeezy sides. We think the price might start at $349. We know what the packaging looks like. We know Googlers have been using it. Camera samples from it look solid. We know what it looks like. This phone still on your radar or are you moving on to whatever is next?

// FCC | @MishaalRahman

RELATED: Everything we know about the Pixel 4a

Nest Hub Max Becomes Your Group Video Calling Bestie

Kellen — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 13:15:40 +0000

Because we're still making more video calls than humans were ever going to be ready for, Google has brought group video calling to its big smart home controller, the Nest Hub Max. Both Duo and Meet are getting the action, so you can cook it up and chat with the homies at the same time. In order to group video call on Google Duo, you'll have to first setup a group (up to 32 people) within the Duo app that you can access on your Nest Hub Max. If you have already done that, a simple "Hey Google, make a group call," will show you available groups from Duo to start a call with. Don't have a Nest Hub Max? That's OK, because Google is making Duo group calls available on the LG XBOOM AI ThinQ WK9 Smart Display, JBL Link View, and Lenovo’s 8-inch and 10-inch Smart Displays. As for Google Meet video calls, you'll be able to use commands of "Hey Google, start a meeting" or "Hey Google, join a meeting." If you have meeting codes, you'll be able to tap and enter those too. For Meet calls, the Nest Hub Max is getting support first, along with beta access for G Suite folks. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XIL5SR1Uqe8 // Google

Samsung Galaxy Watch 3 Gets a Super Leak

Kellen — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 12:19:09 +0000

It could be a month or more before Samsung announces its next watch, a watch we believe will be called the Samsung Galaxy Watch 3. As we wait for it to become official, we continue to learn more each day. Today, that continues with a couple of renders that sure do look official. Below, you can see both the front and backsides of the new Galaxy Watch 3 in leaked renders courtesy of @evleaks, this one being the larger 45mm version. The model number of SM-R840 is showing on the back there to confirm that, a number we talked at length about a few weeks ago after spotting the watch at the FCC. You can see the heartrate monitor, two button pushers on the right side of the case, that grippy bezel which should rotate, and a decent amount of space within the watch's lugs. The band Samsung will likely include appears to be leather with a touch of contrast stitching and a 22mm width. This is by far Samsung's most classically styled watch in a couple of years, probably since the Gear S3 Classic.

We have not yet seen renders of the smaller 41mm version yet, but I'm sure that will drop here shortly with a similar design. Lookin' good, Samsung. // XDA | @evleaks

Galaxy Fold 2 Render Provides Idea of What to Expect

Tim — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 12:04:51 +0000

The Galaxy Fold 2 is the foldable we have been telling everyone to get hyped about. First-generation devices such as the Galaxy Fold usually come riddled with issues, and it was no exception, so by the second iteration a lot of improvements are made and we feel more comfortable recommending followups to our readers. With that said, Samsung leaker @UniverseIce shared a somewhat crude 3rd-party render on Twitter this week of the upcoming Galaxy Fold 2, and honestly, it looks a helluva lot more interesting than the original ever did. Let's go over what to expect. In the render, we have a clear look at the inside of the device. The internal display is nearly all screen, with minimal bezel surrounding it. There is a single front-facing camera cutout, which is a vast improvement over last year's huge hump. The hummingbird is also a nice touch, but likely has zero to do with the device and its hardware. Moving on. The other render is very intriguing. It details the outline for the rumored exterior display, which looks to be much, much larger than the original Galaxy Fold's. It also appears to have a front-facing camera cutout. On the outside backside of the phone, we have the camera module outline. With these outlines, we can see why the placement for the internal cutout is where it is for the camera. These devices can only be so thick, so while it might look a bit off to the eye, there wasn't really anywhere else for Samsung to place it. Oh well, it's still a really good looking followup to the original. What do you think, Galaxy Fold fans? Are these good looking improvements? // @UniverseIce

Android TV Gets an Android 11 Developer Preview

Kellen — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 10:44:25 +0000

The next version of Android won't only be for phones and tablets, as you probably guessed. Google still has its Android TV platform that will need to be ready as well, so today the company pushed the first Android 11 Developer Preview out to and its ADT-3 developer device. The big changes here are...well, there aren't any just yet. Google told us to expect "privacy, performance, accessibility, and connectivity features to help developers meet the needs of users," many of whom are spending more time at home these days. In other words, the big UI overhaul we are hoping will arrive soon enough, isn't here to preview. I did flash the Android 11 preview for Android TV on my own ADT-3 to check for new stuff. I came up empty, but did see that this build includes the July Android security patch and build RP1A.200521.001.6516341. Speaking of the ADT-3, it's a pretty sweet little Android TV dongle device that costs just $79. Anyone can buy them today, and they might even be a preview of the upcoming Google-made Android TV dongle.

// Android Developers

LG's New Wireless Earbuds Get Cleaned With UV While Charging

Tim — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 10:29:23 +0000

LG announced a pair of earbuds this morning with a unique feature found inside of the case they're housed in. Labeled as model HBS-FN6 of the TONE Free lineup, the case features a UV light technology that blasts the earbuds with UV light while charging the earbuds, killing bacteria that live on the earbuds. According to LG's press release, "Utilizing built-in ultraviolet light, LG’s slim charging case keeps listeners’ ears cleaner by eliminating 99.9% of E. coli and S. aureus from the non-toxic, hypoallergenic silicone ear gel and inner mesh." That's cool. Sound wise, the earbuds should be well equipped, too. They feature customized EQ sound settings developed by Meridian, layered Dynamic drivers, dual mics for using Google Assistant, and should get about 6 hours of battery life on a single charge. If you want these bacteria-killing earbuds, they arrive in North America next month for an undisclosed price. // LG

Verizon Rolls Out Enhanced 5G Home to Houston

Kellen — Thu, 25 Jun 2020 08:08:13 +0000

Verizon continues its rollout of "enhanced" 5G Home service this week, with Houston being the beneficiary after LA and Indianapolis were upgraded earlier this month. Enhanced 5G Home is Verizon switching over 5G Home service from their own 5G TF standard (or non-standard 5G) to 5G NR, which is the industry standard. You may recall that when Verizon rushed to be first to 5G, they launched 5G Home with their own 5G and told everyone they would one day be upgraded to 5G NR. That's happening now. With enhanced 5G Home, Verizon tells us that 5G Home connections now provide up to 2x the download speeds and 1.5x the coverage of their previous 5G TF home internet. So it's both a switch to NR and an upgrade. In addition to the 5G Home news, Verizon announced that it was partnered with Pivotal Commware, a company that is using network repeaters to help them further spread their 5G mmW coverage to new areas. While still in a trial phase, using repeaters is a way to better broadcast a 5G signal into buildings, multi-unit dwellings, dorms, that sort of thing. // Verizon

Google Store is Struggling (Updated: Back)

Kellen — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 15:45:38 +0000

If shopping for goods on the Google Store is a Wednesday ritual, I hate to be the one to tell you that things aren't going well over there. The Google Store is mostly broken at the moment, with pages flipping between "Unavailable" and "Out of Stock." Other pages will show you a "Buy" button, but configuration pages and checkout through the cart is failing. It looks like Google is aware, as I received at least one error (R013) that said, "It's not you, it's us," and that Google is "working on fixing the problem." So yeah, Google didn't sell out of the Pixel 4 or Pixel 3a or Pixel Buds. Instead, the Google Store is just having a tough day.

UPDATE 5:00PM: It looks like we are back. Buy away, friends.

Fossil Gen 5 Garrett is a Steal at $179 ($116 Off)

Kellen — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 13:17:17 +0000

The Fossil Gen 5 Garrett has dropped to $179 this week, one of its lowest prices to date. As Fossil's newest model, seeing the Garrett in select colors with a $116 discount should tempt you. This Garrett model , which is a diver-style watch unlike the original Gen 5, is available at the $179 price in the blue color you are seeing above and also in gold. It has the same internals as the Gen 5, though, so don't worry about this sale price meaning there is anything missing. You still have the Snapdragon Wear 3100, 1GB RAM, 1.28" AMOLED display, 8GB storage, GPS, heartrate sensor, NFC, and speaker. Again, the Gen 5 Garrett was introduced at CES and has only been available for a few months. I'm not sure we should look too deeply into that, as it could just be that the blue and gold colorways aren't selling as well as the other colors. Since this is the same watch as the Gen 5 we reviewed and loved almost a year ago only in a different case, it should be a great pick-up for someone looking at Wear OS or an Android smartwatch. The deal is available a both Amazon and Fossil stores. Fossil Gen 5 Garrett Links: Amazon | Fossil

Samsung's New GN1 Camera Sensor Sounds Insanely Good

Tim — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 13:14:00 +0000

Samsung detailed its new ISOCELL GN1 image sensor today, with the likelihood being that we could see this new sensor used in the upcoming Galaxy Note 20. It definitely fits the bill, as it offers all of the modern image sensor tech you might expect from a phone that will most likely cost $1K+. At those prices, a phone absolutely has to deliver in the camera department. Since the Galaxy S20 series stumbled here in certain cases, such as its auto focus abilities, Samsung likely wants to squash any doubt consumers have in its cameras. Samsung highlights a ton of features, including a few firsts, for the GN1 sensor. According to the company's accompanying blog post, the ISOCELL GN1 uses its Dual Pixel technology with 100 million phase detection focus units. In layman's, that means fast and accurate auto focus. The GN1 has 1.2μm pixels for high quality night shots, as well as ISOCELL Plus, which is the company's pixel isolation technology. One of the big highlights for the GN1 is Tetracell. As Samsung explains, this new arrangement for pixels will allow for better low-light shooting with less noise.

Unlike conventional RGB sensors, where pixels with different color filters are arranged in a mosaic pattern, Samsung’s Tetracell sensors arrange pixels with the same color filter right next to each other in groups of four. When shooting in low-light conditions, the sensor can treat those groups of four pixels as one big pixel, meaning that more light is let into the sensor for images that are brighter and feature less noise.

Real-time HDR on the GN1 also sounds pretty incredible. With this, each pixel in the Tetracell group snaps its own photo at varying exposure times. Two pixels take medium exposures, one takes a long exposure, and the last takes a short exposure. This leads to end result photos with what should be exquisite shadows, midtones, and highlights. There's even more, highlighted in the below video. This should be one of Samsung's best image sensors yet and we're definitely ready for it. As soon as we know which phone it'll be inside of, we'll let you know. https://www.youtube.com/watch?&v=lD9CnUwzHWs // Samsung

Samsung 12-Hour Sale Drops $500 Off Galaxy S20+, Includes $50 Accessory Credit

Kellen — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 11:11:13 +0000

In one of the shortest deals I've seen in some time, Samsung is hosting a flash sale that could save you up to $500 off a Galaxy S20 phone and give you $50 to spend on accessories. The deal is only good for the next few hours. The deal, which is one of the trade-in deals Samsung constantly runs (and that we love), gets you an instant $500 off a Galaxy S20, Galaxy S20+, or Galaxy S20 Ultra+. If you have any Galaxy S10 or Note 10 phone, as well as various iPhones, you'll get the full $500. But phones like the S10e, S9, Note 9, Pixel 4, or iPhone 8 will still get you $400 off today. How does the instant discount work with a trade-in? It's pretty simple. You tell Samsung which phone you have to trade-in and they give you the value today, so you could pay as little as $499 for a Galaxy S20. Once you receive your new S20, they'll give you instructions for sending in your trade to verify it's worth $500 or $400. Assuming you didn't lie, Samsung will verify and you'll be good. To get the extra $50 to put towards accessories, you will need to buy the Galaxy S20+ today. That accessory portion of this promo is not available one the regular S20 or S20 Ultra. Shop Samsung's 12-Hour Flash Sale

Many, Many Popular Games on Sale in Google Play Right Now

Tim — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 10:37:52 +0000

Google Play is hosting a big time sale on a ton of popular game titles right now. If you're like me, you're always looking for the next best game to waste time in the bathroom on, so let's have a look, shall we? The highlights of the sale, at least to my eyes, include This War of Mine for $5, 911 Operator for $1, what appears to be all of the Goat Simulator titles for $1.99, Pocket Rogues for $1, and a ton more. There's some really good titles, so be sure to check this out. Find links and pricing for a few of the larger titles below.

Google Play Links

Check out the full list here.

Today Only: OnePlus Bullets Wireless Z for $30 ($20 Off)

Tim — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 09:46:49 +0000

Should you be in need, OnePlus is hosting solid today-only savings on its Bullets Wireless Z earphones, bringing the price for a pair down to $30. That's $20 off the usual price of $50. These earbuds are named Wireless, but let's be real, they do have a wire connecting the two earbuds. While some may call this false advertising, they are Bluetooth powered which means a wireless connection between them and your phone, offer Warp charging (10 minute charge for 10 hours of life), feature 20-hour battery life, plus a Low Latency mode for mobile gaming. So much feature for just $30. Wow! Should you want to take advantage of such a good offer, follow the link below.

OnePlus Link

OnePlus to Call New Mid-Range Phone... 'Nord'

Tim — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 08:45:22 +0000

It seems like every day the supposed name for OnePlus' upcoming affordable phone changes. It was initially referred to as the OnePlus 8 Lite, then as the OnePlus Z. This week, it's apparently confirmed via a premature Instagram post that the name of the phone is Nord. Honestly, I don't even know what Nord refers to, so I'm just going to ignore the name for now. This info comes from a OnePlus-backed Instagram account that appears to have posted up a photo a bit too early. The photo details cards that refer to "the first 100," which we suppose means the first 100 buyers. Another card somewhat clearly reads "Nord" over and over. I can't help but hope this is some internal name that OnePlus is having fun with, but again, it's whatever. It doesn't come off as the most marketable of names, but we'll see. Maybe it won't matter, since OnePlus says its new phone with a more "accessible" price will be limited. OnePlus makes no sense sometimes. Who here is ready for some Nord? https://twitter.com/stufflistings/status/1275706568475058177 // 9to5Google

Verizon Launches New Prepaid Plans With Discounts for Loyalty

Kellen — Wed, 24 Jun 2020 07:31:21 +0000

Verizon unwrapped a new set of prepaid plans this morning, all of which could see significant discounts if you stay for a while. From data buckets to unlimited, these new plans are similar to the old plans you just signed up for, only they could end up being cheaper in the long run. The new Verizon Prepaid plans included $65/mo unlimited, $50/mo-15GB, and $40/mo-5GB options. Those are just starting prices, though, as autopay and certain monthly milestones drop these by up to $15/mo. The discounts start in month two if you sign-up for autopay, where you will save $5/mo. If you stay for 3 months, you'll then get another $5/mo discount in the 4th month (we're at a total of $10 off now). Should you stay even longer, like 9 months, Verizon will shave another $5/mo off, bringing your total discount to $15/mo. With those Verizon Prepaid discounts, you could pay just $50/mo for unlimited, $35/mo for 15GB, and $25/mo for 5GB. As always with prepaid, there are no contracts and you can ditch these plans at any time. As for plan features, they all give you unlimited talk, text, and whatever amount of data they list. Things change from there, with the 15GB and 5GB plans including hotspot (it's a paid $5 add-on for unlimited). The 15GB and unlimited plans include calls to Mexico and Canada, while the 5GB plan does not. Also, the unlimited plan gives you some data use in Mexico or Canada at no charge. Sound good? You can tryout one of the new Verizon Prepaid plans today. Sign-up for Verizon Prepaid // Verizon

Peacock Streaming Service Comes to Android, Android TV on July 15

Tim — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 16:13:46 +0000

NBCUniversal announced this week that its Peacock streaming service is coming to the Google ecosystem on July 15, which obviously includes Android, but also means you'll be streaming your favorite NBC shows to an Android TV device as well as Chromecast on that date. In its announcement, Peacock's Maggie McLean Suniewick, president of Business Development and Partnerships says, “Given Google’s extensive customer reach, millions of people will be able to start streaming Peacock on their preferred platform or device this July. We’ve made Peacock free to our distribution partners, including Google, because we want people everywhere to stream Peacock, and the Peacock Premium promotion demonstrates our commitment to providing incredible value for our mutual customers.” That's correct -- ad-supported Peacock Premium will be complimentary to Android and Android TV users until this upcoming October. Following October 15, you'll be charged $4.99/month for the service. Users can choose to upgrade to the ad-free version of Peacock Premium for an additional $5 per month. Those on Xfinity can already enjoy Peacock by signing up here. For the rest of us, July 15 is right around the corner. // NBCUniversal

Microsoft Brings Defender ATP to Android in Public Preview

Tim — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 12:45:09 +0000

Microsoft announced that it's bringing its Defender ATP (short for Advanced Threat Protection) app to Android in a public preview this week. Think of it as a virus scanner app that hunts down malicious activity taking place on your phone, with enterprise users being the key demographic. To summarize the app's capabilities, Defender ATP offers protection against phishing and unsafe network connections, malware scanning, and protection against malicious access to sensitive corporate information. Sadly, using this public preview isn't very straightforward or really all that aimed at the public. You'll need to download the Intune Company Portal app (linked below), as well as have a Defender ATP license assigned to you via your IT person or whoever else dishes out company equipment at your work. There's a complete rundown of how to get up and running posted by Microsoft here. Enjoy.

Google Play Link

// Microsoft

iOS 14 Introduces Back Tap Gesture Before Android 11 Makes It Official

Kellen — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 12:38:36 +0000

Both Android 11 and iOS 14 are currently in their first beta forms, with each company highlighting the features they think matter the most through separate online reveals. As with any new software release, it's impossible for companies to talk about each during these events, so that's where we often see everyday users dive in and find other cool stuff. That's starting to happen with iOS 14 since yesterday, where iPhone owners discovered a feature we thought Google would have already made official on its own platform. You may recall from both Android 11 Developer Preview 1 and 2 that a work-in-progress double-tap gesture was discovered that would allow users to perform custom actions by tapping the backs of their phones. That double-tap gesture could do thing like launch Google Assistant, take screenshots, dismiss a timer, play or pause music, snooze alarms, launch the camera, and more. With the launch of Android 11 Beta 1, we sort of figured Google would include this new gesture as a part of the feature package, only that didn't happen, at least yet. Now, Apple is here to steal Google's spotlight on the idea. iOS 14 has a "Back Tap" feature in Accessibility settings that lets you customize both double-tap and triple-tap actions. You can apparently use it to open the app switcher or spotlight, take screenshots, and even customize it to do things like open Google Assistant. https://twitter.com/viticci/status/1275237131477270530 Again, Google is (or was) working on this same thing for Android 11 and there's a chance they will still include it in a later Android 11 build. I hope they do, because I'd use it. // The Verge

DEAL: AUKEY Hosting Big Sale on Wall Chargers, Power Banks, and Charging Stations

Tim — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 10:53:51 +0000

AUKEY is back this week with more sweet deals on Amazon, with those looking for power banks, wall chargers, or a fancy new car charger in luck. The highlights of the sale include a 63W 5-port charging station for just $24 (40% off), 20,000mAh power bank for $13, dual-port car charger for $6, as well as dual-port 27W wall chargers for $8. I personally use plenty of AUKEY products in my home and can vouch for the quality of their goods. If you're in need, they're solid products. The Amazon links are below, along with the coupon codes you'll need to get the added savings. Have at it!

Amazon Links

27W USB-C Wall Charger - $9.59 (Code: B6D2NVE4)
27W 2-Port Wall Charger - $8.49 (Code: PV5ZVA5E)
63W 5-Port Station w/ 45W PD & QC 3.0 - $23.99 (Code: VP5JXH4G)
PA-U42 Amp Wall Charger w/ 4.8A Output - $5.60 (Code: HWV5S37C)
Power Bank 20000mAh w/ QC 2.0 - $13.10 (Code: 3GI8OI6W)
PB-XN10 10000mAh USB-C Power Bank - $15.79 (Code: RMVF5CUW)
CC-S12 24W Dual-Port Car Charger - $6.29 (Code: NB4TV6OB)

Mobvoi Releases TicWatch C2+ With Double RAM and $209 Price

Kellen — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 10:18:54 +0000

Mobvoi announced an updated version of an older watch today, the TicWatch C2+. This replaces the original C2 with one notable change - it has more RAM. The TicWatch C2+ doesn't really differ from the C2 outside of that, with its 42.8mm case, stainless steel case, Snapdragon Wear 2100, 1.3" AMOLED display, Bluetooth 4.1, GPS, WiFi, NFC, 400mAh battery, IP68 rating, and design. It's one of the nicer looking Wear OS watches, that's for sure. With that 1GB RAM, performance on the C2+ should be greatly improved over the original. Over the last year or two, it became painfully obvious that Wear OS can't run well without that much RAM, and that watches with 512MB tend to struggle with day-to-day tasks much more often. You may think that the Wear 2100 chip here is a disappointment, though, and that's fair. I will just remind you that the Wear 3100 is exactly the same as the 2100, it just has a separate coprocessor to handle low-power features. When it comes to general performance, the 2100 and 3100 are the same. If you like this watch, I wouldn't worry much about the processor and would instead pay attention to the RAM. At $209, this is a decently-priced Wear OS watch. It's available today from Amazon and Mobvoi in Rose Gold, Onyx, and Platinum. Shop TicWatch C2+ at Amazon

Dashlane Now Has Family Plans Starting at $7.49/Month

Tim — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 09:07:09 +0000

Dashlane introduced Family Plans this week, saving users money versus having individual accounts for multiple users in the same household. Saving money? Always a good decision. Starting at $7.49/month, it should already be known that a paid subscription to Dashlane is more than just a password keeper for all of your accounts. Dashlane offers its customers unlimited password storage, autofill integration, security alerts for your accounts, "Dark Web" monitoring, two factor authentication, as well as VPN protection. If you need added monitoring, Dashlane is offering a $15/month family plan with credit monitoring, identity theft insurance, and identity restoration support. Mind you, a lot of these things can be had for free if you sign-up for multiple services, but Dashlane packages all of it into a single service for added convenience. If you feel like it's easier to pay for all of that from a single provider on a monthly basis, by all means, suit yourself. You can get yourself signed up by following the link below.

Dashlane Family Plans

OnePlus Confirms New, Affordable Smartphone Line With Limited Availability

Kellen — Tue, 23 Jun 2020 07:47:13 +0000

After a day of teasing, OnePlus confirmed today that it has a new smartphone line in the works that will be "more affordable," yet still "premium." They didn't name the new line, which is thought to be called the OnePlus Z, but did acknowledge that initial availability will be limited. In a blog post to OnePlus' forums, CEO Pete Lau suggested that OnePlus fans have been asking for something more affordable for some time, basically as an admission that their phones have dramatically increased in price to Samsung Galaxy levels and that people are turned off. This new phone will act as a "really solid smartphone that meets [your] everyday needs" at a "more accessible price." I'm not sure that speaks of a premium experience close to the OnePlus 8 Pro, but we'll try and withhold too much judgement until we know more. After all, rumors peg this phone as having a 6.55" 90Hz OLED display, Snapdragon 765, 6GB RAM, 128GB storage, 4300mAh battery, and triple rear camera. Should the price be right, that's an appealing package of specs. Lau said to expect this new smartphone to first launch in India and Europe, as they try to "start relatively small." OnePlus does have plans for North America "in the near future as well." Let's hope they don't wait long. // OnePlus

DEAL: Snag a TCL 10 Pro for $380 on Amazon and Best Buy ($70 Off)

Tim — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 16:25:51 +0000

Starting today and ending June 28, you can pick up an unlocked TCL 10 Pro from both Amazon and Best Buy for the price of just $380, down $70 from its usual price of $450. If you're in the market for an inexpensive phone, at $380, you'd be crazy not to at least give the TCL 10 Pro a shot. The phone features some fun specs for this price point. It has a 6.47″ FHD+ display (2340 x 1080), Snapdragon 675 processor, 6GB RAM, 128GB storage, in-display fingerprint reader, four rear cameras (64MP + 16MP super wide + 5MP macro + 2MP low-light), 24MP front camera, 4,500mAh battery, and Android 10. It also just received an update, so we can confirm TCL is supporting this phone's software. That's a good thing. If $380 sounds like a solid deal to you, follow either of the links below.

Amazon Link | Best Buy Link

TCL 10 Pro Updated With Improved Cameras, Touch Screen Performance

Tim — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 16:13:25 +0000

TCL 10 Pro owners are catching a software update this week, labeled as version v2.0.4D.H.D. Inside, there's some good improvements, all of which are listed below. The big stuff includes improved camera performance, improved touch panel performance, enhanced system stability, as well as the May security patch.

What's New

Improved camera performance
TCL watermark no longer turned on by default
Improved touch panel performance and user experience
Enhanced system stability
Android Security Maintenance Releases updated to May 2020

TCL 10 Pro owners, check for the update! TCL, keep up the updates!

Apple iOS 14 Takes a Bunch of Android Features, Adds Cool Twists to Some

Kellen — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 13:55:08 +0000

Apple held its WWDC virtual event today and unwrapped iOS 14, the latest version of its mobile operating system for iPhones. As you probably guessed, it takes a lot of ideas from Android, some of which have been on the platform since the beginning (or close to) and that Apple seemed hell-bent on ever adopting. But times change and smartphone operating systems mature, so Apple continuing to acknowledge Android's greatness is an inevitable yearly event we look forward to. Rather than put together one of those tired and played-out "Apple just stole everything from Android" posts, I figured we'd do it a bit different today. The world needs more positivity and so here's a different take. After watching the WWDC stream, I can't help but tip my cap back at Apple for looking at Android's ideas and still finding ways to make them their own, or at the very least, make them slightly better in specific ways.

Home Screen, App Library and what appears to be an app drawer

Apple kicked off iOS 14 talk by finally admitting that its app jukebox approach to home screens is a terrible way to organize a phone that has dozens and dozens of apps. To make the experience of managing apps more reasonable, they created the App Library and also will let users eliminate full pages from their home screen. Yes, this is like an Android app drawer and the ability to delete or add pages to your home screen as you see fit. This is one of those changes that I'm not sure sounds amazing compared to Android, but it is a massive improvement over the previous iOS experience. Now, you have a couple of pages filled with your favorite apps along with a swipe from the right end of your page setup to get into the App Library. This App Library organizes apps into topics or categories, shows you recently used apps in each, and also lets you pull up an entire alphabetical list by tapping in a top search box. Apple should probably just let you choose the alphabetical list as a default instead of the smart groupings, but hey, it's a nice start. And maybe you'll quickly adapt to where each grouping is located in the App Library, making it easier and quicker than ever to find what you need.

Home screen Widgets look nice

Apple is bringing widgets to home screens in their bid to allow users to actually own the experience on their iPhones for the first time. The widgets are just widgets, so that means you can place them anywhere, app shortcuts will smartly move out of the spots you want to place them, and there will be multiple sizes from some apps. If you are looking for something unique here, it's probably a widget Apple has called Smart Stack. Smart Stack is a changing widget that shows you information depending on time of day, your usage history, that sort of thing. It has multiple widgets within it, like weather and news and calendars. You can swipe between those as needed or they'll smartly switch throughout the day (ex: switching from calendar to fitness recap at the end of a day). If you don't want Apple's Smart Stack, you'll actually be able to make your own widget stack of up to 10 widgets (just drag them onto each other). Overall, the UI is also much nicer than it is on any Android phone, most of which still use awful grid layouts that are sometimes confusing to navigate.

Picture-in-picture has a feature I need

Apple is also introducing picture-in-picture for video, a concept that has been around for some time. For differences here, I like that Apple lets you pinch-to-zoom on the floating picture box to resize it. Google is only now allowing resizing in Android 11 and it's certainly not as seamless as pinching on the floating box. The other cool thing is the ability to slide a picture-in-picture window off to the side of the screen (center above), where you'll still hear audio playing from the clip, it's just that you may need the full screen for a minute to take care of a task. To bring the video back, you simply swipe out the a little arrow tab for the hidden video. If you didn't think the widgets were cool, how can you not be impressed by that?

Speech-to-text goes on-device, translated conversations are here

OK, so this stuff isn't improved over what Google has done, but Apple is now doing it, which is something. The first thing is that "leveraging the power of the neural engine," Apple is now transcribing speech-to-text on-device to make it faster, more accurate, etc. They are also working on a new Translate app that lets you have conversations with people in different languages, all of which can happen offline. It's just like the way Google does it.

Mentions, inline replies, improved visuals in Messages

Talking about Apple Messages (or iMessage) is never a fun topic for Android users. The level of pettiness surrounding cross-platform conversations has always been the stupidest shit ever, but Apple is adding a couple of cool new things to Messages in iOS 14. Two things that I'm not sure I care much about, but might be huge for you, are threaded or inline conversations and @ mentions. I have zero friends, so my group conversations don't need to be threaded and I don't have anyone to callout. I can see how you young social folk would love this stuff, though. What I do think is cool, just from a UI perspective and an attention to detail thing, is the pinning of conversations and also a group preview or image. For pinning, when you pin a conversation in Messages to the top of your conversations list, you'll see little profile images of people who have recently sent a message in that group (above right), plus the top of the group image shrinks or enlarges images of people depending on how recently they were active (above left).

Maps isn't Google Maps, but it's getting there!

I'm not going to sit here and tell you that Apple Maps is anywhere close to being as good as Google Maps, but here are two cool new features coming to iOS 14:

Apple Maps is getting a cycling directions experience in NYC, LA, San Francisco, Shanghai, and Beijing. Cool?
Apple Maps is also getting an EV routing experience that adds charging stops along the route. Very cool.

Yay.

App Clips!

OK, this is most definitely cool. "What are App Clips?" you ask? Umm, it's like a mash-up of Google's instant apps, NFC, and the simplest way to do app-related stuff without ever installing the entire app experience of an app you might need that one time. Let me try to explain. App Clips could be used in a situation where you are at a parking meter that needs a specific app in order for you to pay. You would tap (through NFC) a Clips tag that would then temporarily bring up a specific portion (under 10MB) of that parking app to let you pay to park. The app is never fully installed, it uses your secure login info from Apple to login, and uses Apple Pay to pay. That Clips version of the app then only hangs around "as long as you need them." Clips can also be used as shortcuts sent through a message or the web, to help you get businesses info who don't have an app, or even as a shortcut in something like Apple Maps. Apple is creating a visual Clips icon you'll look for in the real world to let you know that a Clips experience is available, but QR and NFC works too.

Home stuff

In the home department, Apple is improving their Home app in a number of ways, like through suggested automations of accessories added, better highlighting of accessories that need your attention based on what's happening (ex: you leaving home), and letting you set supported lights to adapt color temperature throughout the day. Outside of those three features, Apple is doing two other things that I'm confused about because typically these features are paid services as a part of 3rd party smart home products. The first is an activity zone setting where you can define which areas are important for your home security cameras to watch. The other is a facial recognition thing, where cameras can recognize faces you've tagged in Apple Photos and tell you about them. Apple says it's doing these two things within the Home app, which sure sounds to me like they are getting around subscriptions and pro feature sets from 3rd party services and just giving you those goods. I hope I'm wrong there, because that seems like some lawsuit level stuff.

AirPods or auto-audio switching between devices

Imagine if you got a call on your Android phone which was connected to Pixel Buds, took that call, then hung-up and your Pixel Buds immediately switched over to your Pixel Slate because you picked it up and started using it. Would that be sweet? iOS 14 combined with an iPhone, iPad, and AirPods does that. You got us on this one, Apple. And that's just a look at the big stuff that Apple talked in detail about, so there could be more. Again, the point here wasn't to show you all of the stuff that Apple had copied. In some ways, Apple (certainly) borrowed ideas from Android and then further improved upon them in ways you have to hope Google will take note of. Oh, iOS 14 is supported back through the iPhone 6s too. Google, can we work on that too?

Verizon Intros Its Very Own Credit Card, Verizon Dollars Rewards System

Tim — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 11:21:25 +0000

Verizon introduced its very own credit card this morning, issued by Synchrony, as well as a new Verizon Dollars rewards system ideal for those who do a lot of shopping at the wireless carrier. We aren't Nerd Wallet, so we won't get into the nitty gritty of the details, but we can give you an overview of what's being offered. The big highlight for the Verizon card is Verizon Dollars, which are 1:1 with US dollars and there is no limit on how much you can earn. The only limitation is that you can only spend them with Verizon. Cardholders earn Verizon Dollars on every purchase when using the Verizon card. It's a Visa, so it should be accepted virtually anywhere. For purchases, when you think cash back percentages, you'll receive 4% on gas and grocery store/delivery purchases, 3% on dining/delivery and curbside pick-up purchases, 2% on Verizon purchases, and 1% on all other purchases. Additionally, customers have the ability to claim Verizon Dollars through the Verizon Up program and combine them with those earned by spending on their card. Perks for cardholders include the best pricing available on devices that Verizon sells, as well as being the only credit card that is eligible for an Auto Pay discount of up to $10/month per line on select Verizon plans. The carriers notes that new Auto Pay customers who enroll with the card can get the best pricing on Unlimited Verizon plans and new cardholders can get up to $100 in wireless bill credits over 24 consecutive months when they use a new Verizon Visa Card to pay their monthly Verizon bill. Verizon provides this breakdown for a family of four, should you be the type to put all expenses on a credit card.

To ensure this is clear enough, there are no caps on rewards, no expiration dates for your Dollars, no annual fee for the card, and no foreign transaction fees. Starting today through June 25, Verizon is giving qualifying customers early access to apply for the card with a chance to get up to $1,000 Verizon Dollars if approved. Customers can visit verizon.com/bethefirst to see full eligibility rules and learn how to qualify to apply to become one of the first cardholders before the official launch on June 26. Do note, the card itself is some fancy matte black metal, similar to the Apple Card. If you're big into showing off, I suppose that's better than plastic. To apply for the Verizon Visa Card when it officially launches on June 26, you can visit verizon.com/yournewcard or apply through the My Verizon App. Again, we don't offer financial advice. All we can say is make sure to read the terms, double check your interest rates, and spend wisely. // Verizon

Galaxy Fold 2 Patent Reveals Design We Hope Never Happens

Tim — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 10:16:41 +0000

You may recall we have high hopes for the Galaxy Fold 2. We called the original Fold the ultimate couch phone in the sense that when on the go, using its exterior screen was great for doing quick little tasks, but once you're at home, you can open up the device and really immerse yourself in whatever you'd like. It's absolutely great for watching videos and scrolling through the 'Gram. It has been said since the beginning of Galaxy Fold 2 rumors that there would be at least two major improvements to the design of the phone, which would only increase the awesomeness of the device. It's been reported that we can expect a much larger front display, potentially similar to this, as well as an interior display that features less bezel overall (no top hump). Somewhat alarmingly, we are now seeing renders of the device, which are based on patents concerning the Fold 2's hinge system. Mind you, we believe there's a high chance these renders are highly -- and are hopefully -- inaccurate, but because we love talking about renders for unannounced devices, let's just take a look and try to remain calm. From these renders, we can see that according to the patents, the cover display will not be larger than last year's. In fact, it could just be a strip display and be a total waste of space. Our issue is, these renders go completely against every single report and Samsung leakster we've seen and read. Just a couple weeks ago, ETNews reported that the outside display measures in at 6.2" and is larger than the previous model's. Let's have a look inside the device, shall we? Yes, according to this patent, there is basically no difference, but from all of the information we can gather, that's 100% inaccurate. @UniverseIce on Twitter states that the interior display measures in at 7.7-inches and features a bezel no larger than 3.8mm. It's also said there should be a cutout for the interior camera. We're not seeing that in these renders, which is why we think they're not representative of what we'll see from the Fold 2. Again, these renders are based on patents for the hinge system. From our history in this industry, patents aren't a great source for product images in the smartphone business. It's probable that the Galaxy Fold 2 will not end up looking like this. Then again, I suppose it's totally possible that it does, but there's just no way, right? Like, Samsung isn't that oblivious to what consumers want, yeah? To see the patents fore yourself, look here. Guess we'll see in what should be August at Samsung's online Unpacked event. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lAQmkFNkXK8 // Pigtou | ETNews

Verizon Plans Nationwide 5G for This Year Using LTE Network

Kellen — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 09:04:12 +0000

As AT&T and T-Mobile push their 5G networks nationwide and fire up 5G logos in status bars on numerous Android phones, Verizon's phones have all been stuck on 4G LTE, even if they supposedly support 5G. That's because Verizon put its early 5G focus on 5G mmW, a portion of the 5G experience that might be fast, but connecting to it will forever be difficult. Their nationwide plans haven't been spoken of much, leaving us wondering if they even had much of a plan to match their competitors. In an announcement today, Verizon says their nationwide 5G network will arrive this year with the help of that 4G LTE network you are still using today. Using a network technology called Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (DSS), Verizon will use its current 4G LTE network to essentially share its spectrum with 5G. That means that Verizon can serve both 4G LTE and 5G customers from the same network without needing to (yet) deploy a stand-alone 5G network. Verizon completed the DSS trials in live environments they had been running. This will be low-band 5G, just like T-Mobile and AT&T have pushed, so don't expect gigabit speeds when you see a normal "5G" logo on a Verizon phone later this year. For those off-the-charts speeds, you'll need the "5G UW" logo and to be standing on the corner in the center of a city or catching an NFL game in a stadium that Verizon has pushed 5G mmW to. So like T-Mobile and AT&T's 5G networks, the point here is to get customers on current technology, low latency connections, and let them see a 5G logo at more times. Will that mean a super fun futuristic 5G experience? Probably not, no. It'll be 5G, though! // Verizon

OnePlus is Ready to Announce Something New

Kellen — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 07:52:24 +0000

OnePlus is close to announcing a new product it seems. This morning it what appears to be a coordinated effort, CEO Pete Lau and co-founder Carl Pei both started tweeting that we should expect something shortly. Lau asked if we are "ready for something new" from OnePlus along with the hashtag #NewBeginnings. Pei's Tweet alongside dropped the same hashtag and added more dramatically that it's "time to rock the boat again." Neither says what is coming, but we have a pretty good idea. https://twitter.com/PeteLau/status/1275035891631702017 Most in the industry are looking for OnePlus to reveal a mid-range phone called the OnePlus Z that will feature a solid set of specs at a price closer to the original OnePlus One and far away from their current $900 OnePlus 8 Pro. We think we first saw renders of this phone over six months ago, OnePlus just hasn't released it because of the ongoing pandemic. Is this rocking-the-boat type of stuff? I guess it depends on the price and where the OnePlus Z is available. $400 mid-range phones with decent specs aren't something new, but if OnePlus can build in a good amount of its performance magic, update the phone regularly, and give us a decent camera, it could be the budget phone to buy. The current rumor for a launch of this device is in early July, so yeah, these #NewBeginnings should be here soon enough.

OnePlus 8 Pro is Back in Stock!

Kellen — Sat, 20 Jun 2020 11:32:21 +0000

Since launching at the end of April, it's been difficult to get hands on a OnePlus 8 Pro through OnePlus' store. In fact, they've basically been sold out with no sign of a re-stock for weeks. Today, that has changed (for now). If you head over to the OnePlus store, you will find the OnePlus 8 Pro and Onyx Black and Ultramarine Blue with the option to "Buy now." The black and blue versions of the OnePlus 8 Pro are the top spec models with 12GB RAM, 256GB storage, and a price of $999. They appear to still be sold out of Glacial Green, which is the cheapest model that has 8GB RAM and 128GB storage. It costs $899. We aren't sure how long these will remain available, especially after such a long out-of-stock period. Hit up those links below if you have been waiting patiently. Shop OnePlus 8 Pro | Amazon

READ: Our OnePlus 8 Pro review

Cheers Drew!

Verizon Prepaid is Running Crazy Discounts Right Now

Kellen — Fri, 19 Jun 2020 12:46:43 +0000

For those of you looking for a good wireless plan deal that won't lock you into a contract, Verizon Prepaid has the goods at the moment. With a couple of combined promos, you can get a plan with 16GB monthly data for as low as $35/mo or unlimited for just $55/mo. This current Verizon Prepaid deal is doing a couple of things you need to understand. Depending on the plan, the data amount could be a part of a double data deal, while the low monthly plan price starts after the first month and forces you to turn-on autopay. Still, these prices are almost too good.

Verizon Prepaid Deals Explained

To clarify here, the data on the 16GB-$35 plan is a part of Verizon's seemingly never-ending double data promo. The plan typically carries just 8GB data, but Verizon is doubling that to 16GB and should let you keep that data as long as your line remains active. The second thing to know is that the $35/mo price starts in month two, with the first month costing you $50. Also, that $35/mo price is given from both a $10/mo promotional credit you'll see each month before you are billed and a $5 autopay discount. For the $55/mo unlimited Verizon Prepaid plan, the same situation mostly applies. There is no double data, because you have unlimited, but this plan gets the $10/mo promo credit and $5 autopay discount, which drops it from $70/mo to $55. Like the plan above, you will pay the full $70 for your first month before seeing it drop to $55/mo. Once again, you pay the normal monthly price for the first month, then get up to $15 off each month with a credit and autopay discount. That all make sense? The deal is a "limited time" promo and an online exclusive, so you'll have to make this happen through that link below. Sign-up for Verizon Prepaid

Get a Pixel 3a XL for $319 Before Its Gone Forever ($160 Off)

Kellen — Fri, 19 Jun 2020 11:06:45 +0000

There is a good chance that retailers still selling the Pixel 3a and Pixel 3a XL are on their last batch of inventory. The Pixel 4a could show up any day and they will want to clear out stock to make room for the new model. B&H Photo, for example, is already done selling the regular Pixel 3a and has listed it as "Discontinued," signaling that they won't get any more. So, if you see a deal, you might want to jump on it, assuming you don't feel like waiting around for that 4a and are cool with this year-old mid-ranger. At the moment, most Pixel 3a devices are back to full price after that crazy sale, but B&H has the Pixel 3a XL in Just Black listed at $319 again. That's the big $160 discount we saw from May that was almost too good to be true. This Just Black Pixel 3a XL is the last from B&H and they are showing it as "limited supply at this price." If you want a Pixel 3a XL, a (currently) $319 phone with an excellent camera and a couple of years worth of updates left, hurry. B&H Photo Deal Link

Verizon Galaxy S20+, S20 Ultra and OnePlus 8 Grab New Updates (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 19 Jun 2020 07:55:13 +0000

A weekend is upon and Verizon has updates ready for some of its top phones. The Samsung Galaxy S20+, Galaxy S20 Ultra, and OnePlus 8 that it sells are all grabbing new software. From the changelogs that Verizon shared, it's looking like all updates are minor and mostly just contain security patches. The Galaxy S20+ and Ultra pages mention both May and June patches as well as system and performance improvements/enhancements. The OnePlus 8 page talks about performance enhancements in addition to improved security. The new builds for each are as follows:

Galaxy S20+: QP1A.190711.020.G986USQU1ATEC
Galaxy S20 Ultra: QP1A.190711.020.G988USQU1ATEC
OnePlus 8: IN2019_15_200521

UPDATE: It looks like the Motorola Razr and Moto G7 Power are getting updates too. Those new builds with June's security patch are:

Motorola Razr: QDVS30.106-27-2
Moto G7 Power: PDOS29.114-134-15

To download, head into your system Settings area and look for the "System updates" section. // Verizon [2] [3]

Google's Keen App Gives You a Place to Curate Your Passions

Kellen — Thu, 18 Jun 2020 15:17:28 +0000

Google+ is dead and Pinterest is whatever Pinterest is, so Google wants you to welcome in Keen, a new project from their experimental lab called Area 120. The basic idea here is that Keen provides you with a place to curate your favorite things either collaboratively or privately. Keen opened up today as both a web and Android app that everyone can jump into. Signing-in only takes your Google account, so you can get started in a matter of clicks. You'll find a whole bunch of topics already on the service that you can follow and possibly add to, should you want to browse topics being gathered by like-minded folks. You could also start your own, make them private or share them selectively, and get to keening. That's not what Google is calling it, I just needed to. Once you create a new topic, Google will ask you for related items to help them offer you suggestions for your keen or whatever we're calling them. You can choose the best items as a "Gem," perform searches within Keen using Google Search, add links you already have, etc. It's a slick looking service, but in the end the success of it will depend on if anyone cares about another service to maintain that includes topics important in life. Google Play Link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iZVKoNhu968 // Google

DEAL: Totallee Hosting $5 Sale on Google Pixel, Galaxy S10 Cases

Tim — Thu, 18 Jun 2020 12:31:29 +0000

Totallee, one of our favorite case makers, has an abundance of Google Pixel and Galaxy S10 cases lying around. Due to this, buyers can score select cases starting at just $5! That ain't bad at all! The sale is good for solid color iPhone cases, select cases for the Pixel 3, 3a, and Pixel 4, as well as all Galaxy S10 cases. On top of that, leather cases for Pixel and iPhone devices are down to $10, while screen protectors are 70% off. Use the codes below for the savings.

Totallee Links

$5 Case Sale

*Use coupon code FIVER. $10 Leather Case Sale

All leather cases (iPhone and Pixel)

*Use coupon code EXCLUSIVE. 70% Off Screen Protectors

All screen protectors (iPhone, Pixel, Galaxy), including 2-packs

*Use coupon code PROTECTION. Code expires June 22, 2020. Do note, Totallee specifically states that these sales are final -- no returns. Have at it!

Google Photos Ends Trial of $8/Month Print Subscription Service

Tim — Thu, 18 Jun 2020 10:08:51 +0000

Back in February, Google Photos launched the ability to subscribe to a $8/month printing service that would send you physical pictures once a month, taken from your Photos library. The service was launched as a trial, and according to a message sent out to users this week, the trial has ended and will be no longer available as of June 30. Google sent the following out to those who were signed up for the trial.

Thank you for your invaluable feedback these last several months. You have provided us with a lot of helpful information about how we can evolve this feature, which we hope to make more widely available. Please keep your eyes open for future updates. Although we will be ending the trial program, we hope that you have experienced some joy from the prints you received along the way.

We'll let you know when/if it gets comes back. Hard to imagine anyone staying subscribed to something like this in the middle of a pandemic where millions are unemployed, but hey, who knows. Cheers Jared!

OnePlus Finds Way to Keep Its Shelf Alive on OnePlus 8

Kellen — Thu, 18 Jun 2020 09:50:49 +0000

One of the first things I noticed after booting up my OnePlus 8 Pro review unit for the first time was the missing OnePlus Shelf, which had been replaced with Google's Discover panel. As someone who has never adopted the Shelf because it seemed like an extra area of a phone to maintain, I fully approved of the change and never thought about the Shelf again. With an announcement today, it's clear that some OnePlus 8 owners miss it. OnePlus took to its forums today to announce that an update to the OnePlus Launcher (v4.5.4) on OnePlus 8 phones will bring back the Shelf, just not in the way it was implemented on older phones. Now, if you want the Shelf, you'll be able to access it with a swipe down action on the home screen. Confused at how that might work with Android's notification pulldown? Since I don't have the update, I'm guessing a bit here, but it looks like this Shelf swipe-down simply replaces the home screen setting that previously let you swipe down anywhere on the screen to bring down notifications. In other words, you should still be able to reach all of the way to the status bar and swipe down to get notifications, it's just that swiping lower on the screen will bring down the Shelf. That make sense?

Anyone enabling this? // OnePlus

OnePlus Recruiting 250 OnePlus 8 Owners to Join Super Secret Beta Group

Tim — Thu, 18 Jun 2020 09:48:18 +0000

OnePlus is now recruiting for its OnePlus 8 closed beta, expanding the group to 250 individuals to work closely with company engineers for bug discovery and bug squashing, ensuring more stable builds for the general public. As part of this team, you will be testing features that are weeks and months out, so OnePlus is requiring all members to sign non-disclosure agreements to keep all things secret. Other than that, the requirements to become a closed beta tester aren't significant. You just need to own a OnePlus 8, be an OP Community member, and be willing to regularly keep in touch with OnePlus developers.

Requirements

Use a OnePlus 8 series device (unlocked non-carrier versions)
Be an active OnePlus Community member
Be willing to constantly communicate and provide feedback to the OnePlus team on Slack
Required to sign non-disclosure agreement (NDA)

Think you have what it takes to be part of an elite, super secret OnePlus crew? Apply here. // OnePlus

Sprint Customers Now Eligible for T-Mobile Tuesday Promotions

Tim — Thu, 18 Jun 2020 08:57:12 +0000

T-Mobile made it official this week that starting June 23, which is next Tuesday, Sprint customers can now take part in its T-Mobile Tuesday promotions. Congratulations, Sprint peeps, now you get access to things like free movies, free fast food, discounts on gas, and plenty else. It's basically the American Dream that happens every Tuesday via a pinkly colored app on your phone. T-Mobile states inside the Tuesdays app, "Now that T-Mobile and Sprint have joined forces, we're amping up our thankings all summer long beginning next Tuesday." As for what to expect next week, the app says we can look forward to free Starbucks, a T-Mobile belt bag (free swag is dope), 3 months of unlimited free deliveries from Postmates, six-month membership to My Telemedicine, as well as $0.25 off per gallon at Shell stations. Wow, T-Mobile out here giving people healthcare now? This is awesome. To get in on this free stuff, simply download the app from the link below on Google Play, register your phone number and that's it. It's always been very easy to get thanked, so enjoy yourself, Sprint customers.

Google Play Link

Stuck at Home Review: Into Gaming and VR? Audeze Mobius Headphones are What You Need

Tim — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 15:46:32 +0000

I'd label myself a pretty hardcore gamer, and considering the types of games I'm into, those being multiplayer first person shooters, gameplay audio is absolutely critical. I've used the same set of Turtle Beach MLG Edition headphones for the past few years, but I was recently provided a sample of Mobius headphones from Audeze. I've used them now for a solid week and can unequivocally say that these headphones are absolutely awesome. Audeze describes these as being 3D gaming headphones, as they're designed to pair exceptionally well with virtual reality (VR). When 3D sound is enabled, when you turn your head, directional audio maintains its consistency, delivering an intense sensation of immersion. Even when not playing VR and on the frontlines of Modern Warfare's Warzone, this headset delivers dynamic audio, with footsteps and other various in-game actions ringing clear in my ears. Considering their price of $399, Audeze has packed some serious hardware and audio technology into these cans. Let's run down the list, shall we? There's WAVES Nx technology for head tracking (that's your 3D sound), recognition as a 5.1/7.1 sound card to your computer for surround sound listening, connectivity options out the wazoo: USB, Bluetooth (AAC, LDAC), and analog 3.5, detachable microphone (Discord certified), independent volume controls for both your mic and headphone volumes, as well as pads that feel like cushy marshmallows on my ears. As for downsides after having used them for a week, I can only come up with a few issues. These headphones are powered, meaning they do need to be charged in order to use. This is very much unlike the other gaming headsets I've used in the past where all I need to do is plug them into my controller or PC to work. Ensuring they're always charged isn't hard to do, though, since they live on my desk. So that problem solved, but it's something to keep in mind. My only other issue concerns Bluetooth and its continual longing to be paired to something. I paired the headphones to my phone on day 1, so whenever I boot up the headphones, they automatically pair to my phone, regardless of what audio setting I'm using. For example, I am set to "AUX" to use the 3.5mm jack into my Xbox controller. Being in this mode does not kill the Bluetooth connection, so I have to go into my phone and disconnect it manually. This is not dealbreaker territory, just an annoyance. If I'm not using Bluetooth audio, then why does it need to be on? Note: I was recently contacted by Audeze with an explanation as to why the Bluetooth remains on when not in use, and of course, it makes complete sense. Audeze explains, "This was specifically created for using Discord on phones while still being able to get game audio over USB or 3.5mm. For example, you are playing a game on Nintendo Switch (3.5mm to controller), but also want to chat with your friends on Discord, you can connect the Bluetooth to phone and chat with friends and at the same time hear game audio. The Mobius will mix the two sources together." Yup, that makes perfect sense for gamers who do that. You got me, Audeze!

If those things don't scare you and you want to pwn newbs or feel like you're inside of your virtual world, I highly recommend the Mobius headset from Audeze. Moving forward, I can't imagine not gaming with this headset. Is it completely ridiculous to spend $399 on a headset just for Call of Duty or your VR game? Nope, not in my opinion, so long as it makes you happy. For a complete spec and feature rundown before you drop $399, check out Audeze's website. Update: Audeze is offering Droid Life readers an exclusive coupon code for 10% off the Mobius headphones, bringing them down to $359. That's a bit more swallowable than $399, for sure. On the Audeze website, use code "droidlife10" at checkout!

Amazon Link ($399)

Motorola, LG Commit to Making Some of the First Cheap 5G Phones

Kellen — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 14:29:44 +0000

Qualcomm announced its new Snapdragon 690 5G platform this week as the first chip to help manufacturers make more affordable 5G phones. The number of companies lining up to use it is already solid, with names like LG, Motorola, and Nokia on the list. This new chip (SM6350) from Qualcomm is an 8nm 64-bit chip, with support for displays at a full HD resolution and up to 120Hz (or QHD and 60Hz), up to 192MP camera captures, WiFi 6, Bluetooth 5.1, Quick Charge 4+, and 5G. The 5G is provided by the Snapdragon X51 5G modem where you have sub-6Hz support and max download speeds of 1.2Gbps. You won't find 5G mmW support in the 690 because 5G is shitty, expensive to implement, and mostly useless to everyone on this planet not sitting outside on a street corner in a major city or in a sports arena. I'm sure the chip will be a fine mid-range chip for those who think they need 5G in their lives. For LG and Motorola, I'm going to assume we'll get LG K and Stylo series devices with 5G, while Motorola will likely implement 5G into their One series devices. We could see a Moto G 5G at some point too. HMD, TCL, Sharp, and Wingtech are others who love the 690. I just hope they can keep prices where they were with their cheap 4G LTE versions. // Qualcomm

Twitter Testing Voice Attachments for Tweets, Coming First to iOS

Tim — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 11:58:03 +0000

Back in the day, tweets on Twitter were limited to 140 characters. Then they upped it to 280. Now they're saying f*ck it altogether and bringing in the ability to attach your very own voice to tweets. With this change, you can really share all of the details for the story you're trying to tell. Here's what Twitter says about it.

Over the years, photos, videos, gifs, and extra characters have allowed you to add your own flair and personality to your conversations. But sometimes 280 characters aren’t enough and some conversational nuances are lost in translation. So starting today, we’re testing a new feature that will add a more human touch to the way we use Twitter – your very own voice.

This will only be available to iOS users to start with, but hopefully it will be opened up to Android eventually. Once that happens, here's how you'll do it.

Open the Tweet composer
Tap the new icon with wavelengths
Tap the record button to record your voice
Voice Tweet captures up to 140 seconds of audio

Is 140 seconds seriously not long enough for you? Then start a podcast or something. No, but seriously, once you reach the time limit for a Tweet, a new voice Tweet starts automatically to create a thread. Once done, publish that bad boy! Enjoy your sweet new feature, iOS users. // Twitter

GIVEAWAY: Win 1 of 5 TCL 10 Pro Phones for Father's Day From Droid Life and TCL!

Tim — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 10:48:44 +0000

We love all of the fathers out there, so we're partnering with TCL this week to give away some phones! We have 5 TCL 10 Pro phones looking for new homes, meaning five of you will soon have a new toy to play with. The TCL 10 Pro features a 6.47″ FHD+ display (2340 x 1080), Snapdragon 675 processor, 6GB RAM, 128GB storage, in-display fingerprint reader, four rear cameras (64MP + 16MP super wide + 5MP macro + 2MP low-light), 24MP front camera, 4,500mAh battery, and Android 10. Mind you, all of this is available in a $450 package, which is quite competitive. Should you win, do note that phone is unlocked, capable of working on most US carriers, with exception to CDMA networks. Verizon's LTE network is supported, though. If you missed it, here's our unboxing and overview of the device. We're using Gleam to handle the entries and collecting of emails, so ensure you use a valid email when entering, that way we can contact you should you win. We have plenty of entry options below, most of which require zero sharing of any spam on social media. We'll pick our winners on June 19 at 10AM Pacific! We know you're ready to get to entering, so let's do it!

Giveaway

Prizes: 5 (five) TCL 10 Pro smartphones. How to Enter: Winners: We will randomly select our five winners this Friday (June 19) at 10AM Pacific.

Thank you to TCL for sponsoring the prizes for this giveaway!

Google Assistant Smart Displays Soon to Show AMP Pages, Cool Interactive Improvements

Kellen — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 10:30:26 +0000

Google just announced a bunch of new ultra-developer-focused Google Assistant changes that are coming to the platform shortly, most of which are my level of brain function. But a couple of the changes will likely bring you the opportunity for additional ways to interact with devices like your smart display. One example involves AMP compliant articles, which will soon ("this summer") show up on your smart display from Google News if you are looking into a subject or current event. AMP, for those not familiar, is Google's light and speedy web format that helps bring you the mobile web in an instant. Having AMP pages on a smart display, many of which have low-end specs and would struggle with robust websites, makes a lot of sense. In addition to the AMP news, Google today talked about a Home Storage feature for smart displays that "allows developers to save context for all individual users, such as the last saved point from a puzzle game." The idea here is that multiple people in your house could participate in a puzzle game or watch a video and your smart display would be able to store things like a save point locally to bring up for each player or person.

And finally, Google has another idea called Continuous Match Mode that would (for example) allow someone to play a game on a smart display or Assistant speaker and continually speak freely to it without any additional prompts. Google says that CoolGames will soon release a game called "Guess The Drawing" where Continuous Match Mode will let you keep guessing at drawings until you get them right. Most of this stuff isn't arriving today, but is instead a look at some of the future experiences Google is building into Assistant and Assistant-supported devices. They announced even more on a developer front that you can dive into through the links below. // Google [2]

Android 11 Beta 1.5 Update Available For Download

Kellen — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 09:58:14 +0000

Google just posted a new Android 11 Beta update as Beta 1.5. The build address a couple of bugs plaguing that first beta you've all been running on Pixel phones since last week. The update fixes a bug that was causing full reboots when using gesture navigation and switching apps into different orientations. It addresses an eSIM issue on the Pixel 3 and Pixel 3a lines, allows Google Pay to properly work, and should make Bluetooth pairing less of a pain. The factory image files are live now for the Pixel 2, Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4. Be on the lookout for the OTA files and an over-the-air update as a part of the Android Beta program here shortly.

Android 11 Beta 1.5 Details

Date: June 17, 2020 Build: RPB1.200504.020 Emulator support: x86 (32/64-bit) Security patch level: June 2020 Google Play services: 20.21.17

Install Android 11 Beta 1.5

AT&T Cuts Thousands of Jobs, Closes 250 Retail Stores

Tim — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 09:03:57 +0000

Fresh off of the news that T-Mobile is laying off hundreds of its Sprint employees, AT&T figured it'd be a decent time to announce its own workforce downsize. Confirmed to Axios yesterday, AT&T is to cut thousands of its employees, ranging from managers and executives to everyday retail sales folk. In total, about 3,400 technician and clerical jobs are being cut, on top of 250 retail locations getting closed. Those closures will affect about 1,300 employees. The stores getting closed are a mix of AT&T-branded locations and Cricket Wireless locations, which is AT&T’s prepaid brand. Interestingly, AT&T states that the closures were already planned, but accelerated due to the pandemic. On the upside, it's reported that "most" store employees will be offered another job with AT&T. As for severance, laid-off individuals will receive an undisclosed package that includes six months of healthcare. Again, when attempting to think about the worst time to lose your job, now seems to be about that time. Hopefully many of those affected will be able to snag another role at AT&T as the company stated. // Axios | Business Insider

First Look at the New Samsung Galaxy Watch 3 is Here

Kellen — Wed, 17 Jun 2020 08:27:34 +0000

Over the coming weeks, Samsung will announce that it has a new smartwatch for us to consider, a watch we believe will be called Galaxy Watch 3. The new watch has already been spotted (by us) at the FCC, had its name seemingly confirmed, and may join a long list of devices at the Galaxy Note 20 launch. More specs that weren't revealed by the FCC are also now trickling out before Samsung can make a formal announcement. Now, we think we have a first look at the watch's front side. Thanks to Korea's NRRA certification outfit, listings for both sizes of the Galaxy Watch 3 showed up this week with images attached. We included them below, where we have the SM-R850 (left) and SM-R840 (right).

SM-R850 vs. SM-R840

As we explained previously, the smaller model number for Samsung watches actually means a bigger watch size. The SM-R850 is the 41mm version of the Galaxy Watch 3, while the SM-R840 version is the 45mm. You can see that here, where there is a slight size difference, as well as a couple of other minor differing details between the two. The larger 45mm model appears to have a rotating bezel that features a textured or outer set of teeth for grip to help a user turn it. The smaller 41mm is believed to have the same rotating bezel, but without those teeth is a bit more elegant. The pushers on the right side of each's case is a new look this time around. The previous generation Galaxy Watch and Galaxy Watch 2 models had much flatter buttons, whereas these have buttons more similar to the Gear S3 Classic. Each also has minute markers within the inside of the bezel, just outside of their rumored 1.2mm and 1.4mm display sizes. This new Galaxy Watch 3 should be a solid, solid offering if it's anything like the Galaxy Watch Active 2. I'm just curious how Samsung is going to sell it as being any sort of improvement over the Watch Active 2. The current rumored specs sure don't show anything dramatically different outside of the subtle case design changes here. // NRRA | MySmartPrice

Report: T-Mobile Lays Off Hundreds of Sprint Employees

Tim — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 14:43:15 +0000

In a brief call that lasted under six minutes, T-Mobile is reported to have laid off around 400 Sprint employees, with a large portion of those employees part of Sprint's BISO sales division that focuses on small businesses in the US. The report comes from TechCrunch, who received leaked audio of the call from a source. The source states that those laid off this past Monday will keep their jobs until August 13, as well as receive a severance package consisting of two weeks pay for each year worked. T-Mobile stated during the call that employees affected could reapply for new positions via T-Mobile’s external careers page. Additionally, it's reported that T-Mobile will attempt to have some employees shift roles. Honestly, in the middle of a pandemic, I can't think of a more stressful event than losing one's job and source of income. Not only that, but when companies such as T-Mobile and Sprint tout all the good a merger between the companies would do, we forget that many times, layoffs due to overlap will take place. The timing is just seriously messed up. // TechCrunch

Humble's 'Fight for Racial Justice' Bundle Now Live, $1,200+ Worth of Games and Books for Only $30

Tim — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 11:38:15 +0000

Many are doing what they can to help bring an end to racism in the US. Whether it be protesting in the streets or donating money to causes, it will take a collective effort to get where we absolutely need to be as a society. To help get there, the good folks at Humble Bundle have teamed up with game, book, and comic publishers to release the Fight for Racial Justice bundle, which includes $1,200+ worth of games, books, and comics. All of it can be yours for just $30. A few of the notable games include Baba is You, NBA 2K20, FTL: Advanced Edition, BioShock Remastered, This War of Mine, Neo Cab, and tons of others. In total, there appears to be 50 game titles. A few of the books included are Twelve Years A Slave, The Man Who Cried I Am, Seven Sisters and a Brother, and Feed The Resistance: Recipes + Ideas for Getting Involved. Here's a statement from Humble Bundle.

In the wake of the killing of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, Ahmaud Arbery, and tragically many more in the Black community, we’ve teamed up with developers, publishers, and creators to help support organizations fighting for racial equity. This special one-week bundle features $1,200 USD worth of games, books, and comics for just $30 USD. 100% of the proceeds from your bundle purchase go to support organizations fighting for racial justice. For example, providing legal representation and assistance, protecting and expanding civil rights, and educating the public on racial injustice and slavery.

Honestly, even if you don't want to play the games, I'm sure you can give the digital keys to someone else who would appreciate them. The literature in there is definitely worth checking out, though. Go grab the bundle right now by following the link below.

Get the Fight for Racial Justice Bundle

Google Duo Gets Group Call Web Support Up to 32 People

Kellen — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 11:11:36 +0000

We are all sick of doing video calls and chats after being mostly stuck at home the past few months, but since so many of us continue to do our part and social distance, our time in front of a webcam won't end any time soon. Google has really been pushing Google Meet as a solution for everyone to tryout, including just this morning by building it into Gmail on Android. Not everyone wants Meet, though, so Google is continuing to improve on Duo as well. Today, Google Duo is getting group calling support on the web for up to 32 people. You'll need the latest version of Chrome and the rollout of the feature to hit your account before you can dive in. I'd imagine you will get it pretty quickly with video chats being of such importance at the moment. To fire up a group call, you'll hit the link below, let your contacts load, then look for the "Create group link" button on the left side. Clicking that will give you a link to share with friends, a button to add people, and a way to start the call. It doesn't get much more simple than that. To get started, head over to duo.google.com. https://twitter.com/sanazahari/status/1272906307260071936

Google Father's Day Sale Includes $50 Off Home Max, Stadia Premiere Down to $99

Tim — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 11:03:53 +0000

Treat your papa or yourself to some Google goodness this Father's Day, with the company marking some of its most popular products down a bit. With the sale taking place, you can snag a Nest Mini for $29, Home Max for $249, Hub Max for $199, as well as a Nest Hub for $79. Just be sure to use the associated code we have below for that Nest Hub price. As for Stadia Premiere Edition, this move is totally unrelated to Father's Day, but Google has downed the price of it to $99. It's just a coincidence that it's around Father's Day. The $99 package includes a Stadia controller and Chromecast Ultra, with no Pro account included, hence the price drop. Stadia Pro is free to sign up for right here. Follow the links for the deals.

Google Store Links

Nest Mini (2nd Gen) - $29 ($20 off)
Google Home Max - $249 (Save $50)
Nest Hub Max - $199 (Save $30)
Chromecast Ultra - $59 (Save $10)
Nest Hub - $79 (Use code: NESTHUB$10)
Stadia Premiere Edition - $99

Google Meet Gets Direct Integration With Gmail for Android, iOS

Tim — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 09:56:53 +0000

Google announced this morning that it's bringing direct integration for Google Meet in Gmail for Android and iOS. This is in direct response to the COVID-19 pandemic that continues to affect many in our country, with plenty of folks still working from home. With this, when a Gmail user receives a link to a Meet call inside of an email, they'll be able to directly access the call from within Gmail. You can see this in action via the GIF image below. Additionally, in the coming weeks, you’ll notice a new Meet tab in your phone’s Gmail app where you can see upcoming meetings scheduled inside of Google Calendar, allowing you to easily join them with a single tap. "In the Meet tab, tap on 'New meeting' to start a meeting instantly, get a meeting link to share, or to schedule a meeting in Calendar," Google detailed in its announcement. "If you tap on 'Join with a code,' you can join meetings shared with you by entering a meeting code." Of course, if Meet isn't your thing, access Gmail's settings menu from the hamburger menu in the top left corner of your inbox, tap on your account, scroll down and uncheck Meet. It's that simple.

// Google

Report: Nest-Branded 'Prince' Smart Speaker to Replace Original Google Home

Tim — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 08:54:49 +0000

9to5Google reports this week that Google is working on a new Nest-branded smart speaker, codenamed Prince, set to replace the already unavailable original Google Home speaker. RIP, Google Home. According to their source, Prince will be somewhere between the original Google Home and a Home Max in terms of capabilities in the audio department, thanks to larger speaker drivers. It will indeed be display-less, which is why it's aligned as replacing the Google Home and not being just another Nest Hub display. The outside is reported to be very similar to all of Google's other smart home things, so expect cloth and neutral color options. Software wise, there's nothing to report. The speaker should offer all of the same Google Assistant goodies we know and love. This is good news to me. I used an original Google Home in my bathroom as my shower singing buddy, but replaced it with a Home Mini (1st gen.). I hope this new Prince speaker will be a good duet partner for me, since I don't need a Google-powered smart display with a camera inside the bathroom with me. 😳 // 9to5Google

I Don't Know That You Should Ever Buy a Motorola Razr, But It's $500 Off

Kellen — Tue, 16 Jun 2020 08:46:38 +0000

The foldable Motorola Razr is, at least in my opinion, a bad phone. Outside of the absurd price, the phone is deeply unpleasant to use, mostly because smartphones don't work well in old flip phone designs, as those were built for a time without advanced features, big screens, and long periods of usage. With that said, if for some reason you live for nostalgia and want a foldable smartphone that will bring back memories of your old Razr flip phone, you can grab one with a $500 discount. That brings the starting price to $999 for both black and gold versions on Motorola's store. As a reminder, the Razr is locked to Verizon, so don't plan on using the device elsewhere. Is there a price point that I would recommend you buy a Razr, since it's clear that I don't think $500-off is good enough? Umm, no. This first foldable Razr is not a phone I'd ever tell you to buy no matter the price. Motorola Razr Link

Samsung Just Made Me Excited About The Pixel 5

Kellen — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 16:29:30 +0000

A mostly uninteresting phone announcement from Samsung this morning did something unexpected - it got me pretty excited about a Google Pixel 5. I'm talking about the new Samsung Galaxy A71, a device that features a set of specs that are likely similar to what Google will show us with its next upper-tier phone. Typically, I find it hard to associate the level of any of Samsung's phones too closely with Google's Pixel line because their approaches to phones differ quite a bit. Samsung is one of those companies that throws everything they can into a phone at all price points, whereas Google does closer to the bare minimum to just barely fit itself into select categories. But the specs sheet and (most importantly) price of this A71 could help tell us where the next Google phone might drop in at. The Galaxy A71 sports a big full HD AMOLED display, 6GB RAM, 128GB storage, 4500mAh battery with 25W fast charging, quad rear camera, and a Snapdragon 765G (with 5G) at a price of $600. To bring you back up to speed, the Google Pixel 5 is also supposed to run either that same Snapdragon 765G or the overclocked Snapdragon 768G version, rather than Qualcomm's stupidly expensive Snapdragon 865. Knowing Google, I'm not sure we should expect much more from the rest of the specs. 6GB RAM and 128GB storage seem about right for a Pixel 5, the battery could be smaller, the display might have a higher refresh rate (768G can do 120Hz at FHD), and the camera likely won't have 4 lenses, but I'd imagine the overall package will look closely to this A71. Again, this A71 costs just $600. When the first rumors and evidence surfaced showing that Google might skip this year's high-end Qualcomm Snapdragon 865 and put a slightly lower-tier chip in the new Pixel 5, I argued that Google should do just that and that this was the perfect time for them to get weird. I mentioned that a $700 Pixel 5 would be a really tempting phone, knowing the camera you'd be getting, as well as the performance and years of updates. We then saw a Google survey hint at a $349 Pixel 4a and a $699 "Premium Google Pixel Phone," which would bring the "best" of any Google phone. Now that we've seen where Samsung has priced its Snapdragon 765G phone, plus LG's Velvet is thought to land at a similar price point when it hits the US here soon, the Pixel 5 might slide into that weirdly perfect space. I know that some of you may be disappointed by this idea that Google might not make an ultra-high-end phone that competes with the Galaxy S20 and top iPhone models, but they haven't proven that they can. The past two years of top tier Pixel phones failed miserably because they couldn't offer matching experiences that their competitors were selling. And also, buying $1,000 phones really sucks right now as the world's economy is on the verge of collapse. I'm excited about the idea of a $700 Google Pixel 5 that gives me the stuff I like about Google's previous phones, yet doesn't bring the hesitation that the Pixel 3 and Pixel 4 did because those phones tried to be something they weren't.

Samsung Reveals Purple Galaxy S20+, Galaxy Buds+ BTS Editions

Tim — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 14:30:37 +0000

I'm not even going to act as if I know what BTS is, besides the fact that they appear to be one of the biggest musical acts on planet Earth. I've never heard their music, so apologies for that. Regardless, Samsung has announced special BTS edition Galaxy S20+ and Galaxy Buds+ devices, available later this month. Available June 19 on Samsung.com, the Galaxy S20+ BTS Edition is the same S20+ you know and love, but comes in a pretty sweet purple colorway. The same goes for the purple Galaxy Buds+. Here's the description from Samsung of what's included with the new purple hardware.

The new design of the Galaxy S20+ BTS Edition features a purple glass and metal exterior. The Galaxy Buds+ BTS Edition and Buds+ charging case, also available in purple, carry the band’s logo and purple heart iconography, allowing fans all over the world to show their devotion through their smartphone and wearables. Available in both 5G and LTE variants, the Galaxy S20+ BTS Edition comes with pre-installed BTS-inspired themes and a fan community platform, Weverse. Right in the box, the device comes with decorative stickers to allow fans to further personalize their devices, and photo cards featuring pictures of the band members for fans to keep.

I thought I'd be able to go my whole life not talking about BTS. Oh well.

// Samsung

Verizon, AT&T, T-Mobile All Experiencing Service Issues (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 13:13:57 +0000

Something is going on with America's biggest wireless carrier networks at the moment. Verizon, AT&T, T-Mobile, Sprint, and US Cellular all appear to be experiencing service issues that are widespread.

Major US carrier outage: Verizon, AT&T, T-Mobile, Sprint

About an hour ago (it's 1PM Pacific here in Portland), the Down Detector reports (Verizon, AT&T, T-Mobile) for each carrier spiked into the thousands for reported problems. At the time of this post, T-Mobile's number of reports has already begun to decline, but Verizon and AT&T are still running high. Each carrier page is filled with customers from different parts of the country, most of which are complaining about not being able to place or receive calls. Some have mentioned issues with messaging and internet too, but again, calling is being called out the most. I can tell you that I tried to place a couple of calls over T-Mobile, one of which connected while the second did not to the same number. My internet seems OK, though it is quite slow and possibly unstable. How is your service holding up?

UPDATE 1:57PM: T-Mobile has acknowledged a nationwide issues that they are working to fix "shortly."

https://twitter.com/NevilleRay/status/1272624569707184128

UPDATE 2:04PM: Verizon reached out to let us know that their network is "performing well" and they are aware that another carrier (T-Mobile has confirmed an issue) may be having network issues. Because of the other carrier's issues, calls to and from Verizon may not work as expected.
UPDATE 4:33PM: T-Mobile appears to still be working on this outage.

https://twitter.com/NevilleRay/status/1272650750665953280

UPDATE JUNE 16 7:36AM: T-Mobile finally restored full service again last night at around 10PM Pacific.

https://twitter.com/NevilleRay/status/1272756586352488453

Google Teases Two Big Android 11 Features Not Yet Released

Kellen — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 12:55:51 +0000

We are close to a week removed from the release of the first Android 11 Beta and Google has kicked off a series of daily videos to continue to share more information about this new version's changes. Called "11 Weeks of Android," Google plans to dive deeper into the changes developers can take advantage of to further improve app experiences for you and I. In the first two videos in the series, Google has now told us about two major changes we should expect to see over the coming weeks and months that will benefit everyone.

Android's One Tap and Block Store

The biggest change we know the most about relates to sign-ins for apps and services. The new experience is a combination of two services called One Tap and Block Store, both of which are a part of the new Google Identity Services Library. I'll do my best to explain both in the simplest of terms, as I am no developer, yet I do believe these are both major improvements.

Block Store

Since Block Store is the newest of the two, we'll start here, but know that this is a targeted feature to those who are signing-in or setting up a new device. With Block Store, Google is allowing developers to save authentication tokens from users who sign-in to their apps, then back those up to the cloud for retrieval on a new device. Should that user then restore their apps on a new phone, that token will pull and automatically sign them back in. Instead of fussing over forgotten passwords and accounts, all of this sign-in magic should happen through the normal setup process. Oh, the token is encrypted both on device and in the cloud. Assuming this works as advertised, you should already be signed-in to your apps after they install on your new device without seeing a sign-in prompt. How sweet is that? Google says it is going to try to start an early-access program to Block Store at the end of this quarter.

One Tap

For One Tap, Google has created a single tap option when you sign-up or sign-in to an app or service (this is both on apps and the web). If a developer builds in One Tap support, the app or service will ask you upfront if you want to sign-up with your Google account, assuming you don't have one. If you do already have an account associated with Google, you'll then be presented with a One Tap sign-in or a chance to use autofill, as it supports both of those types of credentials. The sign-up process for One Tap creates a secure, token-based and password-less account associated with the app that can be used to sign-in across platforms and the web. It can also be tied into autofill, should developers choose to allow that. One Tap was first announced back in April, but we got a lot of specifics today and so far, Google says adoption of it has gone well. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFGthqwDmc0

Google Nearby Sighting

The other big reveal today came in a single screenshot through an explainer for some of the new conversations changes in Android 11. See it below? We're talking about the "Nearby" icon in the share menu, first spotted by 9to5Google.

Google hasn't actually acknowledged what Nearby is yet, but we have seen it pop-up from time to time over the past year. This is the Apple Airdrop-like sharing experience we keep thinking Google will one day announce. It once showed up as Fast Share, but most recently was demoed as Nearby Sharing. We believe this feature will let you easily share files with nearby Android devices over Bluetooth. I get the feeling that Android 11 has a bunch of stuff coming that Google wasn't ready to show off as a part of the first beta.

Photoshop Camera Arrives for Android, is Actually Pretty Damn Impressive

Tim — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 11:42:11 +0000

Adobe released the official Photoshop Camera app for Android late last week and I played with it over the weekend. Basically, it's a filter app that you can mess around with, creating unique looking shots which are good for sharing to your social accounts. There are a few features available, but the big draw are the filters and real-time processing that takes place inside of the app. I'm sure Adobe poured a ton of resources into the app and it shows in the results. Check out the example below. In the photo on the left, which is the original, we have a very typical June afternoon in Portland, OR. Totally grey and ugly. When you apply the blue sky filter, boom, you have yourself a beautiful day.

Overcast outside? Not with Photoshop Camera!

There are also extremely cheesy filters, such as the one that heads this post. Obviously, I didn't take a trip to Jupiter this weekend, but if you're into these sorta SciFi shots, it's fun to play with. The app also allows for downloading additional filters from a marketplace and provides a comprehensive editing suite for the photos you do capture. It's a pretty sweet app, so definitely give it a go. To have yourself some fun, download the app from Google Play below.

Google Play Link

Motorola Edge+ Experiencing Serious Display Issues (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 10:47:22 +0000

The Motorola Edge+ was supposed to be a return to flagship glory for a company who had taken a break from the ultra-competitive high-end smartphone market. The phone packed all of the specs necessary to compete with Samsung, came with a beautiful design, and a $1,000 price tag. We actually really liked it in our review. But now, as users have settled into the phone for a couple of weeks, a growing list are discovering serious display issues that appear to be related to the Edge+'s wildly curved waterfall or "edge" display. At the end of May, an owner of the Edge+ posted to Motorola's forums that they were seeing purple spots creep onto the phone's display after using the phone for long periods of time. Those spots would go away once they let the phone rest or cool down, but with another period of usage, they would return. Others acknowledged similar issues while pointing out that their phones were experiencing a green tint in addition to the edge spotting. Since that first report, the thread is now 7 pages long and filled with shocking images upon images of this $1,000 phone's display. Here are a few of those images.

Motorola's forum admin Matt has been in regular contact with folks in that thread who have had issues and suggested a week or so ago that an incoming software update might fix the weird display spots and green tint. That software update began rolling out on Verizon at the end of last week as build QPB30.188-48. Its changelog mentioned camera and roaming improvements, the June Android security patch, and "improved display contrast and clarity." That update has now been installed on several people's phones and the verdict over whether or not it has fixed the issue is up in the air. Some who picked up the update right away claimed that all display spots were gone and the phone back to normal. Others, though, are not as fortunate. Edge+ owners are still getting green tints and others saw the spots come back after watching a video or using the phone for long periods of time. Replacement phones have experienced the same issues. Motorola's forum admin weighed back in this morning, suggesting that the "smudging" or dark spots could be too advanced in some cases for the software update to fix the phone's display. His recommendation is to grab the update, see if it helps, give it a couple of days, and if the issue is still there then seek out a replacement phone.

Hi. We've seen this software clear up the problem, but in some cases the "smudging" could be too advanced to be resolved in this way. We do think that the software will clear up many displays and prevent it from happening on those that haven't had the issue. We appreciate everyone who has been patient and waited for the software. If the problem persists after you have updated and given it a day or two, please exchange the phone with Verizon. Regards and thanks. -Matt

At this point, a lot of Edge+ owners are likely out of their return window, but this is a serious issue that should be covered by the device's warranty. We've reached out to Motorola for further comment on the issue, what they might be doing for those out of return windows, and if Motorola has figured out what's wrong. For now, I'd suggest avoiding the Edge+ until Motorola can tell us what's going. This sure looks like a serious display issue, and if replacement phones aren't any better, staying clear is your best bet.

UPDATE: Motorola got back to us and says they are "aware of these isolated edge+ reports." They believe the software update they pushed out should fix the problems, but if it doesn't, they want Edge+ owners to "receive individual actions from the Motorola Support Team."

Cheers Brian!

LG Confirms Velvet Coming to North America in "Coming Weeks"

Tim — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 09:50:33 +0000

LG confirmed via a press release this morning that, yes, Velvet will indeed eventually come to North America. We have confirmed with our resident team of geographers that the United States is currently located within North America, along with Canada and Mexico, so we assume the US will get Velvet! If you don't remember, Velvet is that LG phone we were all really excited about, but then it turned out to be somewhat of a mid-range phone and doesn't include a completely overhauled software experience. Mind you, this is totally fine because a lot of companies are now focusing heavily on this mid to lower high-end section of the market, I'm just saying we expected a bit more wow factor from the Velvet. The phone features a 6.8" P-OLED display (1080 x 2460), Snapdragon 765 processor which should have 5G connectivity, 128GB storage, 8GB RAM, triple rear cameras (48MP standard + 8MP ultra-wide + 5MP depth), under-display fingerprint reader, 4,300mAh battery, IP68 water and dust rating, plus Android 10. This spec sheet sounds plenty decent for a phone that is priced at what should be about $700 USD. We don't have official pricing yet, though, so keep that in mind. For now, LG says the phone is coming to Germany, Italy, Spain, Hungary, and Poland this month. Those markets will be followed by North America, Asia, Middle East, Africa, and Latin America in "the coming weeks." Hang in there, those of you who are dying to get your hands on some velvety smooth Velvet phone goodness. // LG

Every Galaxy S20 Model is $200 Off, Now Starting at $799 (Updated: $250 Off)

Kellen — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 09:30:52 +0000

After hosting individual sales for both the Galaxy S20+ and Galaxy S20 Ultra last week, Amazon is running a sale this week that slashes $200 off all models. With that discount added, we're looking at a starting price of $799 for the regular Galaxy S20. That's such a great price for a phone this good. I don't think I need to sell you on these phones at this point, as we've reviewed them and are big fans. Their prices were always crazy high, so a deal like this you love to see. For starting prices you have:

Galaxy S20: $799 (128GB)
Galaxy S20+: $999 (128GB)
Galaxy S20 Ultra: $1,199 (128GB)

All of these are unlocked and work on all major US carriers.

UPDATE: Microsoft has them all at $250 off!

Shop Galaxy S20 at Amazon

Samsung Galaxy A71 5G Arrives This Week, Dope Phone at $599

Tim — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 08:59:56 +0000

Samsung has made availability official for another device in its Galaxy A lineup, this time being the Galaxy A71 5G. The A71 is the highest tier of Samsung's mid-range lineup, offering what should be a pretty darn premium experience for the price of only $599. Specs include a 6.7" FHD+ Super AMOLED display, Snapdragon 765G processor, 6GB RAM, four rear cameras (64MP + 12MP Ultra Wide + 5MP Macro + 5MP Depth), 4,500mAh battery, 128GB storage, 5G connectivity, and Android 10. As for when and where you'll find this dope looking phone, Samsung states that starting June 19, you can find it at T-Mobile, Sprint and Samsung.com. Additionally, later this summer, the Galaxy A71 5G will be available at AT&T, Verizon Wireless, and Unlocked by Samsung. If someone wants this phone, chances are they'll be able to find it and buy it. That's a good thing. This is actually a pretty sweet device. We'll try and get our hands on one. Galaxy A71 Specs // Samsung

AT&T Adds 137 New 5G Markets

Kellen — Mon, 15 Jun 2020 08:43:36 +0000

AT&T just fired up 137 new 5G markets across the US, bringing their total to 327 markets. With all of these new markets live, AT&T's 5G network now covers 160 million people. This is the first expansion of AT&T 5G since mid-April, where the carrier unleashed another 90 markets, almost doubling their coverage at the time. They basically did that again today, as they are quickly approaching nationwide coverage and matching T-Mobile. The new AT&T 5G markets are in 34 different states and various counties, towns, and cities within them. From Alabama to Wisconsin and Alaska, a whole bunch of AT&T customers will now see a true 5G logo in their phone status bar, not that misleading 5GE thing. As a reminder, this 5G from AT&T is their low-band 5G, which is all about coverage rather than speeds. When you connect to AT&T's low-band 5G, your speeds may not change much from the 4G LTE or 5GE connection you previously had. The goal, though, is to eventually combine this 5G band with other 5G bands to create the ultimate connection for everyone, but we are years from that happening. If you want the super fast stuff, AT&T does offer 5G+ in 35 markets. The full list of new AT&T 5G markets is below.

Alabama

Anniston
Dothan
Florence
Gadsden
Mobile
Tuscaloosa

Alaska

Anchorage

Arkansas

Clay County
Cleburne County
Cross County
Franklin County
Madison County
Pope County

California

Alpine County
Fresno
Kings County
Salinas
Sierra County
Stockton
Visalia-Tulare

Colorado

Fort Collins-Loveland
Greeley

Florida

Calhoun County
Citrus County
Collier County
Fort Myers
Fort Walton Beach
Gainesville
Glades County
Jefferson County
Lakeland
Tallahassee
Walton County

Georgia

Atlanta
Bleckley County
Early County
Jasper County
Warren County

Idaho

Elmore County

Illinois

Adams County
Aurora-Elgin
Bureau County
Champaign-Urbana
Clay County
Joliet
Montgomery County
Springfield
Vermilion County

Indiana

Bloomington
Decatur County
Huntington County
Kosciusko County
Muncie
Newton County
Randolph County
Warren County

Kansas

Lawrence

Kentucky

Spencer County

Louisiana

Baton Rouge
Caldwell Parish
Claiborne Parish
Iberville Parish
Lafayette
Monroe
Morehouse Parish
St. James Parish
West Feliciana Parish

Maine

Portland

Maryland

Cumberland
Hagerstown
Kent County

Michigan

Alger County
Allegan County
Benton Harbor
Manistee County
Muskegon

Mississippi

Jackson

Missouri

Moniteau County

Nevada

Lander County

New Mexico

Lincoln County
San Juan County

New York

Chautauqua County
Elmira
Jefferson County
Poughkeepsie

North Carolina

Anson County
Hickory

Ohio

Ashtabula County
Columbiana County
Lima
Mansfield
Williams County
Youngstown

Oregon

Lincoln County
Medford
The Dalles

Pennsylvania

Altoona
Bedford County
Bradford County
Huntingdon County
Jefferson County
Lawrence County
Lebanon County
Sharon

Rhode Island

Newport County

South Carolina

Anderson
Calhoun County
Laurens County
Oconee County

Tennessee

Chattanooga
Fayette County
Giles County
Maury County
Memphis
Nashville

Texas

Amarillo
Brownsville
Bryan-College Station
Galveston
Killeen-Temple
Parmer County
Runnels County
Tyler

Utah

Beaver County

Virginia

Caroline County
Danville

Washington

Okanogan County
Olympia
Pacific County

West Virginia

Charleston
Grant County
Huntington-Ashland
Tucker County

Wisconsin

Kenosha
Racine
Sheboygan
Wood County

// AT&T

A Year Ago and Months Before Release, Google Showed Off the Pixel 4 for the First Time

Kellen — Sat, 13 Jun 2020 09:25:02 +0000

A year ago almost to the day, Google did something few companies do - they revealed the design of their upcoming smartphone months before they planned on selling it. Google showed off the Pixel 4 in a single Tweet on June 12, then didn't fully announce the phone until October. At the time, we had just seen CAD renders of the phone, but for the most part, Google had done a much better job at keeping both the Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL a secret. This was noteworthy only because in the previous year, with the Pixel 3 launch, we had full reviews out with months to go before Google could announce them. https://twitter.com/madebygoogle/status/1138876305158500353 Google didn't say much else at the time, though they did give us enough of an image to piece together the device's backside (above) in full. It was a weird thing to realize - that we knew exactly what Google's next Pixel phone looked like, yet we wouldn't get our hands on one any time soon. The spoilers and leaks of the backside no longer mattered, and instead we only looked forward to additional specs, what kinds of software tricks Google might build in, and if the front had ditched the Pixel 3 XL's awful notch. Google followed up that initial Tweet with a story on the Pixel 4's Motion Sense and Soli setup, further teasing what the Pixel 4 would offer. It was a refreshing series of events for an industry that typically tries to keep its products a secret until the last minute. For 2020 and the Pixel 5, I'm doubting that we'll get a similar reveal. Not that these few early teases hurt the story of the Pixel 4 (the battery life did that), I just think with the global pandemic not slowing any time soon, the delay of the Pixel 4a's launch, and Google shuffling around its Pixel team, expectations for how this year will shake out are up in the air. That said, Google, if you are listening, how about a Pixel 5 tease?

Galaxy Note 10+ Gets a Lovely $250 Off Discount Today

Kellen — Sat, 13 Jun 2020 08:06:44 +0000

The string of impressive Samsung deals continues this week with the Galaxy Note 10+ now seeing a big discount for one day only. After big price cuts on the S20+ and S20 Ultra, you can now save $250 off Samsung's best Note 10 family member. "But Kellen, the Note 20 is coming in 2 months, why would I buy this?" Umm, because the Note 10+ is still very much an excellent phone that will last for years and because $850 is a great price for it. A deal is a deal, my guy. Normally priced at $1,100, this Note 10+ still out-specs so many phones released this year. It has 256GB storage, 12GB RAM, a big 6.8" QHD AMOLED display, S Pen, quad camera, super fast charging, and more. Tim loved the Note 10+ in his review. Amazon has Aura Black and Aura Glow (Silver) models available at the $850 price. These are the US unlocked units that work on all major carriers. Amazon Deal Link

Android 11 Beta Lifts Archaic 4GB Cap When Recording Videos

Tim — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 14:09:18 +0000

Back in the day, hitting the 4GB cap on video recordings on your Android phone took a bit of work. This, of course, was before 4K and 8K video formats. Now with those things being commonplace on some devices, Google is apparently doing away with this limiter beginning with the first public beta of Android 11. Now, this limit on file sizes didn't really affect most people, unless you are making a lot of long videos on your phone. When you would reach the 4GB cap, the phone's camera app would simply fire up a new file with no hiccup in recording taking place. It'd be then up to you to stitch the two videos together if need be. With the cap gone, your videos will now presumably go on and on until there's no room left. The only issue people are discovering is that apps will need to be updated in order to allow for this change. Since this has been discovered in the Android 11 beta, it's understandable that most apps don't yet have it working, most notably being Google's own camera app. We assume that'll change soon, though. So there you have it. No more 4GB video recording caps. Thank you, Google. // Android Police

Sonos and Google are Going to Battle Over Audio Patents (Updated: Google Countersues)

Kellen — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 14:00:27 +0000

Sonos, maker of high-end audio that kicked off the multi-room media industry years before everyone else caught on to the brilliant concept, is suing Google over patents it holds on that very technology. You probably don't need me to explain this, but Sonos is pissed about Google Home units, interactions between them through Casting, how Google's phones play a role in that, etc. In a lengthy report from the New York Times, Sonos lays out the case that Google (and Amazon, which they aren't suing just yet because they can only afford to sue one at a time), blatantly stole their technology, implemented it into various products, and then dramatically undercut Sonos in pricing to takeover the home audio market. Sonos said that years ago, when they were working with Google to get Google Play Music as a music option within Sonos, they foolishly showed Google the blueprint to their technology. They now claim that Google took that and used it in their own devices. After years of unsuccessfully trying to license their patented technology to Google, they see no choice now but to sue Google to stop them from infringing on their intellectual property. The full story is worth a read, but as you can imagine, Google has denied any wrongdoing, though Sonos says that their dealings with the search giant haven't been at all clean. Google fired back at least once to Sonos' demand by claiming Sonos was the one that was in-fact infringing on Google patents, yet didn't provide many details. According to Bloomberg Law, Sonos views products like the Google Home Max as a "Sonos clone," and believe Google infringes on patents for adjusting volume levels for devices in different rooms, synchronizing audio among different devices, and more. Google apparently put Sonos on notice back in 2016 over patent concerns. We'll see how this all plays out, but it certainly seems like a big deal. After all, Sonos integrates Google Assistant, Google's music service, and is very much reliant on some of Google's services. But in the end, the technology that Sonos pioneered sure has been adopted in ways by both Google and Amazon. We'll keep you updated.

UPDATE JUNE 12, 2020: Google has now countersued Sonos, saying that the speaker company is infringing on five of Google's patents. Those patents relate to mesh networking, echo cancellation, DRM, content notifications, and personalized search. Google also noted as a part of its lawsuit that a portion of the issue here is that it has offered Sonos "significant assistance in designing, implementing, and testing" over the years for its own products, yet Sonos fired this all up with a lawsuit against them. I don't think this situation will be over any time soon. (via The Verge)

// New York Times | Bloomberg Law

Android 11 Bubbles Coming to Google Messages Really Soon

Kellen — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 11:48:54 +0000

Bubbles, one of the bigger features coming to Android 11, haven't had the best start in the Android 11 beta because there are almost no apps that support them. Facebook Messenger does, but Google's own Messages does not yet. That should change over the next few weeks. In the Android Beta subreddit, Google has confirmed that Bubbles for Android Messages will be enabled over the next month in the stable channel. For those in the Messages beta, an update will rollout starting next week that will introduce Bubbles. For those asking why this feature wasn't just available to all messaging apps with Android 11, it's because developers have to enable it. There's a good chance that most popular apps will build-in support for Bubbles, but until they do, there's no real way to force it. This is probably the correct approach from Google, we just know the history of app developers and how slow they can be adopting Google's new features. Chat Heads will be here soon enough, folks. // reddit

Podcast: Android 11 Beta Squad

Kellen — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 11:27:53 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, we are diving into Android 11 Beta! The most stable build of Android 11 is here and available to anyone with a Pixel 2 or higher, so we'll talk about what's new and whether or not this is stable enough for you to run it. We also want to talk about Pixel Buds updates, Samsung Unpacked for the Note 20, OnePlus Z and Pods, and if any of you are making the move to YouTube Music. Trivia is back! This week's prizes include a bunch of Motorola's sweet new charging products. We’ll be live at 12:00PM Pacific (3:00PM Eastern).

OnePlus Android 11 Beta Code Hints at Insane 65W Charging Speeds, New 'Pods' Earbuds

Tim — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 10:20:00 +0000

Hidden within OnePlus' Android 11 beta for the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro, details of upcoming features and products have been discovered. Thanks to the digging of XDA, we're learning about the potential for insanely fast charging speeds, presumably for the OnePlus 8T, as well as a wireless earbuds product called OnePlus Pods. According to code strings details, OnePlus may offer 65W Warp Charging for an upcoming smartphone, as the OEM doesn't currently offer a phone with charging speeds that fast. The OnePlus 8 Pro tops out at 30W (5V/6A), while this rumored phone would presumably charge at 10V/6.5A. To put this in perspective, we're talking a fully charged battery in what could be under an hour. That would be dope. Also detailed in code is a new wireless earbuds product called OnePlus Pods. It's a safe bet these earbuds look similar to Apple's AirPods, because why not, you know? There are no concrete details concerning these earbuds and it's also unknown which markets they'll be available in. We'll just have to see what OnePlus decides to announce later this year. Excited yet for the OnePlus 8T? // XDA [2]

Verizon Offers Students New Discount on Service, Free Disney+ and Apple Music

Kellen — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 09:55:50 +0000

As students across the country adapt to new ways of learning during this pandemic, many of which are remote, Verizon is offering a new discount to students to give them cheaper service and some nice freebies. Starting July 2, college students (undergraduate, graduate, and post-graduate) can save $10 per month on single-line accounts or $25 per month on 2-line accounts. They'll need to be on a Mix & Match unlimited plan to get the discount, which basically just means you've picked plans from Verizon's current line-up of Start, Play More, Do More, and Get More Unlimited. In addition to the $10 and $25 discounts, Verizon is giving college students a free year of Disney+. On select plans (Play or Get More Unlimited), you could also get free Apple Music. So we've got a discount and hundreds of dollars in free stuff. You love to see it. Again, this new discount goes live on July 2. To enroll, head over to Verizon's student sign-up here. // Verizon

Friday Question: How are You Liking Android 11?

Tim — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 08:46:12 +0000

Alright, it's been a couple of days -- time to share your initial thoughts and impressions on Android 11 with us all. The first public beta of Android 11 was made available this past Wednesday for Pixel devices, as well as select OnePlus devices yesterday. That means there's a solid portion of folks out there that could be running the latest version of Android. Android 11 includes new media controls, Bubbles (currently working for at least one app), and also a dedicated section of your notification pulldown for conversations. It hasn't been the most exciting beta, but hey, it's just a beta. If you opted not to flash Android 11, you didn't make a bad choice. I argued yesterday that the majority of you should just skip it, since many of the features highlighted as being new aren't even working properly yet. However, I know how you Pixel fans operate and all you want is the latest builds, with little concern given to anything else. I can appreciate that. If you've been running it, we'd like to know your thoughts down in the comments. Do you have a favorite feature? Discovered a nasty bug? Tell us everything. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg

This Simple Trick Allows YouTube Watching Without Ads

Kellen — Fri, 12 Jun 2020 08:36:21 +0000

Watching or looking at ads is a part of the internet, whether you like it or not. It's how all of this (often) free content is paid for. But look, we get it that you might not always want to see a 15-second ad before that YouTube video or maybe you ran through your number of free reads at that news outlet that has a paywall. With the simplest trick ever, you can bypass ads, at least until everyone figures out a way to patches it. Discovered by the r/webdev subreddit, selectively tossing a period into a URL can fool some websites and YouTube into letting you view content without seeing ads. It has to do with content and ad hosting - and I'm no web developer so I'm not about to try and explain it - but it works like this.

YouTube No Ads Trick

If you go to our newest video on the Android 11 Beta and aren't a YouTube Premium subscriber, you'll like see an ad:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg
But if you go to this version of the URL, where we put a period just after the .com, you shouldn't see any:
https://www.youtube.com./watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg

See that? It's crazy simple and should work on both mobile and desktop, though you may have to force the desktop mode when on mobile to get it to work. And again, you may even find (for now) that it works on sites that have a paywall, depending on how their ad system is setup with their site. So yeah, toss a period after .com and you might get YouTube and other websites with no ads. // reddit

Google Countersues Sonos Over Patent Infringement

Kellen — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 14:31:51 +0000

Remember at the beginning of the year, just as CES was kicking off, when Sonos sued Google over a bunch of audio-related patents? Google has now countersued. d // The Verge

Android 11 Developer Preview Arrives for OnePlus 8 Series

Tim — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 12:32:51 +0000

The first developer preview for Android 11 on the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro has arrived. This is great news for those who love running experimental software, but beware, these appear to be very unstable builds, suitable only for advanced users. The full list of what's not currently working is below. Now, as for the good stuff, there's plenty. Android 11 has some UI tweaks that are cool, better privacy features, plus plenty more. If you're over reading about it and want to get started, let's roll.

WARNING

As the name suggests, this build of Android 11 is best suited for developers and other advanced users, as it is still in an early stage of development. That said, we do not recommend flashing this ROM if you have little to no experience in software development or flashing custom ROMs, or if you expect to use the device as a daily driver. Proceed at your own RISK! Known Issues

All data will be cleared while flashing the build

Face unlock is unavailable

Google Assistant ("OK Google") does not work

Video calling does not work

Certain UI screens look less than desirable

Some apps may not function as expected

System stability issues

Caution! You should understand there is a risk of BRICKING your phone, read the instructions carefully and be 100% sure of what you are doing. Please always backup your important data before flashing.

Download Android 11 for OnePlus 8

Download these .zip files to your OnePlus 8 or OnePlus 8 Pro.

This upgrade method will erase all the contents of the phone, please be sure to backup first.

Download the latest ROM upgrade zip package from the specified server.
Copy the ROM upgrade package to the phone storage.
Go to Settings -> System -> System Updates -> Click top right icon -> Local upgrade -> Click on the corresponding installation package -> Upgrade ->
System upgrade completed to 100%.
After the upgrade is complete, click Restart.

Best of luck to all of you. // OnePlus

Google Brings Assistant's Voice Match, Other Features to 3rd Party Smart Speakers

Kellen — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 12:21:52 +0000

Today I learned that some of the best features of Google Home units have long been missing from 3rd party smart speakers made by companies like Bose and Sonos. This week, Google is going to try and address that. The features I'm referring to are Voice Match, hotword sensitivity, and choosing default speakers. All of these features have been on Google Home devices for various amounts of time, but soon you'll get to train your speakers to recognize you better, lower or raise sensitivity to "OK, Google," and make your Sonos/Bose/etc. system the default, even if you tell a Home Mini to play a song. Good stuff, right? // Google

Mobile Touch Controls Arrive for Stadia, Experimental Support for More Phones

Tim — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 12:07:08 +0000

Stadia is now supporting many more devices, even if Stadia says your device isn't officially supported. Part of its new experiment, Google is letting many devices download and run the Stadia app, regardless of whether they've tested to see if it works. Essentially, you can be Google's test subject, which is always fun. To see if your phone works, head to Google Play and attempt to download Stadia. If you open up and it works, congrats, you can use Stadia on your phone. If it doesn't work, send Google the feedback. Google notes along with this that most OnePlus devices now work officially with Stadia, dating all the way back to the OnePlus 5. If you do get Stadia up and running, but don't have a controller to use, mobile controls are now live! As you'll see in the example image below, all of the controls you need to play a AAA game are available on your screen.

Example of on-screen mobile controls

While it may not be the prettiest thing to look at or easiest thing to use, it's there if you need it. That's the important stuff specifically for Android devices that Google announced. Additional announcements include the ability to set the resolution for each device you play manually. Previously, you'd have one resolution set for all of your devices via the Stadia app. Now each device you play on can have a unique resolution setting. If you want to check out all of the Stadia changes, follow the link below.

Sign Up for Stadia Here

// Stadia

OnePlus 6T for $299? Yup!

Tim — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 10:36:01 +0000

If you were wondering what's currently the best deal in smartphones right now, I'd argue that it's the OnePlus 6T at just $299. The phone isn't currently purchasable from OnePlus directly, but if it was, it'd be around $350, so getting it for an additional $50 off from B&H Photo ain't bad at all.

Read: OnePlus 6T Review

Now, while this phone is aging, it's still getting supported well by OnePlus at least for a little while longer, plus the specs are still perfectly fine for a phone that costs $299. It features a 6.4″ AMOLED display with baby teardrop notch, Snapdragon 845 processor, 8GB RAM, 128GB storage, 3,700mAh battery, dual rear cameras (20MP + 16MP), plus an in-display fingerprint reader. There you have it. One of the best deals for a smartphone. Follow the link below to snag one for yourself.

B&H Photo Link

For giggles, here are some OnePlus 6T camera samples I snapped in Hawaii. It's a fine camera.

Pixel Buds Update With Hissing Sound Fix is Here

Kellen — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 10:09:59 +0000

Google's first big update for the new Pixel Buds is already here as v296. The update is supposed to address one of the biggest complaints about Google's newest earbuds. In this update, Google told us to expect a decrease to the audio hissing/static noise that some have claimed to hear. This isn't an update to address Bluetooth connections or audio drops, as far as we know - that update should come later or in the "coming weeks." My pair actually grabbed the update yesterday, but another reader let us know that theirs received it this morning. It should be rolling out to your pair if you own them. Of course, figuring out how to update is obnoxiously awkward and Google should make the process simpler. How do you update Pixel Buds? Well, once you know that an update is available (the Pixel Buds app will say "updated available" in the firmware section), this is how I explained it a week ago for the previous update and the process worked again yesterday:

Open the Pixel Buds app, tap on “More settings,” and then “Firmware update.” Make sure you have “Automatic updates” toggled on, or you may want to toggle it off and back on again. Then, you sort of just listen to your Buds for a while to let the update download in the background. At least, that’s what we assume is happening since this process all happens in the dark, without a status bar or any sort of confirmation that any thing is happening at any time. After you’ve listened for a while and hope that an update is ready to install, you slap your Buds back in their case and then the update will install. Again, there is no way to tell that any of this is happening, so you may want to leave them in there for a while to complete the process.

Grab that 296 update for your Pixel Buds and let us know if it really does address the hissing sound. Cheers Arie!

Should You Use Android 11 Beta as Your Daily Driver?

Tim — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 09:02:30 +0000

I'm already seeing plenty of curious Pixel owners asking if they should boot up and run the first public beta for Android 11 as their daily driver. It's a fantastic and warranted question, and while you'd think that a public beta is a safe thing to run as a daily OS, I'm here to tell you that you might as well wait and hold off on flashing Android 11. Video: What's new in Android 11 beta! I hate to be the one to tell you, but Google is not joking when they call this a beta. Heck, I might even still label this as an alpha, since the majority of features the Android team highlighted yesterday when it was unveiled don't work. Here's a few things not working properly:

Bubbles - One of the premier Android 11 beta features, Bubbles are not working properly. Whether this is due to developers needing to enable them or something with updates, they aren't working properly. The only app currently working with Bubbles is Facebook Messenger.
Google Pay - Not a feature exclusive to Android 11, but a feature needed for many when it comes to "daily driver," Google Pay does not work on "experimental" software.
Updated Media Controls - Yet another feature highlighted by Google, it can work properly if enabled via the Developer Settings menu. Our hope was that it'd work without having to dig through settings, but this is a beta after all.
It's simply not stable - Kellen has had more issues than me in this department, but he is running into serious stability problems when running certain apps. For example, his phone froze while using Chrome, as well as when viewing a photo. These types of problems aren't what you want on a daily driver.

If you have a Pixel as a secondary phone or something like that, then by all means, flash Android 11 and have some fun. If you only use one phone and need your Pixel to be reliable, I wouldn't recommend it right now. It's just not worth it. Maybe if you could at least test some of Google's sweet new Android 11 features it'd be fun, but they aren't even working.

TL;DR version: Nope, don't flash the Android 11 beta to your Pixel.

Sweet Deal: Samsung Galaxy S20 Ultra is $300 Off Today

Kellen — Thu, 11 Jun 2020 08:07:54 +0000

The Galaxy S20 Ultra is a stupidly expensive phone and probably not worth seriously entertaining for most people at its full price of $1,400. At $1,100, like it is today, the conversation changes some.

A great Galaxy S20 Ultra deal

Amazon is hosting a deal of the day on Samsung's most high-end Galaxy S20 phone that drops $300 off it. With a now-starting price of $1,099, you can grab either the Cosmic Gray or Cosmic Black models of the Ultra and get your Space Zoom on. For those who missed our Galaxy S20 Ultra review, Tim was a big fan. He loved the display (of course), battery life, performance, and even the camera. He thought it was close to perfection, which is sort of the issue that today's deal is helping with. A $1,400 phone should bring perfection, but since it wasn't quite there, it was a tough phone to fully recommend unless your wallet was bottomless. Now, at $300 off, we're talking Galaxy S20+ pricing only you get more phone. Again, this is an Amazon deal of the day, so don't sleep on the best Galaxy S20 Ultra deal we've seen. This should tempt you, especially as a Samsung unlocked phone that will work on all carriers and get you 5G where available. Amazon Deal Link

Verizon 5G Home Expands to First New City in Months

Kellen — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 16:06:54 +0000

Verizon 5G Home is still a real service that I almost forgot about because we haven't written about it since last October. It's back in the headlines today, though, because Verizon added another new city. Detroit! You are the sixth city that now has access to Verizon 5G Home. As the sixth city, Detroit residents can get "blazing fast home internet with no hidden fees and no annual contract" for just $50 per month. Well, you get that price if you are already a Verizon customer. Non-Verizon customers will pay $70 per month. Verizon is still giving everyone who signs up their first three months for free too. From what I can gather, again because Verizon hasn't announced anything 5G Home related in a long time, everything has been upgraded. For example, the setup is now a self-install (in select markets), where you are sent a kit that allows you to attach a 5G unit to your window to pull a signal. The original setup required a technician to attach a big box to the side of your house. With 5G Home in Detroit, customers will get peak speeds up to 1Gbps with the included WiFi 6 router. That router, by the way, has Amazon Alexa built-in. Also, Verizon is still running plenty of add-on promos, like YouTube TV free for a month, a year of Disney+, 3 months of Google Stadia, and a Verizon Stream TV box that runs Android TV. On a related note, Verizon said today that it has rolled out Enhanced 5G Home to Indianapolis and Los Angeles. I wish I could tell you more on what that means, but Verizon has not revealed that info, as far as I can tell. We'll update this post if we learn more on what "Enhanced" means. Finally, Big Red expects to have 10 5G Home cities by the end of the year.

UPDATE: As was pointed out in the comments, "enhanced" 5G Home means Verizon is making the switch from their non-stand 5G TF to the industry standard 5G NR.

Sign-up for Verizon 5G Home // Verizon

Video: What's New in Android 11 Beta!

Kellen — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 13:45:45 +0000

With the Android 11 Beta now rolling out to supported Pixel devices, we had a chance to flash it on a Pixel 4 XL and take it for a spin. In the video below, we dive into the big features that Google highlighted as a part of today's release.

Want to know what's new in Android 11 Beta?

This video shows off the new home screen suggestions setting on the Pixel Launcher, powerful new Power Menu with smart home controls and payment cards, new music controls within Quick Settings, and Bubbles for chatting in the old Facebook chat heads way. We've covered plenty of other Android 11 changes in several write-ups, so this video really was about the new stuff that Google wants you to know about and test. As we continue to dive in over the coming days, I'm sure we'll find more and will then share those changes with you. For now, how is everyone liking Android 11 on their Pixel 2, Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4? Have you found apps besides Facebook Messenger than can use Bubbles? Are you loving the new power menu as much as I am? Let us know! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg

Android 11 Beta Coming to "Other Devices" in Coming Weeks (Updated)

Tim — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 12:32:23 +0000

For non Pixel phone owners, the very last sentence of Google's blog post on the public beta for Android 11 should excite you, depending on what device you have. The last line ends with, "available on Pixel 2+ phones today and other devices in the coming weeks."

Update: Android 11 Developer Preview arrives for OnePlus 8, OnePlus 8 Pro.

Other devices, you say? Coming weeks? Excellent! Now, we don't know exactly which devices those will be. Last year, when Google opened up the Android 10 beta to devices other than the Pixel line, it supported the OnePlus 6 and 6T, LG G8, Essential Phone, Sony Xperia X3, and plenty other devices that aren't huge mainstream successes in the US. Fingers crossed that the supported list this year includes most of the latest phones from OnePlus, LG, and more. For those running a Samsung phone, don't hold your breath. You'll need to wait for Samsung to do its own thing. As soon as we learn more from Google, we'll let you know. // Google https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg

Here's Everything New in Android 11 Public Beta!

Tim — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 10:55:50 +0000

The first public beta for Android 11 has arrived, so it's time to break down what's new inside. Google was kind enough to publish a post detailing the major things that regular users will see, but there is plenty of backend stuff that developers need to be aware of, too. For this post, let's go over what the average user will find in Android 11.

Dedicated Conversations in Notification Pulldown

Google is separating conversations from other notifications in the pulldown in Android 11. As you can see in the image below, notifications that are labeled as conversations will have their own little home, regardless of which app they come from. That means regardless of whether you're chatting on Twitter, Messages or Facebook, all those messages will appear in the same Conversations category and be grouped together.

Bubbles!

Android 11 also includes Bubbles, a new feature to help users respond with important conversations without switching back and forth between apps. You know, like Facebook's Chat Heads from years ago. "You can open a bubble for your conversation right from the notification and multitask without missing a thing," Google details.

Suggestions in Gboard

When you type using Gboard in Android 11, users will receive relevant and automatic suggestions for emoji and text. This is made possible with "secure on-device intelligence" that utilizes Federated Learning, and it works without Google ever seeing anything you type.

Power Button Long Press Gets Much Functionality

Google is incorporating more functionality into the power button, now housing smart device controls and other goodies. For example, if you have smart lights attached to your account, you'll see physical controls for them from this updated menu. You'll also see your cards from Google Pay, as well as boarding passes the next time you're flying.

New Media Controls

The Android team is also introducing new media controls in Android 11, making it quick and convenient to switch the device your audio or videos are playing on. It is now easier to bring your music with you from your headphones, to speakers, or even to your TV. To see that in action, check out the GIF, as explaining with words it doesn't do it justice.

Privacy Improvements

Privacy is important. We all know this. According to Google, "Android 11 has even more granular controls for the most sensitive permissions. With one-time permissions you can grant apps access to your microphone, camera or location, just that one time. The next time the app needs access to these sensors, it will have to ask you for permission again." Additionally, if you haven’t used an app for an extended period of time, Android 11 auto resets all of the permissions associated with that app and will notify you of that action. Users can choose to re-grant the app permissions the next time they open the app.

If you're a developer and what more backend info, look at Google's developer blog. If you own a supported Pixel device and want to get Android 11 right now, go here. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg // Google

Android 11 Beta Image Files Now Available For Download Too

Kellen — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 10:04:40 +0000

As we already shared with you, the Android 11 Beta is here with a Beta 1 build. You can sign-up easily and wait for the over-the-air update if you want, but we know some of you like to do the old school thing and flash files. Those Android 11 Beta 1 factory image and OTA files are here. Here’s the Android 11 Beta 1 build details:

Date: June 10, 2020 Build: RPB1.200504.018 Emulator support: x86 (32/64-bit) Security patch level: June 2020 Google Play services: 20.18.17

For those running previous Android 11 Developer Previews, Google is offering an over-the-air (OTA) update for this release and it should be available at any moment. Factory images are still available too, plus you can use the new Android Flash Tool this time.

Install Android 11 Beta 1

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg

Android 11 Beta is Now Open!

Kellen — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 09:57:15 +0000

The wait is over - Google just opened up the Android 11 Beta program to Pixel devices. This is the easiest way to try out Google's newest version of Android in a much more stable scenario compared to the 4 different developer previews we have been testing. Supported devices include the Pixel 2, Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4. Sign-up for the Android 11 Beta is as easy as it was on all other betas. You head over to the Android Beta site, look for your supported device, tap on that device and enroll it. Once you enroll, it shouldn't take long before you'll be prompted with a software update that brings the beta build. If you don't see it, you can always head into Settings>System>Advanced>System update. Hit that link up to get started. Sign-up for the Android 11 Beta

RELATED: Android 11 Beta 1 factory image files here

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-sEJUdytWFg

Nevermind, Apparently No S Pen for Galaxy Fold 2

Tim — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 08:56:32 +0000

One of the first big pieces of info we heard about the Galaxy Fold 2 was that it would come equipped with an S Pen stylus. It'd be a great update for hardware that seems ideal for having one. However, according to the latest intel out of South Korea, it's not happening. According to the report, Samsung is opting not to include an S Pen with the Galaxy Fold 2, with primary cause being the UTG (Ultra Thin Glass) it utilizes on the device simply not being ready for the strain a stylus device would put on it. As a reminder, UTG is on the Galaxy Z Flip and from our personal experience, yeah, a stylus would most likely destroy that thing with scratches and marks. While no S Pen is indeed a downer, there are other improvements Samsung is reported to be making to ensure this device is tempting to those with lots of money to spend on a foldy-phone. It's rumored the display inside will measure in at 7.7-inches, 0.4-inches larger than the original. The outside display is also said to be bigger, which is what I'm most excited to see. Galaxy Fold fans, is this sad news for you? // The Elec Cheers Flosserelli!

Galaxy Buds Drop to a Wonderful $90 Today Only

Kellen — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 08:31:28 +0000

The original Samsung Galaxy Buds are the focus of an Amazon "Deal of the Day" today that drops their price to an almost-unbeatable $89.99. Originally priced at $130, you can't top a solid $40 discount on a pair of true wireless buds that are this good. Do I need to sell you on these still, knowing that Samsung has already released an upgraded Galaxy Buds+? OK. For one, these would be the wireless earbuds I use daily if it weren't for Google's new Pixel Buds. They sound quite lovely for wireless buds, have long 6-hour battery life, and should fit almost everyone, thanks to multiple tip sizes. I love the Galaxy Buds (I actually own two pairs), I'm only using the Pixel Buds now because they fit slightly better in my ears. But at $90, you should probably buy these, assuming you need a true wireless earbud upgrade in your life. Amazon Deal Link

Google Shutting Down Pigeon, Its Crowd-Sourced Transit App

Kellen — Wed, 10 Jun 2020 08:13:49 +0000

There is a good chance that you have never heard of Pigeon, the crowd-sourced transit app from Google's Area 120, because it was a limited service only available on iOS in a select group of cities. And now, thanks to the global pandemic we are currently living through, you'll never get to try it. Pigeon is shutting down on June 24. Google, in a brief statement on the Pigeon website, explained that as an Area 120 project, this was indeed an experiment. As an experiment like so many others from Google's Area 120 group, there is always a chance that they will not succeed and that's what happened with Pigeon. Unfortunately, Pigeon failed because of "this unprecedented time due to COVID-19" not necessarily because it wasn't a great service. There were plans to bring it to Android one day, but those plans have now been scrapped. Google has no plans to reboot Pigeon should we ever make it out of this pandemic. If you are a Pigeon user and want your data, you'll be able to request it through the app by clicking on the icon in the top left corner and inputting your email. If you don't do that before June 24th shutdown, Google will delete all data related to the service. // Pigeon Cheers Suicide_Note!

Nobodies: Murder Cleaner, Helping You Channel Your Inner 'Wolf'

Tim — Tue, 09 Jun 2020 15:14:19 +0000

Portland, OR is still locked down pretty tight (we're hoping to reopen some things soon), but for the most part, we're all still stuck at home. Because of this, I've been needing to discover new games to play on my phone. I recently came across Nobodies: Murder Cleaner, and while the game's name is a bit off putting, the game is totally awesome. In this game, which is free to download from Google Play, you are tasked with cleaning up murder scenes. No, you're not doing this as CSI or some type of law enforcement, but instead, think The Wolf from the movie Pulp Fiction. For example, there's a body that needs disposing of at a construction site. What better way to hide the body than to throw it down a hole and then pour concrete all over it, never to be seen again? In each level, you'll go around and tap on items and solve puzzles that will help you solve how each body should be disposed of. While the first level is pretty easy, warming you up to the game, each level gets increasingly more difficult. It's a solid time waster game for when you're on the couch just hanging out. Go snag it!

Google Play Link

https://youtu.be/03jkXgK1ORY

DEAL: Snag AUKEY's Fancy Wireless Charging Power Bank for $99 (Save $50!)

Tim — Tue, 09 Jun 2020 12:38:01 +0000

AUKEY is hosting a big time sale on its super fancy, super expensive wireless power bank/wireless charger. If you've had your eyes on one of these puppies, but the price was scary, you can snag it now for just $99, down from its usual $150 price. Coupon codes are just the best, right? If you aren't familiar with these, don't worry, neither was I until recently. When plugged in on your desk, you have a wireless charger/fast charger for your laptop computer and phones with 45W Power Delivery. The base itself features multiple USB ports, acting like a hefty charging hub for all your things. When mobile, you have a 10,000mAh power bank that also features wireless charging. When plugged into the bank while mobile, you have 18W PD and Quick Charge 3.0. These are very sweet devices, but they're expensive, so not a lot of people have experience with them. If you want to give it a go, use the coupon code below for $50 off your purchase on Amazon. Father's Day, anyone?

Amazon Link (Code: HM6FBL3B)

Maybe Google Pixel Sales Don't Suck? (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 09 Jun 2020 09:36:40 +0000

We aren't that far removed from sharing the story of the Pixel 4 that painted the device and its launch as nothing short of a disaster. From team members departing after its arrival and industry numbers used to describe Google's struggles to sell devices from one year to the next, I'm not sure anyone would call the Pixel brand strong today. With that in mind, new numbers being shared this morning paint somewhat of a different picture. A single Tweet from an associate VP from the IDC put almost nothing but praise on Google's Pixel brand as a growing success story. The info he shared says that in 2019, Google's Pixel shipments were up 52% year over year to 7.2 million units, which gave them their "best performance ever." He noted that Google is now shipping more phones than OnePlus and had "strong performances in the USA, Western Europe and Japan." https://twitter.com/fjeronimo/status/1270375579750105093 Mind you, this is the same IDC whose numbers were cited last month by the The Information's report, where the story was about how badly the Pixel 4 performed out of the gate compared to the Pixel 3, which also compared poorly to the Pixel 2. Now, we are pretty sure the Pixel 3a saw some early success, plus there were plenty of Pixel 3 deals throughout 2019 leading up to the launch of the Pixel 4 that could have helped Google ship more units than in 2018. Calling the performance "strong" seems odd, though, again because even Google has rarely referred to their own Pixel sales with that same tone. They admitted that Pixel 3 sales weren't great in early 2019 and that hardware sales in general continued to be down at the end of the year.

UPDATE: IDC's Francisco Jeronimo expounded on his initial Tweet, pointing out that the added Pixel 3a line certainly helped the overall year of 2019. Maybe more importantly, the expansion to 3 new markets didn't hurt.

That's correct. Pixel 3a & Pixel4 sold fewer units in the 1st two-quarters of sales than Pixel3. However: - the 2nd Q of sales for Px3 was 1Q2019 - Google launched Px3a & 4 in 2019. Weaker launches but the full impact was in 2019 - Google expanded Pixel portfolio to 3 new markets
— Francisco Jeronimo (@fjeronimo) June 9, 2020

I guess if the goal was to only sell a couple of extra million phones in an entire year, thanks largely to a $400 mid-range device, then sure, that sounds like strong performance. Still, I can't imagine Google being in agreement.

Razer Kishi Controller Now Available for Android Phones, Priced at $79

Tim — Tue, 09 Jun 2020 08:54:11 +0000

Razer has a new gaming controller for Android phones this week, up for order on its own website and Amazon. Priced at $79.99, the Kishi offers clickable analog thumbsticks, 8-way D-pad, analog triggers, and bumpers which will allow for playing not just mobile games, but AAA titles, too.

The controller is connected via USB-C, with Razer claiming that will virtually eliminate input lag while playing. When not playing, Kishi offers a collapsable design that you can see below.

If you intend on gaming for a long time, such as when you're on a flight, you can utilize the controller's pass-through charging. That same port will likely double as an audio port, as there is no dedicated 3.5mm jack. If you want one, follow the links below. Do note that Amazon's price is $10 higher at $89. This is an error and Razer is attempting to correct it ASAP.

Purchase Links: Razer | Amazon

Google Confirms Pixel Buds Bluetooth and Connectivity Fix Update Incoming (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 09 Jun 2020 07:51:51 +0000

Yesterday afternoon, we speculated that Google was well aware of the variety of issues reportedly plaguing their new Pixel Buds, thanks to a survey that showed up in our inbox. Hours after sharing that survey, a Googler confirmed on the Pixel Buds support forum that they had indeed heard user feedback and that the company would soon issue an update to (hopefully) fix one of the Pixel Buds most obvious bugs.

Pixel Buds Bluetooth Fix

According to this Googler, software updates will start rolling out in the coming weeks to improve both Bluetooth stability and connectivity. If you've followed the Pixel Buds saga at all since launch, you'll know that the most often complaints to date have been over audio cutouts and connectivity issues, which it sounds like Google has a potential fix (or two?) for. No other details were provided, only that Google is appreciative of the feedback you have all given since buying your Pixel Buds. Again, we sort of understood that to be the case after looking at the lengthy issue list presented in that survey, but it's still always nice to hear a confirmation. Unfortunately, we didn't get a timeline of "today" for this update and will instead have to wait longer for your audio connections to Pixel Buds to improve. I just hope that "weeks" means that Google will get this right. I'm not sure people are going to wait around much longer for their $180 wireless earbuds to work properly, especially with so many other quality options on the market.

Update Coming This Week

UPDATE: Google now says that an update (version 296) will rollout this week. This update will decrease the audio hissing/static noise that some of you claim to hear.
Additional updates over the "coming weeks" will decrease the instances of phone call cutouts, improve autorecovery when one or both earbuds loses connection, and improve media playback stability for phones that have software audio encoding.

// Google Pixel Buds Help | 9to5Google

Samsung's Next Watch is the Galaxy Watch 3

Kellen — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 16:36:10 +0000

Samsung has made more watches at this point than I can keep track of, but one thing they've done a decent job of is naming each. Sure, they've bounced around from Gear to Galaxy and Active names, I just don't know that any of it has been confusing. With their new watch that we discovered a number of details about from FCC filings last week, they are going to stop making much sense. According to a file found within the latest Galaxy Wearable app that XDA dug into, it appears that Samsung has settled on "Galaxy Watch 3" for their upcoming watch. I'm going to assume they are going with Galaxy Watch 3 because their last watch was the Galaxy Watch Active 2 and this would be the third Galaxy Watch line? That actually doesn't make sense, though, because the Galaxy Watch line went from Galaxy Watch to Galaxy Watch Active and then onto Galaxy Watch Active 2. There never was a Galaxy Watch 2. Samsung likely wants to keep the naming scheme moving forward for when they release a Galaxy Watch Active 3, but come on, man.

Anyways, with the name pretty much confirmed, prepare for 41mm and 45mm models, GPS and heartrate sensors, Bluetooth and LTE models, and an experience that will make a mockery of Wear OS. Oh, if you already bought into the recently released Galaxy Buds+, know that XDA also found an image hinting at the imminent release of those weird bean-shaped Galaxy Buds. The name could be Galaxy Buds X or Buds Live, we aren't sure, but if Samsung has prepared imagery within their Wearable app, they should be close too. August 5, or around that date, we should see this all. // XDA

Verizon Gear S3 Classic, S3 Frontier Updated With Bixby and Other Great Features

Tim — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 15:56:14 +0000

Verizon is pushing what appears to be a pretty large update to the Gear S3 Frontier and Gear S3 Classic smartwatches. Inside, S3 Frontier and S3 Classic users can expect Bixby(!) for getting tasks done easier, a new view option for your apps, option for keeping your screen on while working out, supported earbud battery level when connected, as well as charging status for the Always-on Display. Once updated, the S3 Frontier will be on software version R765VVRU1DTE1 and the S3 Classic will be on R775VVRU1DTE1. Enjoy your update, Gear owners. // Verizon [2]

Pixel Buds 2 Survey Hints at All the Issues Google is Tracking (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 15:10:29 +0000

Taking a quick tour through the new Google Pixel Buds support community reveals a long list of complaints. Not that that isn't expected in any support forum for a newly released product, but it's clear that Google has a number of bugs or issues to address. In a Pixel Buds survey that just showed up in our inbox, we might have the full list that Google is already looking into. The survey was quite lengthy and easily took me 10-15 minutes to complete. It asked about my Pixel Buds experience, what I liked about them, which headphones I came from, how often I use them, which types of devices I connect them to, the apps I use the most, what my general thoughts on Samsung and Google and Apple as brands are, what my current phone is, etc. But as I got towards the end, a section popped up that said "Have you experienced the following problems with your Google Pixel Buds?" The list was long, broken out into sections, and came off as being very select rather than a bunch of generic answers that any company might ask about a newly released product. This list seemed very specific to the complaints that many of you have told us about in recent weeks.

UPDATE: Google has now confirmed that at least one update is coming to address Bluetooth and connectivity issues.

The section titled "Audio & Listening Related Reasons" brought up the constant static/hiss noise, audio cutouts, left-to-right audio not in sync, audio quality ("not enough bass"), and lag while watching video. There was a "Comfort / Fit" section that brought up eartip sizing, comfort over longer durations of wear, and difficulties putting Pixel buds in ears properly. There was a section on the charging case and lights not being intuitive, battery life, another on connectivity and random disconnects, and options related to software stuff, like Google Translate, Adaptive Sound, and Google Assistant not working as expected. Here is the full list from the survey:

Again, the entire list sure seems to be very specific as if Google is keeping track of everything you are telling them, even if their community spaces for support often feel like Googlers are never around to provide help. Let's hope they find solutions or fixes to a number of these before everyone gives up on them.

READ: Here is our Pixel Buds review

Expect Fewer OnePlus Betas Moving Forward

Tim — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 13:15:15 +0000

Ahead of the weekend last Friday, OnePlus announced that it is set to reduce the amount of betas owners can expect to see, which is really only a downer to those who participated in the first place. Moving forward, here's what we can expect from OnePlus in the beta department.

Closed Beta
- (2 updates per month)
Open Beta
- (1 update per month)
Official Release (OTA)
- (Unchanged – 1 update every 1-2 months)

To compare, Closed Beta participants used to receive 4 updates per month on average, while Open Beta would get 2 updates. So both are being cut in half. OnePlus' reasoning behind this, according to them, is to not only better the overall user experience, but to help free up their own resources with regard to squashing bugs that are introduced with each update.

Our beta program may once have been more popular among our most tech-savvy users, but it has now grown into something that includes people from all different backgrounds and with varying degrees of technological knowledge. We’ve also noticed that many of you use beta releases as your daily driver, for work, school or play, which is quite remarkable. With this in mind, we have decided to make some adjustments to the beta program schedule, in order to provide a more stable and reliable experience. These changes allow us to allocate more time to go through your valuable feedback, coordinate with the development team and address reported bugs. Ultimately, this will give all our users an even better OxygenOS experience.

If this is sad news, don't worry, there is a bit of good news sprinkled in this announcement -- "the Closed Beta program for the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro is about to start," the company writes. The Closed Beta is for elite users only, with about 100 users granted access. While not everyone gets a taste, the plus is that it means we'll all eventually get the open beta to play with. // OnePlus

All Galaxy Watch Active 2 Models are $50 Off

Kellen — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 12:24:13 +0000

The best Android smartwatch you can currently buy is discounted all over the place today. The Samsung Galaxy Watch Active 2 in all sizes and special models is $50 off with starting prices of $229. I'd imagine Samsung and its retail partners need to clear out some inventory before the new Galaxy Watch shows up and these $50 discounts could help. I would argue that this watch is worth it at full price, so seeing a $50 price cut means it's time to pull out the plastic. This Watch Active 2, for those curious, has an excellent display, really great battery life, lovely performance, and a size and fit that should work on anyone's wrist. This really is the smartwatch I go to when in need of a wrist computer. It absolutely stomps on the current crop of Wear OS watches. You'll find $50 discounts on both 40mm and 44mm models, the Under Armour and Golf Editions, and the LTE models. Shop Galaxy Watch Active 2:

Google Maps Gets Real-Time Stats for Crowded Public Transit Stations

Tim — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 10:45:04 +0000

Google Maps has been displaying predicted information regarding whether a location is busy for select businesses and public areas for some time now, but with COVID-19, Google is going to be stepping up its ability to deliver information on crowded areas and public transit options in a real-time sense. Starting this week, Google will be accepting real-time user feedback for how crowded public transit is.

We’re now making it simpler for people to contribute crowdedness information for their transit lines. Look up Directions, tap through to see the Transit Details, then scroll down to find crowdedness predictions (where available) and easily contribute your own experiences.

Google's thought behind this is that essential workers, or anyone else in need, can see if they should take the risk of boarding a busy train or bus. One can never be too careful, so the addition on real-time data and not just a prediction can be clutch. Furthermore, things like transit stations, which also used to rely on predictions, are now tapping directly into real-time user location data. Maintaining privacy is crucial here, but once a certain threshold is reached that allows the data to be properly anonymized, Google Maps can and will display real-time data for how busy a location is.

Starting today, you can easily see the times when a transit station is historically more or less busy to plan your trip accordingly or you can look at live data showing how busy it is right now compared to its usual level of activity. Simply search for a station in Google Maps or tap on the station on the map to see the departure board and busyness data, where available.

Google Maps will also incorporate COVID-19 checkpoint notifications for users when navigating to an area that has them, such as the borders between Canada, Mexico, and the US. Again, Maps has been able to display predicted busyness levels for some time now, but with things the way they are, Google is looking to take more advantage of all of the location data they have at their apparent disposal. // Google

Pixel Buds In-Stock at These Retailers, But Hurry (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 10:30:47 +0000

From day 1 of availability, the new Google Pixel Buds have been tough to find after selling out almost immediately. We have tried to monitor levels of stock at various retailers, but most have struggled to maintain quick shipping times. Thankfully, at the moment, there tend to be a couple that will get you these excellent new Buds within a couple of days. I'd imagine that manufacturing of the Buds has been tough during this global pandemic, thus the reason for only the Clearly White model launching with other colors "months" away. So when a retailer gets a shipment, it's no surprise that they sellout right away and we then wait weeks for a re-stock.

READ: Our Pixel Buds review

For now, the big retailers that carry the Pixel Buds are the Google Store, Verizon, Best Buy, Walmart, and B&H Photo. Below, we've got direct links to each to help us all quickly see which has them today and will ship right away. Do we recommend spending $179 on these pair of true wireless buds from Google? That's certainly a high price for any earbuds, but after using them for a few weeks, I'm still sticking with them. I love the new Pixel Buds.

UPDATE 6/8: Verizon and Walmart both have stock!

Shop Pixel Buds:

Reported OnePlus Z Specs, Low Price Spells Trouble for Pixel 4a

Tim — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 09:00:06 +0000

It wasn't long ago when OnePlus said it would offer less expensive phones, a move that would bring it a bit closer to its roots in this industry. This week, specs for the rumored OnePlus Z (previously referred to as OnePlus 8 Lite) have made their way online, thanks to a survey that was sent out to select credit card holders living in India. According to this survey, which asked consumers if they'd have interest in this phone, the OnePlus Z features a 6.55″ Super AMOLED display with 90Hz refresh rate, Snapdragon 765 SoC, 6GB RAM, 128GB onboard storage, 4300mAh battery (30W fast charging support), triple rear camera setup (64MP + 16MP + 2MP), 16MP front-facing shooter, and in-display fingerprint reader. The crazy part is, the price is reported to be what's about $330 in India, which seems like an insanely tempting price for this device. There's still more we don't know, but that price automatically makes the phone a huge contender. According to a source of Android Central, we should expect this phone to be made official on July 10. No word yet on the US. OnePlus coming back to less expensive phones has me super excited. Let's just hope they don't skip out on things like NFC in order to cut the price down. // XDA | Android Central | DesiDime

New Sonos S2 App Arrives, Time to Make Some Decisions

Kellen — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 08:06:27 +0000

The new Sonos app (dubbed "Sonos S2") is here, so if you own Sonos products, depending on the level of support they have been given going forward, you have some decisions to make. We talked at length about the new Sonos S2 app in early May and you will want to read that post if you are a Sonos owner who owns products from various years. In case you forgot about this release, this is the new app that will cut off select older Sonos products, could impact your entire system as it relates to updates, and might force you into using both the old (now called Sonos S1) and new app. It's also the default controller app going forward that you will want to use if possible. If you are all caught up on how the S2 update impacts your system, the by all means, dive right into that link below and get the new app. It brings better sound to some speakers, should have an improved UI, and more. If you aren't sure what the hell Sonos S2 is and if all of your Sonos products are supported, again, read this post. As someone with both older non-supported and newer still-supported Sonos products, I can tell you that the new app won't even let me in at the moment. It recognizes that I have older products and is telling me to either continue using the old S1 app or setup an entirely new Sonos system using S2. I'm hoping that removing the older products will let me simply make the switch without having to setup again, but we'll see! Ahhh, Sonos. Google Play Link: Sonos for Android

Galaxy S20+ $250 Off in Deal of the Day at Amazon

Kellen — Mon, 08 Jun 2020 07:26:09 +0000

Amazon is starting this fresh new week off with a scorching deal on the unlocked Samsung Galaxy S20+. How does $250-off sound? In a "deal of the day," Amazon has dropped that much off all colors (Cosmic Gray & Black, Cloud Blue) of the Galaxy S20+, which brings its starting price down to $949.99. For those who haven't figured it out yet, that's cheaper than the regular Galaxy S20. I know that the Galaxy S20 hasn't been as hot as other Samsung releases, but I've got to tell you, this is my favorite Samsung line in a while. I'm still using the regular Galaxy S20 at the moment, as it's my favorite phone currently on the market. This Galaxy S20+ is a slightly bigger version of the S20, with a larger screen, battery, and an extra camera. At this price, it's a really nice option. Again, this is an Amazon deal of the day, so you have to make a decision today. Amazon Deal Link

New Moto E and Moto G Fast Up for Pre-Order, Start at Just $149

Tim — Fri, 05 Jun 2020 14:30:48 +0000

Motorola introduced two new devices today, an updated Moto E device (I think this is their 143rd iteration or so?) and the Moto G Fast. The Moto E starts at just $149, featuring a 6.2” Max Vision HD+ display, Snapdragon 632 processor, 2GB RAM, rear-facing fingerprint reader, dual camera system on the backside (13MP + 2MP depth), 3,550mAh battery, plus a "bloatware-free and ultra-clean version of Android 10." For the price, that seems a nice little package. The Moto G Fast offers a 6.4” Max Vision HD+ display, Snapdragon 665 processor, 3GB RAM, triple rear camera setup (16MP + 8MP ultra-wide + 2MP macro), 4,000mAh battery, plus the same bloat-free version of Android 10. All of that is priced at just $199. You can pre-order each device right now on Motorola's website, but you can also find them soon on Amazon and other various retailers that sell unlocked smartphones.

Motorola Links: Moto E | Moto G Fast

Report: Samsung Moves Unpacked Online, Galaxy Note 20 and Fold 2 Unveiling on August 5

Tim — Fri, 05 Jun 2020 10:42:04 +0000

Samsung is reported to be moving its Unpacked event online, potentially to be held on August 5. At this event, it's reported that we'll see the Galaxy Note 20 lineup, consisting of the Note 20 and Note 20+ (possible called the Note 20 Ultra now), as well as the Galaxy Fold 2 get announced.

Related: Check out these Galaxy Note 20 CAD renders.

A second confirm of this news comes from known Samsung insider Ice Universe, who says on Weibo we can expect a ton of new devices. According to them, Samsung will showcase the Note 20 lineup, Fold 2, Z Flip 5G, Tab S7, Tab S7+, as well as the Galaxy Watch 2. If that's accurate, we may be in for the longest online event in tech history. We already know quite a bit about the Galaxy Note 20 lineup, such as screen sizes and potential features, but the Galaxy Fold 2 is still somewhat mysterious. While we've learned it may have a lot of cameras and an S Pen, we don't quite know what it may look like. How exciting! // Dong-A | Weibo Cheers Flosserlli!

Verizon's Galaxy S20 5G Now Available in Exclusive Color and $150 Off (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 05 Jun 2020 10:00:12 +0000

It took several months to arrive, but Verizon's special version of the regular Galaxy S20 5G is now available. You'll find this Galaxy S20 at the same price as it is at other carriers, plus Big Red has its own exclusive color. Actually, Verizon is hosting a day-1 sale, so it's cheaper to start. To kick off today, Verizon is slashing $150 off the Galaxy S20 with bill credits giving that money back to you over 24 months. You can get that discount with a monthly device payment plan or by buying the phone at full retail. Verizon was able to convince Samsung to give them Cosmic Gray and Cloud Pink versions, as well as their own Cloud White colorway. Phones in white are quite rare these days, so if you were considering this Galaxy S20, you may want to go that route and have something unique. Other than the special color, this Galaxy S20 isn't different from the models that have been available for months. This version just happens to have support for Verizon's 5G mmW, which the previous versions lacked. That's it, though. You'll find the same processor and storage and camera and RAM and everything.

UPDATE: The statement above is not completely true, as someone at reddit who owns the phone has pointed out that Verizon's Galaxy S20 lacks a microSD slot. All other models of the S20 feature an SD slot that expands the internal 128GB of storage. Should you buy Verizon's for $1,000, you get 128GB storage and that's it.
UPDATE 2: Oh, and only 8GB RAM (all others have 12GB). What in the hell? Maybe skip this one.

In case you were wondering our thoughts, our review is linked below, but also, this is the phone I'm using daily. It's an incredible size, the display is beautiful, and the performance is as good as any phone. NOTE: Oh, if you grab this Verizon Galaxy S20, you'll have a day-1 update with build G981VSQU1ATEA that brings June's security patch. Shop Verizon Galaxy S20 5G

READ: Our Galaxy S20 review

Google Camera 7.4 Update Brings 8x Zoom to Pixel 4

Kellen — Fri, 05 Jun 2020 09:54:37 +0000

Google began pushing a new update to the Google Camera app on Pixel phones this week. The update, while mostly minor, does introduce a couple of settings tweaks worth knowing about as you dive in this weekend to film our world. First, should flip over to video, you'll find a zoom slider that now runs up to 8x as long as you are shooting at FHD and 30fps. More zooms! Second, in the settings pop-up menu thingy while in video mode, you'll find controls to flip between resolution and frames per second. No, 4K at 60fps is still not there. And, that's it. The new version is Google Camera 7.4.104. I'm assuming it's on the slowest of slow rollouts, just like almost all apps unless we're talking about Gmail getting a new compose button. Google Play Link: Google Camera

'Just Mercy' Free on All Platforms for Month of June

Tim — Fri, 05 Jun 2020 09:16:19 +0000

Warner Bros. has made Just Mercy, starring Michael B. Jordan and Jamie Foxx, free for the month of June. The movie follows Bryan Stevenson, a Harvard Law School graduate, who turns down many positions to go to Alabama in order to defend those who have been wrongly condemned or those not afforded proper representation. Based on a true story, it's a good title to add to your collection. The movie being free on all platforms is just a bonus. The studio behind the film released the following statement.

If you'd like to add this movie to your Google account, follow the link below.

Google Play Link

Google Play Music to YouTube Music Transfers Going Live for Many

Kellen — Fri, 05 Jun 2020 08:13:52 +0000

After just shy of a month of waiting, Google may have just opened up Google Play Music transfers to YouTube Music for a bunch of people. Both Tim and I were given the green light this morning, as were a handful of our readers who we pinged. If you haven't yet, it's going to be worth checking today. I've been regularly refreshing the transfer portal since the day it went live and wasn't able to make the move until this morning when the transfer screen changed over to saying it was time to transfer. With the click of a single button at the bottom of the screen, everything started moving over and finished in 15 minutes or so. Now, you are supposed to be able to make the transfer from within the YouTube Music app, but I've had two people tell me already that when they checked there, they weren't given the prompt. After then trying the web portal, they were able to start the transfer. To start your transfer or check to see if your account is ready, head over to music.youtube.com/transfer.

READ: How to Transfer Google Play Music Library to YouTube Music

Gmail Gets a Sweet New Compose Button

Kellen — Thu, 04 Jun 2020 19:25:27 +0000

Google doesn't update Gmail very often with UI changes, but we got one tonight. It's not huge, unless you care about buttons, where if you do, get excited for a brand new compose button. Look at that thing! The ridiculous multi-colored plus button is gone and in is a big ol' button that says "Compose" on it. If you are worried that it's too huge and will block emails, don't worry, as it shrinks down to a button with pencil logo the minute you scroll. The animation you get as you scroll is pretty slick too. The new Gmail version with this compose button is rolling out to all at the moment it seems. Look for an update that brings you to version 2020.05.17.313130477. Google Play Link: Gmail

Own a Chromebook? Pick Up a Free Copy of DOOM and DOOM II

Tim — Thu, 04 Jun 2020 14:11:09 +0000

For a limited time, Google is handing out free copies of DOOM and DOOM II to select owners of Chromebooks. Wicked! These are the Android version of the games, available to play on Chrome OS devices. Priced usually at $5 a pop on Google Play, free seems like a pretty good price to me. Other promos are available for Fallout: Shelter and The Elder Scrolls: Legends, too. I don't have a Chromebook to test, but if you own one, follow the link below to see if you're eligible to claim the games.

Chromebook Perks Link

// Android Police

DEAL: Moto 360 (3rd-Gen) is $30 Off, Down to $269 on Amazon

Tim — Thu, 04 Jun 2020 11:14:21 +0000

The Moto 360 (3rd-Gen) smartwatch is on sale via Amazon right now, priced at $269, down from its usual price of $299. This Wear OS-powered device, while featuring the Motorola branding, isn't made directly by Motorola or Lenovo. With all of the branding and names licensed by eBuyNow eCommerce, the new Moto 360 (3rd-Gen) features a Snapdragon Wear 3100, 1.2″ circular AMOLED always-on display, 355mAh battery with fast charging, 1GB RAM, 8GB storage, Bluetooth 4.2, NFC, GPS, heart rate monitor, and 3ATM water resistance. The watch initially launched for $349, so having it down to $269 ain't bad at all. We've only played with one briefly, so can't share too much of an experience, but reviews are overall positive. If you'd like a new Wear OS toy to play with, have at it!

Amazon Link ($269)

Mobvoi's New TicPods Have ANC, Cost Just $90 (Updated: 15% Off Code)

Kellen — Thu, 04 Jun 2020 08:58:23 +0000

We are only six months removed from Mobvoi introducing us to the TicPods Pro 2, a set of impressive true wireless earbuds with tons of upgrades over their predecessor, and now the company is back with another. This morning, Mobvoi announced the TicPods ANC at a steal of a price. The TicPods ANC, as the name suggests, include active noise cancellation to cancel out external sounds. Because you don't always want to block out the world, they also feature a Sound-Passthrough Mode (SPM), and a full ANC-Off mode. Why is ANC so important here? It's a big deal because not all true wireless earbuds provide it, as the feature typically cranks up the price or is reserved for fuller, over-ear headphones. For example, the Google Pixel Buds don't have ANC ($180), nor do the Galaxy Buds or Galaxy Buds+ ($150). The AirPods Pro have ANC, but they cost $250. The TicPods ANC cost just $89.99. Now, I have no idea how they sound or if their ANC is any good, but they are claiming it's there at a price I'm not sure anyone can beat. That aside, the TicPods ANC feature 4.5-hour battery life with ANC active, another 2.5 charges from their included case, music/phone/assistant touch controls, 13mm speaker, Bluetooth 5.0, IPX5 water resistance, USB-C charging, and an AirPod-like design. To help get a proper seal, Mobvoi includes silicon tips, which were missing from their TicPods Pro 2. Pre-orders for the TicPods ANC are live right now and are 10% off up until June 10 when they launch. That means you'll pay $80.99 today instead of the full $90.

UPDATE: Actually, I've got a better 15% off code for you. Use "ANCOFFER4U" at checkout.

Buy TicPods ANC

Signal App Gets New Face Blur Tool

Tim — Thu, 04 Jun 2020 08:43:50 +0000

Signal, a popular messaging app with end-to-end encryption, released a new face blur tool this week for both Android and iOS users. In their words, "2020 is a pretty good year to cover your face." We can't help but agree with them, especially with the latest happenings taking place. To use the tool before you share an image, in the edit menu for your photos, you can tap on a new icon that looks like a checkered circle. From here you can get to blurring like a pro. To start, the app will actually blur faces it sees automatically, but if it doesn't catch them all, as the app uses onboard system libraries to perform this task, you can also manually blur things. Stay safe out there, everyone.

Google Play Link

// Signal

Get Dad a Peak Design Bag This Father's Day

Tim — Wed, 03 Jun 2020 13:44:52 +0000

This job used to require a bit more travel, and one day, we may be back to our normal lives of traveling to tech conferences and taking pictures around town. Regardless of what CES thinks that timeframe will be, when that time does indeed come, I'll likely be wearing a Peak Design bag. We've covered Peak Design bags in the past, and so far, we continue to have absolutely zero issues with their products. Peak Design was generous enough to send us a couple of their latest bags recently, perfect for the upcoming Father's Day holiday. If daddy needs a new bag, check out the options below.

Everyday Sling

My favorite bag of the two so far is the Everyday Sling. This smaller bag is ideal for a day trip, where all I need is my camera, possibly a spare lens, as well as enough room to fit a light sweater or jacket. The bag consists of a weatherproof zipper and shell to keep your goods safe, FlexFold dividers to divvy up the space however you may need to, as well as dedicated internal space for a compact-sized tablet. It makes me wish the Nexus 7 was still a thing, since I don't plan on throwing a small iPad in here anytime soon.

Example of an Everyday Sling loadout.

I have the 6L size, perfect for my Sony a6300 setup, but the bag also comes in 10L for larger storage or 3L for less.

Buy Everyday Sling (Starting at $79)

Everyday Backpack

When I need more space, such as for carrying my MacBook Pro around, I opt for the Everyday Backpack. I received the 20L size, but this model also comes in 15L, starting at $190. The backpack has a very minimal design, not featuring any huge logos or branding on the outside. On the inside, you have a plethora of storage options and arrangements you can choose from, thanks to the same FlexFold technology. The backpack features dedicated sleeves for up to a 15" laptop (my 16" MBP fits snugly), tablet, as well as internal slip pockets for small things. It's also weatherproof. What I like mostly about these bags is the different setups I can run. I can use it as a regular backpack and just cram a bunch of crap in there, or I can have it neatly organized with the dividers for my photography equipment when I travel to and from events. The overall quality of the bags is awesome, so if you think dad would enjoy a new bag, these get our stamp of approval. I hope to one day really get some usage out of these once traveling to events kicks off again. Fingers crossed that's soon!

Buy Everyday Backpack

Be Careful Installing Android 11 Developer Preview 4 If Running June's Patch

Kellen — Wed, 03 Jun 2020 12:41:18 +0000

Just a heads up here, but if you updated to the Android 10 June patch that just dropped and are now thinking about jumping into the latest Android 11 Developer Preview, be careful which way you go about that. Google has issued a warning that you shouldn't sideload the available Developer Preview 4 OTA images. Google didn't specify the exact reason why this is a bad idea, but did add a message to the Android 11 OTA preview page. The message simply says that sideloading the DP4 OTA images "will not work properly and could cause device issues" if coming from the June 2020 update (QQ3A.200605.001).

Warning: If you want to install Developer Preview 4 on a device running the Android 10 June 2020 update (build QQ3A.200605.001), please note that sideloading the DP4 OTA images on this page will not work properly and could cause device issues. To install DP4, you can flash an image from the downloads page instead.

So if you want to update from the June build of Android 10 to Android 11 DP 4, you have got to go with a factory image, which will fully wipe your phone. Since we are expecting the Android 11 Beta to show up any day, I would just wait at this point. The Android 11 DP4 build is pretty stable, but it's probably not worth flashing at this moment with a more stable build around the corner. Also, you've had weeks to jump into DP4 - why do it now? // Android Developers

Verizon Seems to Think the Pixel 4a is Already Available

Kellen — Wed, 03 Jun 2020 09:13:10 +0000

Google has never acknowledged a Pixel 4a or hinted at when we might get one, but I think we all sort of assumed that it could have launched in May if there was a Google I/O conference. Verizon, as a part of its changelog for the June Pixel update, has potentially given us a bit of proof that we should have already been playing with Google's newest phone. On its Pixel 3 and Pixel 4 update pages, Verizon notes that the June update will bring car crash detection, a feature that has been on the Pixel 4 for months. In mentioning car crash detection, Verizon points out that the feature is actually now available to not only the Pixel 3, but the Pixel 4a as well. Yes, the Pixel 4a, a phone that technically doesn't exist. You can see the reference below where this appears to be a deliberate acknowledgement of a Pixel 4a. The paragraph is aware that the feature is on the Pixel 4 already and that car crash detection is not supported on the Pixel 3a. Verizon is saying that there was supposed to be a June update for the Pixel 4a that introduced car crash detection, among other things.

These changelogs are often created far in advance, so this doesn't mean much other than whoever proofs these forgot to remove these notes. The Pixel 4a is not available and we have no idea when it will be. Maybe today would have been the day? We'll never know with the Android 11 Beta show postponed too. // Verizon

RELATED: Everything we know about the Pixel 4a

Galaxy Note 20+ Ditches ToF Camera for Laser Autofocus

Tim — Wed, 03 Jun 2020 08:47:59 +0000

Reported configuration of the camera system found on the Galaxy Note 20+ has been posted to Weibo by none other than Ice Universe, a leaker who has a solid history of providing accurate Samsung intel. According to their post, Samsung is changing things up in a pretty major way in the camera department, which is a good move considering the camera system on the Galaxy S20 Ultra blew nobody away. We initially heard that Space Zoom, which is Samsung's 100x zoom mechanism, was not to return on the Note 20, but according to this post, the Galaxy Note 20+ will offer a 50x periscope lens for zooming. 50x is certainly more practical than 100x, so I won't complain about this yet. Most importantly, paired along with the phone's reported 108-megapixel main sensor is a new laser autofocus system, with that replacing the ToF (time of flight) camera. This is splendid news as it was the auto focus that was a major pain point for the Galaxy S20 Ultra. In total, there's the main 108MP camera, 13MP periscope camera, plus a 12MP ultra-wide camera. It sounds like the best of all worlds, so all Note fans should be happy here. // Weibo

Misfit 50% Off Sale Drops Wear OS Smartwatches to $50

Kellen — Wed, 03 Jun 2020 08:22:42 +0000

Misfit, one of Fossil's brands that makes affordable fitness wearables, is hosting a 50% off sale on their entire website. I don't know if Misfit is calling it quits and clearing out all inventory or what, but you can grab stuff for insanely cheap prices. If we focus only on smartwatches then we are talking about the original Misfit Vapor for $49.99, Vapor 2 for $74.99, and the newish Vapor X for $104.99. The Vapor and Vapor 2 are quite old at this point, so proceed there with caution. The Vapor X is not that old, though, runs a Wear 3100 processor, and has most of the specs we love in a Wear OS watch, outside of its lacking 512MB RAM. It's basically a Fossil Sport. which is one of the better Wear OS watches from recent years. Here's our unboxing of it.

UPDATE: Sorry, all! Only one cup of coffee in when I wrote this, but you need to use code "YAYDADS" at checkout to get the 50% off.

This is a Fathers' Day sale that runs for a couple of weeks, but I'd imagine at these prices, inventory might run low pretty quickly. Shop Misfit Smartwatches

Upcoming Android TV UI Update Integrates YouTube TV Channel Guide

Tim — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 15:10:11 +0000

In leaked slides from a reported marketing video for a forthcoming Android TV update, the platform's UI is in for some changes. As you can see in the slides, the big change is an added tab for "Live" happenings, which appears to be designed directly for YouTube TV integration. This Live tab will have a decked out YouTube TV channel guide with what's live currently, plus there are also tabs for your apps, shows, movies, and more. This change towards more of a content and title focus versus an app focus was first detailed in early May. These new screenshots also align with what we saw earlier today, with that post's primary focus being the new Android TV dongle hardware, but this all makes perfect sense considering it's from the same source. Also noteworthy is the UI update for Google Assistant results. The content itself doesn't appear to change, but the appearance of results looks a bit revamped. Android TV getting updates is awesome, especially one that moves the UI towards highlighting live TV and movies. I like that idea quite a bit. How about you? // @MishaalRahman

Hurry, Dead Cells Now on Android for $9!

Tim — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 12:25:35 +0000

Dead Cells, an extremely popular title over on Steam and other platforms, is now available on Android. We mention you should hurry in the title of this post, since the game is currently listed at a launch sale price of just $9, down from its usual price of $10. Considering this game is already receiving very positive reviews for a mobile port (4.6 stars out of 5), plus its $25 price on Steam, we think this is a great deal! In Dead Cells, according to the game's description, you play as a failed alchemic experiment and explore a, "sprawling, ever-changing castle to find out what happened on this gloomy island…! That is, assuming you’re able to fight your way past its keepers." The game is a roguevania action platformer that will require you to master2D combat with a large variety of weapons and skills against baddies and bosses. Basically, it's a fantastic platformer that is loved by thousands of players. Go get it!

Google Play Link ($8.99)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KTEYM5d61IA

Verizon LG V40 Receives Android 10 Update

Tim — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 12:14:01 +0000

Verizon is shipping out the Android 10 update to owners of the V40 ThinQ from LG this week, with the software version labeled as V405UA30a. Besides all of the Android 10 goodness like Dark Mode and navigational gestures, the phone is also getting the April, 2020 security patch. These are all good things and probably some splendid news for current V40 owners. Be on the lookout for that notification!

// Verizon Cheers Slainte and Kevin!

Nest Aware Subscribers Getting Free Nest Hub, Nest Mini Devices (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 12:09:10 +0000

Fresh off Google gifting YouTube Premium subscribers a free Nest Mini, the company is now rewarding Nest Aware subscribers with either another Nest Mini or a Nest Hub, depending on the subscription. A bunch of our readers just received an email offering them the freebie. Most, it seems, have been offered the free Nest Mini, likely because most people went with the regular Nest Aware plan for $6/mo that provides 30 days of event video history. However, one of our readers was offered a free Nest Hub and we confirmed that he does have Nest Aware Plus for $12/mo and 60 days of video history. As a Nest Aware subscriber, I have not yet seen this email, so it's hard to tell who is receiving this or in which order. If you are a Nest Aware subscriber, be on the lookout for an email like the one below, check your spam folder, etc. NOTE: Those who were offered Nest Hub are currently having issues checking out with the device. Those who were offered a Nest Mini are having more success.

UPDATE: It sounds like Google fixed the issue where users couldn't claim their prize. Give it another shot!

More freebies!

Cheers Joshua, Fred, Will P, and Damian!

Google's Upcoming Android TV Dongle and UI Leak

Kellen — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 11:21:13 +0000

A number of stories in recent months have hinted at Google making its own Android TV device. The device is thought to feature a close design to the Chromecast Ultra, which would mean a device that is easy to connect and hide behind a TV, yet with the full experience that Android TV brings. Today, we might be getting a first look at that yet-to-be-released device. According to screenshots shared from an internal video that XDA was able to see, an Android TV device codenamed "Sabrina" has been outed, along with the remote from it and a possible new Android TV UI. The video, which they say came from a pre-release (Android TV?) firmware build, was created back in October 2019, just before the Pixel 4 launched. The video is shown during the setup process and provides a look at the device, remote, and UI. Seeing that it is months old, you have to wonder if anything has changed since. The device itself is seen at the top of this post in what appears to be Clearly White, Just Black, and Not Pink. You can see the shape and finish that will remind you of a Chromecast, along with the HDMI cable folded behind the device. There's not much else to take from the device picture itself - it looks exactly as we expected it to. As for the remote (below), the video showed a simple remote with circular d-pad at the top, along with buttons below for TV controls. There is a Google Assistant button for voice commands, a favorite button, mute switch, and others. There's always a chance that Google will give you a remote to match the color of "Sabrina" you buy or maybe they'll all be white.

Finally, here we have a look at what could be an upcoming Android TV UI overhaul. As of today, Android TV features a TV guide-like experience that vertically lists out apps and highlighted content from each. At the top, you have a Search or Assistant area, along with settings and a clock. In this new UI, Google is creating pages of content that are controlled at the top with Search, For you, Movies, TV, Live, Apps, and My Library tabs. They also will show featured or related content on each page, likely pulled from your history, services you have subscribed to, that sort of thing.

The device looks like it could be an excellent option for those yet to dive into Android TV, but would like to take the platform for a spin. With rumored pricing at around $80, why wouldn't you? XDA believes the device could launch in the next "few" months. // XDA

Sony's $1200 Xperia 1 II Pre-Order Now Live!

Tim — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 09:54:29 +0000

The Sony phone no one can stop talking about is now up for pre-order, with the Xperia 1 II priced at $1,199 on Amazon and B&H Photo. The Xperia 1 II is actually a pretty damn intriguing device, featuring a 21:9 CinemaWide 6.5” 4K HDR OLED display, Snapdragon 865, 8GB RAM, 256GB storage (with 1TB SD support), 4000mAh battery with fast charging, wireless charging, Bluetooth 5.1, fingerprint sensor (side-mounted), “true” front stereo speakers, Android 10, 3.5mm headphone jack, and a triple rear camera system. The rear camera system consists of three 12MP shooters with focal lengths of 16mm (f/2.2), 24mm (f/1.7), and 70mm (f/2.4). In other words, you’ve got ultra-wide, wide, and telephoto. This camera setup takes from Sony’s Alpha range to bring in good autofocus (like Real-time Eye AF) and 20fps burst shooting. It’ll have full manual controls for the pro photogs out there, 2K 120fps video HDR recording, and 4K up to 60fps (with 24/25/30fps options too). What needs to be noted is the display will have a 90Hz-like experience, but it's not technically a 90Hz panel. Instead, it uses anti motion blur tech that should make it appear your phone is running at 90Hz. Additionally, this phone does not appear to feature the bands required to access most 5G networks in the US. Comparing the listed 5G bands to our US carrier 5G table shows no compatibility. On its US page, Sony mentions 5G with an asterisk about select country availability. This is just a 4G LTE phone here, which is fine since it has all of the major bands. If you're interested in Sony's latest, follow the links below. It will begin shipping on July 24, which is forever away. Amazon | B&H Photo

Android 11's New Power Button Quick Controls Go Live Thanks to Home App

Kellen — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 09:18:10 +0000

One of the features we are most looking forward to when the Android 11 Beta shows up in the near future is a new power menu that provides quick controls to smart home devices. We have seen this new Quick Controls area highlighted on a couple of different occasions, but it appears that Google only needed to activate it on Android 11 with an update to the Google Home app. A new Google Home build as version 2.23.1.8 has started its slow rollout this week and it includes whatever was needed to turn on these new Quick Controls. If you are running an Android 11 Developer Preview, like DP4, getting this update will bring you these controls. I installed the new version, long-pressed the power button on my Pixel 4 XL, and was immediately greeted with several controls. You'll see the initial setup below, where I have quick access to my hallway thermostat, shortcuts to light groupings, a SHIELD TV unit, and cameras.

Tapping on the light buttons will quickly toggle them off or on, as you might expect. Some of the other shortcuts (like thermostat and cameras) require a long-press, which then jumps you into the Google Home app for that device. To edit them, you'll tap on that menu button next to your Google Home's name, then see a list of available devices with stars to favorite them. Favoriting should bring them onto the Quick Controls screen. Since the Google Home app is awful, I cannot tell you how amazing these new shortcuts are going to be. I've spent all of 4 minutes with them and absolutely love the idea. https://twitter.com/MishaalRahman/status/1267818173417414659

Hublot Wear OS Watch Made Official, Only Costs $5,800

Tim — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 08:54:35 +0000

Featuring a Snapdragon Wear 3100 processor and rubber strap, I'm not sure there's a better deal out there than the new Big Bang e from Hublot. Dripping in your choice of either black ceramic or titanium and showcasing a 42mm case, the latest smartwatch running Wear OS from a luxury brand retails for just $5,800, coming soon to online retailers. We posted up a look at the Big Bang e earlier this week, thanks to discovering its FCC listing. From that listing, and now the official announcement from Hublot, we know this device features all the usual perks of a smartwatch, such as Bluetooth and NFC, while also delivering "metallised" numerals underneath scratchproof sapphire crystal and 1.21" AMOLED HD (390 x 390) touchscreen. Other specs/features include 1GB RAM, an Optical Tracking Sensor (OTS) for the watch's rotating crown, plus a 300mAh battery. According to Hublot, the Big Bang e will be available in two different editions: one in titanium and one in black ceramic. For the first time in Hublot's history, this watch will be sold online on the brand's website as well as on the Wechat network in China. Following that, you'll find it for purchase in boutiques and the "traditional network." Sign me up!

Hublot Website

T-Mobile Gives Customers Free 3-Month Subscriptions to Google Stadia

Kellen — Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:39:54 +0000

T-Mobile Tuesdays has a great offer this week for T-Mo customers looking to try out Google Stadia for the first time. For a limited time, T-Mobile is giving away 3-month subscriptions to Google's gaming service. To get access, you'll open up the T-Mobile Tuesdays app, tap on the "3 months free Stadia Pro" card, then "Save" or "Redeem." Once you save the promo, you'll get a code that will be used to activate your 3-month Stadia subscription. There are a couple of rules worth noting here. If you want to grab a 3-month subscription to Stadia, you have to redeem within the T-Mobile Tuesdays app before June 9 and then activate it through Stadia by June 16. This doesn't appear to be one of those codes you can hang-on to for later. Google is going to ask you for a payment method that they'll use to charge you at the end of the 3 months. Of course. you could cancel before that happens. Also, this appears to be for new Stadia users only, so if you have previously tried the service, you are out of luck. For those curious about the current state of Stadia, it does have a growing library of titles and has not been killed by Google yet. They just added 4K to desktop streaming, and generally speaking, if you have decent internet and like the games offered, it's a pretty slick service. Google Play Links: T-Mobile Tuesdays | Stadia

Google Pushes Android 11 Beta Update Accidentally, Reveals New Features

Kellen — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 14:55:29 +0000

Google may have postponed the Android 11 Beta launch event that was scheduled for this week, but the company just gave us the goods by way of an early push of the build to a handful of devices. I know that there is probably more to come, but they just (mistakenly) revealed a bunch of Android 11 Beta before they were supposed to. The first look at this Android 11 Beta build comes from XDA's Mishaal Rahman, who said that at least two people let him know that they had received the Android 11 Beta over-the-air on their Pixel 4 XL phones. Those folks picked up build RPB1.200504.018 in a 736MB file that just so happened to show up on the day the June Android 10 security patch dropped. After diving in, here are some of the features found so far:

1. 3 new icon shapes

Screenshots of these 3 icon shapes pic.twitter.com/lU4kDkOZcV
— Mishaal Rahman (@MishaalRahman) June 1, 2020

2. The new power menu preview screen that mentions both cards & passes, as well as device controls.

This is the new "power menu" settings in Android 11. This will control the cards & passes and Controls feature that I tweeted about earlier today. pic.twitter.com/EdHNpXmwiR
— Mishaal Rahman (@MishaalRahman) June 1, 2020

3. App suggestions settings for the home screen launcher (which sounds awful).

New options to control app suggestions in the Pixel Launcher pic.twitter.com/YI2RI6syzX
— Mishaal Rahman (@MishaalRahman) June 1, 2020

4. Developer option that moves media controls into quick settings.

Remember the wild media player in Quick Settings experiment we found in DP1? https://t.co/s01QQNmdYv
It's live in Beta 1 as a Developer Option called "media resumption." pic.twitter.com/CKlbG7wYNh — Mishaal Rahman (@MishaalRahman) June 1, 2020

Those are the big changes he's posted so far. If we get more, we'll be sure to update this post.

Samsung Introduces Access Program With Phone Upgrades Every 9 Months

Kellen — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 14:05:43 +0000

To kick off a new month and increase Galaxy S20 sales, Samsung introduced a new Samsung Access program today. The program is a monthly subscription service that gets you a new phone, access to Microsoft 365, Samsung's Premium Care, a bunch of cloud storage, and early upgrades for whenever the next big Samsung phone comes out.

What is Samsung Access?

Samsung Access is being billed as a "new subscription on your terms." I have no idea what that means, because there are a clear set of terms here, but it sounds fun and empowering, right? More specifically than I described above, Samsung Access is a monthly subscription service that gets you a Galaxy S20, S20+, or S20 Ultra, along with an additional package that includes Samsung Premium Care, 1TB OneDrive cloud storage, and Microsoft 365 Personal (for up to 5 devices). Samsung says that you can upgrade to a new phone as a part of this program every 9 months or you can upgrade earlier by first paying $100.

How much does Samsung Access cost?

The best way to explain the cost of Samsung Access is that it all starts with you choosing an unlocked Galaxy S20 series phone. That will determine your base monthly price before you tack on an extra $11/mo for the additional services. For example, a Galaxy S20 through Samsung Access would cost $37/mo. On top of that cost, you'll pay an extra $11/mo ($7/mo for Samsung Premium Care + $3.33/mo for Microsoft 365 Personal), bringing your monthly total for a Galaxy S20 in the Samsung Access program to $48/mo. Obviously, the S20+ and S20 Ultra raise that monthly price. You can cancel Samsung Access for free after subscribing for 3 months or pay $100 to cancel early.

Is Samsung Access worth it?

Hey, friend, that's a great question. I have no idea! What you would need to decide is if 1TB of OneDrive cloud storage has value to you and if you are a big Microsoft 365 user (365 Personal includes Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, Publisher, Access, and Skype). Also, if you want Samsung Premium Care, because you assume you'll drop your phone or want to extend the warranty. I say that all because this program isn't exactly cheap. The example above, over a 9 month period would cost $432. If you didn't have Access or any of those extra services, a Galaxy S20 would have cost $375 over that same time. Of course, Access allows you to trade-in for a fresh new Samsung at that 9 month spot, with no questions asked, so maybe paying for those extra services is worth it. To get started with Samsung Access, head on over to Samsung's Store. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H1BSCPoAs2o

DEAL: AUKEY 30,000mAh USB-C Power Bank With Quick Charge 3.0 for $45 ($35 Off)

Tim — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 12:27:52 +0000

AUKEY is hosting a deal on a 30,000mAh power bank with USB-C and Quick Charge 3.0, pricing it as just $45, which is $35 off its usual price of $80. The power bank itself features dual USB-A outputs, as well as a USB-C output port. Owners will also have AiPower technology, which adaptively charges nearly any USB device that's connected, meaning fast yet safe charges at up to 2.4A. To snag the discount, head to Amazon following the link below, then apply the coupon code.

Amazon Link (Code: KINJA601)

Latest Pixel Feature Drop Includes Adaptive Battery Improvements, Safety Check Feature

Tim — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 10:40:59 +0000

The latest Pixel Feature Drop is rolling out, full of new features for those with a Pixel device. A large chunk of what's new is the latest additions to Bedtime Mode, which we've detailed here, but Google also announced Adaptive Battery improvements, as well as new features for the Personal Safety app. For Adaptive Battery on Pixel 2 and newer Pixel models, the feature can now predict when your phone's battery will run out and further reduce background activity to keep your phone alive longer. The Recorder app also caught some changes, now letting you start, stop, and search voice recordings using Google Assistant. You can now say, “Hey Google, start recording my meeting,” or “Hey Google, show me recordings about dogs.” Users can also save a transcript directly to Google Docs, making it easier to share with others.

The final change is for Personal Safety. Starting now, the app will be available on all Pixel devices, but the car crash detection feature is listed as only coming to the Pixel 3 lineup in addition to the Pixel 4. The new features include Safety Check, which schedules a check-in from the app at a later time. As an example, if you’re about to go on a run or hike by yourself, Safety Check will make sure you made it back safely. If you don’t respond to the scheduled check-in, the app will alert your emergency contacts. In the event that a users needs immediate help or are in a dangerous situation, emergency sharing notifies all of your emergency contacts and shares your real-time location through Google Maps so they can send help or find you. Google also notes that you can enable crisis alerts in the Personal Safety app to get notifications about natural disasters or other public emergencies. Go grab that June update, Pixel owners! // Google

June 2020 Android Security Update Now Available for Pixel Devices (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 10:08:51 +0000

Prepare yourselves, Google Pixel owners, the June Android update is here. If you own any of the Pixel phones from the Pixel 2 up through the Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4 XL, you should have an update rolling out shortly, plus there are always ways to manually flash updates immediately. Currently, we are seeing new 10.0.0 files for Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL (QQ3A.200605.001, QQ3A.200605.002.A1), Pixel 3a and Pixel 3a XL (QQ3A.200605.002, QQ3A.200605.002.A1), Pixel 3 and Pixel 3 XL (QQ3A.200605.001, QQ3A.200605.002.A1), and Pixel 2 and Pixel 2 XL (QQ3A.200605.001, QQ3A.200605.002.A1).

READ: June update brings the latest Pixel Feature Drop!

For notes on those builds:

Pixel 4, Pixel 3, Pixel 2: QQ3A.200605.001 is for most devices; QQ3A.200605.002.A1 is Telstra only
Pixel 3a: QQ3A.200605.002 is for most devices; QQ3A.200605.002.A1 is Telstra only

Functional patches:

The June update will roll out in phases depending on carrier and device. Users will receive a notification starting 6/1. Pixel 2/XL and 3/XL users on T-Mobile or Google Fi will receive a notification starting 6/4.

If you don’t want to wait for Google and prefer to update manually, you will find each image or OTA file at the links below. For instructions on how to flash a factory image, here you go. For instructions on how to flash an OTA .zip file, here you go. We’ll update this post as more info arrives. Links:

Bedtime Mode Gets New Features, Clock App Integration

Tim — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 10:07:32 +0000

Bedtime Mode, part of Digital Wellbeing, is getting a few changes that Google thinks can benefit us all. When enabled, Bedtime mode keeps your phone dark and quiet, utilizing Do Not Disturb to keep notifications from waking you, while also enabling a grayscale effect for the display to fade colors. You can see all of this in action in the GIF below, but it's been around since this past April. Google wrote the following in its blog that details the changes.

We’ve now made it easier to customize how and when you turn on Bedtime mode. Based on your bedtime schedule, you can choose to have it turn on automatically or after your phone is plugged in to charge. You can also add Bedtime mode to your phone's Quick Settings panel to instantly turn it on or off with a single tap. And if you need a few more minutes, you can pause Bedtime mode without needing to adjust your schedule.

According to Google, Bedtime mode is available on all devices with Digital Wellbeing and parental controls settings. Detailed is a new Bedtime tab in the Clock app, where users can set daily sleep and wake times to help maintain a consistent sleep schedule. Following these changes, in the Clock app, you’ll see a preview of tomorrow’s calendar and a tally of the total hours of sleep you’d get, and you can adjust your bedtime if you need more or less sleep.

Furthermore, to help you get to bed and fall asleep quicker, users will receive a reminder before bedtime with an option to play calming sounds from Calm, Spotify, and YouTube Music. If you happen to stay on your phone later than planned, you can see how much time you’re spending and which apps you’ve used after your set bedtime. Google is also adding in a new Sunrise Alarm, a visual cue that your wake time is approaching. 15 minutes prior to your audio alarm, your screen will gradually brighten to help you wake up gently. You can add your favorite song or sounds to this feature, too. Lastly, we all know that watching YouTube videos at 2AM is perfectly normal, but Google seems to think it's potentially unhealthy. Starting to roll out now, you can set reminders for when YouTube videos end, letting you know that it's past your bedtime. This feature is angled in a way for parents to have more control over how their kids utilize their phones at night, but obviously it will work for adults as well. These controls can be accessed via Family Link. Google says the new Bedtime mode is rolling out to Pixel devices starting today and will be available in the Clock app on other Android devices later this summer. // Google

Hublot Made a New Smartwatch Called "Big Bang e" and This is It (Updated: Official)

Kellen — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 09:11:55 +0000

UPDATE 6/2: The Big Bang e is now official.

Hublot is preparing to announce a new smartwatch dubbed the Big Bang e in the near future and we have the first image of it above. The watch, which stopped by the FCC today, also happened to briefly appear on their website. The full set of details are still unknown, like whether or not this is a Wear OS watch (we're assuming it is), but we do now know some stuff. The watch carries model number "HB440 1," features WiFi, Bluetooth, NFC, and has an e-label screen for showcasing its FCC ID. That screen is accessed just as it would be on any other Wear OS watch, by visiting Settings>System>Legal notices. Hublot also describes the watch as a new connected watch, similar to their original connected watch, the Big Bang Referee. That watch, for those who forgot about its limited availability as a $5,200 referee watch for the 2018 World Cup, ran Wear OS:

Hublot first released the Big Bang in 2005. Since then, this model has come to embody Swiss watchmaking in the third millennium. In 2018, the first connected version of the Big Bang made its debut. And now, Hublot unveils the BIG BANG e. The new incarnation of the brand's Art of Fusion ethos: a fusion between tradition and innovation, cutting edge materials and the latest digital technology.

And let's not forget that Hublot is a part of LVMH, which owns TAG Heuer and Louis Vuitton, two companies who have made several Wear OS watches in the past. Oh, and that screen show above is clearly digital, as if it were a touchscreen. Again, the watch isn't official, but could be shortly. Once it is, we'll update this post with pricing and other specs.

Another Look at Android 11's New Quick Control Menu

Tim — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 09:09:41 +0000

My favorite feature of Android 11 was detailed back in March, but as anyone running the latest developer builds knows, Google has yet to implement "Quick Controls" into the power menu when running Android 11.

Related: Android 11 Beta release delayed.

To give you the rundown, in the future when we're all running Android 11 and this feature is available, when you long press on the power button a new menu will pop-up -- different from the existing Power Off, Restart, Emergency menu we have today. In this menu, called Quick Controls, you can access smart home functions, such as on/off switches for smart lights and locked/unlocked controls for connected deadbolts. Now, over the weekend, Mishaal Rahman from XDA tweeted out additional images of Quick Controls, showing not only smart home stuff, but Google Pay integration, too.

As we can see in the attached screenshots, we have access to different cards that are tied to Google Pay accounts for quick access while at the store, plenty of different smart home controls, controls for what could be select auto brands - yes, you're seeing Tesla vehicle climate and door controls here - as well as video clips taken from your security cameras. The addition of Google Pay for Quick Controls ties in nicely with the function that was introduced to Pixel owners back in March.

It's unknown if Google will make Quick Controls some sort of Pixel Experience exclusive. Right now, all we know is that the Android 11 beta has been delayed amid nationwide protests and a global pandemic. 2020, you never cease to amaze. Would you appreciate a decked out power menu with Quick Controls? I know I would. // @MishaalRahman

Galaxy S20 Grabs June Android Update on Day 1 (Updated: S10, Note 10 Too!)

Kellen — Mon, 01 Jun 2020 07:46:47 +0000

Today marks the start of a new month and Samsung has blessed its current phone line with a fresh software update. Once again, just before Google can push out its scheduled monthly Android update, Samsung is ready with it, this time for the Galaxy S20. The Galaxy S20 is getting build G981U1UES1ATE4, so that should mean G986U1UES1ATE4 for the Galaxy S20+ and G988U1UES1ATE4 for the Galaxy S20 Ultra. The update might not just be the June Android security patch. Samsung says it includes device stability improvements and bug fixes, the usual stuff, but it weighs in at 193MB. If there are additional goodies baked in, we'll try and update this post. For those looking for the update, you can grab it by heading into Settings>Software update>Download and install.

UPDATE: The Galaxy S10 line is also seeing the June update today. Build G975U1UES3DTDD is hitting the S10+, so you'll see variations of that for the other models. In the comments, it sounds like the Note 10 line is having a day as well.

Google Postpones Android 11 Beta Launch Event

Kellen — Fri, 29 May 2020 22:30:16 +0000

Google announced this evening that it is postponing the June 3 event that was scheduled to be the reveal of the first Android 11 Beta. In a short Tweet, Google said that "now is not the time to celebrate," likely referring to the mass protests taking place across the country. They did add that they will "be back with more on Android 11, soon." Once we know another date for a possible return of the Android 11 Beta Launch Show, we'll be sure to let you know. https://twitter.com/AndroidDev/status/1266589514937466880

Number of Pixel Buds 2 Owners Experiencing Audio Cutouts (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 29 May 2020 11:07:10 +0000

We made it clear in our review of Google's new Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) that they are the wireless buds we like the most at the moment. One thing that's also become clear as more have gotten these Buds in ear is that not all are loving the experience as much as we did. There is a growing list of Pixel Buds owners who are experiencing weird audio cutouts while in use, particularly when their phone is in a normal spot, like a pocket. These could be audio drops as they turn their head from side to side, cover a single ear, etc. This particular community thread over at Google's Pixel Buds support forum is filled with people having similar audio issues (this one at reddit too). It's hard to say what the problem is, as the reports of the issue are still coming in, even after the most recent update to v295. A lot of the people experiencing issues also happen to have Pixel phones, but that thread I linked above includes stories of issues with other types of phones, as well as issues with computers. Again, the pair of Pixel Buds 2 that I own haven't had many issues. When I use them, it's almost always while working out or going for a run. When working out, my phone is usually set 20 feet away or so, but when running, I carry my phone on my hip. In neither situation do I have regular cutouts or drops.

UPDATE: Alright, so I just tossed in my buds, turned on Spotify, and tried my hardest to force some cutouts or drops. Using a Galaxy S20, I put my phone in every pocket of my shorts, turned my head to both sides, walked around inside and out, and couldn't produce a single cutout. However, if I cup either ear with my hand, leaving my phone in-pocket, I can get each ear to cutout almost on command. The hand, along with a phone sitting in a pair of shorts, is clearly acting as enough interference to cut the Bluetooth connection. I also left the phone sitting on my desk, cupped ears again, and couldn't reproduce the cuts.
I know that doesn't offer a conclusion, and I don't know why anyone would need to cup their ears while wearing earbuds, but that action did indeed cause audio drops. I still don't get drops when reaching up and tapping either Bud, though.
Clearly, from the comments, a number of you (if not a majority) are experiencing audio issues. I sure hope Google is on this.

I will say that when the original Galaxy Buds launched, I had this exact issue that everyone is complaining about. If I turned my head left or right while on a run, the audio would drop for seconds at a time. That eventually went away after several updates from Samsung, but it was a big enough deal early on that I almost completely gave up on those original Galaxy Buds. What I'm trying to say is that there might be hope that Google can figure this out. Owners of the new Pixel Buds, how has your experience been? Cheers Scott!

Google Gives You New AR Tool to Social Distance Better

Kellen — Fri, 29 May 2020 10:30:28 +0000

Social distancing is still one of the best ways we can all do our part to try and slow the spreading of coronavirus. Even as states, counties, and cities begin to reopen across the US, continuing to take measures to protect yourself and those around you isn't something to relax on. To help you do so somewhat-accurately via technology, Google has a new tool you can use right away on your phone. The newest Google experiment is called Sodar, and it uses your camera through a web portal to map out the ground beneath your feet to then measure out a 2m ring for social distancing guidance. It's a neat little augmented reality trick that takes seconds to fire up and use. To get started, grab your phone and head to sodar.withgoogle.com. Once there, tap the "Launch" button and walk through the short tutorial, which basically just tells you to point your phone at the ground so that it can map it out and show you the 2m ring. Also, wear a mask, tough guy. https://twitter.com/ExpWithGoogle/status/1266039294222831617

Don't Expect New McLaren-Branded OnePlus Phones

Tim — Fri, 29 May 2020 09:21:23 +0000

Since 2018, OnePlus and McLaren had a nice little partnership where the phone maker would release a few McLaren-branded devices with super-fast specs, representing the automaker's passion for speed and excellence. However, it appears that partnership has reached its end. That means no more sexy orange OnePlus phones. Here's the statement a McLaren spokesperson sent to Android Authority.

Our partnership with OnePlus, which came to its scheduled conclusion recently, has been a highly successful collaboration between two iconic and innovative brands. Since the start of this partnership in 2018, OnePlus has been a supportive, valued partner and we wish them well and hope to see them in the future.

So there you go, the partnership reached its "scheduled conclusion" and each party seems fine about it. Maybe now OnePlus will get back to making additional phones that don't cost so much? That is what made them so overwhelmingly popular in the first place, right? Adios, McLaren-branded OP phones! // Android Authority

DEAL: Motorola Edge+ at $799 ($200 Off) Should Tempt Verizon Customers

Tim — Fri, 29 May 2020 08:43:35 +0000

Motorola is hosting a sale on its new Edge+ smartphone, bringing its usual $999 price all the way down to $799. At that price, it's hard not to at least recommend this device to anyone on Verizon who wants to give Motorola a shot.

Edge+ Review: Don't Ignore This Phone

In our review for the device, we specifically state that those on Verizon shouldn't ignore this phone. It features most of the 2020 specifications you'd expect from a flagship device, and thanks to the internet (we're taking most of the credit for selfish reasons), Motorola improved its update policy for the device beyond just a single Android version upgrade. To get the deal, there are no special credits or anything necessary. It's a straight $200 off, which we like. All you need to do is follow the link below and make the purchase.

Motorola Link

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw

Podcast: The Pixel 4a We Wanted

Kellen — Fri, 29 May 2020 08:00:40 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, we're recapping the latest in Pixel 4a news, including the supposedly canceled XL version. We also have pricing news and how Google plans to stand behind the Pixel line, at least for now. After all of the Pixel talk, we have Galaxy Note 20 news, new Galaxy Watch info, our Motorola Edge+ review, big RCS happenings, and more to cover from the past two weeks of Android. Trivia is back! This week's prizes provided by PNY! Check out their latest at: www.pny.com We’ll be live at 1:00PM Pacific (4:00PM Eastern).

A Look at Google's Supposedly Cancelled Pixel 4a XL

Tim — Thu, 28 May 2020 13:22:59 +0000

You may have been thinking recently that it's somewhat odd that we've had a plethora of Pixel 4a leaks, while almost zero leaks concerning its larger sibling, the Pixel 4a XL. Unfortunately, it's been rumored for a bit now that we're only getting a single Pixel 4a model this year, and instead of opting for the bigger and likely better version of the two, Google has apparently opted for the smaller and less expensive model. This week, Pigtou has released renders based on reported dimensions of Google's supposedly cancelled 4a XL. If these dimensions are accurate, but not that it matters because this phone is seemingly not coming, Google totally screwed us, folks. The Pixel 4a XL is said to have featured dimensions of 154.3 x 73.9 x 8.2mm, putting it closer to the Pixel 3a in size (151.3 x 70.1 x 8.2mm). That means a smaller form factor, but larger display and battery. The device would have also included a dual camera system, versus the expected single camera on the upcoming Pixel 4a. Besides the display size, battery size and camera, pretty much everything else would have been about the same on the 4a and 4a XL. Those things include the rear fingerprint reader and matte plastic body. I think what some industry people failed to think was that it wasn't the Pixel 4a that the iPhone SE could potentially hurt, but the Pixel 4a XL model. The XL is arguably the better device of the 4a lineup, but did Google cancel it because they couldn't meet a particular price point for it? If they couldn't beat the iPhone SE's $399 price, did they just say "screw it"? Maybe one day a Googler will comment on why we're getting the lesser version, but until then, I'll just be a little disgruntled Pixel fanboy. We have no official timeframe for the launch of the Pixel 4a and COVID-19 certainly isn't helping. Hopefully it's soon. // Pigtou

RELATED: Everything we know about the Pixel 4a

Google Maps Makes It Easier to Access, Share Location Plus Codes

Tim — Thu, 28 May 2020 10:41:00 +0000

Google launched Plus Codes back in 2015, something I wasn't aware of. Plus Codes are digital addresses made from latitude and longitude coordinates, meaning every place in the world has its own unique code. This is ideal for those who are not in a location with a conventional address, which is a sizable portion of the planet. This week, Google announced that using Google Maps, any Android user can quickly access and share their Plus Code. To access your location's Plus Code, tap on the blue dot that indicates your current location in Google Maps, then you'll see the Plus Code. From there you can share it to wherever, which others can plug directly into Google Maps or Google Search for locating you quickly.

Beyond using the blue dot, you can also find the Plus Code for a location by tapping and holding the map to drop a pin at a location you want a Plus Code for. As Google explains, "Plus Codes are especially helpful for people in emergency and crisis response scenarios. If you’ve ever been in an emergency, you know that being able to share your location for help to easily find you is critical. With Plus Codes, not only can people share their location quickly even without an address, but they can now do so by simply opening up Google Maps and tapping on the blue dot to view, copy and share their Plus Code location." If you think this would be helpful to you, check it out. // Google

T-Mobile, Verizon Galaxy S9 and S9+ Models Receive May Security Patch

Tim — Thu, 28 May 2020 09:22:03 +0000

T-Mobile and Verizon are shipping out the May security patch to the Galaxy S9 and Galaxy S9+ this week. Once updated, the software version for the S9 is labeled as G960USQS7DTE1, while the S9+ is G965USQS7DTE1. Both the T-Mobile and Verizon version numbers are the same. Nothing else is listed in the changelog besides the May patch, but if you happen upon something, let us know! Go grab that update, S9 owners. // T-Mobile [2] | Verizon [2]

Samsung's Next Galaxy Watch is Close as Two Models Stop by FCC (Updated)

Kellen — Thu, 28 May 2020 08:56:04 +0000

Samsung already makes the best Android smartwatch you can buy today, and yet here they come with a new Galaxy Watch that will likely steal that crown. Two new Galaxy Watch variants stopped by the FCC today, revealing model numbers and some other details, like connectivity.

Galaxy Watch 3 FCC, Model Numbers

The new devices were revealed as models SM-R845 and SM-R855, though I'd imagine the WiFi-only versions could be SM-R840 and SM-R850. These R845 and R855 versions both have LTE, as well as WiFi and Bluetooth. In case you were wondering why we believe these are Galaxy Watch devices, well, the model numbers align with previous releases (Watch Active 2 models were R820 and R830). Also, that imagine above was filed with the FCC and clearly says "Galaxy Watch" on the back. To find certification info, you also have to go into the "About watch" section of each watch. These are new Galaxy Watches, folks. For specs, the R845 model's backside reveals a stainless steel case size of 45mm, Gorilla Glass DX protection, 5ATM water resistance, MIL-STD-810G durability, GPS, and LTE. The R855 model didn't get the same reveal, but my guess is that it is the smaller of the two. While you might think going from R845 up to R855 would mean bigger to smaller in size, Samsung doesn't play that way. The bigger 44mm Watch Active 2 was R820 and the smaller 40mm model was R830. Additionally, for timing purposes, know that the Watch Active 2 hit the FCC on July 26 of last year. Samsung then announced both watches 4 days later on July 30. It's tough to know for sure, but we could be days away from some news. If we find more details, we'll update this post.

UPDATE 5/29

Big news! The WiFi models hit the FCC and are indeed SM-R840 and SM-R850. The biggest news here is an image of the backside of the R850 model, which we now know will be 41mm. So to recap, we'll have both LTE and WiFi-only models of the new Galaxy Watch with sizes of 41mm and 45mm.

// FCC [2] [3] [4]

The Gardens Between Coming Later This Year to Google Play Pass

Tim — Thu, 28 May 2020 08:49:57 +0000

The Gardens Between is coming to Google Play Pass in the US later this year, but for those outside the US, you can participate in a new open beta. The game is an adventure puzzler where the player manipulates time in an effort to help two best friends through a surreal world of mysterious garden islands. It sounds trippy, but to get an idea of what to expect, check out the trailer above. Here's the game's description.

The award-winning adventure follows the emotional journey of Arina and Frendt, shipwrecked on a mysterious world of eclectic islands, each containing mementos of their childhood together. Manipulate time to help the pair reach the apex of each island, with support for both portrait and landscape play, and console-quality effects on high-end devices.

I'm ready for it. As soon as the game is available for purchase on Google Play, and available via Play Pass, we'll let you know.

Google Play Link (For Outside US)

Google Offering Free Nest Mini to YouTube Premium, Google Music Subscribers

Tim — Wed, 27 May 2020 22:02:30 +0000

Well that's cool -- Google is providing free Nest Mini units to select subscribers of YouTube Music, YouTube Premium, and Google Play Music. Technically, if you subscribe to one of those, you subscribe to them all, so if you have an account for one of them you might be eligible. You can check your eligibility below, but from my own personal experience, I wasn't eligible. It's either because I use a Google Apps account or I've already redeemed a similar offer. Regardless, it was a no go for me. It might work for you, though! Good luck.

Check Eligibility Here

Cheers everyone who sent this in!

Reminder: We're Officially One Week Away From the Android 11 Beta

Tim — Wed, 27 May 2020 13:25:58 +0000

If you weren't already aware, next week on June 3 at 8AM Pacific (11AM Eastern), Google's Android team will host The Beta Launch Show for Android 11. During the show, the Android team will go over new features for Android 11, answer questions from users using the #AskAndroid tag on Twitter, and of course, launch the public beta for Android 11. Next week will be a good week for Pixel owners. Also on June 3, Google will be sharing 12 talks on a range of topics from Android Studio to Google Play. These talks were originally planned for Google I/O, so if you're a developer, be sure to tune into those. Google just posted the full list of talks on the event page here. We're getting close, folks! // Android Developers

Time Running Out to Get Pixel 3a for $279

Tim — Wed, 27 May 2020 09:32:30 +0000

Google is sending out reminders this morning, alerting folks that time is running out if they want to score a Pixel 3a for the crazy-low starting price of just $279. That's $120 off its usual price of $399. The following deals have been live for the past week, but obviously, they won't last forever. It's a safe bet that Google and other retailers are purely making way for the new Pixel 4a, so if you're big into saving money, but still getting a phone that is guaranteed a few more software upgrades in the future, the Pixel 3a lineup is a good buy. On Google Store, you can get the 3a for $279. On Best Buy, you can get the 3a XL for $320, which is $160 off its typical $480 price. If you activate the device today via Best Buy, you'll save an additional $50, bringing the phone down to $270. If you've been on the fence, this should be very tempting.

Google Store Link | Best Buy Link

Samsung Money by SoFi Launches This Summer, Includes Cash Account and Debit Card

Tim — Wed, 27 May 2020 08:42:57 +0000

Samsung detailed Samsung Money by SoFi this morning, a followup announcement to the company's Samsung Pay Getting Debit Cards news from earlier this year. We already knew these new cash accounts would be backed by SoFi, but now we're getting a few more details for curious users. Like what many other digital-first banks are doing, SoFi is offering Samsung users a cash management account with no fees, debit card attached to said account, as well as higher than average interest rates for those who are better savers than they are spenders. Users can choose between opening an individual or joint cash management account, and what’s more, customers receive in-network fee reimbursement at more than 55,000 ATM locations in the US. What's most important in this world of Apple credit cards and other pretentious bullshit is the hardware you receive for Samsung Money. From what we can see, it's a MasterCard debit card with chip, in the color of black, complete with near-field tech for contactless payments at supported terminals. It appears to be regular plastic, not some special metal with engravings or anything. Samsung Money by SoFi goes live this summer and you can join a waitlist here.

Waitlist Here

// Samsung

Your Google Pixel Buds Have a New Update

Kellen — Wed, 27 May 2020 08:04:37 +0000

Google's lovely little wireless earbuds, the Pixel Buds, have a new update available. The update, which jumps the software version from v225 to v295 is...well, we have no idea what it does. The Pixel Buds update process is mostly a pain in the ass and is hard to figure out, all of which is amplified by the fact that an update is available with no changelog. I'd imagine that if there were sweet new features, Google would find a way to tell us, so this could be a bug fixer. To get the process started you open the Pixel Buds app, tap on "More settings," and then "Firmware update." Make sure you have "Automatic updates" toggled on, or you may want to toggle it off and back on again. Then, you sort of just listen to your Buds for a while to let the update download in the background. At least, that's what we assume is happening since this process all happens in the dark, without a status bar or any sort of confirmation that any thing is happening at any time.

READ: Pixel Buds review

After you've listened for a while and hope that an update is ready to install, you slap your Buds back in their case and then the update will install. Again, there is no way to tell that any of this is happening, so you may want to leave them in there for a while to complete the process. Once on v295, enjoy the sweet sounds of bugs fixed.

HBO Max Now Available With 7-Day Free Trial

Kellen — Wed, 27 May 2020 07:33:02 +0000

HBO Max, the newest streaming service from the folks at AT&T, is here. If you really love the show Friends and want to part with $15 per month, get your card ready. Actually, HBO Max is much more than Friends. In fact, HBO Max is all of HBO, plus a bunch of content from the Warner Bros. library and some original stuff. You'll see shows and movies from New Line, DC movies, CNN, TNT, TBS, truTV, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Crunchyroll, Rooster Teeth, Looney Tunes, and TMC. Confused at what this is compared to your normal HBO or HBO Now subscription? Think of this as HBO+, because you get HBO plus a bunch of other content. Also, if you already subscribe to HBO through your cable provider (except Comcast) or as a part of HBO Now, you get HBO Max. And because HBO Max offers even more content, you should probably take advantage of that. AT&T subscriber? You may get HBO Max for free - check this post for more on that. To get started as a new or existing customer, we've got links below. If you are at least curious about all of that content, there is a 7-day free trial available. HBO Max Links: Free Trial | Google Play Link

DEAL: Snag AUKEY USB-C Fast Car Charger for $11 (42% Off)

Tim — Tue, 26 May 2020 15:05:06 +0000

For those who might be using their cars a bit more recently, you can pick up an AUKEY car charger at discounted pricing on Amazon this week. Typically, car chargers can be seen as rather boring, but this one is packed with goodness. It's a dual-port charger, featuring USB-C and USB-A outputs, perfect for most devices. It offers QuickCharge 3.0 (18W of output power) for the USB-C port and 15W of output for the USB-A port. It's a solid choice for those in need. You can grab it for just $11 with the help of the below coupon code.

Amazon Link (Coupon Code: BENN6T7F)

Verizon V60 Gets April Security Patch, Updates for Bloatware Apps

Tim — Tue, 26 May 2020 13:10:21 +0000

Verizon is shipping out an update to the LG V60, labeled as version V600VM10d. Inside this update, owners will find the April security patch, updates for preinstalled LG apps, updates for Verizon's bloatware apps, improved fingerprint reader stability, as well as other changes. Here's the full changelog. What's New

April 2020 Security patches
Updates to all LG preloaded apps
Updates to some Verizon Wireless apps
Updates to Google apps
Improved Fingerprint stability
No PictureMe/Call Filter Badge is displayed on Visual Voicemail
Restores data from another Android device via LG Backup
Skip Activation user interface notification and Toast messages if Airplane mode is on

Go grab that update, V60 owners. // Verizon

Sony's $1200 Phone From February Finally Arrives in July

Kellen — Tue, 26 May 2020 11:56:15 +0000

The Sony Xperia 1 II is a phone I would love to get my hands on. When it was announced back in February, it ticked so many boxes for those of us looking for something different, who are starting to get sick of the same ol' 3-4 phone lines we review over and over. Sony has dragged its feet in launching the Xperia 1 II, though. On top of the slow rollout of availability, a price showed up last week in an early listing that scared the shit out of us. Well, it's all official now and we are left wondering if it's too late. Over the weekend, Sony announced that the Xperia 1 II will indeed cost $1,200. Pre-orders for the phone open in the US on June 1, but the phone won't ship until July 24. That is not a typo. To recap, the Xperia 1 II has a 6.5" 4K OLED display with a motion blur setting to try and crank things up to 90Hz. It has a Snapdragon 865 with 8GB RAM and 256GB storage, 4000mAh battery, Bluetooth 5.1, stereo speakers, 3.5mm headphone jack, and triple rear 12MP cameras. It won't have 5G in the US, but should work over 4G LTE on all the major carriers. That's a lot of good stuff. But not arriving until end of July with a $1,200 price tag? I guess, it's not a terrible deal that Sony is tossing in their $230 noice cancelling earbuds (WF-1000XM3). Does that ease the pain of paying Samsung prices for a Sony phone? That's tough. I still want one. It's different. Pre-orders will open at B&H Photo on June 1. // The Verge

OnePlus 8 Lineup Gets Fortnite at 90FPS

Tim — Tue, 26 May 2020 11:12:43 +0000

OnePlus and Epic Games announced this week that the OnePlus 8 lineup now supports Fortnite at 90 frames per second, the best refresh rate available for the game on a smartphone. There doesn't appear to be anything additional needed to run Fortnite at 90FPS, you just need a OnePlus 8 or OnePlus 8 Pro with the higher refresh rate enabled. Of course, other recent news is that Fortnite is now available on Google Play, which is totes awesome. If you own a OnePlus 8 device and love Fortnite still, get on it.

Google Play Link

LG Confirms Brands Should be Banned From Social Media

Tim — Tue, 26 May 2020 10:02:25 +0000

There are a few brands out there that do social media right, such as Wendy's and maybe a few others. For the most part, though, social media is a place where brands can prove they are just as dumb as regular people, which makes sense since these accounts are typically ran by people like you and me. The thing is, most brands have a social person who comes up with ideas, then those ideas go through a team of marketers and executives to ensure they feature the messaging the brand wishes to get out to the masses. But what happens when an idea is rushed and maybe doesn't go through the vetting process? LG Poland is what happens, in the latest case of why brands shouldn't be on social media. Posted to TikTok right before the US took a 3-day holiday, LG Poland decided it'd be swell to showcase its Dual Screen accessory with the help of a person in old-man makeup, creeping hard and attempting to snap some potential up-the-skirt shots of a young woman. In the TikTok, which has since been pulled, the person in old-man makeup is snapping photos of a young girl going up some steps, but the girl realizes this is happening and confronts the man, taking the phone from him and going through his gallery. What she sees is nothing but selfies, thanks to the phone's ability to snap two pictures at once -- one with the rear camera and one with the front camera. Because of this, she apologizes to the creep for the mistake, but as she walks away, the man scrolls deeper in the gallery and we can see that in fact he did snap a few shots of her behind walking up the stairs. Thanks to the internet, here's the clip as it appeared on TikTok before being pulled. https://twitter.com/rubenchicharro/status/1264113338075799557 To the person who came up with this idea, what the f*ck is wrong with you? LG released the following statement following deserved backlash.

A recent video posted by LG Poland failed to follow the proper approval process for social media content. It did not live up to the standards and policy of LG Electronics and was immediately removed. We apologize for any offense this ill-conceived video may have caused. We will strive to prevent such an occurrence from happening again in the future.

The post has been pulled and LG apologized. I don't think there's much else they can do, but come on, please do better or GTFO, brands. // Notebook Check

OnePlus Realizes Cheaper Phones Made It, Will Make New Ones

Kellen — Tue, 26 May 2020 09:41:50 +0000

OnePlus got its start by selling us flagship-level phones at stupidly low prices. It was the combination of those two that won so many over and kept everyone coming back with each new release. But as each year has passed since that original $300 OnePlus One, the phones have come and gone and so have the low prices. We're now paying Samsung Galaxy money for OnePlus devices. In a bit of an expected move first outed by leaks that started months ago, OnePlus CEO Pete Lau said this week that his company is ready to return to their pricing roots. OnePlus will likely release lower-priced phones again. Lau told Fast Company that they are seeing "demand from a large consumer base for a more suitable price" and that creating products for that group is "something that [they're] taking into very serious consideration." The goal, though, is to keep making phones "up to the OnePlus standard," only at an affordable price point. OnePlus will start soon with a release in India, but the plan is to then follow-up with similar releases in the US and some of their other markets. Should OnePlus create a new mid-range phone, you should be able to buy one here as a part of a wider OnePlus ecosystem. While I understand what OnePlus is doing, it's very much the same playbook that everyone follows. Samsung has its Galaxy S and Note lines at high prices along with various cheaper, mid-range lines like the Galaxy A series. Google has the regular Pixel at higher prices next to the Pixel "a" series at lower prices. LG does the same with V and G series next to the K series. Is that a winning playbook or does it take away from all of OnePlus' appeal? I tend to think that OnePlus has screwed up by ditching its initial approach of high-end phones at cheaper prices. I know at least one other person agrees with me. So many of us loved the idea that we were paying $400 for a phone almost as good as whatever Samsung was selling. We didn't want OnePlus to leave that strategy, but they did, likely to return bigger margins after years of hardly making much per phone sale. We're now paying high prices for really good phones, it's just that the special feeling isn't quite there any longer. Returning to pricing roots is one thing, but with this move, OnePlus isn't returning to what made them the company they are today. I don't doubt that OnePlus can make a good mid-range phone, I'm just not sure I'll love spending the same amount for a lesser phone than what I was getting from them only a short few years ago. Maybe it's time I just accept who OnePlus is today. // Fast Company

Our First Look at Galaxy Note 20+ CAD Renders

Tim — Tue, 26 May 2020 08:38:51 +0000

We recently went eyes-on with a few Galaxy Note 20 CAD renders based on reported measurements. This week, we're getting the same for the Galaxy Note 20+. There's only a couple big differences between the two devices, at least when looking at these renders. On the Note 20, its display was not overly curved, while the Note 20+'s display is reported to be much more curved, measuring in at a rumored 6.9-inches. We can see Samsung may still utilize a front display cutout for the selfie camera, just like on the Galaxy S20 lineup. On the backside of the phone, we can see the large camera module, apparently consisting of three sensors. The source of these renders doesn't have confirmed specs yet for the cameras, but it's believed that one camera uses Samsung's 108MP sensor. The latest rumor suggests we can expect to see Samsung launch the new Galaxy Note 20 launch in the month of August. That's not too far away, so don't be shocked if we see more leaks. Samsung fans, are you ready for this? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pS8bErtjIDQ // Pigtou

T-Mobile and Google Team Up to Make RCS Work Better Between Carriers

Kellen — Tue, 26 May 2020 07:15:54 +0000

I'm starting to get the sense that RCS might finally be taking off after all these years. Thanks to carriers initially not wanting to play nicely with Google for the messaging service, there was slowness to adopt, but then Google said, "To hell with you all," and pushed RCS out through its own app to anyone wanting to use it. Now, T-Mobile has committed (with Google) to make an easier-to-access system for its customers who talk to folks on other carriers. In an announcement this morning, T-Mobile said that it has teamed up with Google to "expand Rich Messaging." Customers on T-Mobile can now message over RCS with customers on other carriers. Since Google already turned on RCS for a good chunk of the world as long as they installed and used Google's Messages app, you may be wondering what T-Mobile is talking about here. The basics are that T-Mobile uses their own RCS (Rich Communication Services) backend, as far as I know, so their RCS system wouldn't talk to Google's RCS system. Starting today, that's no longer the case and the two can indeed talk to each other. T-Mobile has suggested that it is "the first in the world to implement a full standards-based RCS Universal Profile 1.0 interconnect with Google’s Messages service," which is how their RCS system now talks to Google's. What's cool about this improvement is that T-Mobile customers won't need to download any new apps or even touch Google's Messages app if they don't want to. As T-Mobile acknowledged, "Capable Android customers on T-Mobile’s network won’t have to do anything or download an over-the-top app to get RCS features — they’re built right into T-Mobile’s network and natively into the phone’s messaging app." All they need is to make sure the person they are talking with on another carrier has Google's Messages app. Which devices support RCS from T-Mobile? Most of their new devices should, with a list that now runs 40 deep. If you own a modern Android phone on T-Mobile that was released within the past couple of years, you should be good. New to RCS and wondering what I just spend hundreds of words talking about? RCS is an advanced messaging system that will eventually (at least that's the plan) replace old school text (SMS/MMS) messaging. RCS lets you send higher resolution images, chat in bigger groups, get read receipts, and see if people are responding. It's a solid improvement over your old texting world. // T-Mobile

RCS End-to-End Encryption Hinted at in Internal Google Messages Build

Kellen — Mon, 25 May 2020 09:00:51 +0000

For Google Messages to continue to take steps towards matching Apple's iMessage in features, its biggest need is arguably in the private security department. We're talking end-to-end encryption over messages, which Google has yet to include. According to an internal "dogfooded" build that showed up this weekend, Google might be readying it. The Messages build was posted as an APK file (v6.2.031), which has now been torn down and examined by various outlets. Since this is an internal build, you can imagine that Google may not have taken the usual steps it might to hide upcoming features that aren't quite ready for public consumption.

Google Messages End-to-End Encryption

As noted above, the biggest find within are strings that mention encryption within RCS. This would mean messages encrypted as they are sent from your phone to a recipient without any way for channels in-between to read them. It's basically the one major security feature that all major messaging apps should use. iMessage has it, WhatsApp does, and many others. The strings not only call it "end-to-end encryption," they also note that you'll be able to encrypt your location and send it. However, if you have a poor data connection and can't use RCS, you could send an unencrypted message as a regular SMS/MMS. It looks like there will be warnings and explanations for all of this within the app once encryption goes live.

Other Goodies: Fi Integration, Backup/Restore

The encryption stuff wasn't all that was found in this internal Messages build. It's looking like Google Fi might get deeper integration with Messages, with syncing across calls, texts, and voicemails. Users on Fi will one day be able to move their conversations and history over from Hangouts, access it all via the Messages web portal, etc. Messages appears to be close to becoming the messaging app for Fi customers, where Hangouts has long-been forced upon them. There are strings that suggest new backup and restore tools too, where you could manually restore at any time, rather than only as an early setup action, which is the current setting. It may have taken Google too many years to figure out what it wants to do with its messaging focus, but it sure seems like Messages and RCS together might create something quite powerful. The struggle now is going to be for Google to get everyone on Messages, since most phone OEMs ship their own messages apps. // 9to5Google | XDA

Pixel Stand Gets Rare Deal Today Only at Best Buy: $20 Off

Kellen — Sun, 24 May 2020 07:45:49 +0000

Google's Pixel Stand has always been an incredibly overpriced accessory. At $80, as someone who has owned two since day 1, I still don't know how on Earth Google can justify the price, especially when there are dozens of other wireless chargers on the market that cost under $20 for a similar charging experience. When we see a discount, the conversation changes some, since the Pixel Stand is rarely on sale. Today, we've got a 1-day sale on it over at Best Buy that shaves $20 off the price. If you hurry, you can grab a Pixel Stand for $59.99. The sales pitch here is something along the lines of, the Pixel Stand not only charges your Pixel 3 or Pixel 4 wirelessly at decent speeds, it can also turn your phone into a Google Home of sorts and show your Google Photos library in slideshow format. That's it, that is the idea. With a Pixel 3 or Pixel 4 planted on the Pixel Stand, you'll get 10W wireless charging speeds, which are OK. We are seeing 15W speeds on many devices now, while OnePlus has gone wild with a 30W wireless experience. Trust me, 10W is not "fast" any longer. As for the Google Home experience I mentioned, the Pixel Stand flips a switch on Pixel phones that introduces buttons to interact with your smart home, quick access to video feeds from your Nest doorbell, and previews of your day. It puts the Assistant nearby, on a screen, sort of like a smart display. Oh, it can perform a sunrise alarm trick too. Look, man, it's a wireless charger that has a few extra tricks. At $80, it has never been worth the investment. At $60, it might be if some of the stuff I described above sounds useful. Again, this is a "Deal of the day" at Best buy, so your time is limited. Best Buy Deal Link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fjI-anCl7Tc

DEAL: $12 Off Motorola's New 15W Wireless Charger, 27W TurboPower Bundle

Kellen — Sat, 23 May 2020 08:51:05 +0000

With the launch of the Motorola Edge+ (review), Motorola also has new accessories featuring fast charging in both wireless and wired varieties. The best bundle we've seen is a package that includes their new 15W wireless charger as well as their 27W TurboPower wall charger and 6.6ft USB-C cable. This bundle normally retails for $59.99, but we have a code that will slash $12 off, dropping it to $47.99. You may be thinking, "Kellen, Anker sells all sorts of wireless chargers for $10." You are correct, but those typically don't include a cable or wall charger, where this does. And not only that, but again, this is a 15W wireless charger and a 27W PD fast charger and a 6.6ft cable with Motorola's backing. It's a pretty good bundle. The 15W wireless charger (CHR-0662) is Qi, so it'll work with any Qi-enabled smartphone. The 27W PD charger (SC-31) is compatible with Quick Charge 4+ and Power Delivery, so it'll get your current phone charging quickly. It can charge some laptops too. To get the $12 off, hit that link below and use code "20OFF4DL" at checkout. That code is available from today through May 31. Amazon Deal Link

T-Mobile OnePlus 7T Pro 5G Receives May Security Patch, 5G Enhancements

Tim — Fri, 22 May 2020 12:33:34 +0000

T-Mobile is shipping out an update to the OnePlus 7T Pro 5G, with the software version labeled as 10.0.35.HD61CB. Inside, owners can expect to see the May security patch, as well as "5G band enhancements." Nothing else is listed, but hey, this is good stuff. If you own this phone, be on the lookout! // T-Mobile

DEAL: Motorola Edge+ is $200 Off at Verizon

Kellen — Fri, 22 May 2020 11:15:24 +0000

The Motorola Edge+ is barely a week old and yet Verizon is already hosting a sale on it that will shave $200 off its $1,000 price. If interested after reading our Moto Edge+ review, Verizon is willing to drop $200 off and spread the cost out over 24 months. You can buy at full retail or through a monthly payment plan, just know that either way the $200 comes back slowly over 2 years. As a monthly payment, getting a monthly credit drops the price $33.33/mo from $41.66/mo. That's not bad for a phone with this much going for it. Verizon Deal Link

Motorola Edge+ Review: Don't Ignore This Phone

Kellen — Fri, 22 May 2020 10:28:05 +0000

Motorola re-joined the flagship-level phone race at what is arguably the worst time possible. After a few year absence, Moto threw it all into the Motorola Edge+ just as the world and its economy have been hammered by a global pandemic. Seriously, sending out a $1,000 phone when budgets are tighter than ever is going to be a hard sell. That said, I've been testing the Motorola Edge+ for the past week or so, hammered on the battery, played with its insanely curved display, and shot some pictures. I think I'm ready to talk about it and whether or not this is a phone you should consider, assuming you are on Verizon because...yeah it's exclusive there. This is our Motorola Edge+ review.

What do I like?

Generally speaking, there is a lot to like about the Motorola Edge+. It's a phone that stands-up nicely against the OnePlus 8 Pro and Galaxy S20 series. In fact, I'm not sure it's far behind either of those in any substantial way. The phone's performance is incredible, the battery life is on another level, and the software package is one of our favorites. That doesn't mean I don't have my gripes, but before we get to those, let's talk about what it is that I like about the Motorola Edge+. Battery life I am absolutely blown away at the Edge+'s battery life. We're talking potential 2-day battery life here, and that's not a joke or exaggeration. The 5000mAh battery coupled with a 1080p display at 90Hz instead of 120Hz has created the new champ in my eyes. Since I'm sitting at home with little to do because of stay-at-home orders, it appears my phone usage has increased substantially since I got the Edge+. On multiple days over the past week, the screen on time from the battery page showed I had hit the 6-hour mark, which is not typical for me. I'm wondering if I have hit that number because I have zero worry about this phone dying.

As you have now seen above, with 6 hours of screen on time in a day, there were times where I still had almost 50% battery remaining just as I was putting the Edge+ down for bed. Like, what in the hell? I thought the OnePlus 8 Pro had decent battery life, but this is just on a completely other planet. I have not come close to killing this phone on a single charge and can't imagine I ever will in a single day. There is a good chance that I could have run this phone for almost two full days, which is absolutely insane for a phone with this big of a screen. Actually, I'll correct that - with my typical usage (3-4 hours of use), this phone would have easily gone two days. On a charging note, by no means is the Motorola Edge+ a champ compared to others. It only does 18W wired charging and decently-fast 15W wireless charging. I'm not sure that matters much knowing how long this phone lasts, but it's a correct criticism. With batteries only growing, others are doing 25W and 45W charging at this point. And Motorola sells a phone that does 45W charging, so I'm not sure why they left that out here. Still, the Motorola Edge+ is the battery champ of 2020. Specs Strictly talking specs, I'm not sure the Edge+ is missing anything. It has a big beautiful 6.7" full HD OLED display with a high 90Hz refresh rate. It has the Snapdragon 865 and 5G. It has 256GB UFS 3.0 storage with 12GB LPDDR5 RAM. It has the triple camera with 108MP main sensor along with ultra-wide and telephoto lenses. It has a huge 5000mAh battery with fast wired and wireless charging and power sharing. It has dual stereo speakers, an in-display fingerprint reader, and WiFi 6. It even has a headphone jack. To criticize what Motorola has put out here, you have to get a bit nit-picky. You could point to the 1080p display resolution and 90Hz, while Samsung is doing 120Hz at the same resolution. OnePlus is going as far as 120Hz at quad HD. There's no real water resistance, which is fair to point out. The fast charging isn't as fast as some. And, well, that's pretty much it. Motorola included almost all of the specs that matter in a 2020 flagship phone that costs $1,000. They might not have maxed out every single spec, but they sure came close. I don't think anyone could look at the specs list here and say with a straight face that Motorola's package is worth less than what Samsung or OnePlus just put out.

Performance When I compare phones during the review process, OnePlus' latest devices always stand out to me as being the quickest or the benchmark that every other maker should try and reach. After using this new Motorola phone, it might be the new reference device. Thanks to 12GB LPDD5 RAM, 256GB UFS 3.0 storage, and Motorola's ability over the years to fine-tune the speed of Android on their phones, the Edge+ is blazing fast. With phones on this level, with these specs, and at this price point, it's the little things you look to that help you realize how optimized the phone is. For the Edge+, it's something as simple as dragging your finger back and forth over a swipe spot to see how well the screen or menu keeps up. It's watching the smoothness of the animation as an app shrinks back down to its icon upon exiting. It's that subtle snapping that happens as you open an app or motion into the app switcher. This phone, friends, is so, so quick. I haven't seen touch responsiveness like this, maybe ever in an Android phone. I cannot tell you how satisfying it is to switch apps or use the bottom gesture bar to move around the UI on the Edge+. Obviously, scrolling in anything looks good because of the 90Hz, but it's the way screens motion from one to the next that is something you would need to see in person to fully understand. Unbelievable job here from Motorola. Software Motorola was one of the first companies to ditch their bloated Android skin and switch back to a close-to-stock experience that they enhance with their own suite of features. They did this when Google owned the company, but have stuck to it since. Because of the clean UI with useful add-ons, Motorola's flavor of Android is one of the best. On the Motorola Edge+, you get Android 10 that looks quite similar to what you might see on Google's Pixel phones. The launcher is almost identical (with access to Google Discover), as are the notification, quick settings, and system settings menu areas. Where Motorola changes it up is in their Moto suite. That's where this phone is elevated, because you still have Moto Display, which isn't an always-on experience, but it's close. A quick motion of your hand toward the Edge+ will wake its display to show you time, notifications, battery, that sort of thing. You still get the actions too, like twisting to launch the camera, chopping to activate the flashlight, or picking up your phone to silence incoming calls.

Where you find new stuff is through the phone's edge display, where some clever software tricks allow you to use the edge rather than just look at it (more on that below). Motorola added more customizations to the UI, with power over icon shapes, theme colors, grid layouts, and fingerprint animations. They also added a game mode that gives you L/R top buttons placed within the edge. That's pretty clever, right? On the flip side of good software you have today, we need to talk about Motorola and how well they distribute software updates. When this phone was first announced, they would only commit to a single Android version update, which would have meant an update to Android 11 and not to Android 12. That created quite a bit of a storm for Motorola, where the phone was never going to be taken seriously. Paying $1,000 for a phone and getting a single major update is absolutely a dealbreaker. But after the backlash and just prior to launch, Motorola realized their phone was dead in the water and flipped. They are now committing to "at least" two Android OS version updates. Assuming they don't backtrack from that commitment, you should see Android 11 and Android 12, with the possibility of a third. We'll obviously monitor the situation over the coming years as Motorola has a lot to prove in the update department. Their current track record is one fo the worst in the industry. So look, the software on the Edge+ is very good and Motorola is at least saying the right things for now about future updates. Design The overall design of the Motorola Edge+ is quite nice. We'll talk about the edge display of it in a minute, but the way Motorola put this package together, it is without a doubt a looker. I've been testing the Thunder Grey version and love the color. On the back, depending on the angle of light, the name "thunder" is so fitting because it almost looks like there is a smoky or cloudy storm brewing within it. It also reflects light sources in the coolest way, where they streak from odd, off-centered angles that you might not expect. The Moto Edge+ is a really nice width too, where you can easily hold it in one hand and get quite a bit of use out of it without needing two at all times. While heavy, the phone is one of the easier-to-handle I've used outside of the smallest Galaxy S20. Want to know something else cool? This phone can stand-up on its own without a prop. That's right, the bottom (and top) is flat with a slightly inward curve that allows it to stand by itself. I'm not sure I know of another phone in recent years that can do this.

It's not a perfect design, though. Like I said, it is a really heavy phone that will weigh down pockets and make longer usage periods tiresome. It's incredibly tall, so you'll really have to get used to the edge display shortcuts for accessing the notification panel. And the backside, with that rounded camera hump, is a nightmare for use when the phone is lying on a table. It's almost impossible to use like that and you'll likely just pick your phone up when you need it. You could find issue with the sides of the phone too, where it curves around and meets the front display. There is a noticeable edge there that could be used for better grip, or you could argue that it's a design flaw where Motorola couldn't quite polish off the design as they should have. I think for the most part, the Motorola Edge+ is a pretty phone that feels great in the hand. It has a few issues and is by no means perfect, but I've had a better time holding and using this phone than I did the OnePlus 8 Pro and its extra-wide body. Camera The camera setup for the Motorola Edge+ is a 108MP main shooter at f/1.8 (with OIS) that uses Quad Pixel Technology to bin the photos down to 27MP photos. It's paired with 16MP ultra-wide (117° FOV, f/2.2) and 8MP telephoto lenses (3x optical zoom, f/2.4). It can shoot video in 6K, has portrait and night modes, lets you utilize manual controls, and will give you full 108MP stills if you want to go nuts. The software powering all of that is Motorola's constantly-improving camera app. You can launch it with the twist of a wrist, all of the controls are where you'd expect them to be, there's a quick menu to access additional modes, and there's even a Google Lens shortcut. You can add a grid and leveler, let it auto-optimize shots, and shoot UHD video as H.265/HEVC. It's all there, as you would hope from a $1,000 phone.

Is it a good camera? I think so, at least the 108MP shooter is. Again, as I've noted in the past review or two, we're stuck at home for the most part, so getting out and really pushing phone cameras is not as easy as it typically is. Still, I'm happy with the photos I've taken using the Edge+ from the main sensor. The camera is excellent at showcasing depth, it creates beautiful bokeh balls and holds its own in night scenes. If there is an issue I noticed when comparing against the Galaxy S20, it's a color reproduction thing. Edge+ photos aren't quite as vibrant, but they might produce more life-like shots. Like most phones, that's a your-eye-test thing. I will point out that the telephoto and ultra-wide cameras lack optical image stabilization, so they struggle at times to produce clean shots, particularly with the ultra-wide trying to shoot macros. In the end, when reviewing a camera, I tend to ask myself, "Could I trust this camera if it was the only camera with me?" For the Edge+, yeah, I think I could.

What's bugging me?

Display In what is going to be the least surprising part of the this review, I'm sure you figured before my fingertips ever touched the Motorola Edge+ that I would not be a fan of the display. Not because the display looks bad, the OLED isn't as good as others, or because it's not responsive or big/small enough. You probably assumed I'd hate it because of the awful curve or edge that Motorola included. You would be right, but I also am not convinced this is a great overall display if you ignore the curve. As a display that shows you images or video or websites or apps, it's just OK. It leans a little cooler in temperature, which I actually prefer over a warmer, yellower picture. The thing is, if you want to adjust a setting like that, there isn't a way. You have color profiles of Natural, Boosted, and Saturated, but no other controls beyond what those presets give you. I hope you like how Moto tuned it out of the box. The display doesn't have a wide enough brightness range either. It doesn't get dim enough in dark situations and can't match the S20 or OnePlus 8 Pro in peak brightness, at least to my eye. I also don't think its Night Light blue light filter gets amber enough and barely changes the color of the display when you most need it to.

At off-centered angles, the display presents a slight color shift that I don't find on other phones, sort of in a way that everyone complained about the Pixel 2 XL years ago and its blue shift. While this phone doesn't get blue, the darkness or refresh rate or something makes it look off as your angle increases. I can't quite pinpoint what the issue is, but something doesn't look right. All of that aside, yes the insanely steep curve that Motorola included on right and left sides is as bad as you imagined. While companies like Samsung are realizing that the curved display thing was a dumb trend that we are all ready to move away from, Motorola is diving in as extremely as I've seen. With the Edge+'s edge display on full display, you get distortions over the content that shows on the screen, you get the nasty glare that all edge phones show, and there are steady streams of palm touches. Does it look sort of cool? Sure, I guess. Is it the most impractical nuisance of a phone feature? Yes, and it always will be. Now, Motorola did try to make its edge useful by allowing you to swipe up and down it to grab the notification pulldown or jump into the app switcher. They included a special area you can double tap to turn the edge display off or swipe out to access a set of favorite apps. They use the edge as an incoming notification light and also to show charging status. They tried to make it useful, unfortunately, it's just not that fun to use like all edge displays. During my time with the Edge+, I force-turned off the edge in as many apps as I could to try and show content on the top, flat portion of the display. This certainly helped with the experience, but it also messes with some apps. For example, if you look at Instagram with the edge turned on, all of the photos you see curve over the edge and looked distorted and bad. But if you turn the edge off, Instagram doesn't quite resize properly and some comments are cutoff and buttons can be weird to touch. I ran into issues with Chrome websites sizing properly too. I sort of feel like Motorola has work to do at the system level to better help apps realize what they are doing with such a steeply curved display panel. Basically, my worst thoughts came true here and while the display looks OK while in use, the curve has its issues that I'm not sure will ever go away. 5G I really dislike the fact that this phone (and almost all phones on Verizon right now) has 5G. Verizon's 5G is so non-existent, that most people are paying a 5G premium for something they will never use or connect to. Like, I get it Verizon and Qualcomm and Motorola, you are proud of the early 5G work you have done and are having a blast telling people how fast this phone's theoretical speeds are. But holy shit, no one will get those because Verizon's 5G network is no where. Not sure what I mean? Look at this story, where two different testing outfits found Verizon's 5G to be available to all of 0.5% of 5G users in a lowly 35 cities. By all means, this phone costs $1,000 because it has 5G. If Qualcomm wasn't forcing 5G on everyone who wants the Snapdragon 865, you might have paid $800 or less for it. 5G sucks. Price & availability Speaking of price, I don't necessarily disagree with the overall pricing here if you look at all other similar phones. This is apparently the price you are paying for Snapdragon 865 phones in 2020 no matter who is making them. It's just a really hard time to recommend $1,000 phones to people. And I'm just not sure that the Edge+ is delivering a better experience than Samsung's Galaxy S20, a phone priced right next to it. As far as availability goes, yeah, Motorola is dumb to continue to sell exclusives through Verizon only in the US. You can't buy the Edge+ anywhere outside of Big Red, not even as an unlocked model directly from Motorola, as they have done in the past. This is not a winning strategy and no one is going to switch to Verizon just for this phone.

Other notes

Headphone jack: Yep, this phone has a headphone jack. Is it any good? I couldn't tell you as a man who has gone fully wireless. I did slap in a 3.5mm cord one time just to make sure it works and to see if my Jabra Elite 85h headphones sounded better than they would over Bluetooth. I came away thinking, cool, the headphone jack works. It's there if you still need it.
Stereo speakers: When Motorola unveiled the Edge+, they were really excited to talk about the phone's stereo speakers. They said they could produce the "loudest, most powerful output from a smartphone." Umm, yeah the speakers are decent, but the Galaxy S20's speakers are better, produce richer sound, and get louder.
Fingerprint reader: Motorola included an in-display fingerprint reader in the Edge+ and it's like all in-display fingerprint readers, which is me saying that it kind of sucks. It's slow, no doubt, but I did find it reading and unlocking my phone better than the reader in the Galaxy S20, so there's something. I just wish the "M" logo on the back was an old school fingerprint reader.

Video

Unboxing and Tour https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw

The Verdict

Motorola has without a doubt created one of 2020's best phones with the Edge+. It's unfortunate that Motorola tied itself to Verizon and waited too long to commit to software updates, because I think most have already written this phone off. If you are on Verizon, I don't think you should do that. This Edge+ has battery life and performance that I'm still amazed by after a week of testing, the hardware is very nice, there are stereo speakers and wireless charging and a headphone jack and excellent software and so much more. While I tend to find edge displays to be a nuisance, you may like Motorola's ultra-curved implementation, especially with the added software tricks. At $1,000, you will need to decide if this phone is better than Samsung's Galaxy S20 or the OnePlus 8 Pro, which fall in at similar price points. What I can tell you is that giving Motorola's Edge+ some thought before pulling the trigger is going to be worth your time.

Buy Motorola Edge+: Motorola | Verizon
DEAL: Save $12 off 15W wireless and 27W TurboPower charger bundle

TCL Commits to One Major Android OS Upgrade for 10 Pro, 10L Phones

Tim — Fri, 22 May 2020 09:57:56 +0000

Given most consumers have zero experience with TCL smartphones in the US, the company has released a brief statement regarding what buyers can expect from the TCL 10 Pro and 10L in terms of software updates. A spokesman for TCL sent the following statement.

We can confirm both the TCL 10 Pro and TCL 10L will, at minimum, receive one major OS update as well as SMR updates every two months for 2 years.

Both the 10 Pro and 10L launched with Android 10, so TCL is committing to an Android 11 upgrade, at minimum. On top of that, security patches every two months for two 2 years. Honestly, that's not bad for relatively inexpensive devices. However, if you solely value updates, you can bet the Pixel 4a will get at least two major OS upgrades on top of monthly security patches. Something to keep in mind. On a related note, check out our unboxing! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nK45ghmf5hY

Forget the Disinfectant Wipes, Check Out This $90 Portable UVC Wand

Tim — Fri, 22 May 2020 09:21:48 +0000

My hope is that years in the future, our kids won't know the struggle of bringing a car full of groceries home and having to wipe down each and every product with a disinfectant wipe. It's not that I live in a constant state of fear or anything over this COVID-19 pandemic, but I do live by the "Better safe than sorry" motto, and for that reason, I will likely continue to wipe down my groceries for the foreseeable future. The problem with that is, it's extremely wasteful and if you hadn't noticed, going out and buying disinfectant wipes isn't as easy as it used to be. This is where UVC is having its moment, with many light-based disinfectant products being launched recently to help keep people safe by killing nasty germs using the power of ultraviolet. The latest of said products is the CleanPod UVC Sterilizer wand from Monos, a maker of high-quality luggage and accessories. This wand works the same way as other UVC products, such as Totallee's UV Phone Sanitizer. The difference is, it's not enclosed and it's a portable wand that can travel with you. It's perfect for waving over surfaces and the product description states that in 30 seconds of usage, users can kill up to 99.9% of germs. "To use CleanPod, simply sweep it over the surface you want to sanitize for at least 30 seconds, and the high-energy beam of UVC light goes to work on invisible pathogens," Monos details on the product page. To me, that seems easy enough, and while that would take a bit longer versus a disinfectant wipe, it's much less wasteful. As a conscientious consumer, I like that. CleanPod is priced at $90, which is on par for a lot of these UVC products. They may seem expensive, but they're investments, so treat it as such. According to Monos, Partial proceeds from every CleanPod will be donated to United Way Centraide Canada’s COVID-19 Community Response and Recovery Fund, which helps provide essential needs and support services to the most vulnerable people being impacted in communities across Canada. We love you, Canada, stay well! I expect to have my own CleanPod soon courtesy of Monos, so if you want me to do a little science experiment with some Petri dishes, let me know in the comments and I'll get right on it. In the meantime, if you want your own, follow the link below.

CleanPod Purchase Link

Pixel 3a Deals are so Crazy Right Now

Kellen — Fri, 22 May 2020 06:33:56 +0000

The Pixel 3a and 3a XL are a full year old and should be replaced soon with a Pixel 4a. It also happens to be Memorial Day weekend, where deals on tech toys run rampant. The combination of those two things means there are wild discounts on Google's mid-range line of phones like we've never seen before. The discounts here on the Pixel 3a and 3a XL vary from one place to the next, but the standard price drop we are seeing is $120 off the regular Pixel 3a or $160 off the Pixel 3a XL. That brings prices to $279 (3a) and $319 (3a XL), respectively. Google has that deal, as does B&H Photo and most of Amazon.

READ: Pixel 3a review

Want a bigger deal? Best Buy is doing that "with activation" special, where they'll drop the price further if you buy a Pixel 3a or 3a XL and activate with select carrier partners. If you activate, the Pixel 3a then drops to $229 ($170 off) and the Pixel 3a XL lands at $269 ($210 off). I'd imagine that most places will sell through their remaining inventory at these prices. If you need a cheap yet excelelnt phone, you know what to do.

Pixel 3a Deal Links:

Best Buy: Pixel 3a, 3a XL (up to $210 off)
Amazon: Pixel 3a, 3a XL (up to $178 off)
Other deals: Google Store | B&H Photo | Walmart

Verizon Pushes May Security Patch to Galaxy Note 9, Note 10 Devices

Tim — Thu, 21 May 2020 15:20:36 +0000

Verizon is shipping out the May security patch to numerous Samsung devices this week, with all of the details you need below. The update is now available for the Galaxy Note 9, Galaxy Note 10, Galaxy Note 10+, and the Galaxy Note 10+ 5G. We're not seeing anything besides the May patch inside, but if you come across something, please let us know. Once updated, these devices will be running the listed software numbers.

Galaxy Note 9 - N960USQS4DTD5
Galaxy Note 10 - N970USQS3CTD6
Galaxy Note 10+ - N975USQS3CTD6
Galaxy Note 10+ 5G - N976VVRS3CTD6

Go grab it. // Verizon [2] [3] [4]

Galaxy Note 20 CAD Renders Make Me Happy

Tim — Thu, 21 May 2020 11:52:26 +0000

CAD renders based on the latest reported Galaxy Note 20 measurements have hit the web, showcasing a pretty darn good looking Samsung phablet. Size wise, it's noted that the Galaxy Note 20 is closer in size to the larger Galaxy Note 10+ model from last year, apparently leaving the door open for a huge and massive Galaxy Note 20+. These renders have the Note 20 measuring 161.8 x 75.3 x 8.5mm. To compare, the Galaxy Note 10 measures in at 151 x 71.8 x 7.9 mm. My assumption is that bigger body will lead to a bigger battery. The backside of the phone shows off a Galaxy S20-like camera module, front-facing cutout for the camera, as well as an S Pen slot on the bottom of the phone. So far, I like what I see. It's very Samsung. Thoughts? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yx7gu1F4OYU // Pigtou

DEAL: Nest Hosting Memorial Day Sale, Save Up to $60 on Nest WiFi

Tim — Thu, 21 May 2020 10:59:28 +0000

With Memorial Day coming up, it's time for deals. Nest is hosting a solid little sale right now on Amazon, netting buyers up to $60 off on a 2-pack of either Nest WiFi or Nest Cam Outdoor cameras. If you don't need 2-packs, single units are available, also at discounted pricing. We reviewed Nest WiFi not too long ago and it's what I'm still using in my home. I have had zero issues with it and I'm getting plenty of speed, which is also thanks to my gig-speed internet. The only issue most have with Nest WiFi is that it's not exactly future proof, offering no WiFi 6. On the other hand, it does have Google Assistant and a built-in speaker. It's a tradeoff, for sure. Follow the links below if you want to update your home's security or WiFi.

Amazon Links

Nest WiFi - $149 ($20 off) | 2-Pack - $239 ($60 off)
Nest Cam Outdoor - $149 ($50 off) | 2-Pack - $238 ($60 off)

Verizon Open Enrollment is Here if You Need Phone Insurance

Kellen — Thu, 21 May 2020 10:43:30 +0000

At least once per year, Verizon runs an open enrollment period where you can add insurance to your devices well after you purchased them. Because not everyone wants to commit to insuring a device and the added monthly cost out of the gate, these enrollment periods are your chance to do so later on. Verizon just opened an enrollment period. If interested, you can subscribe to plans like Total Mobile Protection (TMP), which covers loss, damage, theft, post-warranty defects, a tech coach, and 24/7 claims for $15/mo. Verizon also offers Verizon Protect, which is everything in Total Mobile Protection plus access to Digital Secure and Call Filter. It costs $17/mo. Since those prices are insane, you may want to know if there are other options. There are! Verizon offers Total Equipment Coverage (TEC) for $11/mo, Wireless Phone Protection (WPP) for $6.85/mo, and Extended Warranty for $5/mo. All of those plans offer varying levels of coverage, but if we're being honest here, Wireless Phone Protection is probably good enough for most people. It's under $7/mo, gets you next-day replacement phones, has the same limits on claim numbers as other more expensive plans, includes unlimited cracked-screen repairs, and more. The only things it really lacks are battery replacements and those silly tech coach and Verizon Protect apps. To check out all of Verizon's plans, head over to their Device Protection - Insurance Comparison Chart. Once you've decided which plan, you should be able to choose from within your My Verizon account. Open enrollment ends on July 20.

T-Mobile Launches Free Mobile Service for First Responders

Tim — Thu, 21 May 2020 09:37:20 +0000

T-Mobile is launching its Connecting Heroes program, a 10-year commitment to help save first responder agencies over $7 billion in wireless communication costs. To break this down in simple terms, for those who fall under the first responder category, T-Mobile is offering free mobile service. That free service includes unlimited talk, text, and data (including 5G speeds where available). All public and non-profit state and local fire, police and EMS departments are eligible. This is a massive "thank you" to everyone in that field. DL also sends its thank you, especially during these times. We appreciate you all. If you work for one of the above agencies, find more details here. To check eligibility, look here. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ri4TO9oLgyA // T-Mobile

Amazon's Prime Day Reported to be Pushed to September

Tim — Thu, 21 May 2020 08:55:03 +0000

The Wall Street Journal reports this week that Amazon is expected to delay its Prime Day 2020 event until this September, as the company continues to get hammered with orders amid the current COVID-19 pandemic. Understandably, the company needs time to get everything back in order from a logistical standpoint, so even though some states are opening back up, Amazon is going to let everything settle down in an attempt to get back to normal, and will then host the online shopping event later in the year. Personally, I am fully aware of how screwed up Amazon is right now. I ordered two puzzles back in early April and they still haven't arrived. #CancelAmazon Typically, Prime Day is hosted in the summer, so this may come as a disappointment to a few people, but don't worry, the event hasn't been completely cancelled. We'll update you if we hear straight from Amazon. // The Wall Street Journal

T-Mobile LG V40 Receives Android 10 Update

Tim — Wed, 20 May 2020 15:33:03 +0000

T-Mobile LG V40 owners are receiving Android 10 this week, which is more great news for LG owners following Android 10 rolling out to the Verizon V50 device. Following the update, V40 owners will be running software version V405TA30b, as well as be security patch level April, 2020. You'll also get to enjoy things like Dark Mode and other great Android 10 goodies. Go snag that update, V40 owners! // T-Mobile (Not Updated Yet) Cheers Dan!

AT&T Plans to Keep "5GE" Logo, but Won't Advertise It Anymore

Kellen — Wed, 20 May 2020 13:38:30 +0000

You likely forgot about AT&T's sleazy 5G Evolution campaign to confuse and mislead their customers because it has been over a year since we last talked about it. We haven't talked about it because most carriers have launched real 5G networks and so the controversy surrounding 5G Evolution (5GE) has calmed as people have moved on. Because AT&T shouldn't be allowed to quietly brush their 5GE bullsh*t under the rug after deceiving customers for the better part of the past three years, we have a fresh 5GE story to share. Today, a panel of the National Advertising Review Board (NARB) recommended that AT&T stop advertising its "5G Evolution" network because it's not 5G. NARB is of the (correct) understanding that 5GE can and will "mislead reasonable consumers into believing that AT&T is offering a 5G network" when they are not. AT&T, as you can probably guess, "respectfully disagrees with the reasoning" from the NARB panel and continues to suggest that their customers are seeing such incredible speeds over 4G LTE that calling their network something that it is not is valid. However, AT&T has agreed to comply with NARB's decision and stop advertising 5G Evolution. Of course, at this point, it doesn't matter with 5G here and AT&T's advertising of 5GE likely winding down. The damage was done in 2017, 2018, and 2019, before they had much of a real 5G footprint. Also, as noted by Light Reading, AT&T has only decided to stop advertising 5G Evolution, but has no plans to get rid of what is arguably the worst part of this all: the 5GE logo on phones. AT&T will leave its 5GE logo on phones, so as AT&T customers dance in and out of real 5G areas, they'll fall back to 5GE and likely assume they are still on a 5G network when they are not. That's still pretty scummy. // Light Reading | NARB

Twitter Now Lets You Determine Who Replies to Your Tweets

Tim — Wed, 20 May 2020 11:19:14 +0000

Twitter is rolling out a change for select users who are tired of receiving unwanted replies to their tweets. Starting now, when tweeting, those lucky users will see a new setting (shown in the photo above) to select who exactly can reply to their tweets. The options are currently Everyone, People you follow, and Only people you mention. When choosing an option, the below UI is what you'll now see.

Honestly, I'm just happy if anyone interacts with my tweets -- even a bot. Twitter says that only a limited number of users will see this option for now, but will be likely be made available to more users down the road. // Twitter

Verizon Adds 35th 5G City, Enables 5G Uploads

Kellen — Wed, 20 May 2020 10:35:09 +0000

Moving aside our earlier story about Verizon having the "fastest 5G network in the world," there is actual news related to their 5G network today that matters. We are soon getting a new 5G city and you won't just see fast speeds when you download stuff going forward.

San Diego gets 5G mmW

Verizon today announced that on May 28, they'll light up 5G mmW or "5G Ultra Wideband" in San Diego. With San Diego live, Verizon will have 35 total markets featuring their 5G network. If you happen to live in San Diego and owned a supported 5G phone, you'll find 5G "concentrated in parts of Mission Valley near Westfield Mission Valley and SDCCU Stadium, Linda Vista along Linda Vista Road, Kensington near El Cajon Blvd, and in Banker’s Hill on 1st Avenue." As someone who knows nothing about the landscape of San Diego, you'll have to tell me if that's a large area or not.

5G uploads go live

In what is arguably the biggest Verizon 5G news in some time, the company announced that 5G uploads are now available. Previously, Verizon's 5G was only used for downloads, while uploading on their network was still handled by 4G LTE. What does this mean for your 5G connections? It means faster upload speeds (30% faster than LTE) that will let you share high-definition movies in seconds, video chat with better clarity, and play online multiplayer games with a connection that might be better than the one wired to your home. Verizon's 5G uploads are available starting today in all of their 35 5G cities. // Verizon

No 100X Space Zoom for Galaxy Note 20 and That's Just Fine

Tim — Wed, 20 May 2020 10:03:18 +0000

On the Galaxy S20 Ultra this year, Samsung introduced the Space Zoom lens, a mixture of digital and optical zoom that created 100x images. Results were rather poor, mostly offering up photos that looked more like oil paintings than photographs. You can see a few of the better examples of Space Zoom in our S20 Ultra review. According to noted Samsung insider @UniverseIce, the Galaxy Note 20 lineup will not feature Space Zoom, and for that, we thank them. Space Zoom is a nifty idea, the issue is primarily size. If we had larger cameras with big lenses, I'm sure snapping zoomed images would be just fine, but what we have is handheld phones and users with shaky hands. Maybe if we all walked around with tripods for our devices we could capture some sweet shots, but that's not how most users operate. I was turned on by the idea of Space Zoom, but the results weren't there. It was a valiant effort, Samsung. Who knows, maybe they'll improve it somehow and include it with the Galaxy S21 Ultra next year? As a Samsung fan, would you miss this feature? https://twitter.com/UniverseIce/status/1262746851712708614

Reports Confirm You'll Never Connect To Verizon's "Fastest 5G Network in the World!"

Kellen — Wed, 20 May 2020 09:48:25 +0000

There are few industry movements as dumb as the 5G wars between US carriers. AT&T kicked it all off with their 100% fake 5G that was labeled as 5Ge, but now that carriers have real 5G activated, there is a constant chest puffing over speeds vs. coverage. Today, because a couple of reports want to talk about speeds, Verizon is taking the silliest of victory laps. Both RootMetrics and OpenSignal released 5G speed performance data this week, both of which name Verizon as the fastest 5G carrier in the land. One of the reports even shows that Verizon has the fastest 5G in the world by a large margin. The thing is, it's the dumbest of titles to own when your network reaches almost no one. Take a look at this OpenSignal data that shows Verizon's 5G network capable of crushing average speeds over 500Mbps. This chart below puts Verizon over all of South Korea's 5G carriers and shows them dominating Sprint, AT&T, and T-Mobile here in the US.

Impressive, no? It is until all of three paragraphs later in that same report, we get this piece of info:

Do you see it? Here, let me zoom in and add fun annotations.

Verizon's 5G, the fastest in the entire world, is availability to 0.5% of 5G users. RootMetrics shows similar availability, which you can see below. While Verizon 5G in LA and Philadelphia is closing in on 700Mbps speeds, they found it only available 0.49% and 0.21% of the time. In Minneapolis, 5G was available for 0.05% of testing.

We know that Verizon placed its early bet on 5G mmW, the type of 5G that struggles to form a stable connection through your hand, a window, the rain, or if you walk a block away from a tower. We also know that it is the fast part of 5G that can produce multi-gigabit speeds if you take away all interference. While T-Mobile and AT&T are trying to build out their sub-6 networks to create a stable, wide-spreading 5G network you might actually connect to, Verizon has not done that yet. Instead, they are building out city block by city block with 5G mmW, hoping that...I don't even know what the plan is, to be honest. At the pace they are currently on, I'm not sure the percentages above are going to come up much any time soon. Maybe one day we'll all get to experience the "Fastest 5G network in the world!" I just don't know when.

READ: Verizon adds 35th 5G city, turns on 5G uploads

You Can Now Request Early Access to Transfer Your Play Music Library to YouTube Music

Tim — Wed, 20 May 2020 08:58:04 +0000

Many Google Play Music users are currently awaiting a tool to go live to help them transfer their music libraries over to YouTube Music. If you want to try to speed up getting access to that tool, Google has published a request form to get your name down on the list of users who'd like to receive early access. While this is nice, it's also dumb. To request access, simply provide Google with your email address and country of residence. Google will take it from there. As the company notes, "this form does not guarantee you earlier access to the new Google Play Music transfer tool, but is only a way for you to share your interest with the team." So, yeah, you can expect to likely hear nothing for quite some time. That's the Google way. Why not just start rolling out the tool as soon as it was announced, Google? Why are we making people wait longer and allowing for this early access nonsense? Seriously, just hurry the f*ck up with this and get it over.

Request Early Access Here

// YouTube Support

Sony Xperia 1 II Goes Up for Pre-Order and It's so Expensive

Kellen — Wed, 20 May 2020 07:40:45 +0000

I shouldn't have been surprised by this, because Sony's flagship-level phones are always really expensive in the US, but even the price reveal of their newest top-tier phone has my jaw lowered. The Sony Xperia 1 II is now up for pre-order and it will cost you $1,198. The listing that showed us this price as posted at B&H Photo, where the phone listing has been up for some time without a dollar amount. It's there as of this morning and can be pre-ordered right away. We still don't know when the phone will ship, but if you have $1,200 you'd like to part with for Sony's new phone, you can do that today. To be fair, the Sony Xperia 1 II is packed with a lot of the goods you want to see in a phone today. You have the large 6.5" 4K OLED display with motion blur reduction that should present a 90Hz-like experience, Snapdragon 865, 8GB RAM, 256GB storage, 4000mAh battery, Bluetooth 5.1, wireless charging, stereo speakers, headphone jack, IP65/68 rating, and a triple rear camera with three 12MP sensors. It also technically has 5G, but the bands listed on Sony's site do not show support for current US 5G networks. This appears to be a 4G LTE phone in the US. You pulling that trigger? B&H Photo Pre-order Link

Verizon LG V50 Receives Android 10, Galaxy S10 Lineup Gets Security Patch

Tim — Tue, 19 May 2020 16:33:37 +0000

Verizon is pushing out security patch updates this week to the Galaxy S10 lineup, as well as Android 10 to the LG V50. Congrats, V50 owners! For the three Galaxy S10 devices, you'll now have the May patch. For V50 owners, you'll have the April patch, but obviously Android 10 is the big change here. Android 10 includes a dedicated Night Mode for the UI, as well as the Android 10 gestures for UI navigation. Have fun with that! New software build numbers

Galaxy S10 - QP1A.190711.020.G973USQU3DTDC
Galaxy S10+ - QP1A.190711.020.G975USQU3DTDC
Galaxy S10e - QP1A.190711.020.G970USQU3DTDC
LG V50 - G450VM20c

Go grab those updates! // Verizon [2] [3] [4] Cheers Mike!

Latest Nova Launcher Beta Includes Android 11 Icon Shapes

Tim — Tue, 19 May 2020 15:00:02 +0000

If you fancy yourself someone who enjoys trying things before they're made available to the general public, then you're likely part of the Nova Launcher beta group. If you're not, no worries, you can join here. Once entered, you can enjoy version 6.2.13, the latest build of the beta. Inside this build, the developer behind Nova Launcher includes new adaptive icon shapes, straight from the latest build of the Android 11 Developer Preview. Fancy that! The full list of changes can be viewed below.

What's New

New Adaptive Icon Shapes
- Flower from Android 11 Preview DP4
- "Hexagon" from Android 11 Preview DP4
- Pentagon, actual hexagons, and heptagon
Bug fixes and optimizations

If you don't feel like beta'ing, these changes should make their way to the public build within no time at all. // Nova Launcher

OnePlus is Giving Us a Dark Theme Toggle

Kellen — Tue, 19 May 2020 14:23:01 +0000

OxygenOS in OnePlus phones is one of our favorite flavors of Android. From the lean and fast feel of the skin to the selective set of included features that add to the experience, it might be the best of them all. It's not without issues, though. We've long-complained about a missing always-on display option, which OnePlus has now committed to addressing. Another area I've found to be a head-scratcher is the lack of a dark theme toggle like every other phone has. Thankfully, OnePlus has now committed to fixing this too. Since OnePlus started introducing the ability for you to switch themes on its phones, they've done it in a pretty clunky way. For example, on the OnePlus 8, in order to change themes, you need to head into Settings>Customizations and then either switch to the "Nuanced dark" theme or change the tone to "Dark." That's a multiple step, multi-screen process. On Pixel and Galaxy phones, Motorola's Edge+, and every other phone I can think of that has been across my desk in the past year or more, it's so much more simple than that to change to dark. Most other phones, you simply swipe down the quick settings panel and toggle dark theme on or off. In a OnePlus Q&A thread at the company's forums, a moderator said that OnePlus is going to make it easier to toggle dark mode in quick settings, probably just like you do on every other phone. The change could take some time, as it has to go through levels of testing first:

Q: What kind of upgrades can be expected in the Dark Mode? A: To make it easier for users to turn on Dark Mode with one click, we are planning to add the Dark Mode switch in Quick Settings. It will be having internally testing before pushing Open Beta version to wider users. This feature update is scheduled for internal testing this month.

In other bits of news, OnePlus said they have an update planned to improve the app switcher experience and address various bugs. To read about the rest, hit up that link below. // OnePlus

Google App Goes Dark

Kellen — Tue, 19 May 2020 12:42:29 +0000

The Google App apparently did not have a proper dark theme until today. Google fixed that on both Android and iOS in an update or server-side switch that has begun rolling out this week. The dark mode flips Google App results (Search) from light to dark, that's basically the story here. If you are running Android 10, you can set it to follow your system theme setting, that way it'll flip between themes as you do. Otherwise, you can force light or dark themes at all times. To find settings for it, you'll open the Google App, tap More in the bottom right corner>Settings>General and then look for the "Theme" option. Tap that and you'll see choices of light, dark, or "System default." The dark theme could be tied to the latest Google App update which I can tell you that I received only a few short hours ago. Google Play Link: Google App https://twitter.com/searchliaison/status/1262779786625052672

DEAL: AUKEY Hosting Sale on Chargers, Power Banks, and Peripherals (Up to 63% Off)

Tim — Tue, 19 May 2020 12:18:14 +0000

AUKEY is hosting one of its big Amazon sales right now and we've got the coupon codes you need to take complete advantage. Below you'll find links with associated coupon codes for wireless chargers, portable power banks, USB-C desktop hubs, portable chargers, as well as various peripherals. Some of the highlights include $6 for a 10W wireless charger, $10 for a 2-pack of WiFi smart plugs, as well as $16 for a 30W Power Delivery wall charger. Lots of deals to be had.

Amazon Links

18W PD & QC 3.0 Wall Charger - $13 (Code: SYUX6P8F)
30W PD & 18W QC 3.0 Wall Charger - $16 (Code: QKAMWVJ6)
18W Power Delivery Wall Charger - $7 (Code: NHLYS6HM)
2-Pack Compact Dual Port Wall Chargers - $11 (Code: ZRZDJA8L)
10000mAh Bank w/ 18W PD & QC 3.0 - $19 (Code: WNJNYFWY)
30000mAh Bank w/ 4.8A Dual-USB - $31 (Click Coupon)
Port. Bank 10000mAh w/ 18W PD & QC 3.0 - $19 (Code: D22WT5LC)
36W Fast Car Charger w/ QC 3.0 - $12 (Code: VLTJ62UU)
39W Dual USB C Car Charger w/ 27W PD - $12 (Code: 3VWDOKKD)
Wireless Charger 10W Qi Fast Charging - $6 (Code: 98ZBNOWH)
Bluetooth 5 Headphones, w/ aptX HD, IPX5 - $25 (Code: RK75HCFV)
USB C Hub 6-in-1 Adapter w/ 3 USB 3.0 Ports$19 (Code: 3V62Y2M2)
Power Strip Surge Protector, 6 USB Ports $37 (Code: B6TSDDK6)
WiFi Smart Plug (2 Pack) - $10 (Code: T8ZMQWJD)

Google Intros New Album Sharing Functionality for Google Photos

Tim — Tue, 19 May 2020 10:16:33 +0000

Google is rolling out a new default option when sharing an album inside of Google Photos this week. Now, when sharing an album, Photos will recommend contacts to share your albums with, while also still offering direct links for those who don't use Google Photos. Here's what Google says.

Rolling out this week, when sharing an album, the default option will be to share with a specific person or people via their Google account. This gives you more control over who’s added to the album.

Need a GIF of this feature in action? We got you.

Google notes that users have the option to turn link sharing on or off at any time and users can decide if they want to let other collaborators add photos to an album. Users will also be able to remove someone from an album, which will remove the photos and videos they added. Now go forth and share those albums. // Google

Verizon's Galaxy S20 5G Gets a Launch Date

Kellen — Tue, 19 May 2020 09:51:14 +0000

The Samsung Galaxy S20 line launched back in March with three models, only two of which Verizon has carried (S20+, S20 Ultra). Today, Verizon announced that they are about to launch the regular Galaxy S20. Verizon placed its early bets on 5G mmW, the high-band 5G whose components currently put strains on hardware design. That's the reason for this delayed launch of the Galaxy S20 - Samsung had to design a special model, which Verizon described as "built from the ground up" to support 5G mmW. The best example of the design difficulties surrounding 5G mmW is Verizon's recently launched OnePlus 8. Their version is designed ever-so-differently from the unlocked OnePlus 8 that things like cases can't be swapped between the two models. OnePlus had to adjust the buttons on the OnePlus 8 for Verizon to make room for the 5G mmW antennas. We're still waiting for confirmation on whether or not that'll be the case here with the new Galaxy S20. We've reached out to Verizon for dimensions and more. The new Galaxy S20 5G from Verizon goes up for pre-order on May 21 and hits stores on June 4. If interested, it'll cost you $41.66/mo for 24 months or $999.99 at full retail.

READ: Our Galaxy S20 review

// Verizon

Samsung's New 50MP Camera is All About Improved Auto Focus and Low-Light Shots

Tim — Tue, 19 May 2020 08:54:29 +0000

After somewhat of a stumble with this year's Galaxy S20 lineup in the camera department, the most notably being an auto focus issue with the $1,400 Galaxy S20 Ultra, Samsung has introduced a new 50-megapixel camera sensor where the focus is primarily its auto focus capabilities and low-light capabilities. "The ISOCELL GN1 is Samsung’s first image sensor to offer both Dual Pixel and Tetracell technologies," Samsung detailed in its blog post. "Thanks to the relatively larger pixel size, the GN1 brings image sensor performance to a new level with a combination of elevated light sensitivity for stellar low-light photos and DSLR-level auto-focus speeds, optimized for more dynamic picture-taking experiences." About that Tetracell, this is supposedly for ultimate low-light photography, a technique of pixel merging that will improve a pixel's capacity to capture and process more light. In detailed speak, "By binning four pixel signals into one, Tetracell doubles the image sensor’s pixel size to 2.4μm and quadruples the light sensitivity to take brighter 12.5Mp photographs." Just my guess, but expect to see this camera make its way to the Galaxy Note 20 later this year. // Samsung

Don't Worry About Google's Pixel Phone Line Dying

Kellen — Tue, 19 May 2020 08:47:19 +0000

Worries over the future of the Google Pixel phone line are valid at the moment, mostly because we know that the past two years of Pixel phones (outside of the Pixel 3a) have not seen the success you would expect from a company of this size. There has been a shake-up in the Pixel team, the latest Pixel 4 phones were largely dismissed by reviewers, and there are now some questions surrounding whether Google may have decided to abandon the high-end of the smartphone spectrum. During an interview with The Verge, Google CEO Sundar Pichai took away some of that worry, saying that Google is "super committed" to hardware, including phones. Pichai, in classic CEO-speak, didn't mention the Pixel 4a or Pixel 5 or sales numbers or anything specific about the future of the Pixel line. Instead, he talked about their phones being a piece of a hardware ecosystem he feels will push computing in a direction they want it to go. In certain ways, Pichai says we shouldn't expect the payoffs for up to 3 or 4 years. Keep in mind we are four years into the Pixel phone and yet he referred to Google as still being a "nascent player in a really complex space," that may be years away from the results they want. While I understand what he's saying - Samsung has been making phones forever - we live in a world of now, where we want success immediately. Do we live in a tech ecosystem that has that kind of patience? If it makes you feel any better, Pichai did point out that the past couple of years have been an "integration phase" for the company, with HTC's mobile division being brought on board and Nest also being pushed under Google's hardware team. I'm not sure you should look at those as excuses for the failings of the Pixel 3 and Pixel 4, just that Google really is still trying to figure this all out. Google...still figuring something out. He committed to making phones in the value arena, like the Pixel 3a, and said they will continue "putting in a lot of effort" in the "high end." That might mean a drop from the top tier processor, according to recent reports, but Google isn't going to stop making competitive flagship phones any time soon. They view high end phones as the way to drive computing forward. Finally, Google's CEO said that he is "excited" about their hardware line-up for this year and was just in a meeting talking about the portfolio for next year. The Pixel line is sticking around, for now. // The Verge

Dang: No Squeezy Sides for Pixel 4a

Tim — Mon, 18 May 2020 15:27:52 +0000

Oh no, it appears that the Pixel 4a won't come with squeezy sides, aka Active Edge. Womp womp. This feature was first introduced with the Pixel 2 and Pixel 2 XL. With it, users can squeeze the side of their devices, which would trigger Google Assistant. However, with rumor being that Google is to introduce a new way to access Assistant, that being some sort of new double tap gesture, I suppose we don't need Active Edge. Full transparency, can't remember last time I ever used it, even when I was using a Pixel 4 XL. It's not a bad feature, just not something I needed. Does this sadden you? https://twitter.com/MishaalRahman/status/1262452739432316928

Xfinity Mobile Data Plans Now Include Free Access to 5G

Tim — Mon, 18 May 2020 14:44:08 +0000

Xfinity Mobile is introducing new data plans this week, each offering free access to 5G connectivity regardless of how you opt to pay -- either per GB or unlimited. If you didn't already know, Xfinity Mobile's plans are relatively straightforward. You can opt for the unlimited route, which now comes with 5G access where available (you'll obviously need a phone capable of connecting to 5G), or you can choose between plans for either 1GB, 3GB, and 10GB per month. Each of those tiers now comes with the 5G access. It's definitely worth mentioning that Xfinity Mobile is utilizing Verizon's mmWave, meaning you'll only find this 5G access in the same 34 markets that Verizon currently supports. Unlike some carriers, Xfinity Mobile offers customers the ability to switch between tiers during the month, so as the user, you have all the power over the amount of data you need and how much you pay. These changes have already taken place and are reflected on the company's website, so give it a look if you're interested.

Xfinity Mobile Link

Pixel 2 XL was My iPhone and No Phone has Felt the Same

Kellen — Mon, 18 May 2020 13:57:41 +0000

As 2018 was kicking off and we approached the early season of phone releases, I wrote a piece about the Pixel 2 XL and how I considered it to be "my iPhone." At the time, I was sharing my thoughts on finally finding enough satisfaction in a phone to the point where I wasn't feeling the need to look for the next big thing, sort of like how I imagine iPhone people exist. I didn't care about Samsung's Galaxy S9, re-releases of LG's phones, OnePlus' (at the time) poor cameras, or a non-existent Essential Phone 2. I had found phone bliss and it was awesome. I also finished off that post by saying that I couldn't wait to tell you the day that I had reason to switch to another phone because it had out-cooled that Pixel 2 XL. Fast forward to 2020 and through a Pixel 3 and Pixel 4, Galaxy S9 and S10 and S20, some Note phones, many LG phones, and OnePlus phones we easily recommended, here I am having not found that next phone. I don't have a new iPhone. It's an odd feeling because I know how many excellent phones are out there. In front of me on the desk I'm typing this story, I have a Galaxy S20, OnePlus 8 Pro, Pixel 4 XL, and Motorola Edge+. I like them all, yet as I wrap up the review on the Edge+, I have no idea which phone I'll return to. Before I started reviewing the Edge+, I ran into the same issue and mostly danced between the S20, Pixel 4 XL running Android 11 previews, and a smaller Pixel 4.

I can't exactly pinpoint the problem with everything since the Pixel 2 XL or why no phone has captured my eye like it did, but I have a few ideas now that I've fired one back up. It's probably because I hate most of the awful curved-everything in these new phones and all of the fragile glassed slapped around them that's supposed to be premium. It's not the size, even as a guy who prefers smaller phones, because the Pixel 2 XL is a big ass phone. Since holding it this morning for the first time in a year or so (my 2 XL was running Android 9 still), I can tell you that it feels different than any 2020 phone, in such a good way. I think it's the plasticky coating that Google applied to the metal frame or just the fact that it isn't glass. That might make you question my taste, but the Pixel 2 XL is just different. It still feels premium in a way we haven't felt since this industry transition to so much of this awful glass. The rear fingerprint reader, which I'm pretty sure I forgot how to use, has been a joy to unlock with again. The subtle vibrations while interacting with this Pixel 2 XL also feel remarkably good for an older phone. The display, if you can believe this, still looks pretty good, blue tint bros. The keyboard is quick and responsive, more so than any phone currently in front me, maybe outside of the Edge+. It's also running the version of Android I prefer, that being Google's Pixel Experience. Now, I don't think I could switch back to the Pixel 2 XL. It's missing a high refresh rate display I can no longer live without and I would worry about the phone's performance this far into its life. But man, I get why this was my phone and why nothing has really replaced it in my mind.

What's somewhat troubling about this all is that Google didn't give me a phone that did. The Pixel 3 was a fine phone, but I didn't love it. The Pixel 4 is, well, do we need to go there? The Pixel 3a was probably the phone of Google's that I liked the most since the 2 XL, but it's a bit too mid-range for the long haul. Contrast that to when Apple releases a new iPhone, you get the sheep that flock to it, find satisfaction, and settle in until the next time they upgrade to another iPhone, which they'll love. It's a never-ending cycle for most of them that I sort of envy. Google had me and then lost me. 😤

Also Sweet, the Pixel 4 is $260 Off at the Moment

Kellen — Mon, 18 May 2020 12:43:14 +0000

The Pixel 4 is certainly a phone with flaws, there is no denying that. We've now reviewed it twice and told you of its shortcomings, none of which have changed since it launched back in October of last year. The battery life is still bad. The camera is great for stills. The display is average. The size is awesome. It doesn't have enough storage. And it feels great in the hand while also lacking a modern front design. It's a mixed bag that many of you have rightly avoided. What if you could buy one for $$540, though? Does that make it a worthy purchase? I'll leave that yup to you, but do know that the phone is available right now on Amazon (via Woot) for that exact price in Clearly White. Yep, the US unlocked model with 64GB storage is $260 off. Amazon Deal Link

Patents Point to Soli-Equipped Pixel Watch With Plenty of Gesture Controls

Tim — Mon, 18 May 2020 10:40:16 +0000

We have been talking about the possibility of a Pixel Watch for two solid years, with the first mention of the smartwatch happening back in May of 2018. Given that timing, it's fitting that this week, patents belonging to Google have been uncovered and posted to the web, detailing what we might be able to expect from a Pixel Watch. In the illustrations below that are paired with the patents, we can see a hand with a smartwatch being worn, complete with hand gestures being done. These gestures are being translated into actions on the device likely by a Soli radar chip, which takes us back to Google I/O in 2016 when Google and its Project Soli team first detailed all of this tech. As an example, check out Figure 4. In this drawing, we can see that if a user uses a finger to tap on their thumb, it can create an action on the smartwatch. If users can assign different tasks to each finger, and Motion Sense (Soli) can recognize all of that movement, this could be pretty special.

According to Patently Apple who published all of this, the patent application was filed in January, 2019 and published last week by the US Patent Office. Given that timing, there's no way of knowing if we'll see any of this in a device that's "coming soon." With Google's acquisition of Fitbit recently, we have to be getting closer, right? // Patently Apple

Google Chat Gains Support for Messaging Non G Suite Users

Kellen — Mon, 18 May 2020 10:19:43 +0000

Google Chat, the app formerly known as Hangouts Chat, will pick up wider usability starting today. After having been locked to conversations between G Suite users since it launched three years ago, Google's business-focused messaging service will now allow users inside of organizations to chat with users outside of them. To clarify, Google did not give regular ol' folk the access to Google Chat they may want. Instead, Google Chat is still only available to G Suite users, but those G Suite users can now chat with people through Chat that are not in their organization. I know this sounds confusing, just try reading that back through a couple of times. There are two things to be aware of here as far as the rollout goes. First, Google says that "Existing classic Hangouts conversations appearing in Chat" will gradually rollout starting today and could take up to 15 days before you'll see them. For the ability to start new chats with external folks, that won't start until May 26. When you do see all of this happen, folks in conversations that are not a part of your organization will be labeled as "External."

If you are a G Suite admin or know one, tell them to head into the G Suite admin panel and search for "Chat externally" or run through Apps>G Suite>Hangouts/Google Chat and look for "External Chat Settings." Google Play Link: Google Chat // G Suite Updates

Google Survey Hints at $349 Pixel 4a, $699 Pixel 5 Prices

Kellen — Mon, 18 May 2020 09:32:40 +0000

The next several months are going to be some of the most interesting for Google and its Pixel line, probably since the debut of the original. After two rough releases in a row - the Pixel 3 and Pixel 4 both flopped - Google saw a shake-up in its Pixel team and now might be preparing for a new approach that involves more competitive pricing. A rumor last week suggested that the Pixel 4a might win the spring launch season with a $349 price tag coupled with 128GB storage when it shows up soon. If you take a recent Google Survey that popped up for a redditor as a sign of things to come, Google might actually hit that price for the 4a while also delivering a cheaper regular Pixel 5 further down the road. The survey, which you can see below, asks the participant if they had two options of Google Pixel smartphones, which would they prefer to buy? The first option is for a $349 "Google Pixel Phone" that is "radically helpful," has a plastic body, and 3.5mm headphone jack. The second option is for a "Premium Google Pixel Phone" with "first access to the latest Google features and innovation," a best in class camera, water resistance, and more for $699.

Neither phone has a name in the survey, but again, recent rumors have suggested a $349 price for the Pixel 4a and a Pixel 5 that might not be a top-tier flagship. In case you missed it, the Pixel 5 might feature a Snapdragon 765G, a 5G chipset from Qualcomm that falls just below its highest-end Snapdragon 865. This change in approach could be seen as a move towards a more affordable Google "flagship," that includes the specs most people want without the $1,000 price tags we keep seeing from Samsung, Apple, and now OnePlus. We brought up the $700 price point for Google a couple of months ago as a way for the company to get weird and change from this losing course they have been on for the past couple of years. I tend to think that Google leaving the super high-end smartphone world would be a good thing and should instead find a space in-between, sort of where OnePlus used to play, but has since vacated. There aren't many excellent phones in the $700 range outside of the previous year's models. This could be an excellent opportunity for Google to slide in and make a new name for itself with phones. But again, this was a single survey and we don't even know if Google ran it. It could have been Verizon testing waters on which phones to carry, for all we know. Those prices have to get you excited, though, right?

VIDEO: TCL 10 Pro Unboxing and First Look!

Tim — Mon, 18 May 2020 09:18:08 +0000

Thanks to TCL, we now have the talk of the town in-house, the 10 Pro. Priced at only $450, this is quite the intriguing device, equipped with plenty of features you'd expect from a high-end flagship. The phone features a gorgeous 6.47″ FHD+ display, rear quad camera system, in-display fingerprint reader, 4,500mAh battery, and Android 10. Full specs and availability details for the device can be viewed here. You can pick up this device on Amazon starting May 19. It will arrive at additional retailers later this month. Before I can review this device, we have to unbox it. Enjoy! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nK45ghmf5hY

Sweet, the Galaxy S20 is $200 Off at the Moment

Kellen — Mon, 18 May 2020 08:10:57 +0000

To kick off the week, Amazon has discounted the Samsung Galaxy S20 and Galaxy S20+ by $200. With those price drops, we're talking about a starting price of $799 for the S20 and $999 for the S20+. Look, these phones are still really expensive even with $200 discounts, but these are the US unlocked models that will work on all carriers and get 5G everywhere except through Verizon. These are excellent phones that feature almost every damn spec in the book and then some. They have gorgeous displays, solid cameras, impressive performance, software you won't hate, and will get updates for a long, long time. From a personal preference perspective, the smaller Galaxy S20 might be the best-sized phone on the market today for those who hate all the tablet phones. It's the phone I mostly keep grabbing for when I'm done reviewing a phone because of its size, that incredible display, and the software. The S20+ is mostly the same, only a touch bigger. No trade-ins are required here, you just get $200 off. Amazon Deal Link

Galaxy S20 Review

How to Transfer Google Play Music Library to YouTube Music

Kellen — Sat, 16 May 2020 13:59:14 +0000

The time has almost come for you to be able to transfer your Google Play Music library over to YouTube Music. It might have taken Google an extra year+ to get to this point, but we made it. In order to be able to move your songs, albums, playlists, purchases, uploads, recommendations, taste profile, and collections over, Google says you'll be able to do so "with one click." The thing is, you have to wait for Google to give you the "OK."

Starting the Google Play Music to YouTube Music transfer

There are few ways to figure out if you are ready to make the switch to YouTube Music from Google Play Music. Those various ways are as follows:

Get an email from Google: Google is supposed to send you an email that says it is your turn to transfer. Once you get that email, there should be a button or link within it that directs you to the proper place to begin the process.
Check in the YouTube Music app: If you don't want to wait for the email and instead want to check on your own time if it's your turn, you can head into the YouTube Music app, tap on your account icon (top right corner), then Settings, and then look for a "Transfer" option. If you aren't seeing that option listed, it's not your turn.
Check the YouTube Music site: The easiest way to see if you are ready to transfer is probably to just go to this link. By tapping that, you will be taken to the YouTube Music transfer page, where it will say if you can transfer now or "soon."

If you get the green light through any of those methods, it's time to go for it.

Transferring your library to YouTube Music

The entire process is supposed to happen through a single click, where as you go through any of those options above, you'll see a screen that lists out all that will transfer along with two buttons: "Not Now" and "Transfer." Once you tap "Transfer," you'll start everything off. As you can see in the image above, "this may take a while depending on the size of your library." Transferring should bring you two separate emails, one that confirms your billing transfer (if you pay for Google Play Music) to YouTube Music, plus another that confirms when your collection has been fully moved over. If your library is large, that second email could take a while to show up. Since Google Play Music isn't dying just yet, you may be wondering if you can perform this transfer again if you add more music. You sure can. In fact, Google says that you can transfer as often as you like until Google Play Music is no longer available. Each time you transfer, it will only bring over whatever is newly added and won't mess with the stuff you already moved. Nice, right? There are a couple of things to know that might cause a minor hang-up:

Google states that to migrate, you may need to create a YouTube channel if you do not already have one. That process is pretty simple to do and doesn't mean you'll ever have to post anything. I'm assuming it's simply because YouTube Music is tied to YouTube.
Google Play Music accounts can't be transferred to YouTube Brand accounts, so you'll have to move everything to a personal, normal YouTube account.

Finding your transferred library on YouTube Music

When finished, finding your transferred library is pretty simple. The YouTube Music app has bottom tabs for "Home," "Explore," and "Library." Everything you wanted to bring over, including songs, albums, playlists, uploaded music, and more will be in that "Library" tab.

What about billing, how does that work?

Billing changes from Google Play Music to YouTube Music could vary depending on your situation, but the big thing to know is that Google is going to "convert your Google Play Music subscription to the equivalent tier of YouTube Music Premium or YouTube Premium (based on the level of benefits with your current subscription)" and "your monthly billing price and benefits will remain the same." The only reason it shouldn't stay the same is if you live in a location with fluctuating currency. Oh, you can transfer family accounts too. Only the manager can make this happen. Again, to get started, just click this link.

Samsung Offers Up to $350 Off Galaxy S20 for Old Phones With Cracked Screens

Kellen — Sat, 16 May 2020 10:25:19 +0000

Samsung needs to sell some of its Galaxy S20 line after a rough start to the new phone's life. They've tried promos where they give you massive $700 trade-in discounts and also as a futureproof deal that could get you 50% back down the road. In their latest move, Samsung wants your broken phone with a cracked screen even if it's 4 years old.

Samsung's cracked phone discounts

The newest promotion from Samsung is a trade-in instant credit worth up to $350 for phones with broken screens. To get that full $350, you'll likely have to trade-in a newer phone, like the Galaxy S10. However, if you have an old phone like the Galaxy S7 or iPhone 6s, or a cheaper new phone like the Pixel 3a, you'll still get $250 off instantly even if its screen is shattered. Samsung suggests that they would normally only give you $55 for a cracked iPhone 6s or $30 for the Galaxy S7. That's probably about right too, since you can buy a Galaxy S7 without a cracked screen on Swappa for as little as $80. $250 for your broken ass, almost-worthless phone is a good deal. And remember, Samsung's trade-in program means you get the discount today if you buy a Galaxy S20. This isn't one of those other trade-in programs that sends you back cash later.

With a $250 discount, a Galaxy S20 would start at $749, Galaxy S20+ at $949, and Galaxy S20 Ultra at $1,149. Shop Galaxy S20 from Samsung

Podcast: Pixel 4 a Sad Story

Kellen — Fri, 15 May 2020 10:23:34 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, we are taking our first look at Motorola's new $1,000 Edge+ phone. It's now available at Verizon, our unboxing is up, and we have first impressions to share. Other topics we'll dive into include the Pixel 4 backstory, which sounds bad, Pixel 4a rumors (that sound incredible), our Pixel Buds review, big news on YouTube Music, and more. Trivia is back with prizes from Nimble! We’ll be live at 11:00AM Pacific (2:00PM Eastern).

Google's Worse Purchase: Motorola Mobility or HTC's Pixel Team?

Tim — Fri, 15 May 2020 09:31:05 +0000

Google is a company that makes a lot of purchases. In the smartphone world, though, the company is known for two major purchases, those being the purchase of Motorola Mobility in 2011 for $12.5 billion and HTC's Pixel team in 2017 to the tune of $1.1 billion. For Motorola, it's quite known that before selling off the company to Lenovo at a huge loss, Google was mainly looking to score Motorola's library of patents to help protect itself from sue-happy companies. It's currently unknown how much Google has saved itself in the long run by making that purchase, but still, the tangible figures point to a major financial loss. As for the HTC Pixel team purchase, we're still scratching our heads. Initially, we thought Google would buy HTC outright, then be able to say they own a huge chunk of the phone-making process, from the software to the hardware (not including silicon and displays), similar to what Apple does. However, it was solely a talent acquisition play, seeming more like a $1 billion favor to HTC to help its bottom line as the company was failing fast. Since HTC's Pixel team has joined Google, the Pixel phones haven't been widely successful. This point is most evident with the latest news being that the Pixel 4 was a complete and utter failure on the market. What's your opinion? Was Motorola Mobility or HTC's Pixel team the worse purchase of the two? [poll id="544"]

Reported Microsoft Surface Duo Specs Sound Not-So-Awesome

Kellen — Fri, 15 May 2020 09:01:34 +0000

Microsoft's one more thing moment from last October's Surface event, where they first showed off the Surface Duo, was a big deal in a number of ways. It meant a return to competing in the phone world for Microsoft, but it also was Microsoft adopting Android for a super portable computing device. They gave us few details at that time, only saying that the device might not launch until the holidays of 2020. They shared some display info and told us about Google Play being there with apps that were able to use both displays. But for general specs, like processor and RAM and camera and battery, that has all mostly been a mystery. The folks at Windows Central just released what they believe to be the specs for the Surface Duo and well, I'm now not as excited as I once was.

Surface Duo Specs: Uh Oh?

According to their sources, who likely have the device in hand as a part of a take-home testing program from Microsoft, we could see the Surface Duo launch sooner than the holidays with a Snapdragon 855 processor, 6GB RAM, 11MP camera (f/2.0), 64GB or 256GB storage options, fingerprint reader, and wait for it...a 3460mAh battery. It'll have a USB-C port and the dual 5.6" AMOLED displays we already knew about, Android 10, Surface Pen support, and no expandable storage or NFC. What's wrong there? I don't necessarily think the older Snapdragon 855 is an issue as much as the lack of RAM, single likely-to-be-awful camera, and small battery are. For a computing device that is meant to multi-task, is 6GB RAM enough? For a personal device you are likely to carry with you everywhere that can take calls and might replace your phone, is a single 11MP camera going to cut it? How on Earth is a 3460mAh battery going to power two big, high-resolution 5.6" displays for more than 4 hours? The Motorola Edge+ I'm testing at the moment has a single display and a 5000mAh battery. In tech, the general idea around 1st-gen products is to skip them, because companies tend to learn from initial mistakes and correct the 2nd time around. If this set of Surface Duo specs is to be believed, that old adage might apply again, especially if this drops with Surface-level pricing. // Windows Central

Google Pixel 4a Rumor Puts 128GB Model at $349

Kellen — Thu, 14 May 2020 17:17:00 +0000

What would be a good way for Google to finally drop the Pixel 4a on us and steal back some of the spotlight from Apple's new iPhone SE? Pricing below the SE and going nuts on the storage might help. According to a rumor from 9to5Google, Google may do both of those things by introducing the Pixel 4a with 128GB storage and a starting price of $349. That would be a significant move by Google, making its "a" line an even better value than it was with the 3a. Previous rumors suggested that the Pixel 4a would arrive at $399 and with 64GB storage to start. There was thought around the idea of a 128GB model as an upgrade that would raise the price. Should this be true, does that mean we are looking at a single Pixel 4a model (128GB for $349) with no options to upgrade in size or storage? Last year, with the Pixel 3a, we had regular and XL variants that only featured a single storage amount and an $80 difference between sizes. The smallest version started at $399, so I think we all sort of assumed Google would return to that price point. But with the iPhone SE coming in wild af, maybe Google has decided on a last minute change to better compete? At $349 and with 128GB storage, FHD display with hole punch, 6GB RAM, 3000mAh battery, Pixel-level camera, and a fingerprint reader, are we talking about besting the iPhone SE in record time? That's a starting price $50 lower and double the storage. Write the headlines, folks. https://twitter.com/hallstephenj/status/1261034510906515457

Motorola Edge+ Unboxing and Tour!

Kellen — Thu, 14 May 2020 14:37:02 +0000

Our Motorola Edge+ is here!

As we now start to prepare for a fun little review of Motorola's first flagship phone in a couple of years, we thought we would share this unboxing of the Edge+, where we not only show you what's in the box but also take a quick tour of the goods. I don't think I need to recap the specs do I? You'll find them here. Do I need to talk about the $1,000 price? Watch the video for that. Do I think this phone is incredibly hot? Yes. Did I already turn off the edge display? F*cking right I did. Am I mostly impressed as of this very moment? Indeed. There is a lot to like here, even if you all hate it. Here is Motorola Edge+ unboxing! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw

Facebook's Messenger Rooms Now Available on Desktop, Mobile

Tim — Thu, 14 May 2020 13:14:55 +0000

Announced by Facebook in late April, Messenger Rooms is now available for desktop and mobile users. With Messenger Rooms, you can host up to 50 people in the same room with no time limit, plus users don't even need a Facebook account to join a room. From your News Feed, you can start a room, then invite anyone you like, or leave it open for anyone to join. You can choose the room activity, as well as the starting time. This will be great alternative for families and friends over Zoom, since Facebook isn't asking for payment or implementing any type of time limit for Rooms. That's pretty big. Go say "Hi" to your family. // Facebook

OnePlus 8 Pro Update Inbound, Includes Much Needed Improvements

Tim — Thu, 14 May 2020 10:36:51 +0000

An update is soon to roll out to OnePlus 8 Pro owners, with a few much needed improvements inside. For starters, OnePlus specifically lists an optimized touch and interaction experience, as well as improved power consumption performance. These are great changes. For North America, the update is labeled as OxygenOS version 10.5.8.IN11AA. Inside the update, you'll find the following.

What's New

System
- Optimized touch and interaction experience
- Improved power consumption performance of the system
- Improved the video playing effect when in low brightness
- Improved system stability and fixed general issues
- Updated Android Security Patch to 2020.04
Bluetooth
- Improved stability and compatibility of Bluetooth connection
Camera
- Optimized the HDR video effect
- Improved the shooting experience with Camera and improved stability
Network
- Enable 5G for Telia Norway (EU Only)
- Improved the performance and stability of Wi-Fi transfer
- Improved the stability of communication
- Optimized network latency for online games and improved the smoothness

For North America, the update isn't quite live yet, but should be soon. Keep your eyes peeled, OP8 Pro owners! // OnePlus

Moto Edge+ Gets Literal Day One Update

Tim — Thu, 14 May 2020 09:13:56 +0000

The Edge+ from Motorola is officially available through Verizon. If you plan on picking it up, you'll be pleased to know that the phone will have an update waiting for you, labeled as software version QPB30.188-43. According to the changelog, the update includes WiFi improvements for those running a mesh network, as well as improved audio quality for USB-C wired headsets. Nothing too crazy, but it's something. When you open your Edge+ box, be on the lookout. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw // Verizon

Verizon and Motorola Start Selling the $1,000 Edge+ Today

Kellen — Thu, 14 May 2020 08:48:15 +0000

Fell in love with the story of Motorola's new Edge+, a $1,000 5G phone that is exclusive to Verizon? Today is your day, my friend. The Motorola Edge+ is here. At that $999.99 price (or $41.66/mo for 24 months), you get a phone with a lot of impressive specs. The Edge+ has a big 6.7" FHD display with 90Hz refresh rate, 256GB UFS 3.0 storage, 12GB LPDDR5 RAM, Snapdragon 865 processor, 5000mAh battery, dual stereo speakers, Android 10, and a triple camera. The triple camera is made up of 108MP main, 16MP ultra-wide, and 8MP telephoto lenses. Since the phone is called the "Edge"," that of course means this phone has an edge display. While most edge displays are terrible, Motorola has at least tried to bake some features into, like swiping on it for notifications or tapping it to perform actions. They'll even let you turn it off (I probably will). Worried about software updates? You probably still should be until Motorola fully delivers, but after receiving plenty of (deserved) backlash over initially promising a single Android OS update to Android 11, the company is now willing to commit to "at least" two. This phone should get Android 12. The Edge+ comes in Smoky Sangria (pictured) or Thunder Gray. It's pretty hot in both colors. We're trying to acquire one, but having little luck. If you want a review from us, it's going to be a while. Nothing we can do. Shop Motorola Edge+: Verizon | Motorola https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw

These Pixel 4a Wallpapers are FRESH

Tim — Thu, 14 May 2020 08:26:52 +0000

Wallpapers from the upcoming Pixel 4a have been extracted and posted online. This is nice, since the last we heard about Google's next budget-friendly device is that its launch was pushed back to June. We're getting impatient over here, but wallpapers will help with that. In total, there are 16 still wallpapers to choose from, all with a resolution of 2340 x 1080. You can see a few examples below, but after having downloaded and going through them, I highly recommend you give them a go. They're not too shabby!

Pixel 4a Wallpaper Examples

I love the pug one!

Download Link

// XDA

TCL 10 Pro is Very Intriguing at $449, US Launch Set for May 19

Tim — Thu, 14 May 2020 06:00:19 +0000

TCL is about to the hit the US market in a big way, with its new TCL 10 lineup set to hit our shores on May 19. Yay, another player in the game! There are two phones coming, the TCL 10 Pro and TCL 10L. Both are considered budget-friendly devices, but the 10 Pro (pictured above) actually offers quite a few goodies at its price of $449. The 10 Pro features a 6.47" FHD+ display (2340 x 1080), Snapdragon 675 processor, 6GB RAM, 128GB storage, in-display fingerprint reader, four rear cameras (64MP + 16MP super wide + 5MP macro + 2MP low-light), 24MP front camera, 4,500mAh battery, and Android 10 with some sort of "TCL UI" on top. The lower priced 10L (above), which costs $249, features a 6.53" FHD+ display (2340 x 1080), Snapdragon 665 processor, 6GB RAM, 64GB storage, another four rear cameras (48MP + 8MP super wide + 2MP macro + 2MP depth), 16MP front camera, 4,000mAh battery, rear-facing fingerprint reader, and Android 10 with the same "TCL UI" running on top. As far as availability is concerned, you won't find these phones on a carrier, but they will be available through Amazon (May 19), as well as Best Buy and Walmart later this month. If you're interested in one of these, we should have the 10 Pro in-house later this week. We'll do the unboxing and all that jazz. Interested in some TCL?

Amazon Debuts New Fire Tablets, Starting at Low Price of $90

Tim — Wed, 13 May 2020 12:45:04 +0000

There aren't many Android tablets on the market, at least, none we care to talk about. However, Amazon still has its lineup of Fire tablets, which do run a forked version of Android, plus the pricing is always really good. If you need a pure media consumption device, Amazon has an option for everyone in the family. This week, the company announced three additions to its lineup, the new Fire HD 8, Fire HD 8 Plus, and the Fire HD 8 Kids Edition. Funny enough, the most expensive model is the Kids Edition, priced at $140, but the standard Fire HD 8 is just $90. That ain't bad at all for a little tablet that can live on your coffee table. Reminds me of the Nexus 7 days. I miss those days. The new Fire 8 HD features an 8" HD display, 2GB RAM, up to 64GB storage, 12-hours of battery life, plus an unnamed quad-core processor. The Fire HD 8 Plus is the same thing, but with 3GB RAM, wireless charging, comes with a 9W fast charger and six months of Kindle Unlimited. Those added things will cost you a total of $110.

The Kids tablet features an 8" HD display, 32GB storage, 2-year worry-free guarantee (if it breaks, Amazon will replace it), USB-C, and loads of content suitable for kids. All three tablets will ship June 3, but are available for pre-order starting today.

Amazon Links: Fire HD 8 | HD 8 Plus | Kids Edition

Happy Plugs Intros $99 Earbud, In-Ear Models With Noise Cancellation and 6-Hour Battery Life

Tim — Wed, 13 May 2020 10:14:02 +0000

We have two new Happy Plugs models to discuss this morning, both labeled under the Air 1 Plus moniker. The first is a set of earbuds (picture above to the right), while the other is a set of in-ear buds (pictured to the left). Honestly, I've never thought of the difference between the two, but yeah, there are differences in terms of how they fit inside your ear. Both models sport the same set of features, with exception to one thing, that being passive noise cancellation -- that's only for the in-ear model. Both Air 1 Plus models cost $99 and feature 6 hours of battery life (40 hours with the case), Qualcomm's aptX audio, USB-C charging, as well as Qualcomm's CVC noise cancellation (noise reduction algorithms). There are also a few colors to choose from, in typical Happy Plugs fashion. There's Gold, Pink Gold, White Marble, White, and Black. For those debating between the two, it'll come down to how you prefer your buds to sit in your ear. Do you want some cushion? Then go for the in-ear model. If either of these little buds interest you, they are up for pre-order now, with shipping set to begin on May 22. If you want/need some feedback on them, I should have both models in-hand soon and I can report my findings.

Happy Plugs Link

Pixel 4 Launch Sounds Like a Massive Disaster for Google

Kellen — Wed, 13 May 2020 09:09:10 +0000

The Google Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL are by no means bad phones. We mostly liked the Pixel 4 XL and love the fact that both have seen large discounts in recent months. But most reviews of each phone (including ours) found them lacking and overpriced at launch, leaving us under the impression that both were likely failures from a sales perspective. That may be an understatement of the Pixel 4's story, at least according to a report from The Information, who suggests the Pixel 4 launch was a massive disaster. In a report out this morning, we're learning that not only was the Pixel 4 a retail flop, it may have cost the company its camera guru. The head of its hardware division also apparently shared his displeasure with the pair of phones and their features prior to launch. I mean, this sounds bad. On a sales front, the IDC estimates that Google sold just 2 million Pixel 4 phones in the first two quarters of its release. For comparison, Apple sold almost 74 million phones in Q4 of last year alone. The Pixel 3 reportedly sold around 3.5 million over a similar 2-quarter span, while the Pixel 3a hit 3 million. The Pixel 3 is mostly viewed as another flop, so if the Pixel 4 is well below that, then that's a big yikes. Sales aside, Marc Levoy, the computational camera guru from Stanford that has helped the Google Pixel line shape an identity all around having one of the best cameras in the business, has left the company. Levoy, as you may recall, spent 11 minutes on stage during the Pixel 4 event just this past fall to talk about all of the camera magic his team had built into Google's new phones. He led the team that introduced HDR+ and Night Sight and the Portrait modes found in Pixel phones. Wondering what that means for the Pixel 5 camera and beyond? So are we. The foundation is there for great cameras, but knowing how poor the camera experiences on Google phones were prior to Levoy, you have to be somewhat nervous about future Pixel phones. On an equally concerning note, just before the hardware team took the stage to introduce its line-up of new products, head of hardware Rick Osterloh held an all-hands meeting where he was reportedly not happy with the phones he would soon sell the public. Osterloh was apparently not happy with some areas of the phones, most notably in the battery department:

At a hardware team all-hands meeting in the fall, ahead of the October launch in New York, Osterloh informed staff about his own misgivings. He told them he did not agree with some of the decisions made about the phone, according to two people who were present at the meeting. In particular, he was disappointed in its battery power. Google denied a request to speak with Osterloh.

As you all know, battery life, particularly with the Pixel 4, is one of the areas that likely sunk Google's newest phones. To see Osterloh share disappointment should bring up questions about who is making final decisions here. If it was Mario Queiroz, the man behind years of Pixel and other Google hardware products, today's report acknowledges that he has since left the company as well. Alright, then, how about that Pixel 4a! // The Information

Reported LG Wing With Swivel Display May be the Drastic Step LG Needs to Take

Tim — Wed, 13 May 2020 08:39:17 +0000

Something is going on at LG. This year, they have unveiled the Velvet, which is an elevated approach to smartphone hardware, much unlike other recent devices from the South Korea-based OEM. If Velvet wasn't enough to get you to believe LG is on the right track to more mobile business success, how about this report out of LG's home country that says the company is working on some sort of experimental swivel design? Codenamed Wing, the device is said to feature a 6.8-inch main display alongside a smaller 4-inch display that has a 1:1 aspect ratio. The above phone render is just a rough estimate as to what Wing might look like when it launches, reported to be later this year. Besides being primarily for multitasking, there isn't much known about Wing yet, but it's piqued my interest. Reported specs are said to include a Snapdragon 700 series processor, multiple rear cameras, 5G connectivity, as well as a price tag not much above Velvet. Hey, I'm all for experimenting. Let's do this. // ETNews | Korea Herald

iMessage-Like Reactions Start Showing Up on Google's Messages App

Kellen — Wed, 13 May 2020 08:25:18 +0000

The dream of so many Android users is to finally have a messaging app that can rival Apple's iMessage. There aren't many that come close, but Google is certainly doing its best to give us that with Messages, thanks to RCS and its set of "Chat" features. Through a recent update and what appears to be a limited rollout, Google Messages users with RCS over at reddit are now seeing chat reactions, which is one of the iMessage features you have likely run into at some point in life. You can see how these look in that screenshot above. As a message rolls in, you will soon be able to react to it with a quick emoji. It's a lot like how you see "iPhone asshole loved an image" in your chat streams because you own an Android phone and they are reacting to you from iMessage. With this, you might actually see that reaction from your other nice friends with Android phones and RCS. This feature was first spotted as potentially coming soon in early March, then never materialized until now. Again, it looks like Google is slowly rolling this out through Google Messages beta. If you aren't seeing it, try signing up for the beta and you may get it. The Messages beta did receive an update yesterday. Google Play Link: Google Messages

Nest Hub Price Drops Permanently to $89.99

Kellen — Tue, 12 May 2020 14:55:38 +0000

The original Google Nest Hub first arrived at the end of 2018 with a price tag of $149. Since that initial launch, Google has reduced the price of the smart display a couple of times to $129, and most recently, $99. Today, as a part of the new Nest Aware launch, Google is once again dropping the price. Should you walk into a store and buy a Nest Hub today, it'll cost just $89.99. Well, assuming there aren't any deals (and there are always deals), you'll pay $90 for a device that originally retailed for $150. Not bad! The Nest Hub is still without a doubt the best digital photo frame you'll ever own, because of its the Google Photos integration it has. The Hub is also excellent for viewing weather info, running through recipes, watching video, getting info from Google Assistant, setting reminders, and more. It's a device I use every single day, multiple times per day.

Shop Google Nest Hub:

Reworked Nest Aware Subscription is Live, Starts at $6/Month

Tim — Tue, 12 May 2020 14:29:12 +0000

Last year, Nest made everyone aware that a big restructuring of its subscription service for devices was coming in 2020. It has now arrived, available in 19 markets, priced starting at $6/month. The big change is pricing and how it's affected on how many devices you use -- it's not affected at all. With the new Nest Aware, instead of paying per camera, all of your devices in a single home (cameras, speakers, displays) are covered for one price, even if and when you add a new device. For $6/month ($60 for an annual subscription), the new Nest Aware comes with 30 days of event video history. For those who want 24/7 video history, you can choose Nest Aware Plus, getting you 60 days of event video history and 10 days of 24/7 video history for $12/ month ($120 for an annual subscription). Nest Aware is including a couple of nifty features, such as package delivery notifications and critical sound detection (smoke alarm, glass breaking, etc.). According to Nest, if you already have an existing Aware subscription, you can upgrade to the new version through the Google Store. Keep in mind that upgrading to the new Nest Aware requires that you migrate to a Google account if you haven’t already. You also have the option to keep your current subscription if you choose. To get more folks to buy into its hardware, Nest is also updating pricing for select products. Nest Hub smart displays now starts at $89 and Nest Cam Indoor now starts at $129. // Nest

5 Reasons the OnePlus 8 Pro is Worth Buying

Kellen — Tue, 12 May 2020 14:12:03 +0000

1. The camera finally gets good

2. OnePlus' software is as good as it gets

3. Good lord, this display is good

4. It's ready for 5G, whenever that arrives

5. It matches the competition for hundreds less

Pixel 4 Quarantine Re-Review: You Know the Story

Kellen — Tue, 12 May 2020 12:35:50 +0000

The first attempt at living with a Pixel 4 didn't go so well for me. The combination of awful battery life and numerous missing features paired with an $800 price tag left me sad and looking elsewhere for a phone to use each day. But now that I'm stuck at home for the foreseeable future and the Pixel 4 has been through numerous software updates since launch, I came crawling back for the last week or so to see if anything had changed for the better. I also missed its little baby size and needed a break from all the tablets companies keep selling as "phones."

A Pixel 4 review after the review

I don't see a need to dive back in here and do another full-length Pixel 4 review because so much hasn't changed. The camera is still Pixel-quality, the design is still pretty fresh, and the software remains my favorite in all of Android. I still don't use Motion Sense, the specs are average, and the price is arguably too high, unless these $300 discounts stick around for the long haul. Instead, I figured I'd touch on the trouble spots that Google has tried to address, namely the display, only having face unlock, and battery life. Are any of these areas improved enough to get me to stick around going forward? The short answer is...no.

Pixel 4 battery life

It's still bad, guys. I've had to look for a charger on multiple nights around 8PM because my Pixel 4's battery life has dipped low enough that I know it won't make it until I go to bed. That's not good! I haven't had to do that with any recent review phones. Even after several updates since launch, it appears there is no magic software tweak that can fix a battery this small. Remember, the battery in the Pixel 4 is 2800mAh. A sub-3000mAh battery is something that has rarely been seen outside of 2018. The Galaxy S20, which is basically the same size as the Pixel 4, has a 4000mAh battery. So yeah, if you were hoping I'd report back with dramatic improvements in this area, I am here to disappoint you. Pushing my normal 2-4 hours of screen on time while at home on WiFi is returning the results I saw last October when the Pixel 4 first launched and we told you to avoid it. Well, they might be slightly better than at launch, but I'm still grabbing the powerbank and cord at 8PM as I sit on my couch to watch The Last Dance.

Face Unlock is fine and also not

My thoughts on only having Face Unlock on a phone remain about the same, though I'm so used to only using it that I've kind of adapted. Generally speaking, the Pixel 4's Face Unlock system is quite good and fast. Google has improved its security since launch by adding a requirement for eyes to be open and I'm not sure I'll ever not love the fact that it works so well at night, unlike almost every other face unlock system not made by Apple. Seriously, being able to lay in bed in the dark and still watch Face Unlock read my face is pretty cool. All that said, I still wish I had a fingerprint reader. I wish I didn't have to wake my phone, point it at my face, and hope it reads it the first try because if it doesn't, I know I'm going to get pissed and eventually just swipe my pattern. The quickness of rear-mounted fingerprint readers will forever be missed until these face unlock systems work flawlessly 100% of the time. But overall, Google's implementation of Face Unlock is about as good as it gets if this is your only option for security.

Display is pretty average

After coming from the Galaxy S20 and OnePlus 8 Pro, two phones with incredible high refresh rate displays, I noticed pretty quickly that going back to the Pixel 4 was a downgrade. Like I mentioned in my review, the brightness levels aren't good enough when outdoors, colors are certainly a little flatter or lacking the color boost of the S20, and it often looks slightly pinkish or a little too warm for my taste. If there is some good news since last October, it's the improvement to the 90Hz refresh rate. Remember out of the gate, Google was severely limiting how often the phone would run at 90Hz. That has been changed to allow for 90Hz to show much more frequently to the point where you should see it the majority of the time you are using the Pixel 4. I think for the most part, the Pixel 4 display is fine, until you compare it to others available. We are now seeing 120Hz refresh rates on overall better quality displays.

I love this size

If there is one thing that I'm going to miss about putting this Pixel 4 back away, it's the size. The Galaxy S20 is close to being perfect too, but the Pixel 4 is so easy to use with one hand, fits nicely in pockets, and isn't a f*cking tablet. I actually wish I could keep using it. I wish there weren't these battery issues and that the display was better, because man, Google really nailed the in-hand feel.

Moving on again

So that's it for me and the Pixel 4 after this second round. We clearly are not meant for each other with so many other good phones lying here, like the Galaxy S20, OnePlus 8 Pro, and the Pixel 4 XL. With all of these phones, I don't need a charger at 8PM, plus they all still give me impressive camera capabilities and software I enjoy. 😔

Tuesday Poll: Google Play Music Users, Will You Switch to YouTube Music?

Tim — Tue, 12 May 2020 11:37:49 +0000

It's happening, folks. After what's been about 84 years, Google is ready to start transferring Play Music libraries over to YouTube Music. I don't know if I should be happy or sad. The question is, who here plans on making that switch? We know Google Play Music users are a loyal bunch, so will you shuffle off to YouTube Music carefree? Will you switch off completely and go to a different service, such as Spotify? Personally, I made the switch to Spotify and don't plan on going back. However, I do keep my Play Music account active, since it's tied in with YouTube Premium for an ad-free experience. I have to have that. What will you do, Play Music users? [poll id="543"]

T-Mobile Gives Small Businesses 90 Days Free Service if They Switch Over

Kellen — Tue, 12 May 2020 10:17:02 +0000

As a part of their ongoing support for small businesses during this global pandemic, T-Mobile has introduced a program that will give small businesses up to 90 days of free service. T-Mobile said that they'll give businesses a one-time $100 port-in bill credit per ported line through June 30 for all of the lines they bring over. All you have to do is port in a number from Verizon or AT&T and add a voice line on "qualifying" Business Unlimited or Magenta for Business plans. The deal is available to new and existing customers, but would only then offer the free $100 credit to the new lines moved to T-Mobile, if that makes sense. T-Mobile should have the offer up shortly at their Business Deals Hub here. // T-Mobile

Stuck at Home Review: Celestron StarSense Explorer is Perfect for Amateur Stargazers

Tim — Tue, 12 May 2020 09:22:53 +0000

For us in the Pacific Northwest, the weather is starting to get good. Warmer nights lead to better stargazing opportunities, as I won't have to worry about freezing to death just to look at constellations, planets, and the moon. It also helps that the rainy season will soon be behind us. Given the current state of society, I've found myself at home a bit more, looking up at night to enjoy the celestial happenings. Sometimes I'll pull out my Star Walk app to spot some good things with my naked eye, but what really takes my evenings to the next level is a telescope. I've had the opportunity to test out a StarSense Explorer telescope for the past few weeks, courtesy of Celestron, and as an amateur stargazer, I can confirm that it's a great pairing of navigating the cosmos and observing all sorts of wondrous objects. Allow me to share my experience.

What is StarSense?

In simple terms, the StarSense Explorer lineup of telescopes are regular telescopes (there are both reflector and refractor models available), paired with a special phone mount and an app that allows you to track the night sky extremely easily. Celestron bills them as ideal for beginners, since the setup process is very simple and there isn't a lot of advanced steps to go through in order to begin viewing objects in the sky. I go over the setup process in the next section.

Think of StarSense as a guided tour of the night sky. With the paired phone app, you can choose a star to view, then using the app's UI, you can guide the telescope manually to the star's location. This paired with the the scope's included red dot finderscope makes point-and-view gazing a breeze. Once you have navigated to an object you wish to view, Celestron has included lovely listenable narration for select objects, allowing you to dive deeper into the story of bodies in the sky. I'm telling you, this paired with a few beers or wine makes for a very fun night in the backyard.

App UI: Sky Chart, Index, Object Info

How do you use StarSense?

I was provided with the LT 114AZ model of the StarSense Explorer lineup. Setting it up was mostly painless, but given my limited experience with astronomy hardware, I had to read the instructions a few times. The hardware itself is great, though. Think of the system as two pieces: the actual telescope, which you can use perfectly fine without the StarSense smarts, then the added smartphone mount and app combo for locating objects. Once you have the telescope set up and your eyepiece and red dot finderscope are aligned, you'll then place your phone in the included mount and align the phone's back camera(s) with the telescope itself. This is where the magic is happening. The app then uses your camera and a mirror to see into the sky, recognizes where it is, and then lets you navigate to whatever you want. I'd say the setup process takes a solid 20-ish minutes, depending on how comfortable you are setting these type of products up.

Once you are aligned with everything, going back to it and readying yourself for an evening outside is very fast. All you'll need to do is place the telescope down, put your phone in the mount, open the app, ensure everything is still aligned, and then you're off. If that sounds easy, good, it's supposed to. Celestron designed the entire system to be very friendly to the novice/amateur stargazer, such as myself. Phones tested to be compatible with the StarSense system can be viewed here. During my time I used the Pixel 4 XL and OnePlus 8, both worked just fine.

Is StarSense worth it?

These scopes range in price. For those looking to not spend a lot of money, you can get the one I have for just $180. It appears to be sold out, but from my experience, it's more than worth that price. Even just watching the moon in all of its gloriously bumpy glory is a ton of fun. When you add in quickly locating super clusters and listening about their compositions and history, it really is quite the outdoor treat, perfect for families who are stuck at home. I have a photo I took through the lens of the full moon recently. It looked a lot better through the lens itself, but I wanted to provide you with an idea of what to expect. Due to the moon's reflective nature and our own site's compression, some detail of the moon's surface is lost.

"Hey, it's a full moon!"

If you're fine spending a bit more, the most expensive model is still completely reasonable at about $399. In general, telescopes range a lot in price, but at least with Celestron, you know you're buying into a name that has a long history in this field with solid customer support. 10/10 would recommend one of these scopes and the StarSense experience really makes astronomy a more accessible hobby. Follow the link below to get your own. For a quick little intro and overview video, see below.

Celestron StarSense Shop Link

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=432Z8tj9rvI

YouTube Music is Ready For Your Google Play Music Library

Kellen — Tue, 12 May 2020 08:23:16 +0000

It has been a couple of years since we first told you that Google Play Music would be shutdown and replaced with YouTube Music as Google's single music offering. Since we broke that news, Google has taken its sweet time improving YouTube Music before letting us transfer our libraries over from Google Play Music and officially bringing GPM's life to an end. Today, that transition starts.

POLL: Will you switch to YouTube Music?

Google announced this morning that they will begin allowing customers of Google Play Music to move their libraries over to YouTube Music. That transition is starting because Google Play Music will be shutdown later this year. The process, according to Google, should be dead simple. You will simply install YouTube Music (if you don't have it already) and then look for "Transfer" button or screen that pops up. If you aren't seeing those instructions, that's because this is a slow rollout and could take some time to get everyone. Also, you should receive an email this year that urges you to make the switch.

When you are allowed to transfer, you are getting your "full Google Play Music history and content, as well as podcasts." If you just want podcasts to move away from Google Play Music, you can transfer to to Google Podcasts right now by clicking this link. What about pricing? Google says that existing pricing between services remains the same, plus there is always the ad-supported version of YouTube Music that is free. On a bit of a confusing note, Google explains that "Google Play Music Unlimited members will be automatically granted the equivalent tier of YouTube Music Premium or YouTube Premium based on the level of benefits with their current subscription, at the same price." If you are new, the cost is $9.99 per month and includes ad-free YouTube as well. You guys ready to transfer or nah? // YouTube Blog

We Did It Y'all: Motorola Now Promises At Least Two Android OS Updates for Edge+

Kellen — Tue, 12 May 2020 07:00:10 +0000

As good as Motorola's new Edge+ smartphone might be, the early story surrounding it has been the lack of promised support from the maker. With only one guaranteed Android version update expected, I can tell you that our reader comments have not been kind to Moto and its Edge+, a $1,000 phone that deserves a longer supported life than that. Motorola, likely because of the mounting criticism from the industry and fans, has caved prior to the phone's launch later this week. Motorola, in a brief and to-the-point statement provided to us, is now promising "at least two Android OS upgrades," which should mean an update to both Android 11 and Android 12. While Motorola deserves credit for listening to its fans, it never should have taken this level of backlash for them to decide to further support such an expensive phone. And look, promising at least two major updates is setting expectations, so I sure hope they are quicker with Android 11 than they were with Android 10 on the Razr, because Android 12 won't be far behind. If that satisfies your support needs, the Motorola Edge+ arrives exclusively at Verizon on May 14.

Pixel 4a Catches Possible Launch Delay, Looking Like Early June Now

Tim — Mon, 11 May 2020 14:41:51 +0000

We've been patiently waiting for Google to release the Pixel 4a, ever since the first leak happened months ago. Since then, the world has plunged into chaos because of COVID-19. Events are being cancelled and launches are being postponed. Unfortunately for Pixel fans, it appears Google and its Pixel 4a launch is getting affected, too.

Related: Photo samples from the Pixel 4a look great!

Scheduled for what everyone in the industry figured would be a May launch, it now appears that we're looking at a June 5 launch for Google's next budget-friendly phone. This info comes from internal documents belonging to Vodafone, a German carrier, posted up by German publication Caschys Blog. This is the same site that gave us the previous launch date of May 22. So, yeah, a possible launch delay. Can't say we're surprised, just disappointed. Timing wise, this aligns rather well with the public beta of Android 11. Google has The Beta Launch Show scheduled for June 3, so that would be an ideal time to give us some new Pixel hardware. We'll keep you posted. // Caschys Blog | Android Police

Android 10 Update Finally Ready for $1,500 Motorola Razr (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 11 May 2020 12:40:17 +0000

Motorola is finally pushing Android 10 out to its $1,500 Razr, a foldable phone that was first introduced in November of last year and then released just this February. The timing of this news is quite timely, since we pointed out last week that the phone was still lacking a version of Android it should never have launched without. The big Android 10 update for the Razr brings big changes to the small Quick View display that shows when the phone is folded. Motorola has added quick swipe shortcuts to the camera and favorite contacts, as well as a rich card experience for notifications with ways to respond from the Quick View display (keyboard action!). Since this is Android 10, the new Android gesture navigation is here, Motorola brought its icon customization feature from the Edge+ over too, and you can switch to a dark theme at the system level. I think that mostly covers it. The Android 10 update for the Motorola Razr starts rolling out globally today, May 11.

UPDATE: Motorola now says it will give the Razr a 2nd Android OS upgrade, so that means it should get Android 11. When? Looking at how long it took to get Android 10, your guess is as good as mine.
UPDATE 5/13: The update is now available on the Verizon Motorola Razr as build QDV30.106-27.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZJ9X7L9Ugjw // Motorola

Spotify Gets Sweet Feature First Introduced on Nexus Q

Tim — Mon, 11 May 2020 10:27:26 +0000

Many moons ago, Google introduced a public music playlist function for Google Play Music and the Nexus Q. It was pretty awesome, but we all know what happened to the Nexus Q. If you don't, it's a fancy paperweight and has been since day one. That's not the point, though. The important part is that public music playlist feature, which is now in testing for Spotify Premium users. According to a writeup by Engadget, Premium users under the same roof can now manage the same playlist with a feature called Group Session. Handled in the same section where users can cast music to smart speakers, you can now generate a code for other users to connect with, then share a playlist for playback. Any changes one user makes on the playlist will sync on the other user's device. Seriously, it's just like Google's feature from 2012. I just checked my Spotify app and can confirm that this feature is live. It's listed underneath any casting devices you have available. Easy. // Engadget

Qualcomm's Snapdragon 768G is All About More Accessible 5G

Tim — Mon, 11 May 2020 09:19:14 +0000

Qualcomm has a new chipset this morning, the Snapdragon 768G, a sequel to the Snapdragon 765G. While it may not be in the company's 800-range of silicon, this new 7 series processor packs plenty of juice, plus all of the features you might need from a 2020 flagship phone -- 5G, high refresh rate display support, as well as mobile gaming performance. There are three major enhancements listed over the 765G. Qualcomm lists them as a higher clock speed (2.8GHz vs. 2.4GHz on the 765G), Adreno 620 GPU with up to 15% performance increase, as well as support for Adreno updatable GPU drivers. For us plebs, that doesn't mean all too much, but the importance is that the less expensive smartphones on the market continue to get better, relative to the increase in performance of high-end smartphones. In addition to the enhancements listed above, Qualcomm lists highlights for the processor. Of course, "truly global" 5G is a big one.

Dedicated to bringing superior 5G multimode connectivity far and wide globally like its predecessor, the Snapdragon 768G with the Snapdragon X52 5G Modem-RF System supports all key regions and frequency bands including 5G mmWave and sub-6 GHz, 5G SA and NSA modes, TDD and FDD with Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (DSS), global 5G roaming and support for multi-SIM.

They also list peak 5G wireless speeds, but I seriously doubt average folks will see 3.7Gbps downloads and 1.6Gbps uploads. The 5G tower would literally have to be up your tuchus. According to Qualcomm, the Redmi K30 5G Racing Edition is the first commercial device to be announced with the Snapdragon 768G, supporting 5G SA/NSA dual-mode and featuring a 120Hz display, plus a 64MP rear camera. Don't be shocked to learnt this chip is in other new devices down the road. // Qualcomm

Pixel Buds Feature Drops Would Be Great

Kellen — Mon, 11 May 2020 09:06:26 +0000

One of the bigger pieces of news surrounding the launch of the Pixel 4 was an expectation of a constant stream of new features throughout the life of Pixel phones, thanks to a Google initiative called "Pixel Feature Drop." We have already seen two separate Pixel Feature Drops that brought us dark theme scheduling, more control over robocalls, new Motion Sense gesture, and more. With the launch of the Pixel Buds (our review) and possible future features already hinted at, we wondered if Google might try and push similar regular feature drops for their expensive true wireless earbuds. According to a report at the end of last week, that's actually the plan. Google confirmed to Forbes that the Pixel Buds will receive "feature drops" and that "the goal will be to continue to introduce new helpful features over time, much like we do with Pixel phones." Google did specify that these drops wouldn't be timed to drop at the same time as Pixel phone drops and that they also won't release any information about the drops until we get closer to launch. As smart and good as the Pixel Buds are, there is potential here for Google to cook up a bunch of magic. The early hints of baby crying or smoke alarm detection are pretty innovative ideas. What else would you like to see Google add to the Pixel Buds? // Forbes

Newton Mail is Back Again, Again

Kellen — Mon, 11 May 2020 07:49:54 +0000

Newton Mail is back once again, and once again it's under new ownership. After being picked up and revived by Essential following its first death, Newton Mail was scheduled to be put to bed with news that Essential was closing up shop. The email app was given an April 30 end date, only that date has come and gone and Newton still lives. What's the deal? Essential sold it to a couple of guys who plan to keep it going for the long haul. Want some background on Maitrik Kataria and Justin Mitchell, the two new owners? You can find some info in this write-up on today's news. If that background doesn't matter and you just want to know what the plan is to keep Newton running, let's dive into that. The new owners laid out a set of six areas of focus that they'll immediately start working on to keep Newton going, make it more futureproof, and (eventually) improve it. Those six areas are:

1. A contingency plan to keep Newton going forever 2. Building a stable and steady independent business 3. Add “service” in the SaaS (software as a service) business 4. Add features that increase the lifetime value 5. Better security and privacy around your data 6. …one more thing….rewards and discounts for loyal customers

The first bullet there is to remove Newton's dependence on Newton-owned servers and offer a way for Newton users to keep using the service should something happen to the company, again. That would mean open-sourcing it and allowing people to host their own Newton Mail servers. That's all just a contingency plan should this new takeover fail. The other stuff there is about the price (it's staying the same at $50/year), building in better support (it's previously been terrible), creating a place for Newton users to offer ideas and feedback, fixing a bunch of bugs, improving privacy and encryption, and adding features (like dark mode!). To start off their new ownership, Newton's new owners are giving a free extra 3 months to current subscribers, offering a 20% discount for past subscribers who want to come back, and letting current users refer new customers at 20% off. Google Play Link: Newton Mail // Newton Mail

Pixel Buds Review: I'll Be Sticking With These

Kellen — Mon, 11 May 2020 07:00:43 +0000

This new generation of Google Pixel Buds is an attempt by Google to right a whole bunch of wrongs from the original pair that was released in 2017. For the new Pixel Buds, Google removed the wire and made them truly wireless, they made pairing even quicker, introduced a case that shouldn't be as obnoxious to use, and put a focus on comfort. The sound should be better too, as well as the Google Assistant integration. Did they nail all of that? I kind of think so. After spending the last week with the Google Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) in ear, these are my thoughts and this is our Pixel Buds review.

Sound

I'm admittedly no audio expert, so apologies if this section isn't going to satisfy LG DAC Bro. Here's what I can tell you about the Pixel Buds and their sound: they sound quite good, possibly very good for a pair of true wireless earbuds. As someone who has used true wireless earbuds from a variety of manufacturers (Samsung, Jaybird, Mobvoi, Anker, etc.), I can tell you that most sound like trash with the exception of Samsung's Galaxy Buds and now these, the Pixel Buds. I haven't tried any of Jabra's or Apple's or Sony's stupidly large noise cancelling things, so keep that in mind. For the Pixel Buds, you get a sound experience that I can best describe as clean with a touch of richness. I think Google did it's best to provide a sense of freeness when you have these Buds in, so you don't get an in-ear seal like on the Galaxy Buds that presents a really deep and exciting audio profile. That doesn't mean the Pixel Buds fall flat or lack oomph, it's just that it's a brighter sound. Oh, you just want to know "Kellen, is there bass?!?!" Yeah, there's some. It's not that empty tinny or bland thud sound that cheap earbuds give you, but it's also not going to rival a pair of over-ear cans. You shouldn't expect any true wireless earbuds to blow your mind in this department. If you want a comparison, I'd say they fall short of the Galaxy Buds, just not by much. So overall, my impressions of the sound you get from the new Google Pixel Buds is a satisfying return no matter the music genre you like. My playlists at the moment feature a lot of The Weeknd's newest album, Drake's "Dark Lane Demo Tapes," some older Ryan Adams, and Marcus King. They all sound great whether I'm chilling in quarantine or if I'm out for a run. One tip, should you buy a pair, be sure when you put them in your ears to give them a little twist that pushes the eartip forward into your ear. It helps get a slightly better seal, but seems to dramatically improve the overall sound.

Battery Life

Google has taken some heat over the battery life on these new Pixel Buds, mostly because Samsung went nuts with its Galaxy Buds+ and their 11 hour charges. The Pixel Buds are rated at about 5 hours continuously and I'd say they probably deliver that. While my sessions don't typically last for more than an hour, here are some numbers. I went on a couple of 40 minute runs with each bud at 100% to start, listened to music the entire time and fired up Google Assistant for notifications and a call or two. At the end of those runs, the left bud was between 83% and 86%, while the right was either 92% or 93%. If you do a little math there, they should actually last longer than 5 hours and possibly come closer to 6. Since I didn't run the buds down to 0% at any time, I can't tell if you they'll mysteriously die quicker than what my consistent numbers show. Sorry, I don't live a life where I can disappear in earbuds for 3-4 hours straight. Because I assume some of you are the types to wear earbuds all day and need battery life that lasts a long, long time, you do have fast charging to top-up in a hurry. Google says that 10 minutes in the case will get you 2 hours of use. The case holds up to 24 hours total too, so I think we'll all be good here.

Fit and Comfort

Alright, sound and battery fun out of the way, how do the Pixel Buds fit? Oh man, they fit so nicely in my ears. These are without a doubt the best fitting true wireless earbuds I have used to date. Straight out of the case, Google includes medium-sized tips and these are the tips I stuck with. There are smaller or larger tips too, depending on your ear, so everyone should be able to find a proper fit that is comfortable and snug. These are the type of earbuds that you can easily forget you have in ears. In fact, I've forgotten and reached up to itch my ear and slammed a finger into one of the buds on multiple occasions. They are light, don't plug you up to constantly remind you that they are there, and don't slip around or ever try and fall out. At least, that has been my experience. From floating around the house to doing various types of workouts, these Pixel Buds haven't budged. I know that others who have tested the Pixel Buds have complained about the little stabilizer arc providing discomfort, but I haven't noticed that yet. Again, these are the most comfortable true wireless buds I've used. They are an absolute joy to wear.

Software

On a software front, there is a dedicated Pixel Buds app that you will install to check battery life (on the case too), set Google Assistant settings, view touch controls, toggle settings for Adaptive Sound or in-ear detection, and update firmware. There's not a lot to do in this app, but it's easy to navigate and find settings that are available. The app lacks an equalizer, which has ruffled some reviewer feathers. What I can tell you is that this is really only a big deal on Pixel phones, which lack a system-built equalizer. But for phones like the OnePlus 8 Pro or Galaxy S20, you can adjust sound settings at the system level that will transfer through whatever headphones you are using. Both the 8 Pro and S20 have equalizers built into settings. I'm sure a native equalizer to the Pixel Buds app would probably be a better solution, but again, most phones can work around this, just not Google's own Pixel phones. Assuming Google continues to update the software with improvements and new features, the Pixel Buds should only get better. For those of you buying Buds going forward, you should see an update out of the box that I feel improves the sound. Updates are kind of confusing to install, though. When one is available, you have to be sure "Automatic updates" is turned on. Your Pixel Buds may then prompt you if there is an update, which you can then only install by putting them back in their case. There's no installation progress bar or any way to know when the update is finished. It took me a good couple of hours to get that first out-of-box update to install and I'm still not really sure how I got it to work. Google needs to make this process clearer.

Google Assistant

With the Google Assistant onboard, the Pixel Buds are more than just music and call buddies. They are an assistant during those times when you don't have easy access to your phone and I love it. I hate to keep bringing up workouts, but with most buds, getting notifications while working out is annoying because they typically just beep and force you to then grab your phone. With Pixel Buds, you don't have to stop what you are doing, because you can long-press one of the buds and it'll then fully read out your notifications, let you respond to conversations, that sort of thing. Honestly, I'm not sure I can tell you how convenient the Assistant in these buds has been. I am constantly tapping on them to hear what notifications have come in, and in most cases, never need to reach for my phone.

Other notes:

Fast Pair is great: Google has introduced a faster version of Fast Pair with the Pixel Buds and devices running Android 10 or higher. All you need to do is open your Pixel Buds case for the first time and your nearby Android 10 phone will recognize it with a prompt to connect. Tapping that gets you paired up and listening in under a minute. Google also included a pairing button on the back of the case that will let you easily pair to additional devices too.
It's a nice case: The Pixel Buds case is a well built, hefty little bugger. There is nice weight to it, the top satisfyingly opens and shuts, the Buds snap easily into place without fuss, and it has two lights to indicate battery status or pairing mode. It'll wireless charge or you can fuel it up with its USB-C port. This is probably the nicest earbuds case I have lying on my desk.
They look decent in-ear: I haven't talked much about how the Pixel Buds look, but they are one of the more minimal pairs you'll find, right along with the Galaxy Buds. They aren't ever going to be confused for AirPods and I like to think they stand out on their own as a unique pair of buds. The circular design is refreshing and clean, and I can't wait to see other colors arrive.
Call quality: I took a couple of calls and thought audio quality during them was fine. I wasn't blown away by the clarity, but they worked and the other parties didn't have trouble hearing me.
Touch pads: These are the best touchpads on any earbuds ever. They recognize taps like you want them to, the swipes for volume up or down work every single time, and I've found less fumbling over single, double, and triple taps than I have on other buds. Again, I think that's because the touchpads are so good at recognizing your fingers.
Price: At $179, these are not cheap earbuds.

In the End

For me, this is the pair of wireless buds I'll stick with going forward. As much as I like the sound and price point of Samsung's Galaxy Buds, these sound almost as good, fit better in my ears, and give me that lovely Google Assistant action. I know that some of you will want active noise cancellation or a couple of more hours of battery life, but I really think for most people these Pixel Buds will sound excellent and get you through your long music sessions. The fit and comfort level are also on another level. You did it, Google. Shop Google Pixel Buds:

Friday Question: What Wireless Earbuds are You Using?

Tim — Fri, 08 May 2020 15:10:45 +0000

We just posted up our Pixel Buds review, and while we know a few of you have picked them up, we're curious what other buds our readers are using. These days, there are plenty of options. Samsung has some great Galaxy Buds and the latest Galaxy Buds+, Apple has their buds, and there are probably hundreds of other options right now. Seriously, there are a lot of wireless earbuds out there. So, what do you use? Why do you use them?

Facebook Site Gets Major UI Overhaul, Includes Dark Mode

Tim — Fri, 08 May 2020 10:30:41 +0000

The "New Facebook.com" has arrived. While I don't find myself going through my Feed as much as my mother probably wishes I did (sorry, Mom!), we at DL do use Facebook daily to post our latest stories to our page. Feel free to give it a follow. This week, the site is receiving a major UI overhaul, and as Android users, there's one big change that I'm sure all of you will love and enable. The overall appearance of the site is a bit more bubbly, with Facebook highlighting the ease of searching for new things and its speed. For us Android folk, though, it's all about the new Dark Mode! You can see it highlighted in the header image above, but essentially, the entirety of the site goes dark and the whole thing just looks so much better. Now I just have to do something about those people from high school I'm "friends" with for some reason.

Enabling New Facebook and Dark Mode

To enable the New Facebook UI, press on the little arrow in the top right of your window. In the drop down menu, hit "Switch to New Facebook." Once you have the New Facebook, you'll be asked if you want the Light or Dark theme. If you chose Light and want to switch to Dark later on, head into your Settings again and you'll see a dedicated toggle for Light and Dark mode. Honestly, this looks great, but I don't think it'll get me to use the service. How about you? // Facebook

If You Need a Words With Friends Alternative, Word Crack 2 Launched This Week

Tim — Fri, 08 May 2020 09:46:34 +0000

Word Crack 2 is available on Android this week, published by Etermax, the same company that gave us Trivia Crack and the original Word Crack. The game is very much a Scrabble and Words With Friends alternative, where players test each other's vocabulary and place differently valued letters on a tiled board to score points. I'm pretty sure everyone is familiar with the foundation of these games, but Word Crack 2 also provides a few mini games inside to keep players occupied while they wait for their turn. There are also various power-ups to use against your opponent, but as a Scrabble purist, I'm not overly fond of such things. If you need a new time waster with your friends or family during isolation, follow the link below.

Google Play Link

https://youtu.be/wUZeu3-1vlw

Google Lens Gets New Features, Like Copying Handwritten Text to Your Computer

Tim — Thu, 07 May 2020 15:43:33 +0000

Google Lens is picking up a couple new features this week. Highlighted in an announcement blog post, the features are Copy to Computer, ability to use Lens to practice words or phrases in different languages, as well as in-line Google Search results. As seen below in the GIF, Lens users can now take a shot of handwritten text, then send that text directly to a Chrome browser. You only need to make sure that both devices are logged into the same Google account.

For those trying to learn a new language, you can now select text with Lens and tap the new Listen button to hear it read out loud. This should help you with difficultly pronounced words. As for in-line Search results, should you happen across a word or phrase you aren't familiar with and need more info on, you can see results of highlighted words straight from Google. It's learning made easy! All of these new goodies are available in Google Lens on Android right now.

Google Play Link

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qVvJxXodFx0 // Google

Samsung Pay's Big News for 2020? Debit Cards...

Tim — Thu, 07 May 2020 13:17:04 +0000

2020 will bring a new type of Samsung Pay experience, one that might feel a bit archaic compared to the current one -- physical plastic cards. That's right, Samsung this week announced a partnership with SoFi, soon to allow Samsung Pay users to get debit cards, backed by a special cash management account. Samsung was light on the details right now, but basically, we assume it's everything you'd expect from a debit card coupled with a cash account. Will the cards at least have tap-to-pay functionality? It'd be odd if they didn't, considering the whole point of Samsung Pay is to pay touch-free at virtually any card terminal with its supported MST technology. I swear, if you have to insert this card's chip into terminals, we riot! Here's the important stuff Samsung said, but as you'll read, there are more details to come.

In 2020, Samsung Pay will be expanding our service from being a rewarding way to shop and pay, to also being a rewarding way to manage money. Over the past year we have been busy developing a mobile-first money management platform. Our vision is to help consumers better manage their money so that they can achieve their dreams and goals. Now more than ever, mobile financial services and money management tools will play an even bigger role in our daily lives while also opening up new possibilities. As a first step to this broader vision, this summer Samsung in partnership with SoFi will introduce a new Samsung Pay experience with an innovative debit card backed by a cash management account. We are excited to share more details in the coming weeks.

We'll update you when more details are made available. // Samsung

Google Brings Together All of Its Messaging Apps Under One Unified...Team

Kellen — Thu, 07 May 2020 12:16:26 +0000

Let's just get this out of the way before we get too deep here - Google did not just launch or announce a single unified messaging app that all will love and use going forward. Today, though, Google has announced that it now has a leader and unified team to take care of their communications products. What does that mean? Let's find out! Going forward, according to The Verge, Google's communications efforts will be run by Javier Soltero, a semi-recent hire who originally took over the VP reigns of G Suite. Soltero is now (also) the boss of communications products, like Messages, Duo, and the Google Phone app, as well as the teams that support them. Since he runs G Suite, that means he has Google Meet and Google Chat. At this time, it sure sounds like Soltero and his team are not planning to integrate messaging apps into one another to create the ultimate messaging tool for you, which I think is what we all want. Instead, Soltero and friends want to try and create clarity over what each of their products does and why it might be best for you. With everyone together under one umbrella, they think they can do that. Oh, Soltero did say that their plan “continues to be to modernize [Hangouts] towards Google Meet and Google Chat.” I have no idea what that means, so the clarity thing is off to a weird start. If you had questions about how this shakes up leadership, here is the statement that Google has provided on the news:

We are bringing all of Google’s collective communication products together under one leader and unified team that will be led by Javier Soltero, VP and GM of G Suite. Javier will remain in Cloud, but will also join the leadership team under Hiroshi Lockheimer, SVP of Platforms and Ecosystems. Outside of this update, there are no other changes to the personnel and Hiroshi will continue to play a significant role in our ongoing partnership efforts.

OK, so what are we taking away from this? I don't know, man. Google didn't announce any new products, only that they have a single leader for all things communications. That could mean a better presentation of their communications apps that might help you figure out which of them you should use. I just hope it means Google Inbox returns...wait. // The Verge

Need a Case for Your Galaxy S20? Gear4 Has Good Options

Tim — Thu, 07 May 2020 11:53:04 +0000

Sorry to say, but I've become a case snob. I wasn't always like this. In fact, I hated phone cases a few years ago, always preferring to run my phone naked. However, with phones being nothing but glass and fingerprint magnets these days, I've become one with the case, appreciating their ability to keep my phone safe and adding a bit of bulk to these ever-slimming phone bodies for better grip. Should you be in the market for a new case for a model of the Galaxy S20, I'm here to tell you that Gear4 has a few good options you should consider during your search. The below cases have models for the Galaxy S20, Galaxy S20+, and Galaxy S20 Ultra. Let's go over a few, shall we? The main highlight of the new Gear4 lineup is the Hackney 5G case, complete with D3O (thin, advanced impact protection material) and "5G Signal Plus" technology. This technology utilizes micro voids to allow a stronger 5G signal to pass through the case. You can see a video breakdown of what's happening here. Priced at $49.99, you can get the Hackney 5G case for any Galaxy S20 model.

Shop Hackney 5G

Another personal favorite of mine in the lineup is the Oxford Eco. This case is not just a case for phone protection, but it doubles as a large wallet. Complete with credit card slots, stand functionality and anti-microbial protection, Oxford is constructed using recycled plastics, which I'm all for. It also comes with D3O material, offering up to 13ft. of drop protection. Oxford Eco is priced at $50.

Shop Oxford Eco

If you need some serious drop protection, then the Battersea is where it's at. Priced at $50, this case offers up to 16ft. of drop protection, while still offering a soft-touch design. The case features anti-microbial protection and is also wireless charging compatible.

Shop Battersea

Let's say you aren't looking to spend $50 on a case. That's completely normal of you. If price is a factor, the $30 Wembley is a good option, offering 10ft. of drop protection, anti-microbial protection, as well as hardened corner protection. Plus, it's one of the better feeling cases of the bunch when in-hand.

Shop Wembley

And while you're protecting your Galaxy S20's backside, don't forget about the front, too. Personally, I don't use glass protectors, but I know plenty of you might. If you need something to protect your glass, InvisibleShield has two models of screen protectors to choose from for the Galaxy S20 lineup -- Ultra VisionGuard+ and Ultra Clear+. While both offer glass-like feel, anti-microbial coating and self-healing nano-memory technology, the VisionGuard+ has Eyesafe technology that protects against increased exposure to high-energy blue light, without changing the screen colors or peak resolution. If blue light isn't of concern to you, then there's the standard Clear+ model, priced at $30.

Shop InvisibleShield Screen Protectors

Special Note: I can't use all of these things myself, so be on the lookout for a giveaway coming soon!

LG Velvet Debuted in South Korea With Snapdragon 765 and Decent Price, No US Availability Info

Tim — Thu, 07 May 2020 10:01:52 +0000

LG needs a winner. I have been saying this for years now. What LG doesn't need? A big flagship phone launch with limited global availability. Dang it, LG, you've gone and messed up again! This week, LG has debuted its Velvet smartphone in South Korea, with no word yet on US availability. Hopefully this isn't because they want to give time for the V60 to saturate the market, because quite frankly, that isn't likely to happen. Velvet was supposed to help us forget about the V60, but instead, LG is making us live with it a bit longer. Fine, test our patience, LG. Be that way. Availability aside, we have Velvet details! The phone features a 6.8 inch P-OLED display (1080 x 2460), Snapdragon 765 processor with 5G connectivity, 128GB storage, 8GB RAM, triple rear cameras (48MP standard + 8MP ultra-wide + 5MP depth), under-display fingerprint reader, 4,300mAh battery, IP68 water and dust rating, plus Android 10. LG says that an announcement for other global markets will come later this month, but for now, Velvet is for South Korea only. The price, when converted to USD, is around $700. That ain't bad. We'll of course let you know as soon as we have word about a US launch. In the meantime, check out LG's digital launch event for the phone. It's all about the fashion and colors, which is fitting since the Velvet looks super hot and comes in a variety of sexy colors. It's great hardware, LG, now just give it to us already. Launch event, starts at marker 30:00. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JTv5wIcT8xI // LG

YouTube TV, Viacom Strike Deal! Comedy Central, MTV and More Channels Coming This Summer

Tim — Thu, 07 May 2020 08:38:03 +0000

Variety reports that a deal between YouTube TV and Viacom has been reached, bringing 14 new channels to the YouTube TV lineup for all subscribers. Set to go live this summer, which isn't too far away, YouTube TV subscribers will now have access to Comedy Central, MTV, Paramount Network, BET, CMT, and others. The full list can be seen below.

Financials of the deal weren't disclosed, but we have assume it cost a lot. The question I have is, was this deal in talks before the pandemic or is this Google hooking it up because they know many are stuck at home and need new things to watch? As of right now, YouTube TV's monthly price isn't being raised, and with many pausing subscriptions with sports not happening right now, YouTube is surely losing money now, right? Regardless, this is great news! We'll let you know when these channels go live. // Variety

Google Pixel 4 Up to $350 Off at Best Buy, Starting at $450

Kellen — Thu, 07 May 2020 07:56:14 +0000

Should Google make a Pixel 5, we aren't expecting it to show up until October. I point that out because it sure seems like Google has practically permanently discounted its current flagships, the Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL. They are constantly on sale, like they are right now where you can find them up to $350 off. At most retailers, the Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL are $300 off, which drops their prices to $499 and $599. Google has that deal, B&H does too. If you are a big Best Buy shopper, you can save even more. Should you buy either Pixel 4 device at Best Buy, you'll save up to $350 off if you decide to activate with a carrier, including Verizon or AT&T. For Verizon folks, the deal is available to both upgrades and new lines. For AT&T, it looks like only new lines can get the full $350 off. Are either of the Pixel 4 phones worth buying today, knowing there are Galaxy S20 and OnePlus 8 phones around? Absolutely. Well, the Pixel 4 XL is still really the only option between the two we can recommend, but it is a lovely phone for the most part, especially at $300-$350 off.

Shop Pixel 4, Pixel 4 XL at Best Buy

Android 11 Developer Preview 4 Now Available for Pixel Phones!

Kellen — Wed, 06 May 2020 15:00:01 +0000

With Google already announcing this morning that the first Android 11 Beta won't be here until June along with a special presentation, the Android team is pushing out another Developer Preview today as Android 11 Developer Preview 4. This latest Developer Preview 4 is once again a release for developers to finish up testing and provide feedback before a more stable and more public build arrives in about a month. Like previous releases, it is available on the Pixel 2, Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4. All of the files are already available should you be interested in testing or poking around. Here’s the DP4 build info:

Date: May 6, 2020 Build: RPP4.200409.015 Emulator support: x86 (32/64-bit) Security patch level: May 2020 Google Play services: 20.12.14

Install Android 11 Developer Preview 4

What's new in Android 11 DP4?

We're diving in now, but Google did say in a blog post that there are "new features" to try in this build. We'll update this should we find anything fun. For more, be sure to checkout the latest blog post at the Android Developers Blog.

Sonos' New S2 App is Coming and Your System Might be Impacted

Kellen — Wed, 06 May 2020 14:04:28 +0000

To kick off 2020, Sonos pissed off a lot of people who own some of their original products. They tried to explain at the time that support for select older products would soon come to an end because they lacked the modern parts that could help the company innovate. Not only that, but those older products, should you decide to keep them, might impact the support for still-supported devices within your system. It was a sh*tshow of a day when Sonos announced this all, so the company promptly backtracked on a lot of it while offering up a solution to make everyone somewhat happy in the future. Today, alongside the announcement for their new Sonos Arc soundbar, Sonos revealed how the future will work for its still-supported and older, cut-off products. The basics are that there is a new Sonos S2 app to control everything, but not everyone gets access to it.

Sonos S2 App

In June, Sonos is going to release the Sonos S2 app. This new app supports Dolby Atmos, has increased security, and an improved design for "easier use." It'll continue to get updates with new features, unlike the original Sonos app, which will be renamed to Sonos S1. Once released, you will be able to download the app and transition your setup to it with all favorites, services, and settings intact. If you only have devices supported by S2, life will be pretty simple for you. If you have some of the older products that Sonos previously said would die off, well, things get a little more confusing. To start, look at the image below and see if all of your devices are S2 compatible or if you have to worry about your old legacy products.

Sonos S2 vs. Sonos S1

If you have some old and some new (like I do!), you have some decisions to make. For example, you are probably wondering if you can run products on both S2 and S1, if you have to upgrade to S2, or if you can stay on S1? There are answers to all of that at this FAQ from Sonos, as well as this one too. In short, you can choose to go a number of ways. If you have legacy products and decide to keep everything on S1, that'll work. You won't get new features and Sonos will do its best to keep your music streams alive, but your system will work. If you decide to split and upgrade some to S2 while leaving others on S1, that will separate everything into two systems, where things like groups won't be allowed between S2 and S1. It would also introduce hurdles involving music streams between the different systems (like Spotify only playing on one at a time) and voice services (you would need separate accounts for voice services). Keep in mind that all future products released after May 2020 (this month) won't work with Sonos S1, so if you plan to buy the new Sonos Arc and have legacy products, you'll have to run Arc on Sonos S2. Yep, that could screw some things up for you. Here's a chart that shows how your system will play together depending on the app:

In the end, just know that come June, there will be a new Sonos S2 app and if you have older legacy products (like the original Sonos Play:5), you'll have to decide what you want your Sonos system to look like. You may decide it's best to get rid of it and upgrade the rest of your devices to S2.

Happy Plugs Wireless Buds Up for Pre-Order, Much Cheaper Than Pixel Buds at $50

Tim — Wed, 06 May 2020 13:02:48 +0000

Google's new Pixel Buds are on the market, if you can find them in stock, but they aren't cheap. Priced at $180, they feature Google Assistant and live translation smarts that can have its advantages, but if you're like me, you probably don't need a lot of that stuff. You just want some good buds that don't cost a ton of money. That's where the new Air 1 Go model of wireless earbuds from Happy Plugs come in. Now up for pre-order at just $50, shipping May 20, these Happy Plugs are designed in Cuperti... err, Sweden, and offer plenty of good specs for that low price. Happy Plugs Air 1 Go offer 11 hours of battery life, sweat resistance, lots of different touch commands, Bluetooth 5.0, 12mm driver units for full sound, and come in a variety of colors -- Nude, Mint, White, Black, and Peach. I actually like these colors quite a bit and they'd pair nicely with most devices. If you don't need all the smarts that come with the Pixel Buds, or the brand name price that comes with AirPods, follow the link below.

Pre-Order Air 1 Go ($50)

Google is Testing Live Caption for Chrome

Tim — Wed, 06 May 2020 10:54:10 +0000

It's been spotted in the latest Canary build of the Chrome browser that Google is testing Android's Live Caption feature. If you aren't familiar, when enabled on an Android phone, Live Caption can literally live caption any audio that's taking place on the device. It's quite useful when needed. Now, that function may soon come to Chrome browsers everywhere. If you use Canary, which are the experimental nightly build previews for Chrome and are not to be used by your average Joe (no offense, Joe!), you can enable this feature by ensuring you have Canary build 84.0.4136.2 or later, visit the chrome://flags page, then enable the Live Captions flag. Lastly, go to Chrome’s settings menu, type “accessibility” into the settings search bar and click the toggle in the Live Caption item that appears. According to The Verge's testing, the feature crashes Chrome immediately when used, but hey, that's why this is Canary! I wonder if Google had intentions to announce this at I/O? // Techdows | The Verge

Here's the New Android 11 Release Schedule

Tim — Wed, 06 May 2020 10:11:34 +0000

Along with the launch of Developer Preview 4 of Android 11 this morning, Google has provided an updated release schedule for Android 11 as a whole. It's all pretty straightforward as you can see below, but due to COVID-19, things are a tad bit delayed. The first beta is now scheduled for release on June 3, followed by the second beta in July, then the final beta in August. Should all go smoothly, final and public release will take place in Q3 of this year. Key Changes

Google releases a fourth Developer Preview today (May 6) for testing and feedback.
Beta 1 release moves to June 3. Google will include the final SDK and NDK APIs with this release and open up Google Play publishing for apps targeting Android 11.
Beta 2 moves to July. Google will reach Platform Stability with this release.
Beta 3 moves to August and will include release candidate builds for final testing.

For visual learners, here's a graph.

And that's it. Expect the public beta to begin June 3! // Android Developers

Report: Google Working on New Android TV Dongle With Refreshed UI, Nest Branding

Tim — Wed, 06 May 2020 09:29:12 +0000

We don't talk about Android TV all too much here, but that's only because there isn't ever much news going on in that realm. Today is oddly different, though. We've already discussed Google thinking about changing the name of Android TV to Google TV, as well as TiVo's new $50 Android TV-powered device. For our next piece of coverage, we're talking about a new report from Protocol that details new Android TV (possibly Google TV) hardware with Nest branding and a completely refreshed UI. According to the report, it's a dongle device, similar to existing Chromecast dongles. The difference is, this dongle will have a standalone OS (Android TV which may be named Google TV by the time this thing launches), complete with its own remote control. On a Chromecast, you need a smart device or computer to queue up content. The possible existence of this device was first reported back in March. For the UI, it's heavily noted that instead of highlighting different apps, the device will highlight specific titles of movies and TV shows. The entire emphasis will be on titles, not just apps. However, apps will be downloadable, presumably from Google Play, including all of the big ones like Disney+ and Netflix. For the hardware, a source of Protocol states that Google may opt for Nest because the company has been wanting to utilize that branding as an umbrella for its smart home devices. While that somewhat makes sense to us, it also doesn't. It's no secret that Google has a bit of an issue when it comes to branding and naming things, so we'll just have to see if the Nest play works out. The reports claims that this new device could launch in the coming months at a price under $80, but with the pandemic happening, there's no telling how it will affect the launch of various products. Best to practice a bit of patience right now. Ready for a new Nest-branded dongle running Google TV? Things are changing quickly 'round here. // Protocol

Tivo Stream 4K Arrives Today With Android TV, Costs Just $49.99

Kellen — Wed, 06 May 2020 09:03:56 +0000

There is a possible new Android TV king in town, folks. TiVo released its new TiVo Stream 4K dongle today at an introductory price of $49.99, bringing you 4K streams and Android TV (or is it Google TV now?) in a very compelling package. This TiVo Stream 4K was first introduced at CES earlier in the year as one of the surprise darlings of the show. For the such a small package, TiVo was really delivering a set of exciting features that didn't require a subscription, which you might have been curious about since this is a TiVo product. Instead, you get a dongle-ish device that will tuck behind your TV, a remote with Google Assistant, Netflix, and TiVo buttons, 4K UHD streams with Dolby Vision HDR and Dolby Atmos, Chromecast built-in, Bluetooth, 802.11ac WiFi, and HDMI 2.0a. Where this device could standout is in software. TiVo has included a TiVo experience that that brings in content from streaming services, like Netflix and Hulu and Google Play, all into one place to help you better find the content you want. Rather than navigating everything individually, this could be an excellent aggregator. It can even bring up a classic live TV guide if you have a service like Sling TV attached. Again, you pay a one-time price for TiVo Stream 4K, like other Android TV boxes, but you get their unique take on content presentation. To launch, TiVo Stream 4K costs $49.99, but could go up in time to $69.99. TiVo is listing the device's current price as a promotional number. Hurry up and grab one if you are interested. Buy TiVo Stream 4K

Typical: Android TV May Soon Become Google TV

Tim — Wed, 06 May 2020 08:38:43 +0000

According to a source of 9to5Google, Google is considering a name change for Android TV. In some sick and twisted humor, the company may go with Google TV, which is funny when you consider that was the name of the platform before the platform evolved into Android TV. Revolutions. This wouldn't be the first product Google has taken the Android name from (Android Pay changed to Google Pay, Android Market to Google Play, etc.), but as things grow and see adoption, it seems like a smart move to attach the larger "Google" moniker to things. Who knows, maybe if Android TV is changed to Google TV, people won't think it's a cheap Apple TV ripoff or something? There's no info for when this change might take place, but don't be shocked when it happens. // 9to5Google

Android 11 Beta Arrives in June With Special Presentation (Updated: DP4!)

Kellen — Wed, 06 May 2020 08:07:07 +0000

The original Android 11 Developer Preview program showed that we would get several previews before a more-public beta release some time in May. Google has now revealed that the first Android 11 Beta will arrive in June with a special online presentation. You can think of this as the replacement for Google I/O, which was canceled due to coronavirus. The new event is called "The Beta Launch Show" and will take place on June 3 at 8AM Pacific (11AM Eastern). Since this is a beta release, we're hoping the presentation shows more than the subtle changes we have been playing with in early previews. The description for the show states that they will "unveil new features packed inside the next release" alongside developer-focused stuff, so it does sound like we'll get surprises. The teaser below also mentions that Android 11 has a "whole bunch of other stuff [they] aren't ready to tell [us] about yet." Anyone want to take any guesses? I just want to be able to turn off the back gesture on the left side, that's all. I'm a simple man.

UPDATE: Google just released the Android 11 Developer Preview 4 as the final preview before the beta.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gqJEcy57hA8 // Android Developers

Lenovo's Legion Gaming Phone is Plain Ridiculous

Tim — Tue, 05 May 2020 15:22:34 +0000

Feelings on gaming phones are mixed. While they pack plenty of high-end performance, there are only two in the US market that seem to be relatively popular -- the ROG Phone line and the Razer Phone line. The problem with those are, Razer has completely stopped software updates and the ROG Phone II doesn't have much market appeal unless you're a 20-something guy who plays nothing but PUBG Mobile. *shots fired* This week, we might be getting our first good look at Legion, a new gaming phone from Lenovo. Thanks to XDA, who got eyes on possible marketing material, Legion not only sounds ridiculous, but it looks ridiculous, too! When I say ridiculous, I don't mean that in a bad way. The reported specs are exactly what you might expect from a gaming phone in 2020, complete with 144Hz display and massive battery, but even the aesthetics will align great with folks who build their own gaming PCs with water-cooling, turbo prop fans, and whatever else they may do.

Pop-up side camera, anyone?

As we can see from the renders, this phone is designed to be used in landscape. The backside's cameras are positioned so as not to be obstructed by both hands, while the phone's front-facing camera pops up from the side of the device. This will be great for your mobile livestreams! Reported Legion Specs

Unknown display size with 144Hz refresh rate
270Hz touch sampling rate
Snapdragon 865
Unknown amount of LPDDR5 RAM
Unknown amount of UFS 3.0 storage
5000mAh battery
Dual camera system: 64MP + 16MP wide-angle
90W fast charging
Dual USB-C ports
Dual speakers
Android 10

This thing sounds like a real beast, perfect for those who absolutely need all the performance capabilities when playing games. While I enjoy using phones such as these, they usually have poor cameras, which is usually passable since that's not their primary focus. However, I wouldn't mind a phone that does it all. Maybe the Legion could be it! As for pricing something like this, we'll have to wait and see. What do you think? Are you interested? // XDA

T-Mobile 5G in New York Gets the Full 5G Experience

Kellen — Tue, 05 May 2020 14:29:27 +0000

We talk a lot about the future of 5G and how no carrier has been able to deliver on all of the 5G promises we've heard about for several years. We are still far from that happening too, but T-Mobile just took a major step toward a 5G future that, if anything, will give you the most flexible 5G connection yet.

The T-Mobile 5G Layer Cake

In New York City, T-Mobile has fired up its "Layer Cake" 5G setup, which means they have live networks in low-band, mid-band, and mmWave 5G. This is a first for any carrier in the US. The "layer cake" idea here should allow supported phones to switch to the best 5G network that is available at any moment. If you are in Manhattan, that could mean a connection to super fast 5G mmW. As you travel around NYC, you may jump onto mid-band 5G and still see impressive speeds. Should you take a drive out of the city, that will likely mean a switch to low-band 5G and what we hope will still be a solid connection.

Supported T-Mobile 5G phones

At this time, T-Mobile has announced that the Samsung Galaxy S20+ and Galaxy S20 Ultra are the "first to have access" to this new layer cake. The regular S20 is not included there because the smaller S20 doesn't have 5G mmW support. We will see additional phones that can take advantage of T-Mobile's three different 5G bands at some point, though T-Mobile hasn't said which ones. Also, next year with the launch of Qualcomm's X60 5G modem will really make 5G fun as it'll let phones combine these layers to produce robust 5G experiences. That modem is supposed to arrive alongside the Snapdragon 875 or whatever Qualcomm names it. https://twitter.com/NevilleRay/status/1257736014866419713 If you are in New York City and own a Galaxy S20+ or Galaxy S20 Ultra, let us know how the 5G experience is. You getting faster speeds or more stable 5G connections?

Here's Your Last Chance to Grab a Google Home for $29

Kellen — Tue, 05 May 2020 11:27:07 +0000

The original Google Home flash sale from this weekend that saw the smart speaker drop to $29 helped it sellout almost everywhere, probably for good. If you missed the sale, you may have one last chance: Office Depot. Office Depot/ OfficeMax are still showing some stock, with both delivery and in-store pickup available. Most of the stores I checked have a single unit left, though, so be quick if you were planning on a same-day pick-up. Should you buy Google Home, a 3-year old device with Google Assistant? Sure, man, let your home get its smarts on.

Shop Google Home at Office Depot

OnePlus 8 Pro Thoughts: Not for the Diehards

Guest — Tue, 05 May 2020 11:11:26 +0000

Before I get into my argument, a sad admission; I’ve never used the OnePlus 8 Pro, but that’s the point of the following piece. In my defense, I’ve been a self-admitted “OnePlus Diehard” for a couple of years now and snagged the OnePlus 6 the moment it was announced, followed by the OnePlus 7 Pro a year later. Like many of you, I’ve kept my eyeballs glued to the leaks and rumors (some from OnePlus themselves), and this became the first year in my admittedly short OnePlus fandom that I didn’t immediately pull the trigger. Here’s why.

Who’s the OnePlus 8 Pro for? Let’s start with who I think will pull the trigger on the OnePlus 8 Pro. This phone seems to be built for the Curious Casual that wanes in and out of phone fandom, usually coming back every two to three years when it’s high time to retire their aging handset. It’s the kind of consumer that’s heard of OnePlus “from them YouTubers” but has never made the dangerous leap to a brand without the name recognition of the big boys. This year’s OnePlus 8 Pro will likely appeal to them because it’s priced in that sweet spot that’s not so low that it’s “too cheap to be good” but also not too high to where they’ll feel like they’re getting a bad value. It seems paradoxical, but I’ve witnessed hundreds of customers opt for more expensive cameras, computers, phones, etc., based on price alone, quality and specifications be damned. If you pair that with the right amount of marketing, education, and carrier support, OnePlus could very well deepen the dent it’s been making in the States since T-Mobile started offering the 6T. And then somewhere between the OnePlus Diehard and the Curious Casual lies the OnePlus Casual, the buyer that adheres to the two- to three-year cycle but always sticks with the latest Flagship Killer. For them, the upgrade from a OnePlus 3, 5, or 6 series phone is probably more than justified; there’s a lot to love with the new 8 Pro. Unfortunately, there’s also a lot that I don’t love. Who’s it not for? The OnePlus Diehards, such as myself. Stop me if you’ve heard this story, but bang-for-buck is what launched the OnePlus One into icon status, offering the latest processor for half the cost of the premium market. The core fanbase remembers those days vividly and has, for the most part, stuck with the company when it started frog boiling us with incremental yet noticeable price jumps every year. The entry-level OnePlus 7 Pro from the OnePlus 6 was the largest of those jumps (+$140) up until this year’s massive leap to the entry-level OnePlus 8 Pro (+$230). What are you getting for the extra money spent? To heavily summarize, the OnePlus 8 Pro packs an upgraded processor with integrated 5G (Editor’s Note: Which we still don’t think is a great selling point), 30W wireless charging (admittedly cool), and an IP rating that we kind of had already, just not in an officially certified capacity. I’m not saying that these upgrades aren’t useful or exciting in any way, I’m just arguing that they’re not necessary additions for the diehards that picked up the OnePlus 7 Pro last year. Which brings me to the thing that really sent me over the edge: that display. You hear it all the time, even OnePlus will tell you it’s the most important part of the phone because it’s the thing we look at. With hardware getting so close to one another these days (save for the foldable revolution that Samsung promises is “already here”), the screen is one of the last bits of hardware that gives a phone its personality; it’s why the iPhone notch is so iconic and the center hole punch is synonymous with Samsung’s S20. I know we’re about to the point where under-display cameras will give us the full-screen future we’ve always wanted, but here’s the thing -- OnePlus was already there a year ago. We can argue about the trade-off of the pop-up camera, but for me, it’s entirely worth it and I’m more than pissed that they decided to step away from that design. I can’t tell you the number of times I’ve had customers come into my place of work and be awed at the display, then ask what phone I was using. I love having the hot gadget, I’ll admit it, and I love the look on their faces when I show them the pop-up camera. It was cool, it was novel, it was functional, and now it’s gone. No amount of black bars or fun software tricks will rival the experience of the completely uninterrupted, completely sexy screen we got on the OnePlus 7 Pro.

OnePlus 7 Pro: Just look at all that screen goodness.

I’ve been talking almost exclusively about the flagship OnePlus 8 Pro, and that was on purpose. The OnePlus 8 offers a lot of the things I love about the OnePlus 8 Pro but without the sticker shock; at that point, you’re only spending $30 more than the entry-level OnePlus 7 Pro and reaping the benefits of the 865 processor and an updated camera array — not a bad deal. Taken in whole, the OnePlus 8 lineup is actually a great deal as Tim will tell you. But the OnePlus 8 Pro, the tip-top of the lineup, the very best that the company has to offer, just doesn’t do it for the diehard in me. The jump in price from 2019 to 2020 is much more difficult to stomach and we lost a huge amount of ‘cool factor’ with this year’s hole-punch screen. And if the r/OnePlus subreddit is anything to go by, I know I’m not alone.

Hey, guys! My name’s Christian, I’m a soon-to-be-graduated student at the University of Missouri, and these are likely the first words you’ve ever read from me. I’ve spent thousands of hours working hands-on with the latest tech at one of America’s largest electronic retailers and have had the “opportunity” to spend far too much of my youth getting rid of worthless cleaner apps on customers’ phones. If you want to hear some unbelievable customer stories and listen to three guys goof off for an hour while talking tech, check out the PhoneBuzz Podcast — available on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you listen to podcasts. Tune in to the episode we did with Tim a few weeks back, it’s a banger. Huge thanks to Droid Life for giving me the opportunity to post on the site. Kellen, Tim, and the DL community were the first crew to really kickstart my tech obsession. Much love to them and the readers!

Download Forza Street on Your Galaxy Device, Get a Free In-Game Mustang GT

Tim — Tue, 05 May 2020 10:06:49 +0000

If you have a supported Samsung Galaxy device and want to get a bit of racing in, you can now download the new Forza Street game from the Galaxy Store instead of Google Play. After doing so you'll be able to claim a free bundle of goodies, which includes an in-game 2015 Mustang GT and 2015 C7 Corvette Z06 in custom Galaxy paint, in-game credit, as well as gold. It's a bunch of stuff valued at $20. Of course, you don't have to download from the Galaxy Store. The game is now available on Google Play, too! The game itself looks pretty nice if you're into racing. Published by Microsoft, you'll be busy doing street races and building up your car collection as you take on various competitors. This is the first official Forza game for mobile, so we have to assume it's decent. Again, if you have a Galaxy phone, download it from Galaxy Store for the free goods. If you don't have a Galaxy phone, download from Google Play. Don't forget your seatbelt!

Galaxy Store Link | Google Play Link

A Matte Grey Pixel 4 XL Looks Pretty Hot

Kellen — Tue, 05 May 2020 09:35:00 +0000

Every year when Google releases a new Pixel phone, they tend to include the standard black and white options along with a 3rd, somewhat unique color that is only available in limited quantities. For the original Pixel and Pixel 2, there were blue models, the Pixel 3 came in pink, and the Pixel 4 had an orange option. According to a listing on Taobao, there may have been another color at one point for the Pixel 4. The random listing that popped up shows a Pixel 4 XL for sale in a matte grey finish with matching grey power button. Nothing else is noticeably different outside of those two things. The phone shown here has stickers on the back that reference it as a device in testing. There are markers for "C2" and "VZW," which would be references to the codename of the Pixel 4 XL ("coral") and possible testing on Verizon. You have to wonder if maybe Google was preparing to give Verizon its own exclusive grey color. It's also possible that this is nothing more than an early prototype that was cancelled long ago in favor of the colors that Google released. Still, how many of you who prefer darker phones would have gone with this version over that glossy black?

// XDA

LG's New 'Velvet' Hotness Spotted, Fondled In-Store

Tim — Tue, 05 May 2020 08:38:28 +0000

LG is a funny company. It just released the V60 a month and some change ago, but it's as if that phone never happened, with all attention and effort going towards the new Velvet smartphone. Not that I blame them for this, since the Velvet is an infinitely more interesting device, but at the rate LG has teased and detailed Velvet, there won't be anything left for the company to detail at its May 7 online unveiling event. May 15 is believed to be the in-store availability start date for Velvet, but in at least one store that looks to be in South Korea, the Velvet has arrived! In the below video, we get a full hands-on of the device, complete with software tour and everything else you might need to see. While this is great, getting to see the colors and the hardware, we also get to see the software. Yeah, we can now confirm that LG doesn't appear to have any type of new software UX and this is mostly the same thing we've had from LG for years. Yawn. Custom launcher and as much software tweaking as I can do, here I come! Check out these colors, though. My eyes are completely set on getting that Green model. Mmm, sexy. What do you think? Is Velvet cool enough to get you to try LG? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a-hXd_05q2E

Samsung is Quick Once Again With May's Android Security Patch

Kellen — Mon, 04 May 2020 15:51:57 +0000

Samsung was on top of the May Android security update, just like it was for the past several months. At the end of last week, Samsung began pushing the new month's update to its unlocked Galaxy S20 units overseas and then finished up the weekend with the update arriving on US units. My regular Galaxy S20 with a Verizon SIM inside picked up build G981U1UES1ATD1, which weighed in at 218MB. The Galaxy S20+ and Galaxy S20 Ultra should be seeing G986U1UES1ATD1 and G988U1UES1ATD1 then, or something very close to that. The update provides the May 2020 patch (like Google's Pixels got today) and not much else, according to the changelog below. After a couple of months of bigger updates, maybe it's OK for Samsung to just give us this. To check for the update, head into Settings>Software update.

DEAL: AUKEY Hosts Deal on Wall Chargers, Portable Power Banks (Up to 45% Off)

Tim — Mon, 04 May 2020 15:50:28 +0000

You never know when you'll need a new wall charger or portable power bank. Should you be in need at this very moment, AUKEY is hosting a deal for you on Amazon. The deal can save you up to 45% off a 60W wall charger, complete with six USB ports, bringing the price down to $18. If that doesn't suit your fancy, how about an ultra-compact 18W charger with Power Delivery for $10 (34% off)? There are a lot of options to go through, but we have all of the codes you'll need down below. Have at it.

Duo-Port 30W PD Wall Charger - $15 (Code: E2TNFJXY)
Duo-Port 60W PD Wall Charger - $24 (Code: FOHNPE8G)
Ultra-compact 18W PD Wall Charger - $10 (Code: 2ZZHSHAC)
60W Wall Charger w/ 6-Port USB - $18 (Code: 3B82W8PT)
43.5W Wall Charger w/ 3-Port USB - $15 (Code: 584LMEHO)
10000mAh Portable Charger w/ Dual Output - $13 (Code: S7CVDOAF)
20000mAh Power Bank w/ 2 Inputs - $27 (Code: AZSU3RS8)

OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro Receive Updates, Includes Camera and System Improvements

Tim — Mon, 04 May 2020 13:45:37 +0000

Over the weekend, OnePlus sent out another update to both the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro, with the changelogs for each device looking about the same.

Read: OnePlus 8 Pro Review.

For those updating, you'll find new version numbers -- 10.5.6.IN11AA on the 8 Pro and 10.5.5.IN21AA on the OnePlus 8. Inside, OnePlus details improved system stability, fixes for the camera, as well as enhanced network stability. While most of it is vague, the camera changes are at least somewhat explained. OnePlus states that the dirt detector (for the lenses) is now more accurate, the front camera shooting experience has been improved, and the overall stability of the camera has been improved. If you already have the OnePlus 8 or 8 Pro in-hand, be on the lookout!

Droid Life Q&A Sessions: Volume 57 Answers

Tim — Mon, 04 May 2020 12:11:47 +0000

Sorry for the wait, folks, but here's our answers to your questions for Volume 57 of the Droid Life Q&A Sessions. We received a lot of great questions, with many focused on how we're keeping ourselves sane during the stay-at-home order. Don't worry, we're all doing just fine, even if Kellen is going lightly insane without his beloved basketball. Other questions focused on how Google's Pixel line could be just as mainstream as Samsung's Galaxy devices, what the next "big thing" in phones will be," as well as plenty other good questions. We thank you for your submissions and hope everyone is staying safe right now. Onto the answers! Reminder: K is Kellen, T is Tim.

What do you think will be the next big technology to hit mobile phones?

K: I know that you want me to be a visionary and tell you of a grand idea I have, but really, I just want there to be a battery breakthrough. I'm sick of looking at battery percentages every hour still in 2020. Could we get an actual Android AirDrop too? Not all these faux Samsung and semi-file sharing things that are popping up. I want to just be able to tap share on my phone and share with whatever in an instant. T: Phone hardware is still progressing in a good way. For example, we're now getting big displays with small bezels, embedded fingerprint readers and cutout cameras. Phones are looking sexier than ever. If I was to guess what would be the next big thing, I'd hope it would be in either the battery department or possibly the type of material that is used for the hardware itself, like shatterproof glass or maybe even textured options. We've heard about graphene battery tech that Samsung is working on, too. Honestly, I think there's plenty to look forward to in terms of new mobile tech.

What are your overall thoughts on the high pricing of flagships?

K: It really sucks. Even before this global pandemic where money has become even tighter, I just think manufacturers got ahead of themselves in thinking that people would be fine paying $1,000+ for a new phone every two years. We spend $1,500 on TVs and computers and those last us years upon years. Phones aren't supposed to and so that was a big miscalculation by industry players. T: Many consumers, especially us in the US, want it all. We want the IP rating, wireless charging, great camera, huge displays, large battery, and everything else. Making all of that costs money, so if anything, we only have ourselves to blame. If you don't want to spend over $1,000 on a phone, there are plenty of great options. There's the Pixel a lineup, OnePlus phones, and plenty others. Heck, there's even a $399 iPhone! What continues to make Android great is the choice we have in hardware. If you can afford a great phone, great! If you can't, no worries, because you still have good phones to choose from.

What has been your go to quarantine drink?

K: It's still a mix of beer and wine, though the consumption levels have increased, hah. One added bonus has been the local breweries who previously didn't can their beer (they wanted you to come in and drink), now being forced to. So we're getting better in-store canned beer than ever and it is amazing. Beer delivery from my favorite breweries has also been a wonderful addition to life. T: I've been drinking quite a bit of Oregonic Tonic kombucha. Love, love, love!

What do you guys watch for entertainment now that the Trailblazers games have been sidelined?

K: Man, it's been tough finding good content. I've been watching The Last Dance, of course, watched both seasons of "Kingdom" on Netflix (it was f*cking awesome), and that's mostly it for shows I've enjoyed. Been playing Warzone when I have a chance...and drinking for entertainment. T: I've been watching Eastbound & Down, Hell's Kitchen, everything on Netflix and HBO, plus old baseball game reruns. It hasn't been too bad, but I sure do miss sports.

Which dead phone manufacturer are you most surprised isn't around anymore?

K: Essential. I thought they had something really interesting going and they clearly had follow-up products ready. I thought they might actually make moves in ways that OnePlus did early on, but when your founder is a massive egomaniacal asshole, company death is probably what needed to happen. But yeah, good example of journalism being as important as ever, right? T: Well, there aren't too many of the old OEMs that are really dead. Most are still kicking (with exception to Essential, they're definitely dead), but I suppose the obvious answer is HTC. HTC was the king of Android for a bit, so it's disappointing they're gone and focusing on VR. I saw they might be working on some new budget Desire device, so I suppose that's cool.

Do you think the Moto X line will return?

K: Not likely with Lenovo running the show. Lenovo has proven to be an incompetent smartphone company who has let Motorola die the slowest of slow deaths in the saddest way possible. I don't think Lenovo has any understanding of what the Moto X line meant and how it might be a great phone to bring back. They'd also screw it up. T: Since Motorola seems in the business of releasing phones from years ago (Razr), I could see it happening! It wouldn't be hard to do, but knowing these companies they'll likely mess it up in some fashion. It needs to have the customization options, a pretty clean build of Android, and software updates! It could be a massive hit among Android fanboys, but you know, Lenovo probably wants no part in that.

Is there anything that Google can do to make the Pixel series as mainstream as Samsung's Galaxy series of phones?

K: Honestly, I don't know or think so. The smartphone industry is so set in place that for anyone to breakthrough on that level would take some sort of massive change (like a major Samsung controversy that brought them down or forced them out of phones for years) to let Google make an impression. They keep making solid phones, a couple of which were pretty great (ex: Pixel 2 XL), but nothing has mattered. People buy Apple or Samsung phones and that's it. T: It took Samsung years to build the Galaxy series into what it is. The Pixel series is still relatively new in the minds of everyday consumers, but I know for a fact that Google's marketing is doing a good job. People know that Pixel represents a great camera experience, which is a good thing. I'm not entirely sure what Google will have to do to bump Pixel into the Galaxy realm, but what they need is consistency and to continue to make good phones that people enjoy.

What do you think about Chromebooks?

K: They are fine mostly. I have a couple around the house - my kid uses one for school stuff and my wife uses one to run her business. But they are still frustrating experiences at times. Simple things like dealing with .zip files and extracting them is an obnoxious pain for reasons I can't figure out. Good luck ever trying to get a printer to work with one. I actually used to really like them, but lately, it's been frustrating issue after issue for me. I'm pretty close to getting my wife a MacBook just to make life easier on me. T: If you haven't caught an episode of The Droid Life Show, then let me explain my feelings. For the price of the cheaper ones, like the $299 ones, they seem like decent little machines for just cruising the web and playing some Android games. However, once we start getting above $500 and even over $1K, they're so ridiculously dumb. No way can an expensive Chromebook match what my MacBook or a Window-powered laptop can do in terms of applications. It's just a waste of money at that point. To sum it up, while I think they're neat when cheap, the moment they cost more than $400, they become overpriced and limited in comparison to other options.

This Screenshot is Probably From a Pixel 4a

Kellen — Mon, 04 May 2020 12:05:37 +0000

Google's Rick Osterloh shared a new personal Fitbit goal of his today, where the soon-to-be-Google-owned fitness tracking service says he has now walked 7,900 miles, which is "akin to taking a journey through the center of the earth." While congrats are in order there (Congrats, Rick!), the screenshot he shared is likely from a Pixel 4a. How do we know? See the notification shade below and how the clock and notification icons are shifted off to the right? The Pixel 4a is going to have a left-corner selfie camera hole punch in that very spot, which is why we are seeing all of the information shifted over. Hole punches move things, as you can see here from a OnePlus 8 Pro screenshot. Unfortunately, Rick didn't confirm to us when the Pixel 4a would launch, how much it will cost, or why it has a 2-year old camera that I'm sure will be fine. He didn't even acknowledge the phone, even though I'm sure he knows exactly what he was doing. Give me one, Google.

May 2020 Android Security Update Now Available for Pixel Devices

Kellen — Mon, 04 May 2020 10:08:46 +0000

On Star Wars Day, why not have an update for your Google Pixel phone? That's happening, as the May Android security patch is now available from the Pixel 2 on up through the Pixel 4. We have both OTA and factory image files available and you can get updated right away. Currently, we are seeing new 10.0.0 files for Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL (QQ2A.200501.001.A3, May 2020, QQ2A.200501.001.B2), Pixel 3a and Pixel 3a XL (QQ2A.200501.001.A3, QQ2A.200501.001.B2), Pixel 3 and Pixel 3 XL (QQ2A.200501.001.A3, QQ2A.200501.001.B2), and Pixel 2 and Pixel 2 XL (QQ2A.200501.001.A3, QQ2A.200501.001.B3). For build notes, we have the following:

QQ2A.200501.001.A3 builds are for specifically "TW" or Taiwan carriers
QQ2A.200501.001.B2 and QQ2A.200501.001.B3 builds are for all other carriers

UPDATE: Google has not yet posted if there are any functional patches included in this update for Pixel phones. Google has been pretty hit-or-miss over the years when it comes to making the update available quickly to your phone. The “check for updates” button is supposed to work, but you never know when it will from one month to the next. To check for the update, head into Settings>System>Advanced>System update. If you don’t want to wait for Google and prefer to update manually, you will find each image or OTA file at the links below. For instructions on how to flash a factory image, here you go. For instructions on how to flash an OTA .zip file, here you go. We’ll update this post as more info arrives. Links:

Guys, Motorola's $1,500 Razr Still Runs Android 9

Kellen — Mon, 04 May 2020 09:13:40 +0000

In November of last year, the moment after Motorola announced its fancy foldable Razr phone, we pointed out numerous issues with the device that raised flags from our perspective. The dated processor, small battery, and Verizon exclusivity were some of the concerning areas, particularly at the price, but the most glaring of all issues might have been its dated software. You see, the Motorola Razr was only going to launch with Android 9 "Pie," a version of Android that was by no means close to current. Google had released Android 10 months before to its Pixel phones, but we had seen OnePlus and Samsung already start to adopt it to their phones as well. To launch a $1,500 phone with an outdated version of Android, knowing that Motorola (or should we blame Lenovo?) has become terrible at long-term and timely support for its phones, was a major turn-off. It's gotten worse, though. The phone was going to open for pre-orders in December with Android 9 and then ship in January, but was then pushed because of high demand during the pre-registration period. After a short delay, pre-orders did open and the phone arrived in our hands the first week of February. That's February 2020 and still Android 9. Our review speaks for itself in how we feel about the Motorola Razr, but after seeing the phone shockingly go up for a BOGO free deal this weekend, it's now back in mind. And since it's in my mind, I was curious if it had been updated to Android 10 since we last had our hands on it, because I couldn't recall writing up the news.

As it turns out, we are now in May and the Motorola Razr, a foldable phone that costs $1,500, is still running a version of Android that is almost two years old. It has received a couple of monthly security patches from Verizon, just not the update to the version of Android it should have shipped with. Now, Motorola has issued an Android 10 update to the Moto Z4, so this is clearly something they are capable of doing. The new Motorola Edge+ will also run Android 10 out of the box. I would think that Android 10's better support for foldables might be good for the Razr as well, yet here we are. Motorola and Lenovo have so clearly decided that their customers are OK without current software that might better suit their phones. They have only guaranteed one version update to the $1,000 Edge+ and have let the Razr run 2-year old software for months. If the Motorola Edge+ or the BOGO Razr offer were grabbing your attention, think about what you might be buying yourself into.

These Early Pixel 4a Camera Samples Look Solid

Tim — Mon, 04 May 2020 08:47:37 +0000

We're expecting the Pixel 4a to hit the market at some point this month, but while we've been waiting, there has been no shortage of details hitting the web concerning Google's next affordable smartphone. Over the weekend, photo samples all the way from Cuba have hit YouTube and XDA, courtesy of TecnoLike Plus. The samples, just as you'd expect from a Pixel device regardless of its price, paint a solid picture with regard to camera quality. Additionally, the camera hardware on the phone has been confirmed to consist of a single rear-facing 12.2-megapixel Sony IMX363 sensor (f/1.73 aperture) and a front-facing 8-megapixel Sony IMX355 sensor (f/2.0). Below you can view a few samples from the Pixel 4a. There's a look at the Portrait mode, some outside shots, as well as an example of the phone's astrophotography capabilities. All in all, pretty impressive looking.

Portrait Mode: Off vs. On

Keep in mind, these photos should be good. The phone is utilizing the same exact camera sensor that's found in the Pixel 3 and Pixel 4 lineups, so really, we'd expect nothing less right now. Release it already, Google! // XDA

Galaxy S8 Drops From Monthly Security Patches to Quarterly

Kellen — Sun, 03 May 2020 22:11:09 +0000

Right around the launch of the Galaxy S20, we pushed a touch of rare praise upon Samsung's update support for its Galaxy line of phones. While everyone's faux outrage was boiling over about the $1,000 S20 only seeing two years worth of Android version updates, we reminded you all that they were actually supporting their phones longer than Google was. One of the phones we specifically called out was the Galaxy S8, a phone that was coming up on its 3-year anniversary, yet was still seeing monthly security patches. We suggested at the time that it might soon fall from the monthly category and into the quarterly update category. That happened today. With the Galaxy S7 hitting the 4-year mark last month and dropping off of continued support, the Galaxy S8 and Galaxy S8+ have now taken its place on the quarterly list. First launching at the end of April in 2017, the Galaxy S8/S8+ and its owners shouldn't expect monthly updates any longer. Don't believe that Samsung was really still updating the Galaxy S8 each month with fresh security patches? Look at Verizon's support page for it - you'll see an update as recently as March 23, along with updates in February and January of this year. Again, we sure do wish Samsung would find a way to squeeze one more Android version update into its super expensive Galaxy phones (like Android 10 on the S8), but they still deserve credit for the 4-year support that no one else outside of Apple is offering. // Samsung

$1,500 Motorola Razr Gets Buy One, Get One Free Sale

Kellen — Sun, 03 May 2020 09:05:56 +0000

When Motorola cooked up the return of the Razr flip phone and showed it off at the end of last year, only to delay its launch because of "unparalleled excitement," I can't imagine the company expected to then be giving away the $1,500 phone for free a few months later. That's what is happening today. Motorola is currently running a BOGO or buy one, get one free sale on the foldable Motorola Razr. There don't appear to be any major strings attached either, you just add two to cart (can mix and match gold and black) and they will give you one for free. That's right, you pay $1,500 and Motorola will give you another $1,500 phone for free. Should you? Lord, no. The Razr is a cool concept and Motorola deserves credit for taking an old phone design and filling it with modern parts, like a foldable screen. Unfortunately, the phone offers a really unpleasant experience, from its sharp edges to its tight hinge, nuisance of a cover screen, and poor camera. The Verizon exclusivity isn't great either. This one is probably best left alone, unless Motorola starts selling it for $500. $1,500 BOGO, though...unreal. Shop Motorola Razr BOGO Sale Cheers Mike!

Original Google Home is Just $29 Right Now

Kellen — Sun, 03 May 2020 08:27:05 +0000

The original Google Home, the device that kickstarted this whole smart home speaker category for Google, is down to $29 today and what has to be its lowest price ever. First introduced in May of 2016 before going on sale in November later that year, this device is closing in on being 4 years old. We have seen this Google Assistant-powered speaker's family grow during that time with Home Hubs and Minis and Maxes over the years, many of which have been upgraded. This device, however, has never been upgraded or replaced. Maybe that's coming soon with this wild flash sale.

RELATED: Google Home review

The original Google Home started at $129, so you are saving $100 from that original price. Almost every single retailer that sells it has dropped the price to $29.

Buy Google Home:

Tim Cook States Obvious About iPhone SE vs. Android Phones

Tim — Sun, 03 May 2020 08:01:31 +0000

Apple earnings happened recently, and naturally, there were digs at Android. According to Tim Cook, Apple's CEO, the new iPhone SE has the potential to attract plenty of Android users over to iOS, all thanks to its great price and top-tier performance. That performance, powered by the company's A13 chip that is found in the iPhone 11, is so good that Cook says the new iPhone SE is, "Faster than the fastest Android phones." Here's what was said.

It plays in every geo, but I would expect to see it doing even better where the median incomes are less. I’d expect some fair number of people switching over to iOS. It’s an unbelievable offer. It’s the engine of our top phones, in a very affordable package, and it’s faster than the fastest Android phones. It’s an exceptional value.

Years ago, we may have taken offense to something like that, but in 2020, while it's a bit silly, he has a completely valid point from a certain standpoint. It seems about every time Apple announces a new processor for its iPhone lineup, the company puts up a bar graph during a keynote that details its performance versus Android devices. The problem is, even Android's mid-range devices, the ones that would be compared to the iPhone SE, are becoming stellar devices -- Google has the Pixel a lineup, Samsung has the Galaxy A models, and Motorola has been making some of the best inexpensive handsets for years now.

Bugdroid vs. iPhone 6

Comparing iPhone speed vs. Android speed is about apples to oranges. One phone is made by a company that makes nearly everything in-house and has control over the entire process, while Androids are made by a large group of companies. In a lot of cases, Google makes the OS, while one company makes the hardware, and another makes the processor. There is no streamlining when multiple companies are involved. Point being, we've always known that iPhones can be smoother than Android. No one should really argue that, but to say the iPhone SE is "faster" than the fastest Android phones isn't really saying anything. All phones are pretty damn fast these days, regardless of your budget. This is thanks to optimizations done by Apple, Qualcomm, Google, and the list goes on. So no, I'm not going to throw a fanboy tantrum, because these comments don't warrant such a response. Instead, my hope is that whatever phone you may buy this year, whether it be a $1,400 Galaxy S20 Ultra or a $399 iPhone SE, that it does the job you need it to and you're happy with it. // 9to5Mac

OnePlus Says Always-on Display Feature Coming in August at Earliest

Kellen — Sun, 03 May 2020 07:45:47 +0000

When OnePlus announced last month that they would finally add an always-on display feature to OxygenOS and their phones, our excitement could hardly be contained. It's the one missing feature we have been begging them for for years.Without a timeline for when it might arrive, that joy was somewhat short-lived, but this week, OnePlus provided our first update on the situation.

OnePlus Always-on Display Gets a Release Date

In a forum post to update everyone on their IDEAS program and the ideas adopted from it, OnePlus said that they hope to finish development of always-on display "around June" before going into closed and open beta tests in August or September. Those dates are subject to changes, but give us a rough estimate. That timing is somewhat curious, as we should see Android 11 also arrive around then. Is OnePlus going to add always-on display as a feature to Android 11 updates or is it simply a coincidence? Tough to tell.

But Haven't They Already Done This?

I think what has me scratching my head further here is this idea that they are deep in development of a feature they had previously included in phones as recently as the OnePlus 6. That phone had always-on display out of the box, but was then removed with a day-1 update. Since then, OnePlus has only said that they would consider adding the feature up until now, where they have decided to give it another shot. Are they really starting from scratch here? Can they not just tweak the previous idea with new battery-saving features that address previous concerns? I still don't get how every other major phone maker has had always-on display for years and OnePlus is only now starting over on it.

More IDEAS Stuff

Always-on display is not the only new idea that OnePlus adopted from fan suggestions. They also plan to add more fingerprint-related features, play a sound when batteries are fully charged, add folders to the app drawer, and more. Here is the full list of upcoming IDEAS features:

Always on Display - development to be finished around June, CBT/OBT coming in Aug/Sep [subject to changes, there are various factors working]
Enable fingerprint lock for hidden pictures in gallery - included in the roadmap
Play sound when the battery is fully charged - included in the roadmap
Folders within the app drawer -included in the roadmap
Adding more essential features to Zen Mode - included in the roadmap

We'll let you know once we get closer to beta time this summer. // OnePlus

Podcast: Pixel Buds!

Kellen — Fri, 01 May 2020 10:16:02 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, we have two weeks of stories to cover, most importantly, the launch of the Motorola Edge+, the company's first flagship in a couple of years. We'll talk early reviews, specs, price, and all that good stuff. After that, we've got fresh OnePlus 8 news, the launch of Google's Pixel Buds, Pixel 4a dates and picture samples, LG Velvet specs, and more! Trivia is back!

This week’s show is sponsored by E-Win, makers of fine gaming chairs and desks. To get 20% off the chairs we now use during the DL Show, use code “Droidlife” at checkout!

We’ll be live at 12:00PM Pacific (3:00PM Eastern).

Get HBO Max at Discounted Price of $12/Month When You Pre-Order

Tim — Fri, 01 May 2020 09:19:59 +0000

HBO Max is still scheduled for launch on May 27. In what we assume is an attempt to entice more people to sign up, HBO is offering a discounted rate to those who pre-order the service. What was detailed to be a $14.99/month subscription can be yours for just $11.99/month for 12 months should you decide to pre-order. That's a decent savings of $3/month.

Related: HBO Max is very tempting.

Looking over the fine print, there isn't too much to detail. HBO says that once the 12 months is up, you'll be back on the regular $14.99/month price. Additionally, the company says new and returning HBO NOW subscribers can take advantage. If you're wondering about the latest service from HBO, we have all of the details here. The highlights include more than 2,000 movies to watch within the first year, with shows like Southpark and The West Wing coming within 12 months. Some of the big movies available will include The Matrix, Lord of the Rings, The Goonies, all the LEGO movies, and the DC film collection (ex: every Batman and Superman). It's actually a solid list of titles, perfect for keeping us busy during the extended shut-in orders. Have at it.

HBO Max Link

Unlocked OnePlus 8 Phones Won't Work Well at Verizon for a Bit (Updated: Certified)

Kellen — Thu, 30 Apr 2020 16:00:37 +0000

UPDATE 4/30: Verizon and OnePlus have no time for that initial "June" timeline. Both the unlocked OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro are now certified. To get activated, it should be as simple as logging into your account, then My Verizon>My Device>Activate or Switch Device>Activate On an Existing Line, and then follow the instructions that pop-up. If that doesn't work, giving support a call should help.

We know that both the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro should technically work on Verizon's network without much effort. We know that because the specs sheets for them show that all of Verizon's LTE bands are supported. We also know that the OnePlus 8 5G on Verizon will see expanded support up through 5G mmW. Unfortunately, for non-Verizon versions of the phones, proper support may not arrive for the next month. Some folks noticed at the end of last week that OnePlus had switched the carrier support on their site to showing that Verizon was "N/A" when it had previously showed that LTE was at least a-go. That caused some concern, as we were all ready for both of OnePlus' new phones to fire right up on Verizon's network this week just as the phones launch. Over the weekend, I took a look and confirmed that the bands and Verizon support had been pulled. I also looked through Verizon's phone certification portal and noticed that none of the new OnePlus 8 phones are listed yet. In other words, the 8 and 8 Pro haven't been certified, which likely means Verizon hasn't added the phones to their databases for activation purposes. Something similar to this happened when the OnePlus 6T launched and then again with the OnePlus 7 Pro. In both of those situations, Verizon and OnePlus figured it all out pretty quickly. This time around, OnePlus is saying that the OnePlus 8 5G, which is Verizon's version, will be certified and ready to go for launch this week. The unlocked models of the OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro might not see full certification until June, though. That could lead to a semi-broken (like with SMS) experience for those using those models on Big Red for several weeks. Here's the statement on the situation that OnePlus sent to Android Police:

"Our OnePlus 8 series open market phones in North America will not be compatible with Verizon until June at the latest. The OnePlus 8 purchased through Verizon will be certified immediately."

So there you have it. Certification is coming, but you'll have to be patient.

Verizon OnePlus 8 5G Gets Its First 5G Update

Kellen — Thu, 30 Apr 2020 12:37:11 +0000

The OnePlus 8 5G launched at Verizon yesterday and is already receiving its first update. While not as large as the day-1 updates for the unlocked OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro, we are never going to complain about fresh software. In the update, which arrives as build IN2019_15_200420, OnePlus 8 5G owners will see "improved 5G connectivity" as well as "improved Premium visual voicemail." That's it. Maybe the next one will remove that Verizon 5G logo from the backside. Sorry for the entire post on this.

Shop OnePlus 8 5G at Verizon

// Verizon

OnePlus 8, 8 Pro Get Support for Stadia

Tim — Thu, 30 Apr 2020 12:33:26 +0000

Anyone who has already or plans to pick up a OnePlus 8 or OnePlus 8 Pro now have access to Stadia on the devices, thanks to added support that went live just this week. These two phones add to a growing list of mobile device's that support Google's cloud gaming platform. All you need is the Stadia app, plus a supported gamepad. Full List of Supported Phones

Pixel 2, 2XL, 3, 3XL, 3a, 3a XL, 4, 4XL
Samsung S8, S8+, S8 Active, Note 8
Samsung S9, S9+, Note 9
Samsung S10, S10+, Note 10, Note 10+
Samsung S20, S20+, S20 Ultra
OnePlus 8, 8 Pro
Asus ROG Phone, ROG Phone II
Razer Phone, Razer Phone II

Anyone get Stadia now that it's free to join? How are you liking it? // Google

Arrog, Anticipated Puzzle Adventure Game, Releases July 22

Tim — Thu, 30 Apr 2020 09:01:33 +0000

From publisher Playdigious, the same label that is home to hit games like OK Golf, Evoland 2 and Teslagrad, a new game called Arrog is coming. Scheduled to be released for Android on July 22, the game is up for pre-registration right now on Google Play. While the below trailer is short and not heavy on details, I'm excited about this one. Arrog is a puzzle adventure game with hand-drawn art, set in a black-and-white world with color accents. The soundtrack is supposed to be bomb, too. As for a story, the game's description only lists, "Help a man travel through his dreams, as he must learn to accept his own death." For those who purchase the game within its first week of release, you'll receive 30% off its launch price of $3. Not bad at all. We'll let you know when it's available!

Google Play Link

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VAWQ-FdoUi8

Poll: How Long Have You Owned Your Current Phone?

Kellen — Thu, 30 Apr 2020 08:42:43 +0000

I often wonder if the era of frequent smartphone upgrades is behind us. It seemed like not long ago we had a handful of work-arounds to swap out barely-year-old-phones for whatever was new. Now, though, the lengthy monthly payment plans have locked folks in and phone prices have skyrocketed to $1,000 or more. Phones aren't cheap, but they are also good enough that they aren't aging as quickly as they once did. Or maybe the coolness of upgrading all of the time has waned? As a sort of related point, and not that my wife is the marker for all trends, but I bring her up because she seems less interested than ever to get a shiny new phone. There was a time where she'd upgrade almost as frequently as I did, because there were new phones lying around the house that she could test whenever. But for several years now, she just doesn't seem to care as much. She kept a Pixel 2 (the small, huge bezel version) for two years and just recently upgraded to a Note 10. She didn't care about the S20 or OnePlus 8 or Pixel 4 or any of 2019's other phones, for that matter. I get the feeling that she is going to have this Note 10 for a long, long time. I don't know if that's because phones haven't changed much recently, if the upgrades that we can't stop talking about matter less to the average smartphone user, or if the hassle of changing isn't worth it. I can tell you that while I switch phones because it's my job to, I can't remember the last time I switched to something that I truly loved so much that I couldn't see myself leaving for another phone. It's all just so much of the same today. So for today's poll, let's see how long you all have owned your current phone and if I'm completely wrong in how often you guys are upgrading. Are you still getting the new-new each year or have you settled in to phones like the Pixel 2 XL (above), which are more than 2 years old. [poll id="542"]

YouTube TV Offering 30-Day Trials for Select Add-on Networks, Showtime and Shudder Included

Tim — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 15:41:33 +0000

YouTube TV announced this week that it is offering extended trials of select networks, which is perfect for those who are cooped up inside due to COVID-19. YouTube TV lists that so long as you haven't trialed these networks previously, you can enjoy 30 free days of networks like Showtime, Shudder (great network for horror genre fans!), Acorn, and Sundance.

Networks With Extended Trials

Showtime
Shudder
Acorn TV
CuriosityStream
Sundance Now
Urban Movie Channel

This promotion is live right now on YouTube TV, so go take advantage!

YouTube TV Link

https://twitter.com/YouTubeTV/status/1255621647916314624

HTC DROID Incredible Turns 10 Years Old Today

Tim — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 14:32:01 +0000

We received an email from an apparent ex-owner of a DROID Incredible this morning. In the email, they said the phone turned 10 years old today on April 29. After confirming with Wikipedia, holy moly, it's true! Happy 10th birthday to the DROID Incredible! Many who are reading this site may have started their passion for Android with the DROID Incredible, manufactured by HTC and sold exclusively on Verizon. Powered by a Snapdragon S1 processor and priced at $199 on a 2-year contract and after a $100 rebate (omg, phones used to cost less than $1,000?!), you can check out our original video review and hands-on video below. Wowzers, time sure does fly! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GBeWjiC00HY

Pixel Buds Could Soon Detect Crying and Barking

Kellen — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 12:55:51 +0000

The new Google Pixel Buds only released yesterday and yet we may already know a big feature that Google could be working on. Thanks to the Pixel Buds companion app, mention of "attention alerts" was found in code that appears to hint at a way for your Pixel Buds to tell you more about surrounding happenings. After digging through the new Pixel Buds app, the crew at 9to5Google found strings for "attention alerts" that could trigger should a baby be crying, dog barking, or a smoke alarm sounding. This is just a guess, but Google could use these background noises to alert you with an audio notification in your Pixel Buds. Assuming you are listening to music and can't hear the outside world well, your Buds recognizing that a baby is crying, your dog is freaking out, or that your house is burning down is a pretty cool idea. Since the Pixel Buds can recognize your voice and fire up the Google Assistant by command, using them as a tool to listen for specific sounds is quite interesting. Privacy concerns are also acceptable to consider right now with that knowledge, though I won't dive too far down that road until Google has announced and explained this feature. Guys, I'm really liking the Pixel Buds so far. // 9to5Google

Pixel Buds Sold Out Almost Everywhere, But Abt Has Them (Updated: Google Store)

Kellen — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 11:19:29 +0000

If you are hunting around for Google Pixel Buds, you are probably coming up empty at all of the typical retail spots. Almost everyone is sold out of Google's $179 wireless earbuds at this point. One of the few remaining is Abt, which just so happens to be the retailer that gave us one of those first early pre-order listings. Like everyone else, Abt has the Clearly White version of the Pixel Buds, since this is the only color Google has made available. They also have them listed at the $179 price Google wants and I don't believe there are any sneaky deal work-arounds like some of us tried to push through US Cellular or Verizon in the past couple of days. Still, we are in-stock here with free shipping and free returns. Depending on how quickly you order, you could get your new Pixel Buds in a few days. Curious for our thoughts on Pixel Buds? My pair showed up today and I'm sharing initial impressions here. We'll have a review up soon too (like in a week).

UPDATE: Soldout.
UPDATE 2: Back in-stock on Google Store!

Shop Pixel Buds at Abt

German Carrier Details Mid-May Launch for Pixel 4a

Tim — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 10:11:25 +0000

We all know that Google I/O has been cancelled this year, but that doesn't mean all of the announcements that were scheduled to take place during that event are also cancelled. One of those announcements was likely to be the Pixel 4a, but because I/O is no longer taking place, we don't have a good idea as to when we can expect Google's next affordable smartphone. Well, according to Germany's Vodafone carrier, it's looking like a mid-May launch. Internal documents detailed by German media state that the device is to launch May 22, which could mean we'll see Google announce the phone some time before then. There's no telling if the May 22 date is solely for Europe or all markets Google intends to have the phone available, but at this point, we'll take any Pixel 4a details we can get. Right now, there isn't much we don't know about this phone, thanks to the internet and its undying ability to out Google phones ridiculously early. Its starting price is rumored to be $399, specs that include a Snapdragon 730 processor, 5.8″ 1080p display, 6GB RAM, 3,080mAh battery, and 12MP rear-facing camera. All in all, it should be a solid little Pixel phone from Google with a reasonable price tag. Let's just pray the iPhone SE hasn't completely killed the market for it. /sarcasm If mid-May ends up being the timeframe, we don't have too much longer to wait. // Caschys Blog

Verizon OnePlus 8 Gets Super Sweet Verizon 5G Logo Imprinted on Back

Kellen — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 09:14:57 +0000

Thus far, as 5G has spread across the US from carrier to carrier, we've seen the blasting of "5G" logos on everything in sight kept to a minimum. Unlike with the launch of 4G LTE, where we couldn't help but mock carrier logo spam, we have yet to see the same with 5G. The Galaxy S20 line launched at all carriers with nothing but a "Samsung" logo on the backs of phones. Should you buy one of Samsung's new phones, you won't find a carrier imprint at all, just another Samsung phone that won't constantly remind you that your phone is truly owned by your network operator. I'm going to assume that's because Samsung has actual power in this industry, like Apple, because the OnePlus 8 at Verizon has been disrespected. OnePlus has long been known as a company who keeps their phones minimal. Their designs are clean and elegant, they have fought to keep bloatware to a minimum, and their early carrier partnership with T-Mobile didn't result in them having to abandon those principals. But now that they are on Verizon, we're seeing Verizon's ego takeover and OnePlus back down. The OnePlus 8 at Verizon might come in an exclusive "Polar Silver" colorway, but it also gets an exclusive Verizon 5G logo permanently placed on its backside. Right in the spot where all other OnePlus 8 phones just say "OnePlus," Verizon's version wants you to know that you are forever beholden to its world and network. The logo serves no purpose other than as a way for Verizon to flex some muscle. That logo won't boost your signal. In fact, good luck ever getting this "5G" phone on one of their 5G mmW towers that cover a couple of blocks in a handful of cities and that can barely hold a signal through a window. You may cover the logo up with a case. Your friends will certainly never say, "Whoa bro, that's the Verizon version! F*cking sweet!" because no one sucks that badly. But you, the owner of Verizon's OnePlus 8, will forever be reminded that this is theirs and that they sucked you into a 2-year contract for it. Verizon did the same on the LG V60 recently, even as no other carrier, even the ones with nationwide 5G networks, did. T-Mobile's OnePlus 8 is also as clean as the unlocked version. This is a Verizon thing as it has almost aways been. It's gross and unnecessary, just not unexpected. Buy the unlocked OnePlus 8, please.

OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro Now Available!

Kellen — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 08:41:15 +0000

Today is launch day for the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro, two phones worthy of your consideration if you are in the market for a new smartphone. They might be expensive for OnePlus phones, but they pack a punch and yet still remain a better value than almost any other high-end phone available today. Want to know more before pulling the trigger? Our OnePlus 8 Pro review and OnePlus 8 review are good places to start. Done there? OK, so buying a OnePlus 8 Pro is going to be difficult at this moment. The phone went up for sale at midnight and has basically sold out in the US in all colors. Amazon is supposed to sell it, but shows it not being in stock for a couple of weeks. The OnePlus 8 is still readily available at Verizon and T-Mobile, though, as well as at OnePlus' store.

OnePlus 8 Pro (starting at $899):

Amazon | OnePlus Store

OnePlus 8 (starting at $699):

Google Meet Free for Everyone Starting in May

Tim — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 08:28:05 +0000

Google Meet, Google's online video conferencing platform, is gradually being made available for free to all users starting in early May. As many of us are still working from home, video conferencing has been crucial for businesses getting work done, as well as friends and family staying in touch. Here's what Google wrote.

Starting in early May, anyone with an email address can sign up for Meet and enjoy many of the same features available to our business and education users, such as simple scheduling and screen sharing, real-time captions, and layouts that adapt to your preference, including an expanded tiled view. It’s important that everyone who uses Meet has a secure and reliable experience from the start, so beginning next week, we’ll be gradually expanding its availability to more and more people over the following weeks.

With availability rolling out gradually, you might find that you don't have access immediately to free Google Meet, but Google is allowing users to be notified when it's their turn. Like on other platforms, meetings are limited to 60 minutes for the free product, but Google states that it won't enforce time limits until after September 30. Considering how much some platforms charge for time, this is pretty darn generous of Google. Good on ya, Google. // Google

DEAL: 2-Pack of Google Nest Hub is Back and Only $99 (Updated: Done)

Kellen — Wed, 29 Apr 2020 08:02:52 +0000

When QVC posted a deal on a 2-pack of Google Nest Hubs for $99 a week ago, it immediately sold out before we could even tell you about it. Now today, the deal is back and they might have enough stock this time for everyone to get in on this action. I don't want to delay your chances, so I'll just say it - this is a heck of a deal. A Nest Hub typically costs $130, but is often discounted to around $99. That's for one unit. QVC is selling you the discounted price of $99 and tossing in a free one. At this time, all they have is the Charcoal version, though I'm guessing you don't care. You just want this wild ass deal that includes free shipping too.

UPDATE: This deal is done.

Shop Nest Hub at QVC

VIDEO: 20+ OnePlus 8 Tips & Tricks!

Tim — Tue, 28 Apr 2020 14:31:02 +0000

Maybe you caught our reviews of the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro? If not, you might want to check them out. Should you be picking one of these devices up for yourself soon, we now have videos for you to consume! Kellen already posted his First 10 Things to Do, so next up, it's my turn with the Tips & Tricks. I have about 20 tips in the following video, mostly focused on customizing the device. OnePlus bakes in so many ways to make this device look and feel like your phone, and as Android fans, we love that. We go over theme options, custom gesture controls, quick app access, Hidden Space, and really so much more. If you intend on grabbing a OnePlus 8, check it out! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lnsUqcwAhmY

New Google Pixel Buds Now Available! (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 28 Apr 2020 13:50:31 +0000

Yep, the new Google Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) are now available. After a retailer sort of spoiled the news, Google made the release official and the first reviews are starting to pop-up. At this time, only the "Clearly White" pair is available, though Google still shows that "Almost Black, "Quite Mint," and "Oh So Orange" are coming soon with a waitlist. It'll apparently be "months" before those get here. If you'd like a pair, you can order them for the following places:

UPDATE 4/28: Added Walmart as most others soldout.

Stadia Boosts Title Count With PUBG, Madden and Star Wars Jedi: Fallen Order Coming Later This Year

Tim — Tue, 28 Apr 2020 09:54:04 +0000

Stadia Connect took place this morning, an online event that showcased what's new and what's coming to Google's cloud-based gaming platform. The big news concerns titles that are now available, as well as titles that are soon to come. Starting today, Stadia Pro users can claim PUBG for absolutely free and get to playing, while the service's free Stadia Pro games for the month of May are listed as The Turing Test, Zombie Army 4, and Steamworld Heist. Stadia also announced that Star Wars Jedi: Fallen Order, as well as Madden NFL will be available later this year. For those who have yet to try Stadia, you can still claim your two free months of Stadia Pro right here. There's nothing wrong with free games, so give it a shot! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zPITKqTguxI

Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker in 4K is $10 on Google Play

Tim — Tue, 28 Apr 2020 09:27:05 +0000

Listen, I don't care if you hate or love The Rise of Skywalker -- I'm only here to let you know that the 4K title is listed at $9.99 on Google Play right now. That's down from its usual price of $25. For Disney+ subscribers, you'll have the ability to stream this title on May 4, so unless you absolutely need to "own" it, I'd suggest holding off. Even though I am on Disney+ myself, I still feel like $10 is hard to pass up for a Star Wars film in 4K. Plus, I actually didn't mind this movie all too much. Yeah, it's got its issues, but whatever. If you want it, follow the link below.

Google Play Link

DEAL: Target Hosting Sale on Every Google Home and Nest Hub Product, Save Up to $50

Tim — Tue, 28 Apr 2020 09:12:08 +0000

With many spending a bit of extra time at home these days, maybe you've happened upon the realization that your house isn't smart enough. It's completely possible. Should that be the case, Target is hosting a sale on Google Home and Nest Hub products, capable of transforming your house into a smart home. For specifics, you can save $50 on a Google Home or Google Home Max speaker, save $30 on a Nest Hub, get a 2-pack of Nest Hub Max smart displays for $399 (saves you about $40), as well as save $10 on a Chromecast Ultra. And speaking of the Ultra, don't forget that Stadia pairs nicely with it. All the links you'll need are below.

Target Links

Google Home - $49
Google Home Max - $249
Nest Hub - $99
Nest Hub Max - 2 for $399
Google Mini Smart Light Starter Kit - $45
Nest Mini (2nd Gen) - $29
Chromecast Ultra - $59

Best Pixel Buds Deal at 30% Off if You Live in a US Cellular Area

Kellen — Tue, 28 Apr 2020 08:24:24 +0000

Google's new Pixel Buds are tough to get a hold of at the moment. With most retailers not open for walk-in business and what appears to be shortages on stock, we are all looking for the best available deal. US Cellular has a solid promo, although you'll need to either be a US Cellular customer or at least live in one of their service areas to get it. If you hit that link below, you'll find the Google Pixel Buds at US Cellular, still in stock. Add them to cart and toss in the coupon code of "ACCESSORY30" and you will see their price drop from $179 down to $125.30. That's a $53 savings on a product released only yesterday! Now, the tricky part is being in a US Cellular area. During the process of adding to cart and then checking out, you'll be asked where you live and the system will check to make sure you are eligible. As someone in Portland, I was not, even if I used Bend's zip code to get them in cart. Tough times. For you, if you live in a US Cellular area and are not one of their customers, let us know if you are able to buy!

Buy Pixel Buds at US Cellular

LG Reveals a Bunch of Its Velvet Smartphone Specs, Sets Release Date

Kellen — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 21:03:59 +0000

LG really can't contain itself over its new Velvet phone. After revealing the phone's design and setting a date to make the rest of it official, the company has released even more info tonight. We now know the date the phone will arrive in stores, we get to see a bunch of angles of the phone in various colors, and we know a lot of the specs.

LG Velvet Release Date

First of all, the apparent in-store date for the LG Velvet is May 15. We know that LG plans to show it off on May 7 and will then turn around and sell it only a week later. That's a big change for a company who used to announce phones so far in advance that people forgot they were still coming. I still can't help but think this all happened so fast. A month ago we were reviewing the LG V60 and now LG is a couple of weeks away from letting the world buy its brand new phone line. Crazy.

LG Velvet Specs

Release date aside, LG isn't waiting around until May 7 to tell us what kind of specs they've included in this new phone. We now know that it will feature a 74.1mm wide body that is 6.8mm thick. The front and back sides of that body blend together with curves to create an oval 3D arc shape. You'll view content on its 6.8" 20.5:9 FullVision waterfall display and listen to audio over stereo speakers that are powered by AI sound. The Velvet will snap photos and video from a triple camera setup made up of 48MP main, 8MP ultra-wide, and 5MP depth lenses. As you probably guessed, that 48MP camera will use a quad pixel binning technology to output 12MP stills. The processor inside, as we already know, is the Snapdragon 765 with 5G. The battery is a 4300mAh cell. LG confirmed that its Dual Screen and Stylus Pen accessories will work with the Velvet, a note that was previously rumored.

LG Velvet Colors

Finally, LG named the colors of its new Velvet phone, which are Illusion Sunset, Aurora Gray, Aurora Green, and Aurora White, in that order below.

While the design here of Velvet is certainly refreshing for LG, they really need to show me something special on May 7 outside of what they have shared tonight. I can't help but think this package all amounts to another LG phone that doesn't actually do anything new. A new name does not a winning phone make. // LG

Verizon Extends Waived Fees, Service Shutoffs Due to COVID-19 to June 30

Tim — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 11:57:01 +0000

In March, Verizon announced that it would waive fees and cease service shutoffs for 60 days to those impacted by COVID-19. In a message sent out today, the carrier is now extending this to June 30, giving more people the financial flexibility that is absolutely paramount in times such as these. Here's the statement.

Verizon is extending its commitment to keep our customers connected through June 30. This means we will neither terminate service nor charge late fees to our postpaid wireless, residential, and small business1 customers that notify us of their inability to pay their bills due to disruptions caused by the coronavirus pandemic. Customers can notify us by visiting here.

To get this extension from Verizon, customers will need to contact the carrier directly, and as the company notes, notify it of their inability to pay the bills. // Verizon

First Pixel Buds Reviews Give Positive Marks Outside of Battery Life

Kellen — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 11:15:46 +0000

The new Google Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) are now available for purchase, so that means the first wave of reviews are out. We get to find out from an early set of reviewers if Google nailed this attempt after that not-so-great first pair of Pixel Buds, how sound and comfort rate, and if battery life is acceptable. For the most part, early feedback sounds positive outside of one area.

Sound

This is the most important aspect right? For the most part, the handful of reviews I've read suggest the audio here on the new Pixel Buds is "very good," "solid," "quite nice," "pleasant," or some form of those descriptors. Several mentioned that bass isn't quite as good as they had hoped and that the lack of an equalizer in the Pixel Buds app is a missed opportunity, but overall, there is good detail in the layers of sound for most genres. CNET thought the Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) sounded "right there" with the latest Galaxy Buds+ and Jabra Elite 75t, two pairs of buds that Google's latest will compete with. On the other hand, Engadget said that something like a "booming kick drum is subdued on Pixel Buds" and that it needs a "little more oomph" when a track commands it.

Fit and Comfort

While wearing the new Pixel Buds, generally speaking, everyone found them to be comfortable. Some leaned more towards the new Pixel Buds being "very" or can't-tell-you-are-wearing-them comfortable, with others suggesting they were only comfortable for short periods of time. Android Police said they "seem to disappear" in the ear, possibly because of the shape and the spatial vent that helps the Buds relieve some of that pressure you get from other true wireless earbuds (like the Galaxy Buds). On the flipside, The Verge found them to fit nicely until they hit the 3-hour mark and then the little stabilizer arc started causing discomfort. CNET found similar discomfort over long periods.

Battery Life

This is going to be the area that cause many to pass on the new Pixel Buds, I fear. Google rated the Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) as having about 5-hour battery life out of the case with up to 24-hours total using the case to re-charge. Everyone who has reviewed these new Buds said that battery life is average and likely at or under Google's rating. Is 5 hours bad? It's about AirPods level, but when you compare to the Galaxy Buds+ at 11 hours on a single charge, 5 hours sounds awful. Couple that with the $180 price tag, while the Buds+ start at $150 and you have some personal usage considerations to make before pulling out that wallet.

Buy New Pixel Buds 2?

I wish I could tell you an answer to that, but we're still procuring a pair of Google's new Pixel Buds and will be along with our own review shortly. That said, after reading through reviews today, I don't know that anyone so far is screaming, "Buy these now!" Instead, it's a mixture of praise for sound and comfort and Google Assistant functionality, with subtle disappointment in battery life. They sound like a product that will be just...fine. Reviews: Engadget | CNET | The Verge | Android Police

Shop Google Pixel Buds (2nd Gen):

Samsung Updates Original Galaxy Buds With a Few Buds+ Features

Tim — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 11:08:59 +0000

For Galaxy Buds owners who didn't think it prudent to upgrade to Samsung's latest Galaxy Buds+ earbuds, an update is headed your way! Inside, Samsung is baking in a few of the Buds Plus' features, most notably new options for Ambient Sound and quick Spotify playlist access. For the Ambient Sound, you might notice that as soon as you plug your buds into your ears, this feature will now enable automatically. Additionally, you can use Ambient Sound when having just one earbud in. These options are accessible via the Galaxy Wearables app. If you're a Spotify user, a new gesture (tap + hold) will launch a favorited Spotify playlist. If you don't care for those jams, tap and hold again and Spotify will recommend playlists for you so you can discover new music. Samsung also details that you can now more easily pair your earbuds to your Windows 10-based PC. During the current COVID-19 issue, with many working from home, this is good because you'll have access to improved sound quality on work-related tasks, such as remote video meetings as well as, "listening to the music that helps you power through the workday." Be on the lookout for this update, "OG" Galaxy Buds owners. // Samsung

Lost Your New Pixel Buds Already? New Fast Pair Feature Helps Find Them

Tim — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 10:05:54 +0000

In late 2017, Google introduced Fast Pair, making Bluetooth connections happen more quickly and effortlessly on your supported devices. This week, with the launch of Pixel Buds, Google is detailing new features for Fast Pair, which includes the ability to find lost accessories, battery level notifications, and more. Starting now on supported devices, should you misplace an earbud or set of headphones, Fast Pair will let you ring the missing accessory, hopefully leading you to finding it. For true wireless earbuds, you'll be able to choose which side bud to ring -- right or left. Google also notes that in the coming months, you'll be able to use the Find My Device app to locate missing items.

Another new feature is battery notifications for supported devices. When paired, your phone will detail the battery levels for connected devices. For supported buds, it will show each right and left bud's battery level, and when supported, will also show the case's battery level. Google says that the new Pixel Buds and the Harmon Kardon FLY buds will be the first to support these new features, but many more devices are on the way. Are you planning on picking up a pair of Pixel Buds? // Google

OnePlus 5, 5T Getting Android 10 Via Open Beta

Tim — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 08:43:45 +0000

OnePlus is giving existing OnePlus 5 and OnePlus 5T owners something to do this week, releasing the first Android 10 build for the devices via the company's beta program. From looking at the changelog, the only thing to note is that full screen gestures will only work for the OnePlus 5T. This makes perfect sense, considering the OnePlus 5 features a physical home button. Beyond that, this is Android 10, the same version most of us should be familiar with by now. To get in on the beta, you'll need to download and flash the Android 10 build manually, but since this is OnePlus, that process is so easy. Follow the link below to check out the instructions. Enjoy, 5 and 5T owners. // OnePlus

New Google Pixel Buds App Goes Live as Launch Appears Imminent (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 27 Apr 2020 07:26:13 +0000

UPDATE: Now available for purchase!

The new Google Pixel Buds might be here. Well, they might be arriving at any moment, as we now have a Pixel Buds app available to all and an old pre-order listing just went live again. This could be launch week.

New Pixel Buds app

Last night, most Pixel phones should have received an update to an app called "Google Pixel Buds" that is indeed a listing for the app that will power the new Pixel Buds (or Pixel Buds 2). The app will help users setup Buds, check battery levels, turn on/off Adaptive Sound, turn on/off in-ear detection, control Assistant functionality, and more. The app showed up on Pixel phones (like magic bloatware) whether you want anything to do with the Pixel Buds or not, but like I said, anyone can install. I searched, found, and installed it on my Galaxy S20. Also, the listing specifically mentions that "This app is for Google Pixel Buds (2nd Gen)," in case there was any confusion. Google Play Link: Google Pixel Buds

Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) available to buy

Back in February, electronics retailer B&H Photo posted a pre-order listing for the new Pixel Buds that was pretty quickly taken down. That listing remained hidden until this morning when it was re-posted as an item you can add to cart and purchase. While it doesn't show a shipping date, it isn't listed as a pre-order, only that it is a "new item" or "new release" that is "coming soon." The price is still $179, for those of you hoping for a discount, and B&H is the only company showing this listing live. That said, retailers like this often have these listings scheduled and ready as if they were told this is the day. For what it's worth, I tossed in a pre-order and was still given no date, only that orders will be filled on a first-come-first-served basis. I guess we'll see what happens and I'll update this post should we get additional info, like a date. You guys ready for the new Pixel Buds? Purchase Pixel Buds (2nd Gen) Cheers Mika and John!

OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro Updates Improve Camera, Fix Screen Touch Issues

Kellen — Sat, 25 Apr 2020 09:16:12 +0000

You will be able to purchase the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro in a couple of days. To make sure that day does nothing but impress new phone owners, OnePlus is pushing another round of updates that address issues we had noted during our reviews.

OnePlus 8 Pro update to 10.5.5

The biggest update you could argue is for the OnePlus 8 Pro, which is the higher-end of the two phones. It's a 157MB update that addresses system, camera, battery, and network issues. The most important change (at least to me) comes in the screen department, where OnePlus says they've "optimized touch sensitivity on the screen edges." As you may call from our OnePlus 8 Pro review, the unwanted palm touches were basically my biggest complaint. I cannot wait to get this update on my phone and through some testing to see if OnePlus delivered here. The fresh update also fixes issues with motion smoothing and display effects, improves dark environment focus and white balance accuracy in the camera, and "enhances the mobile data and WiFi transmission stability." Hopefully, that last part fixes the WiFi drops I also noted.

OnePlus 8 update to 10.5.4

The regular OnePlus 8 is seeing a very similar update both in size (158MB) and fixes. There are issues addressed in system, camera, and network, just like the 8 Pro. For system, OnePlus "optimized the display effects," improved accuracy of white balance and focus in dark environments, and addressed similar WiFi and data transmission bugs. See, it's a very similar update.

Update available now

If you happen to have a OnePlus 8 or 8 Pro already, the update is available now, at least in the US. Our 8 and 8 Pro review units both picked up the update this morning. To check, head into Settings>System>System updates. Buy OnePlus 8 Pro

John Legere Calls It Quits on T-Mobile Earlier Than Expected

Kellen — Sat, 25 Apr 2020 08:47:00 +0000

John Legere really wants to find a new job. The former T-Mobile CEO fully departed the company on Friday, more than a month before he was scheduled to in order to pursue new opportunities. The end of an era has come for T-Mobile.

Early departure as CEO and now Board

During the final months of the T-Mobile-Sprint merger, Legere announced that he would depart the company by first stepping down as CEO and let COO Mike Sievert take over. The original date for that move was supposed to be May 1, just as his current contract ended. Instead, with the merger finalized on April 1, Legere stepped down from CEO almost a month early to get the merger off to a fresh start from day 1. Now, after suggesting he would stay on the T-Mobile Board of Directors for a couple of months, Legere has departed as he looks for the next company he can lead. Legere said in an SEC filing specifically that this move was to "pursue other options" and that he was "not resigning because of any disagreement with management or the Board on any matter."

What's next for Legere?

If he has something lined up, he has done an incredible job of keeping it a secret. Last November, there was a rumor suggesting he may lead WeWork as they were transitioning away from their founder and looking for a savior. He pretty quickly denied that he was going to WeWork, but did announce he would step down as CEO of T-Mobile at that time. His in-your-face, don't-care-if-I-offend-anyone approach to management at T-Mobile certainly helped turn the previously-struggling carrier around. He forced a lot of change in an industry that was stuck in a 2-year phone and service model that customers hated. Dubbed "Uncarrier" because of the supposedly anti-carrier ideas he pushed, Legere led T-Mobile through a number of quarters (if not years) in a row of customer growth in the millions. I'd imagine he'll try a similar approach wherever he ends up next.

T-Mobile will go on

If you are worried that Legere leaving means big changes at T-Mobile, you probably haven't been paying attention. Mike Sievert, who is now CEO, has been alongside Legere from the beginning and will likely continue pushing a similar approach to being a wireless carrier. I don't know that Sievert will bring as much PG-13 chatter to Twitter and press events, but a lot of what T-Mobile has done to get to today is likely (at least in-part) because of him. And as we mentioned earlier in the week, T-Mobile is already starting to show customers what can be done with their merger with Sprint. They have begun firing up their mid-band 5G network for T-Mobile customers and started letting Sprint customers get on T-Mobile's LTE network. This is only the beginning of a time where T-Mobile will finally be able to go after Verizon in a bigger way. Whatever John Legere does, I'm sure we'll know as I don't expect him to perform in any sort of quiet manner, but you shouldn't worry about where T-Mobile goes from here. Well, for at least 3 years anyway. // T-Mobile

OnePlus 8 Launch Met With Layoffs in Europe

Kellen — Fri, 24 Apr 2020 13:48:25 +0000

OnePlus has largely turned into a darling of the Android smartphone world in the US thanks to smartly put-together phones, a focus on features important to the enthusiast crowd, and pricing that has made flagship-level phones affordable. The addition of carrier partners in recent years can't hurt either. Outside of the US, well, things may not be going as smoothly.

OnePlus Layoffs in Europe

According to a report from Engadget, OnePlus has downsized some of its regional offices (UK, France, and Germany) by as much as 80%. Some of these countries now only host around three people, their sources suggest. Teams in Denmark, Finland, Netherlands, and Belgium might not have been impacted. When reached for comment, OnePlus didn't necessarily deny the layoffs, but did suggest this was all "normal restructuring" and that they are putting focus in other key markets. In fact, OnePlus said they are hiring "in the region," though we don't know exactly where.

Signs of a Struggle Were There

As noted in this report, OnePlus hasn't exactly been killing it in Europe for some time now. The UK, which was thought to be a hotspot for OnePlus and is often a location where OnePlus hosts events to launch new products, saw similar cuts last summer. OnePlus has also struggled to maintain carrier partners, with only 3 currently selling the OnePlus 8 series and EE discontinuing their partnership. OnePlus is also reportedly planning to move its headquarters from London to Helsinki. That type of move would certainly align with no cuts happening in the Nordic region and potential hiring happening.

OnePlus Hit Its Peak?

There is a quote in this Engadget story from an analyst who suggests that the OnePlus 7 line-up might have been the "peak" moment for the company. That after that, the launch of the OnePlus 7 Pro 5G was mostly a bust and OnePlus has fallen into some sort of over-promising and under-delivering trap. I don't necessarily think I agree with over-promising, I just think they want to play in a new category that may not suit them as well. As I've mentioned before, specifically in my OnePlus 8 Pro review, we liked OnePlus as a brand because of the value we got and the prices we paid for the set of specs delivered. OnePlus no longer wants to play in that area and instead wants to go head-to-head with Samsung. We'll have to keep a close eye on how the OnePlus 8 series rolls out. // Engadget

Facebook Intros 'Messenger Rooms' for Chillaxing With Friends, Family

Tim — Fri, 24 Apr 2020 13:15:53 +0000

Should you be stuck at home and not able to see your amigos, Facebook is introducing Messenger Rooms, allowing users to create shared video rooms that anyone else can join, even if they don't have a Facebook account. To get started, you'll create a Room from your News Feed, then allow for other people to join. People can randomly come and go, with no real purpose for the room's creation needed. It's just to chill, man. I can dig it. Facebook says this new feature will roll out starting this week. The company also took this time to mention WhatsApp group chats will soon support up to 8 people simultaneously. Coolio. // Facebook

First Responders and Healthcare Workers With Busted Pixel, Galaxy Phones Now Get Free Repairs

Tim — Fri, 24 Apr 2020 10:52:21 +0000

Thanks to partnerships between uBreakiFix, Google, and Samsung, first responders and healthcare workers with Pixel and Galaxy devices in need of repair can get their phones fixed absolutely free of charge. Beginning today and ending June 30, Google is offering free repairs for Pixel devices at all uBreakiFix locations across the US. To be eligible for the free repairs, all you need is your ID badge showing you're either a first responder or healthcare worker. The same end date applies for Galaxy devices, too. This is a sweet move, as we wouldn't want our country's heroes running around with busted screens. We can't have that! We here at DL send hugs and a huge shoutout to all of the healthcare workers, essential workers, and first responders putting in work during this pandemic. You all kick serious butt. To find a uBreakiFix location near you, look here. // uBreakiFix | Samsung

Poll: Do You Wish Phones Would Get Smaller in Size?

Kellen — Fri, 24 Apr 2020 10:34:10 +0000

I've been thinking a lot about phone size again for some reason. I don't know if it's because I can't decide which phone to use at the moment, with the massive OnePlus 8 Pro, close-to-as-big Pixel 4 XL, and perfectly-sized Galaxy S20 all sitting here, or what. Or maybe I know that the Pixel 4a is coming and might hit the sweet spot. It's also probably because that silly iPhone SE phone launched with a smaller size and tiny display that so many have hilariously sold themselves into loving. So now I want to poll it. I want to know if people are loving the increases in phone sizes over the past couple of years, to where 6.7" is now pretty standard, or if you'd like to see these companies dial it back a bit. One area I think companies have done an excellent job in with size increase is overall phone design. It wasn't long ago that we were naming phones after whales because they had 6-inch displays and using that awful "phablet" term. Of course, that Nexus 6 was actually a whale of a phone with massive bezels and a width that no hand could handle. The OnePlus 8 Pro, on the other hand, is almost manageable because of its slimmer profile. Still, I can't help but wonder how much better phones would be if we kept them at 6-inches or under. Then again, is the size necessary for the giant batteries and sets of high-end cameras? Probably. Ugh. What do you think - want smaller or you cool with giant? [poll id="541"]

LG Velvet Unveiling Scheduled for May 7

Tim — Fri, 24 Apr 2020 08:29:50 +0000

This is all escalating so quickly. Last night, LG announced via a YouTube video that it will unveil the Velvet smartphone on May 7, which is really quite soon considering the V60 launched late last month. Oh well, peace out, V60. In the video, you'll see that the Velvet's camera system is made up of differently colored rain drops. These colors represent the color options for Velvet, which are Aurora White, Aurora Gray, Aurora Green, and Illusion Sunset. A red phone? Yesh. A green phone, too? Oh my! The last thing the post says is that LG intends to launch Velvet domestically (South Korea) in mid-May. Here's hoping that soon after, the US can get a piece of this new LG hardware. // LG

OnePlus 8 Pro: First 10 Things to Do!

Kellen — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 16:27:59 +0000

With our OnePlus 8 Pro review out of the way and orders soon arriving, it's time to talk about how to get you setup and ready to dominate with this excellent new phone. The OnePlus 8 Pro features so many goodies that you'll want to make sure you know where to find it all and we've got that for you with the continuation of our "First 10 Things" series. In this video, we talk about the 120Hz QHD+ display, using the triple cameras, which home settings to tweak, all of sound settings and gestures available, and which security settings to use (both face unlock and fingerprints). The video is long, as these videos always are, but that's because we really dive into explanation for each setting and why you'll want to consider changing them. Oh and by the way, this video and its tips apply to the OnePlus 8 as well. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pVupmkjjEko

Google Assistant's Voice Match Gets Improved Accuracy

Tim — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 14:30:13 +0000

Google is pushing out a change to Google Assistant, specifically aimed at making Voice Match more accurate. When this change hits Assistant, those setting up Voice Match will need to say more than just "Ok Google" to train it. Now, you'll have to say a longer phrase, such as "Hey Google, play my workout playlist,” allowing the system to better identify who is speaking with much higher accuracy. If you haven't already enabled Voice Match, it's good for getting personalized results, should you be using a device like a smart speaker with multiple users. Voice Match currently supports up to six people. Very nice, Google.

// Google

Just When I Thought LG Velvet Might be Special

Tim — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 12:13:47 +0000

LG's upcoming Velvet was supposed to be different. Designed with nature and raindrops in mind, the line was supposed to be a reimagining of what LG offered the smartphone world with regard to hardware experience. Apparently, I was completely wrong. According to a tweet from leaker @Boby25846908 on Twitter, a spotting for a potential Dual Screen accessory for Velvet has been posted, so it appears that LG isn't completely ready to give up on its Dual Screen ambitions. Not that this is terrible or even bad by any means, as I'm sure a few folks out there love their little Dual Screen attachments, but I assumed Velvet was the start of something completely new and LG would scrap all of its past ideas. You know, because they don't really sell too well. Numbers don't lie, people.

I'd be fine if LG wanted to keep making Dual Screen accessories for the V series, as that would make complete sense given its stuff & things nature. But damn it, enough with the crummy accessories. Make Velvet the only device you need, LG! My own Dual Screen experience from the V60 is fine, but I don't see it as a mass appeal item that every owner would want. I don't know, I might be overreacting. Did anyone else here think Velvet was the start of something new from LG? This accessory means more of the same and that's bad for LG. // @Boby25846908

List of Sweet New Android 11 Developer Preview 3 Changes

Kellen — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 11:41:29 +0000

With Android 11 Developer Preview 3 now available on Pixel devices, like the Pixel 4, we have it up and running and are digging through for changes. Since this is not a beta, the forward-facing fun stuff is still lacking, but we are already finding some tweaks here and there from Google. We have new controls over gesture navigation, updates to the app switcher, and more.

Gesture Navigation Back Edge Controls

Sensitivity controls for Android's gesture navigation aren't necessarily new, but Google adding individual controls for the left and right edges is. Specifically, we're talking about the back gesture in gestures, where you can now decide per edge from low to high sensitivity on swipes. I'd love for someone to explain in any sort of digestible way how these work. This previously showed up as a hidden feature in an earlier preview, but is now live for the first time as far as I know.

New Screenshot Tool

Check it out, a fresh screenshot tool on Android 11! This new UI now shows a small preview of your screenshot in the bottle left corner, along with "Share" and "Edit" buttons. We were hoping Google would also include a scrolling option, but that's not here yet.

New App Switcher Layout

Oooh neat, a slightly tweaked app switcher in the latest Android 11 Developer Preview 3! This isn't a huge change, but you do get quick shortcuts to screenshots and sharing. The cool thing about this screenshot shortcut is it takes a screenshot of whatever is showing within the app preview on screen, not the entire screen. As an example, this screenshot here would take a screenshot of what's within Chrome Beta, not this app switcher UI. The "Share" button does...something. I actually think it's broken, but I'll update this if I can get it to work. UPDATE: It appears to try and share screenshots of what's on screens, however, it's kind of a mess. We're updating this post!

Android 11 Developer Preview 3 Now Available for Pixel Phones!

Kellen — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 10:00:41 +0000

Google released Android 11 Developer Preview 3 today to its supported Pixel devices, including the Pixel 2, Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4. We still aren't quite to the beta stage yet, so you won't just be able to easily enroll in this preview like you have been able to in the past. We are close, though, as this should be the last big preview build before the Android 11 beta shows up in May. Google says this update contains "bug fixes and a set of productivity improvements," basically as what we are assuming is a final preview before this goes into beta and opens up to a much wider audience. Flash if you like to live dangerously, my friends.

RELATED: List of fun changes in Android 11 Developer Preview 3

Here’s the DP3 build info:

Date: April 23, 2020 Build: RPP3.200320.017 Emulator support: x86 (32/64-bit) Security patch level: April 2020 Google Play services: 20.12.14

For those running previous Android 11 Developer Previews, Google is offering an over-the-air (OTA) update for this release. Factory images are still available too, plus you can use the new Android Flash Tool this time. There are plenty of options, even if we don't yet have a beta.

Install Android 11 Developer Preview 3

What's new in Android 11 DP3?

Again, this is not a consumer build and is still mostly built for for developers to continue testing apps on. Because of that, the following are the bullet points that Google wants to highlight:

App exit reasons updates: Based on developer feedback, the Android team has updated the exit reasons API, allowing developers to request details of the app’s recent exits.
ADB Incremental: Installing very large APKs with ADB (Android Debug Bridge) during development can be slow and impact developer productivity, especially for Android game developers. In Android 11, developers can use ADB Incremental to make installing large APKs (2GB+) from their development computer to an Android 11 device up to 10x faster. This new feature is part of a continued investment in new tools to help developers build games for Android efficiently.
Wireless Debugging: Android 11 includes a revamped debugging experience using ADB over a Wi-Fi connection. Wireless Debugging on Android 11 does not need a cable to set up, remembers connections over time, and can utilize the full speed of the latest Wi-Fi standards, greatly speeding up developer workflows.

For more, be sure to checkout the latest blog post at the Android Developers Blog.

Google Search Starts Telling You If That Search Query Sucked

Kellen — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 08:47:00 +0000

Searching on Google is an action some of us do dozens of times per day. Depending on the topic, deciding on precise search terms can be difficult and you may have wondered if Google is even returning results that are anywhere near what you were looking for. Google is going to help you out in that department starting today. Should you search for something and Google has no idea what in the hell you are talking about, you may see a message that says, "It looks like there aren't any great matches for your search." They could offer alternative searches or tips in addition to that message to help you get the info you need. As Google notes in an announcement today, this feature shouldn't show up too often, unless you are my mom, who I'd guess will get it a lot. Love you, mother! // Google

Gumslinger Shoots Its Way Onto Google Play

Tim — Thu, 23 Apr 2020 08:37:45 +0000

A new game is on Google Play from the same makers of Rest in Pieces. Called Gumslinger, it's actually a fun little shooter title. Similar to an old web-based game I used to play years ago, you control a gunslinging piece of gummy, with the goal being to shoot your gummy enemy to death before they shoot you. If you win, you advance in tournaments and are able to compete in additional challenges to unlock new weapons and looks The fun of it all comes down to the gummy physics. When shooting enemies, they can go flying, bouncing all around and making themselves harder targets to hit. I actually cracked up laughing quite a bit the first time I saw it in action. It's free, so there are no excuses. Go download it.

Google Play Link

https://youtu.be/COckG0nt7Vw

Google Adds Watchlist to Search, More Stay-at-Home Features

Kellen — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 14:59:59 +0000

We are all at home and Google knows it, so the search giant continues to rollout new features to its products that will help us survive these stay-at-home orders with greater ease. Specifically today, Google announced that Android TV is getting more rows, that Google Play on Android TV is getting new categories, and that Google Search is ready to track the shows you want to watch. For Android TV owners, you will now see new YouTube rows of content called “COVID-19 News,” “Stay Home #WithMe,” and “Free Movies with YouTube.” From these new sections, you'll get daily doses of COVID-related news, videos that will help you cook or listen to live music or workout, and find movies that are streaming on YouTube without ads. For Google Play, the version on Android TV will soon include categories called “Stream the shows and movies you love,” “Learn New Things,” “Play with your remote,” and “Play with your gamepad” collections. I'm sure you can guess what types of content is included there by the names of them, right? Finally, while searching for shows on Google Search, a new dedicated watchlist experience has been added if you search for "what to watch." From there, you can maintain a watchlist, choose from content you might want to watch, and even add a shortcut to your home screen to let you easily access the list. If you tap on the "Provider" button in the watchlist, Google is also letting you choose the content providers that show recommendations. It's pretty slick and is live right now. // Google

Google Duo Updated With New Codec to Improve Video, Other Sweet Features

Tim — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 14:46:00 +0000

Google is on a roll this week, updating its video chat services. First was Google Meet, now it's time for Google Duo. With many stuck at home, trying any way they can to stay connected with friends and family, this is all good stuff. There are four new features coming, all detailed by Google to be headed out starting this week. For video quality improvements and reliability, Google is implementing a new video codec (AOMedia Video 1), usable even users are on very low bandwidth connections. Photo support is also coming, allowing users to take a snapshot of a chat that is currently taking place. Yes, you can still screenshot something, but apparently this is higher quality and has a dedicated layout.

A bit more important than picture support is a new feature for those who like calling a ton of people at the same time. Duo is increasing video chat sizes to up to 12 people, up from 8. Hooray for big families! The last change is a feature for sending video messages to people who aren't able to speak at that time. It's similar to Snapchat.

You can say “I miss you” or “I’m thinking of you” using one of our latest AR effects. And soon, you’ll have the option to automatically save your messages in Duo instead of having them expire after 24 hours, so it’s easier to preserve your meaningful messages.

These changes are rolling out this week! // Google

Yes, You Should Buy a Nest Mini (2nd-Gen) at $20

Tim — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 12:18:39 +0000

Right now at Micro Center, both in-store and online, you can snag a Nest Mini (2nd-Gen) for just $20. Compared to its usual price of $49, we'd say now is absolutely the time to pick up the improved iteration of Google's itty bitty Assistant-powered smart speaker. The big improvement for the second generation Mini is the improved audio quality, most notably better bass tones. The original was fine and dandy for what it was, but this 2nd-Gen model is something we highly recommend for those who play music on their Mini speakers. There is no coupon code or anything like that needed. Simply add it to your cart and hit the checkout. Easy.

Purchase Links: Chalk | Charcoal

Verizon Adds Another Free 15GB Data to Customer Plans (Updated)

Kellen — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 11:59:34 +0000

As this global pandemic shows no signs of slowing or allowing us to return any time soon to the days of old, the companies that are big parts of our lives continue to step up to help. Verizon announced today that it will give customers an additional 15GB of free data to use just like they did last month. The note we received says that Verizon will automatically add an additional 15GB of 4G LTE data to consumer and small business plans, hotspots, and jetpacks. The data can be used from May 1 through May 31 and will require no action from you or your business. Come May 1, the data should just be there, as it was the previous time. Here's the full press note:

Verizon continues to support customers who may find themselves needing additional data in order to learn, work or keep connected during this challenging time. That’s why today, we announced we are automatically adding an additional 15GB of 4G LTE data to consumer and small business shared data plans, hotspots and jetpacks to be used from May 1 through May 31. There is no action needed as this data will automatically be added to consumer and small business accounts.

I'm going to assume that the same eligibility rules apply as they did to the previous data giveaway (UPDATED: Verizon confirms to us that the same rules apply). Those rules were:

For Verizon consumer and small business postpaid unlimited customers, 15GB of 4G LTE hotspot data will be added to your current plan.
For Verizon consumer prepaid and consumer and small business postpaid metered customers, 15GB will be added to your current standalone or shared data plan, which can be used for smartphone, hotspot or other connected device use.
Standalone metered and unlimited Jetpack plans will also be provided an additional 15GB of 4G LTE data.

Be on the lookout.

Google Meet Gets Top Requested Features, Including Tiled Layout for Brady Bunch

Tim — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 10:12:31 +0000

The above header image, taken straight from Google's blog post announcing the following news, has some serious Brady Bunch vibes. Because of that, I ask you to watch this, then read on. Google announced this morning that because usage of Google Meet has skyrocketed, presumably thanks to damned COVID-19, they are introducing four highly requested features, rolling out to users starting today. The big inclusion is a tiled view for larger calls. With this, you'll be able to see up to 16 participants at once, up from the previous max of four. This is awesome, just don't end up like this poor person. OMG, I'd probably just die right then and there. Other additions include a new low-light mode powered by AI. Made specifically for mobile users, this mode auto-adjusts light to make you more visible when in crappy lighting conditions. Here's the full changelog.

What's New

Tiled layout for larger calls: The expanded tiled layout now lets web users simultaneously see up to 16 participants at once (previously, tiled layouts only enabled you to see four people at a time). More updates are coming for larger meetings, better presentation layouts, and support across more devices.
Present higher-quality video content with audio: Users now have the option to present a Chrome tab (instead of just presenting their window or entire screen). If you need to share high-quality video with audio content in meetings, select this option for the best experience for remote viewers. The “present a Chrome tab” feature is rolling out to general availability as of today.
Low-light mode: Meet can now use AI to automatically adjust your video to make you more visible to other participants in sub-optimal lighting conditions. This feature is currently rolling out to mobile users, and will be available to web users in the future.
Noise cancellation: To help limit interruptions to your meeting, Meet can now intelligently filter out background distractions—like your dog barking or keystrokes as you take meeting notes. Noise cancellation will begin rolling out in the coming weeks to G Suite Enterprise and G Suite Enterprise for Education customers starting with web users and later to mobile users.

Enjoy. // Google

Less Expensive Motorola Edge Model Coming Later This Year

Tim — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 09:01:54 +0000

Motorola made its new "edge" phone family official this morning, consisting of the Edge and Edge+. Yesterday, we broke down most of the information you needed to know about the Edge+, but we're happy to also learn there is a presumably less expensive model of the device. Even with what should be a lower cost, you're still getting a sweet little offering, so let's go over it. Specs for the standard Edge include a 6.7" FHD+ OLED at 90Hz refresh rate (same as the Edge+), Snapdragon 765 processor, 128GB storage, 4GB RAM, 4,500mAh battery (18W TurboPower charging), 5G connectivity, triple rear-camera system (64MP main lens, 16MP ultra-wide lens, 8MP telephoto lens), IP54 water resistance, 3.5mm headphone jack, and Android 10.

In addition to this hardware, which we think looks pretty good with possible exception to that massive curve in the display, Motorola appears to be baking in all of the same software features into the Edge that come with the Edge+. That includes the new My UX suite of software features for UI customization and gesture controls for device navigation. The problem is, we don't yet have concrete US availability. Motorola says, "In the U.S., the new edge will be available later this year. More information to come this summer." Since we don't have an exact price, it's tough to say if this phone will be worth waiting for, but at least Motorola fans know it is coming should they not want to purchase a $1,000 Motorola Edge that will only see one major Android version update.

Motorola Edge Family Specs

[table responsive=scroll id=197 /] // Motorola

Motorola Edge+, Edge Specs (Official)

Kellen — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 09:00:46 +0000

Now that the Motorola Edge+ and Edge are fully official, those looking for a simple specs breakdown have come to the right place. Here, you'll find comparison specs tables for the Edge+ and Edge, showing the differences between Motorola's first high-end phones in a couple of years. For the most part, these two phones are quite similar. They share the same 6.7" OLED edge display at 90Hz, almost identical sizes and designs, and stereo speakers with headphone jacks. The differences are in the slightly better details, for the Edge+ like wireless charging, WiFi 6, expanded 5G support, bigger battery, and different camera setup. The Motorola Edge+ is certainly spec'd out like similar $1,000 phones. What we'll be curious to learn is how Motorola prices the regular Edge later this summer, as it might be the more compelling package in the end. [table responsive=scroll id=197 /] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw

Motorola Rejoins the Flagship Scene With New $1,000 Edge+ Phone

Kellen — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 09:00:31 +0000

After a number of years away from the flagship arena, Motorola is back in 2020 with the Motorola Edge+, a phone whose specs and price put it right next to Samsung in a battle for the top. With limited availability, watching as Motorola tries to get their new phone in front of your eyeballs should be interesting. To recap following yesterday's big leak, the Motorola Edge+ is a $1,000 phone coming exclusively to Verizon in the US. It features a 6.7" OLED display with a 90Hz refresh rate and 1080p resolution, Snapdragon 865 processor, 12GB LPDDR5 RAM, 256GB UFS 3.0 storage, 5000mAh battery with fast wired (18W) and wireless (15W) charging, triple rear camera setup on the back, 3.5mm headphone jack, stereo speakers, fingerprint reader, Bluetooth 5.1, and Android 10. The triple rear camera is made-up of 108MP main (binning to 27MP, f1.8, OIS), 16MP ultra-wide (f2.2, 117-degree FOV), and 8MP telephoto (f2.4, OIS) lenses. It can shoot up to 6K and 4K video at 30fps, as well as slow motion 1080p at 120fps. The front camera is a 25MP shooter. This phone will be big on connectivity, with access to Verizon's 5G mmW and up to 4Gbps downloads through it. Should Verizon expand beyond mmW, the phone is ready for sub-6GHz 5G as well. Just keep in mind that Verizon's 5G mmW footprint is currently tiny and it'll be rare for you to connect to it and get the most out of this Edge+ phone. It also has WiFi 6 support for faster WiFi. For the display, it does indeed have an edge display that Motorola has built a bunch of custom software around. There's an entire suite of features called Edge Touch that allow you to do things like swipe down on edges to reveal notifications or switch apps. Those edges can light up when notifications arrive, show battery charging status, incoming calls and alarms, and more.

Motorola has done a lot with audio on this device, and not just in the 3.5mm department. They partnered with Waves, an audio tuning technology company, to produce what they are calling the "loudest, most powerful stereo speakers in a smartphone ever." They even go as far as suggesting the Edge+ delivers "professional-quality sonic performance on smartphone speakers in a way that's never been done before." Finally, on software, Motorola is including Android 10 and their new My UX experience. It's still the clean software you know from Motorola, so don't think of this as a new skin. Instead, My UX offers more customization around icons and themes, while still letting you use items like their popular chop gesture for the flashlight. The Motorola Edge+ arrives in the US on Verizon on May 14. It costs $999.99 at full retail or $41.66/mo with a 24-month contract. Verizon will drop some cost from that price if you add a new line, switch from another carrier, or trade-in select phones. See more at Motorola's store. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBeaK-dxCw

AT&T Adds Another 90 5G Cities, Almost Doubling Previous Count

Kellen — Wed, 22 Apr 2020 07:47:55 +0000

AT&T had held off on announcing any new 5G announcements since hitting 100 cities back in March, just as the US was hit hardest by the coronavirus pandemic. Today, they let loose and unwrapped another 90 new 5G cities, bringing their total to 190 with coverage of more than 120 million people.

While we still aren't at T-Mobile's "nationwide" 5G coverage, AT&T is clearly accelerating the rollout of their low-band 5G that will cover the nation before we know it. They expanded greatly in California, Washington, Texas, Missouri, Indiana, Louisiana, and Florida this week, while adding 5G coverage in plenty of other states too. As a reminder, this is AT&T's low-band 5G, which is not the super fast 5G mmW that they also have in 35 cities. 5G mmW can reach multi-gigabit speeds yet is hard to find, while this low-band 5G is more about coverage and may not produce speeds much faster than the LTE connection you have used for years. To see the full list of the 90 new AT&T 5G markets, get to scrollin'. Alabama

1. Franklin County

Arkansas

2. Fayetteville-Springdale
3. Fort Smith

California

4. Chico
5. El Dorado County
6. Redding
7. Sacramento
8. Tehama County
9. Yuba City

Colorado

10. Colorado Springs

Connecticut

11. New London-Norwich

Florida

12. Bradenton
13. Dixie County
14. Fort Pierce
15. Hamilton County
16. Hardee County
17. Ocala
18. Pensacola
19. Sarasota
20. Tampa

Georgia

21. Dawson County
22. Marion County

Idaho

23. Boise City
24. Boundary County

Illinois

25. Chicago
26. Mason County

Indiana

27. Elkhart-Goshen
28. Evansville
29. Fort Wayne
30. Gary
31. South Bend

Kansas

32. Brown County

Kentucky

33. Fulton County
34. Mason County
35. Meade County
36. Trimble County

Louisiana

37. Beauregard Parish
38. Houma-Thibodaux
39. Lake Charles
40. New Orleans
41. Shreveport
Massachusetts
42. Springfield

Michigan

43. Cass County

Minnesota

44. Duluth
45. Le Sueur County
46. St. Cloud

Missouri

47. Bates County
48. Callaway County
49. De Kalb County
50. Joplin
51. Saline County
52. St. Joseph

Montana

53. Billings
54. Mineral County

New Hampshire

55. Portsmouth

New Jersey

56. Vineland

New York

57. Yates County

Ohio

58. Clinton County
59. Mercer County
60. Morrow County
61. Perry County
62. Steubenville

Oklahoma

63. Grant County

Oregon

64. Clatsop County

Pennsylvania

65. Greene County
66. Johnstown
67. Union County
68. Wayne County
69. Williamsport

Texas

70. Abilene
71. Beaumont
72. Concho County
73. Fannin County
74. Lubbock
75. Newton County
76. Sherman-Denison
77. Waco

Virginia

78. Frederick County

Washington

79. Bellingham
80. Clallam County
81. Ferry County
82. Kittitas County
83. Richland-Kennewick
84. Seattle
85. Tacoma
86. Yakima

West Virginia

87. Monongalia County
88. Parkersburg-Marietta
89. Wheeling

Wisconsin

90. Madison

// AT&T

Yes! "Hey Google" Sensitivity Setting is Rolling Out

Kellen — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 14:42:51 +0000

Triggering your Google Home or phone with "Hey Google" commands will soon be further under your control. Google is currently rolling out a sensitivity setting that will allow you to adjust the responsiveness of the Assistant command. The new option will be found within Assistant's "Device settings" area for each of your Assistant-equipped devices. It will be labeled "'Hey Google' sensitivity" and include 3 different options. Your speakers can be set to "least sensitive," default, and "most sensitive" that all sound pretty self-explanatory. I'd imagine "most sensitive" means anything even close to "Hey Google" will fire up the Assistant. Google first acknowledged this sensitivity feature back in September of last year and must think it's ready for everyone. According to The Verge, Google has started to "roll out gradually" the new setting. You seeing it yet? https://twitter.com/MishaalRahman/status/1252610989608128512 // The Verge

Stuck at Home Review: Unistellar eVscope

Tim — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 14:37:44 +0000

A few years ago, I had the idea of wanting to get into astrophotography. This is the art of photographing objects in the night sky, such as distant galaxies, nebulae, and things of that nature. What I quickly found out is that not only is astrophotography ridiculously time consuming, it can be just as expensive. I already have a couple of other hobbies that consume enough of my time and money, so I stuck to taking star and moon pictures on my smartphone through an inexpensive telescope I got at a garage sale. While I wasn't taking glorious, high-resolution shots of Andromeda, my passion for looking up at night remained intact. Because our universe works in mysterious ways, it was around this time that I received an email for a Kickstarter project published by Unistellar. The project was for something called eVscope, which was and eventually came to be a somewhat non traditional telescope device that is described as being "100x more powerful than a classical telescope." Typically, when claims like this are made, especially when on Kickstarter, it sounds a little too good to be true. There was an Early Bird special if you backed the project in its infancy, priced at $1,299. Looking at sample images on Kickstarter, I was very tempted to take the plunge, but I told myself that I'd rather wait to see if the project would be funded and wasn't another bullsh*t crowdfunding scam. Time went by and eventually, Unistellar racked up over $2.2 million in funding. I felt foolish for missing my chance to own one of these devices at a significant discount compared to their retail price that is currently listed at $3,058 (that's with shipping). However, in an act of serendipity, Unistellar reached out via a newsletter and said they would be attending CES 2018. Given my job, I attend CES every year, so I made an effort to stop by the team's booth to see the eVscope in person. Given the booth was inside of a building, I couldn't demo a unit right then and there. I asked if it'd be possible to demo eVscope in Las Vegas at night, but circumstances made the attempt not possible. At this point, I assumed I'd never get the chance to see this device. Cut to April, 2020 and here I am, writing all of this in a review of the device, sent to me during quarantine courtesy of Unistellar. Life is interesting that way.

What is the eVscope?

eVscope is a telescope, technically, but in a way for people to understand what it truly is, the best way of putting it would be a camera featuring a Sony IMX224 sensor, attached to a self-guiding computer that compiles images and spits them out onto your smart device. In astrophotography, you sometimes take multiple pictures of an object, then stack them together using computer software for an image with great color and detail. To do that, you need a lot of equipment, which can easily cost you thousands upon thousands of dollars depending on the quality of gear you get. At most you need your camera, tripod, telescope rig, star tracking device, computer for the compiling, then all of the time it takes to make the image. It can be a very daunting process for those unfamiliar with it. What Unistellar has done with the eVscope is taken all of that and crammed it into a single device that is extremely easy to operate. Not only have they essentially dumbed down the process so people like me can understand what's happening and control it, but they've made the entire world of astronomy and citizen science more accessible to all. Inside the eVscope, a lot of features are baked in to allow users the ability to get good images, even when not in a dark sky environment. As you'd expect, light pollution is a major factor for a lot of would-be stargazers, so an instrument like eVscope, with built-in noise and light pollution reduction software is a bonus. Even me in Portland, OR with plenty of light pollution is able to get some great shots. For a more detailed, scientific breakdown of eVscope and its hardware, please look here.

April 7 was the night of the full moon, as you can see.

Using eVscope.

Let me briefly explain how eVscope works and how it differs from a traditional telescope. Light from whatever you're trying to observe enters the device and bounces off of a mirror and hits the designed-for-low-light Sony sensor. That image is then sent to an onboard computer, as well as a live projection system (aka the eyepiece) and a live feed on your supported smartphone via a WiFi connection. What separates eVscope from a "classical" telescope is its ability to enable Enhanced Vision (EV) inside of the Unistellar app, which is the image stacking process I referred to earlier that is utilized by skilled astrophotographers. Without EV, eVscope would be like any other basic telescope, only capable of showing you exactly what it sees with no additional image processing. It's nothing special at all, which is why all talk surrounding this product deals with the Enhanced Vision turned on. It's what makes this all so cool, to put it plainly.

For a comprehensive explanation of Enhanced Vision, because it really is something to marvel, I'll let Unistellar tell you what's happening.

Unistellar's Enhanced Vision is a patent-pending technology that is based on the accumulation of light over short periods of time using a low light sensor, as well as on our proprietary algorithms of image processing that run on an on-board calculation module. The resulting amplified image is projected at infinite focus into the eye of the observer with an extremely high contrast ratio, creating a genuine and live experience of sky observation. Sensor settings and image processing parameters are automatically adjusted.

That's how it works. Pretty straightforward, right? That's sarcasm. I'd label myself an advanced novice at best in the world of astronomy, but I do know my way around a basic telescope. Setting them up can be quite the task, but getting eVscope up and running is so easy I am certain anyone, even with no experience in this field, can do so within 5-10 minutes. You take it out of the box, place it on the included tripod, tighten the screws, and turn it on. Connect your smart device over WiFi to the eVscope's own WiFi network and you're officially done and ready to view celestial objects. Compared to other scopes I've set up, that has got to be the most simple process I have ever come across.

Once connected to eVscope on your device, you command the scope to autonomously recognize where it is and what it's looking at. This is referred to as the Autonomous Field Detection (AFD) software and it's incredibly accurate. Once field detection is complete, the Unistellar app has a catalog of over 4,800 objects in the sky that you can point at, track, and image. We're talking galaxies, nebulae, asteroids, comets, star clusters, and basically everything in between. Keep in mind eVscope is designed for deep space imaging, so while looking at things like planets and moons in our own solar system is easily achievable, it's not what this device is designed to do. My own expectations weren't exactly fulfilled when I learned this, because I have long wanted to image Jupiter or Saturn. Oh well, entire galaxies will have to suffice.

Once you have selected an object to observe from inside of the Unistellar app, eVscope maneuvers all by itself to view the object. It can go left, right, up, and down. Additionally, should eVscope not center the object just right, there's a virtual joystick in the app that allows you to move the scope manually. Once your sights are set on the object, it's time for the magic of Enhanced Vision. Once you hit the EV button inside of the app, the device begins collecting and compiling images to present on your smartphone and in the digital eyepiece. How long eVscope collects images is entirely up to the user, but the time you observe with EV enabled will directly affect the quality of your image.

Take the below images as an example. As you can see in the overlay, the more time you allow the image sensor to be exposed to the light, the better your image will be. This principle is the same for whether you're shooting stars or shooting something terrestrial, but obviously, exposure time is critical when taking pictures of the night sky.

As you go around the sky collecting images, you can save them to your gallery and then share them with the world. You can post them to social media like I've done or just horde them and enjoy them on your smart device.

Citizen science is awesome.

Once you've gone around the sky, collecting images from the Messier catalog or anything else you might want to see, it's time to begin the other aspect of eVscope ownership. That is the citizen science aspect and it can be incredibly rewarding should you choose to participate. Thanks to a partnership between Unistellar and the SETI Institute, eVscope owners belong to a network of citizen scientists that can directly impact ongoing research in the field of astronomy. For those who don't know, which included me not too long ago, the SETI Institute is a not-for-profit research organization originally co-founded by Carl Sagan, with a mission to explore, understand, and explain the origin and nature of life in the universe. There's a great writeup about the partnership between SETI Institute and Unistellar that you can read here, but the takeaway is that eVscope owners have the ability to directly help actual scientists, something I'm all for. You may have heard about Comet ATLAS recently. It was supposed to streak by Earth and even be viewable with the human eye. Unfortunately, ATLAS has broken apart and won't be the spectacle many had originally hoped for. However, thanks to citizen scientists with eVscopes on hand and scattered across the globe, we were able to produce the following image of ATLAS. The above image is a composite of many images taken of Comet ATLAS. My own contribution to this "super image" of ATLAS can be viewed below. Alone, it's definitely a comet, but it's a bit lackluster. When grouped together with several other images, it turns into quite the image, with good detail and relatively low noise.

The beauty of this process is the ease of capturing the images and then helping actual scientists create data and images. On the night of April 11, I simply set up my eVscope in the driveway, plugged in the coordinates for ATLAS via the eVscope app, turned on Enhanced Vision, then walked away. I came back in 30 minutes, collected my images/data, then digitally shipped it off to Unistellar. They handled the rest. That's how easy it can be, and from my standpoint, where maybe I don't want to be sitting outside in the cold for hours capturing 45-minute exposures and dark frames to go with it, this is just the right amount of involvement. As an eVscope owner, you can bet this won't be the last project you can get your citizen scientist feet wet with.

Ease of access apparently ain't cheap.

If you were one of the people to pick up an eVscope at its discounted pricing on Kickstarter, congratulations, you're more trustworthy than I am that Unistellar was a real company making a real product. Hindsight being what it is, I also wish I had taken the plunge, because spending over $3K on a device such as this is quite the financial investment, especially during the uncertain times we find ourselves in. From another perspective, though, this type of device is a great way to kill some time while many of us are stuck at home. And with the weather starting to get better as we leave winter behind us, I foresee eVscope owners sitting in their backyards on warm summer nights, kicking back and watching the night sky. For me, looking up at stars is a calming exercise, allowing my mind to get off of Earth-bound problems we face. Put simply, using eVscope or any telescope for that matter is a therapy session and I know plenty of people who pay good money to sit in a room for an hour and talk about things. Personally, I'd much rather be outside and looking up at the sky.

Me with eVscope and Venus. Light pollution is no problem!

For $3K+, are there some things I'd like to see improved? Yes, definitely, but even over the course of the two weeks I've used the system, it's been improved via Unistellar app updates. For example, users were previously unable to save images without the Unistellar overlay you see in images. That has since changed and images can now be saved without it. Hooray! My main gripe with this system is the overall digital essence of it. When using a traditional telescope and looking at objects, such as the moon or a star cluster, you get a real sense of that thing existing. Details can be exceptional and you know that what you're viewing is actually sitting in the sky above you. On the eVscope, it's hard to get that same sense of awe and realism from a phone's display or the digital eyepiece. Yes, the Enhanced Vision allows you to see things you can't usually see with your eye and you would need an astrophotography rig for, but it's not as immersive or detailed as I hoped it would be. At the end of the day, you are capable of setting up this device and within minutes, snapping shots of objects that are at times millions of lightyears away. To me, that's pretty spectacular, even if I have to settle with it being a digital, somewhat grainy experience. Like any other technology, I imagine years from now, similar devices will exist that have better low-light sensors that will be capable of capturing images similar to the ones we see NASA publish. At least, that's my hope. So, while you're capable of doing this all within no time at all, that ease of access has a price and it's currently listed at $3K+. That's a crazy amount of money, but if you're like me and just want to hurry up and see some sweet stuff, without having to gather astrophotography equipment and learning new computer programs, Unistellar has a really fun and accessible offering here in the eVscope.

Buy Unistellar eVscope

Thanks to Unistellar for providing the eVscope for the purpose of this review. I had a blast!

Fortnite Arrives on Google Play!

Tim — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 12:49:26 +0000

Rejoice, Fortnite has arrived on Google Play! This is pretty surprisingly, at least to us, since we thought Epic Games (the creators behind the title) had a bit of drama going with Google. Regardless, this means anyone with a supported device and Google Play access can download and enjoy Fortnite. The only real requirement I'm seeing in Android 7.1+, so that shouldn't be much of a problem for most Android users. Fortnite was and is still free to download and play, regardless of your platform. Drop in and let me know how it plays on your device.

Google Play Link

https://youtu.be/hRw2JhM1IvE

Select AT&T Customers Get HBO Max For Free

Kellen — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 11:32:17 +0000

Not that this will surprise you, but AT&T customers could see HBO Max added as a free service the minute it launches in May. Shortly after announcing the launch date for their new streaming service, AT&T told us which of their plans from wireless, video, and internet will get subscriptions without cost. For wireless customers, if you are on AT&T Unlimited Elite, you get HBO Max for free as an included perk. If you are on Unlimited Extra, Unlimited Starter, or Mobile Share plans, you'll get a 1 month free trial before being asked to pay. As a reminder, HBO Max will cost $14.99/mo when it arrives. For AT&T TV and other video customers, HBO Max will be included for free in the following plans:

AT&T TV NOW Max
AT&T TV PREMIER (coming soon)
DIRECTV PREMIER
AT&T U-Verse U400 and U450

Additionally, new AT&T TV CHOICE, XTRA, or ULTIMATE plans will be eligible to receive HBO Max for free for 1 year. Other video packages we haven't mentioned could see 3-month subscriptions at no cost. For internet customers, the AT&T Internet 1000 includes HBO Max. Other internet plans can sign-up for a 1 month trial. For those of you who are current AT&T subscribers and already subscribe to HBO, you'll get HBO Max at no extra cost. Sign-up for HBO Max // AT&T

Motorola Edge+ Will Cost $1,000 at Verizon, Here are the Specs (Updated: Official)

Kellen — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 09:31:21 +0000

Motorola will announce the Edge+ tomorrow, their first flagship phone in a couple of years that will try and compete directly with the big players, like Samsung. The phone will apparently spare no expense with top tier specs and a $1,000 price tag, at least according to a blog post that went up a day early that has since been pulled. The new Motorola Edge+ will sport a 6.7" OLED display with a FHD (1080p) resolution and 90Hz refresh rate. It has a substantial edge to it, hence the name, so hopefully you like curved displays, something I feel like people have started to sour on in recent years. Motorola has added software features to the edge to hopefully make it more usable, though. You will be able to tap on it to bring up app shortcuts and show off some sort of virtual buttons in supported games. Motorola is even going to let you disable the edges of the display if you want to use only the flat top part. You'll also find 256GB of UFS 3.0 storage inside, 12GB LPDDR5 RAM, 5000mAh battery with sort-of-fast wired (18W) and wireless (15W) charging, Snapdragon 865 processor, stereo speakers, Bluetooth 5.1, 3.5mm headphone jack, and a triple rear camera. As for that camera, we're looking at a 108MP main camera (f/1.8, OIS) that will use pixel binning to produce "smaller" 27MP images. That main sensor is accompanied by 16MP ultra-wide (117-degree FOV) and 8MP telephoto lenses. The front camera produces 25MP images. The Motorola Edge+ can record up to 6K video too. On a software front, the Edge+ runs Android 10 and is only guaranteed to see one major update to Android 11. Good grief. According to that poorly timed post that I'm assuming was under embargo for tomorrow, Verizon has landed an exclusive on the Motorola Edge+. That's not surprising, since Motorola foolishly does this so often with Verizon (ahem, Razr). As noted above, the price is $1,000 if you buy it without a contract or $41.67/mo over 24 months. There are no plans for an unlocked model - it's Verizon or bust. Since this is on Verizon and we're in 2020, the Edge+ will support 5G and Big Red's 5G mmW. Both companies will tell us tomorrow that it will be the fastest 5G phone on the market with speeds up to 4Gbps. That's cool and all, but you would need to find a 5G mmW city and block in order for that to happen. The chances there are, well, slim. $1,000, folks! You buying?

UPDATE: This news is now official - we have more here.

Motorola Edge+ Specs

[table id=197 /]

DEAL: Unlocked OnePlus 6T at $280 Ain't Bad at All

Tim — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 08:52:35 +0000

Woot! has a deal going on for OnePlus 6T unlocked devices, starting at only $280 for "New - Open Box" units. If you want a sealed fresh unit, the price is still only $299. Considering the going price on OnePlus' website for this same device is $349, now's a good time to grab a 6T if interested.

Read: OnePlus 6T Review

According to the product description, these are A6013 models (T-Mobile), unlocked to work on nearly any US carrier with exception to Sprint. So, if you want it to run on T-Mobile, AT&T or Verizon, that should work with no issues. For specs, these are 128GB storage units, complete with 8GB RAM, Snapdragon 845 processor, 3700mAh battery with fast charging, in-display fingerprint reader, dual camera system (20MP + 16MP), and 6.4″ AMOLED display with baby teardrop notch. At $280, it might be hard to find something similar. Have at it!

Woot! Link

T-Mobile and Sprint Already Making Big 5G Moves, Upgrading Customer Connections

Kellen — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 08:35:18 +0000

The T-Mobile and Sprint merger isn't quite a month old, yet New T-Mobile already has a couple of big network announcements to share as a result of it. T-Mobile customers will now find 5G in more places, faster 5G using Sprint's network spectrum in select cities, and Sprint customers have access to parts of T-Mobile's 5G and LTE networks.

T-Mobile Mid-Band 5G is Live

The biggest news today is the use of Sprint's mid-band 5G network that T-Mobile has already fired up in Philadelphia. This is the 5G that will show you a big improvement in speed that lives between their low-band 5G network and the ultra-fast 5G mmW that you'll likely never connect to. As T-Mobile puts it, this band increases capacity and boosts speeds well over your LTE connection and the early low-band 5G you might have access to. T-Mobile says that its 2.5GHz mid-band 5G in Philly is already delivering 600Mbps speeds. If you have a compatible phone, like any Galaxy S20 phone, you should start seeing this connection right away. The next mid-band 5G city for T-Mobile is New York City.

Low-Band 5G in More Places

When T-Mobile rolled out their "nationwide" 5G at the end of 2019, they apparently didn't mean nationwide. I say that because they've continued to announce new markets in recent months, including a few major cities today. Detroit, St. Louis, and Columbus, Ohio all now have low-band 5G from T-Mobile. Unlike the mid-band 5G we just covered, this is slow-as-hell-5G that won't be much faster than the LTE connection you've grown accustomed to. In some places, it might actually be slower. While that's a bit frustrating to hear, think if this as the backbone for the future of T-Mobile's network.

Sprint Customers Get T-Mobile LTE, 5G

As a part of the merger, some Sprint customers will have access to T-Mobile's nationwide low-band 5G later this month. For now, it sounds like T-Mobile is only allowing this from Galaxy S20 phones, but that's an immediate improvement in network over what Sprint customers are used to. In addition to 5G access, T-Mobile is also letting Sprint customers roam freely on their LTE network. That gives them access to double the number of LTE towers they had on Sprint alone. That's big. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p-vjY2xKWSE // T-Mobile

HBO Max Launches May 27 and It's Going to Tempt You

Kellen — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 07:45:22 +0000

AT&T announced this morning that its new streaming service, HBO Max, will launch on May 27. Like Netflix or Disney+, HBO Max is yet another monthly service you'll be tempted to sign-up for, thanks to a large library of quality content. HBO Max includes all of HBO, Warner Bros. library, and a bunch of original content. That means you get HBO series like Game of Thrones and Curb Your Enthusiasm, as well as Friends, Big Bang Theory, Rick and Morty, Anthony Bourdain: Parts Unknown, and more. The HBO Max will have more than 2,000 movies to watch within the first year and will add more shows like Southpark and The West Wing within 12 months. Some of the movies will include The Matrix, Lord of the Rings, The Goonies, all the LEGO movies, and the DC film collection (ex: every Batman and Superman).

RELATED: These AT&T plans get HBO Max for free

Because this is HBO and Warner, they are pulling from not just HBO, but New Line, DC movies, CNN, TNT, TBS, truTV, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Crunchyroll, Rooster Teeth, Looney Tunes, a selection of classic films curated in partnership with TCM, and more. In the originals department, there are going to be at least six new HBO Max exclusive shows at launch to watch. One of those shows is a comedy series called Love Life with Anna Kendrick. We are also getting new Looney Tunes cartoons, which might be the biggest news of all. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uZp_g271jpo Again, HBO Max goes live on May 27 and costs $14.99 per month. Sign-up for HBO Max // AT&T

Moto G Power and G Stylus Come to Google Fi, Start at $199

Tim — Mon, 20 Apr 2020 15:17:23 +0000

In February of this year, Motorola introduced the Moto G Power and Moto G Stylus. Both devices are notable as they are inexpensive, solid options for those looking to pickup a fresh Android device. Well, both phones are now on Google Fi as of this week, starting at $199 for the Moto G Power. Should you have missed the announcement post for these devices, they're actually sweet little phones. The Moto G Power's claim to fame is costing just $199, while also sporting a 5,000mAh battery. That's the same size as an LG V60 ($800+) and Galaxy S20 Ultra ($1400+). Other specs include a 6.4″ FHD+ display, Snapdragon 665 processor, 4GB RAM, 64GB storage, three rear-facing cameras, and Android 10. By its name, I assume you can guess what the Moto G Stylus offers. Yup, a stylus! It's priced at $249 on Google Fi, offering a 6.4″ FHD+ display, Snapdragon 665 processor, 4GB RAM, 128GB storage, 4,000mAh battery, rear camera system that features laser autofocus, and Android 10. For all the specs and details, look here. If either of these devices strike your fancy, follow the link.

Google Fi Link

Why Not an iPhone?

Kellen — Mon, 20 Apr 2020 14:30:00 +0000

After a series of posts where we started out by asking "Why are you still using Android?" before moving onto individual phone brands (Samsung, Google, and OnePlus), it's time to go down what may be the final road. We now want to know why it is that you won't buy an iPhone? Why have you chosen to stay away from Apple's ridiculously popular phone after all these years? For me, the answer isn't just "I write about Android for a living, so it makes no sense to run an iPhone on the daily." In fact, that's not the reason at all. If I wanted to use an iPhone, I most certainly could and would. You know how tempted I've been by the newest Apple Watch? Still, here I am.

Why would I?

The biggest reason I haven't made a move to iOS is that I don't have a reason to. The driving force for me to make a big switch from platforms would have to be that I'm unhappy on Android and need a fresh start elsewhere. I'm still happy with Android. I like Android. I like the choices I have in phones, the different approaches to software, the camera experiences, that sort of thing. Since I'm not unhappy, Apple would have to do something so incredibly new or game-changing with an iPhone that I couldn't help myself as a tech enthusiast but to switch. They haven't done that. That green color on the new iPhone does look hot, don't get me wrong, but iOS is still iOS and I want no part of that in my daily life. Switching to an iPhone would mean that Samsung, OnePlus, and Google have all massively failed me and left me no where else to turn. I still enjoy the devices these companies make and some of the risks they take. I get to choose from multiple new phones between them throughout a year with all of the apps I enjoy, the content I've paid for, and the nuances of the OS that I can't live without. So again, to switch to an iPhone, Apple would have to do something wild.

Google Play and My Media Library

Another of the issues probably starts at an ecosystem level. No, not a Google apps level, because Google services run just fine on iPhones and I could make that transition without a hiccup, I'm sure. My issue there is more that I've invested who knows how many hundreds (thousands?) of dollars at this point in apps, movies, etc. through Google Play. While I know that Google Play Movies & TV is on iOS and gives me access to my previously purchased products, and also that there are services that will sync everything between platforms (like Movies Anywhere), it's a future-purchase thing too. I don't want to now shift my media purchases through Apple for a while and then have to rely again on a syncing service should I move back one day to Android. I know that seems like a minor gripe, but it's a control or organization thing. The bigger piece here are the apps and games purchases. Those are just not going to transfer over to iOS from Google Play. Thankfully, a lot of apps operate as freemium with subscriptions that could potentially transfer, but icon packs, wallpaper packs, games, and some premium apps, I would have to buy again. That's a significant cost to have to incur again.

iOS is Still iOS

My kid has an iPad (5th generation), so I get to see iOS from time to time. It's still an app jukebox without an app drawer, the settings situation still gives me weird amounts of anxiety at the way it is organized, the notifications probably won't ever work as well as they do on Android, and I apparently still can't change default apps (like Safari to Chrome or Apple Mail to Gmail). Control Center is kind of cool, the app ecosystem is supposedly better, and I know that Apple was first with gestures, but I'm not sure I'll ever be able to live without Android's back button/gesture. Also, I don't care for a second about all of the iOS-exclusive note taking, agenda, task, calendar, and camera apps. I hear Tiny Wings is great, though. So look, for me, it's never going to be because I hear that the new iPhone has finally caught up to Android in the camera or that they tossed in some widgets. It won't help that I like the color green or that they think I'm a fool and will buy an iPhone SE because of a processor it'll never take advantage of. Apple has to do more.

What about you? If you are hanging out here at Droid Life, I'm going to assume you are on Android and have been for a while. There's a chance you've come to the end of a phone contract and thought, "Should I switch to an iPhone from Android?" Why didn't you?

It'll Take More Than Nice Hardware to Save LG's Phone Business

Tim — Mon, 20 Apr 2020 12:44:35 +0000

Since the launch of the LG G4, LG's phone business has had little to celebrate, but that's not because the company releases terrible phones. Sure, there have been missteps, such as the LG G5 with its poorly implemented modular design, but I'd argue that the company's V series of devices are good phones. Our reviews speak to this, with exception to the latest V60. In trying to identify a key reason for LG's lack of success in the mobile phone industry, I can't help but point to multiple issues we have. The main one, and the point of this article, is software and software updates. Yeah, I could probably spout off on another post on why it's a bad game plan to focus heavily on what some might call a niche market -- no offense, I'm looking at you audiophiles -- but the first thing we need to focus on if we're LG is the software UX (user experience). https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZKS3pX6CeQI&feature=emb_title LG has detailed some sexy hardware in Velvet. It's easily their best looking phone in quite some time, at least in my opinion, but it's going to take more than a raindrop camera system and curved glass to get people off of their Galaxies and Pixels. What we need is a true reinvestment in the software and the support buyers receive after purchase.

Updates, updates, updates

Looking back at how LG flagship devices have been updated, it's not the worst, but it's certainly not ideal. Before giving LG examples, let me give you quick comparisons. In Android, you have the companies who update the quickest, such as Google. Essential could also be listed here, but Essential is now dead. Damn. Then you have the 3rd-party OEMs who update quick, but we have to factor in that they have skins and other features they have to make sure don't break when Google updates something in Android via monthly patches or major version updates. Companies that do well here are OnePlus and Samsung. Samsung has actually been really, really good in the update department for the past couple of years, setting the bar for other 3rd-party manufactures. OnePlus gets extra special love because they make it ridiculously easy to test the latest pre-release versions of Android via builds that are made publicly available on its forums. As users, you have to love that accessibility. Samsung and LG have also dabbled in betas, which is plenty fun for users. Looking at the Verizon variant of the LG G8, it was updated with Android 10 in January of this year, which is a step in the right direction compared to the previous year's LG G7. It took LG a long time to update that phone with Pie. However, looking at the Verizon G8's current changelog, the phone is still sitting on February's security patch and it was updated in mid-March. LG is falling behind in the monthly security updates, but a small pass should be provided because we aren't entirely sure how the COVID-19 pandemic has affected the company's ability to update devices. The issue I see is, it hasn't seemed to stop Samsung from updating its devices. We've established that we would like to see a larger investment in the updating of its devices. Even if the next part of our request goes unheard, at least give us better updates, LG. With that being said, LG should really think about doing something with its software.

Destroy LG's "UX"

Last November, LG teased a new software look, labeled as UX 9.0. Having used UX 9.0 on the new V60, I feel like such a sucker for thinking LG was actually going to change things up. UX 9.0 is little more than a polished up notification pulldown and LG app suite redesign. To see just how much had changed, I booted up an LG device still running Android 8.0 and quickly realized that for the most part, you can hardly tell the difference. To me, this is unacceptable and a lot more needs to be done in this department. I hate always comparing Samsung to LG, but in software, LG should definitely take a page from their book and either redo the software offering or maybe even more appropriately, kill the "UX" skin entirely. I say nuke it. Thinking back, this UX software has looked the same since at least the LG G3. I'm over it. It's boring and such a tired aesthetic. You can look back at our G3 review and see there are still some pieces of the skin lingering in LG's Android 10 phone. This is what grinds my gears the most with LG devices. It's like a vicious time warp that sucks me up and spits me back out years in the past. Sure, it's improved, but not nearly enough for my tastes. Now, while I'd love to sit here and tell you that LG should just give us stock Android and that would fix everything, I don't think we can expect LG to do something that drastic. Personally, I wouldn't mind seeing more of a OnePlus approach, where aesthetically the software looks similar to a stock Android UI, but there are lots of customization options and advanced features built in. LG already offers lots of goodies on its devices, such as its audio stuff (Quad DACs, etc.), not-so-good looking theme options from the LG market, and gesture controls, so it's not as if the company doesn't already have things it could use to entice users on the software side. Every company is out here copying each other, so feel free to snag a couple of ideas for yourself, LG. Your users would appreciate it.

LG's Android 10 UI vs. Android 8 UI

What does LG have to lose right now? In Q2 of last year, LG held just 3% of the global smartphone market, and if things don't change, the company could easily fall further with the launch of much better devices from its competitors in 2020.

Choice is good

Please, LG, we need you to keep making fun, interesting phones that people want to buy. We recently ran a poll, asking if our readers owned either a Galaxy, OnePlus, or Pixel device. Over 15,000 of you responded, and of that, just 5% said they owned "something else." LG is hidden in that something else, so we need to start thinking drastic if we're going to right this ship. This new Velvet hardware will definitely help, but that's only part of the solution. A refocusing on the essentials would go a long way for LG. We need an LG phone with super snappy performance, a great camera, great display, sexy hardware, and better software support. We know it's doable because other companies are achieving this. If they can, LG definitely can. They have many resources. Come on, LG!

Droid Life Q&A Sessions: Volume 57

Kellen — Mon, 20 Apr 2020 10:45:06 +0000

The last time we asked you for questions for a DL Q&A Sessions post, it was still 2019 and the world was a very different place. The Galaxy S20 was not yet released, OnePlus' 8 line was nothing but rumor, and the iPhone SE had yet to "destroy the Pixel 4a." We also weren't yet living through a global pandemic that has taken thousands of our friends and family members away from us. I get the feeling that in April of 2020 there is a lot you might want to talk about. New phones have come and gone, there are others on the horizon, budgets are tighter than ever, and we all could use a way to participate in safe conversation. It's DL Q&A time again. New to this concept? We've been running Q&A sessions for years now as a way for you to ask the DL crew (which is me and Tim) anything on your mind. You could ask about tech and smartphone thoughts, COVID-19, how we're coping in quarantine, what life is like without sports, what time our beer consumption starts each day, what our favorite shows are at the moment, etc. Whatever you want an answer to from us, you can ask. At the end of the week, we'll grab a handful of the questions and answer them in a separate post. It's a long-running tradition around here that we quite enjoy with this beautiful community of ours. Let us have it.

Pixel 4 XL Might be the Best Deal in Smartphones Right Now

Kellen — Mon, 20 Apr 2020 09:31:15 +0000

Will the Google Pixel 4 or Pixel 4 XL ever be considered incredible phones? You know, I think it's obvious that Google didn't knock this release out of the park, but that doesn't mean you shouldn't jump at either depending on the price. At full price, the Pixel 4 was a "no buy" from us, while the Pixel 4 XL was a "Sure, maybe!" Thanks to a $300 discount at various retailers, dropping the Pixel 4 to $499 and the Pixel 4 XL to $599, these are now really solid deals. This is mid-range price territory for a couple of phones that are not necessarily mid-range. I would still ignore the Pixel 4 because of that whole battery life thing, but I'm not sure I would tell you to not buy the Pixel 4 XL right now if you are looking for a smartphone and don't have a $1,000 budget. I would for sure tell you to buy the Pixel 4 XL over the new OnePlus 8 (not the 8 Pro, that's another category). Let's talk about what you are getting with the Pixel 4 XL. Google slapped in a big 90Hz AMOLED display (with always-on display!) and a dual camera that arguably takes the best stills in the business (particularly at night). It will get monthly software updates for almost 3 more years, as well as Android version updates for the same amount of time. It's design and in-hand feel might be my favorites of the past year. You'll get to test Android 11 and Android 12 before anyone else, if that's something that interests you. This phone also is not filled with a bunch of junk software and is instead a mostly minimal Android experience that you can add to. It's gestures seem to work better than everyone else's. It'll tell you what the song is that's playing in the background without you asking. It has the fastest Google Assistant. You can squeeze its sides, which is a super underrated feature. I know it's cool to hate on Google's phones, but we think it is perfectly fine to like them. We told you that the Pixel 4 XL wasn't a $900 phone, but it is a great buy at $600. I think you will struggle to find a phone that offers similar or more for this price. After spending time with a couple of $1,000 phones - the OnePlus 8 Pro and Galaxy S20 - for the past several weeks, I think the Pixel 4 XL is calling my name again.

A First Look at LG's New VELVET Phone

Kellen — Sun, 19 Apr 2020 09:09:43 +0000

LG might have revealed the V60 only a short few weeks ago, but we are already moving onto the next project from the company. And when I say "we," I mean that LG is clearly over the V60 - a phone only released to fill a quarter and provide carriers with a non-$1,000 5G option - and showing off its VELVET phone at every chance it gets. As you all know, the LG VELVET is the new smartphone line from LG that was first announced a little over a week ago. We know it has a design inspired by nature, display notch, cascading camera, and curves on curves. It has a "stylish, tactilely pleasing design," that has now been revealed. This weekend, LG posted a quick teaser video of the phone, showing off both its backside and front, while confirming its processor. The phone at the top of this post is the LG VELVET. From a design standpoint, it looks like the original renderings that LG shared, though we get to see a finalized form here. It does indeed have the camera layout they promised and a big display with notch. It sports a pearlish backside that changes color depending on the light, curved front and back glass that blends into a metal frame, and...yeah it looks like a modern smartphone. LG has teased not only this white pearl color, but green, red, and black options as well. They also told us that the processor inside is the Qualcomm Snapdragon 765. That might confuse you, since the current flagship processor from Qualcomm is the Snapdragon 865, but this chip is no slouch. It sports integrated 5G and is still very much an upper-tier smartphone chip. There's a chance that a number of smartphones feature this chip in 2020 as a way to keep 5G phones at lower prices without sacrificing a ton on performance. The Pixel 5 might run this same chip. What else does LG have in store for the VELVET? I get the feeling they aren't going to stop telling us more details any time soon. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZKS3pX6CeQI

Upgrade Your Home WiFi With Nest WiFi 2-Pack for $199 ($70 Off)

Kellen — Sat, 18 Apr 2020 11:32:20 +0000

As you've sat at home, rarely leaving for the past several weeks (month?), you might have noticed WiFi dead spots in your house or that your WiFi is powered by an ancient router with few bells and whistles. Now is a great time to upgrade through a sale at Lowe's, where you can grab a Nest WiFi 2-pack for $199 ($70 off). Nest WiFi is Google's newest WiFi system that was introduced alongside the Pixel 4 last year. It's a mesh WiFi system that lets you start with a router and then add access points throughout your house to expand your WiFi signal to areas that might need a better connection. With Nest WiFi, those points also act as Nest Mini devices with Google Assistant, so you get a double duty device in one. Nest WiFi supports 5GHz and 2.4GHz networks, WPA3 encryption, gets automatic updates to stay on top of security, and is controlled by the Google Home app. The Nest router comes in a sleek round body design, while the Nest point looks similar, but is available in additional colors. Want to know more? Read our Nest WiFi review. The deal at Lowe's is for a Nest WiFi router and a Nest point. Those two combined should cover up to 3800 square feet of space.

Shop Nest WiFi at Lowe's

Verizon Pixel 4 Gets Dual SIM Dual Standby and eSIM Support

Kellen — Sat, 18 Apr 2020 10:30:16 +0000

During my initial write-up of the Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL back in October, I pointed out that these new Pixel phones from Google supported Dual SIM Dual Standby (DSDS) and an eSIM. I've actually used it on the Pixel 4 XL to run both Google Fi and T-Mobile at the same time. Fast forward to this month's security patch and Verizon is finally joining the party of eSIM and DSDS support. In the notes for the April security patch, Verizon says that they are introducing Dual SIM Dual Standby support, which is great news. With DSDS, you can run your phone on two networks, specifying which network uses data, which uses voice and text, that sort of thing. It's handy for traveling, if you live in an area that gets better data connectivity from a specific carrier, or if you have two numbers to maintain. I've written about DSDS here when it launched last year on the Pixel 3a. For Verizon Pixel 4 owners, this newly added functionality is going to take some work to get setup, unfortunately. If you aren't on Verizon, you can get into DSDS pretty easily through Sprint, AT&T, T-Mobile, or Google Fi, but Verizon is making you call their customer support team to go about this the hard way. If you hit that link below, you'll find the full list of steps. Basically, you'll walk through the on-phone process to get started setting up DSDS, then have to call Verizon with an IMEI you discovered through that. They will then use that IMEI to provide you with a QR code that will be scanned on your phone to finish setting up the eSIM. I know that sounds confusing, but the steps they layout will make sense as you begin to walk through it. Fun little weekend project? Maybe. // Verizon

This Could be the New Physical Google Pay Card

Kellen — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 14:12:47 +0000

Less than 8 years after shutting down its physical Google Wallet card, Google may be close to launching another card for consumer financial use. Potentially dubbed the Google Pay card, a new leak has revealed a major feature that could be coming soon to your Google Pay app, one that could help Google provide some competition for the Apple Card. The folks at TechCrunch landed the details that show what the physical Google Pay card could look like, the app, some of its features, and how detailed transactions would be. The card, which you can see below, would be a chip-equipped debit card (powered by VISA) attached to a bank account that could be used for old school swipes or contactless payments in stores. It would also be stored virtually within the Google Pay app, where it could be used for online payments, moving money around, and sending cash to others. It's not necessarily unlike your current bank card, until you dive into some of the features that come as a part of the app experience.

In the screenshots below, you can see how this Google Pay card might live on your device. You would be able to pull up lists of transactions with details, see where purchases were made with shortcuts to Google Maps, and potentially call those locations if you need to. You would be able to add funds to your account through the Google Pay app, see card numbers and bank account info, specify the types of notifications related to Google Pay you'd like to receive, setup PINs or lock cards, order replacement cards, enable/disable contactless payments, and more. The app would essentially provide a one-stop financial info solution within your phone that might not require you to maintain both Google Pay and a separate banking app. That could be cool!

A lot of this info seems to tie-in nicely to the report from last November that suggested Google was looking at ways to become your checking account provider. At the time of that report, Google confirmed that they were working with Citi and Stanford Federal Credit Union, which they suggested again to TechCrunch without denying that a Google Pay card was in the works. What's the play here with Google and why take another stab at a physical debit card? I'm sure Google would love to collect info related to personal financial transactions and potentially take small cuts as a financial partner to banking institutions. If they can find a way to convince both partners and you and I that this would be a win, which might not be hard if the Apple Card is having any success, this could be big. // TechCrunch

$6 Hitman GO is Free Right Now on Google Play

Tim — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 13:51:05 +0000

Major good news alert: Hitman GO is free right now on Google Play. This title is typically priced around $6, so free is a pretty sweet deal. If you haven't tried any of these "GO" games, they are absolutely sweet. Paired with excellent music and nice graphics, each level is a puzzle that you must complete to move onto the next chapter. In this particular title, you play as Agent 47, using distractions and weapons to eliminate targets. It really is fun and if you don"t already own it, get on this. Enjoy, gamers!

Google Play Link

https://youtu.be/jz5FwcA2njc

Podcast: OnePlus 8 Pro Review!

Kellen — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 10:18:31 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, what else are we going to talk about than the newly announced and reviewed OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro? Well, we have other stuff, but that will kick off this week's chat. We'll also dive into the latest on the Pixel 4a, Google's own smartphone chip, Stadia opening up, Motorola's big date, and how LG is changing it all up. Trivia is back!

This week's show is sponsored by E-Win, makers of fine gaming chairs and desks. To get 20% off the chairs we now use during the DL Show, use code "Droidlife" at checkout!

We’ll be live at 12:00PM Pacific (3:00PM Eastern).

OnePlus 8 Pro Review: A Phone With It All and a Decent Price

Kellen — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 10:15:51 +0000

The year 2020 will without a doubt be a year we'll never forget. With all that is happening, reviewing smartphones during this time is going to feel like an odd exercise, though I hope it at least gives everyone something to take their mind off of the daily news cycle. Thanks to OnePlus, the company has introduced us to two phones to focus on for a bit, two phones that I think smartphone buyers are going to get excited about. In this review, I'll dive into the OnePlus 8 Pro, the higher-end of the two new phones. I've been using the device for a couple of weeks now, so I've stared at its 120Hz display, used its new camera setup, dabbled in its software, and yes, wirelessly charged it. There is no denying that this phone is the best piece of technology that OnePlus has built. It is here to compete directly with Samsung and Google rather than being the guy who is close, but cut a couple of corners to stay at hundreds of dollars less. Instead, this phone matches in most areas, bests in others, and still manages to remain at a price below Samsung's Galaxy S20. Shall we talk about it? This is our OnePlus 8 Pro review.

The Good

Display Guys, this display is really good. For the OnePlus 8 Pro, OnePlus tossed in a 6.78" Quad HD Fluid AMOLED display with a top refresh rate of 120Hz. This is the top spec for a display in 2020. If you are making a high-end phone this year, it better match this or you will be thought of (rightfully) as a step below. This particular display has excellent viewing angles, where even steep off-axis viewing provides crystal clear colors. It might be better than Samsung in this area, which is huge for those of you who look at your phone as it lies on a desk all day. With colors, you get to customize that experience with Vivid, Natural, or Advanced options. Advanced lets you go wild with Wide Gamut, sRGB, or Display P3 modes, should that be a thing of interest. I left my review device on Vivid and love the punch and sharpness. You also have choices between QHD and FHD, as well as 120Hz and 60Hz. I ran my device at 120Hz and FHD for the most part. With those settings, I actually feel like responsiveness and performance was better than at QHD and 120Hz, though I don't necessarily have a way to reproduce that for you. It wasn't massively noticeable, just a thing I thought I picked up.

Is 120Hz as cool as you hoped? Yes, it is. Coming from a Pixel 4 XL with 90Hz and a Galaxy S20 with 120Hz, I'm so enjoying this world with high refresh rates. I can't ever see myself going back to 60Hz for an extended period of time. The world on your smartphone looks better when everything is this smooth at all times. Additionally, OnePlus once again included a number of display options that I feel should be standard on all phones in 2020. It has adaptive brightness, but you'll find a "Comfort tone" setting that adapts screen color based on your environment, video color enhancing and smoothing modes, and Night and Reading modes. I do have two complaints. First, brightness is adequate on the high-end, but on the dim side, this phone doesn't go low enough. Samsung is the master of this range where their phones can be seen easily in the sun and also drop to super-dark and eye-pleasing in darker settings. OnePlus doesn't quite match Samsung there and I wish they would have allowed this display to tick down another notch, but they could be worried about how that low of a brightness setting would affect the 120Hz display. The other thing I don't like here is the curved display. You guys know how much I despise these things, but here it wasn't so much about the look or feel as it was the palm touches it constantly reacts to. I found that I had to be extra careful where I placed fingers or thumbs or how I held the device or it would easily start scrolling in Twitter or pressing a button in Gmail I wasn't ready for. I'll talk more about this in the "Design" section, but it is the single most frustrating thing about this phone.

Performance I don't have a ton of info to relay back to you here, but the OnePlus 8 Pro is like any OnePlus phone I've used in recent years and that's a good thing. This phone is fast. This phone is smooth. With the UFS 3.0 storage and LPDDR5 RAM alongside the 120Hz display and Snapdragon 865, this phone won't stutter. It'll open apps quickly, it'll hold them in memory, it'll run any game you throw at it, it won't require daily reboots, and it should just get things done for you. Good job again, OnePlus, you continue to show the industry how to make fast and smooth. Specs The list of specs in the OnePlus 8 Pro really does compare with the very best in the business. While that may have brought the price up on this phone to un-OnePlus levels, I'm finding it hard to fully complain because of what we're getting that is still a couple of hundred dollars less than what Samsung is selling in the Galaxy S20. You've got the massive 6.78" Quad HD AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate. You've got the Snapdragon 865 and 8GB or 12GB LPDDR5 RAM. You've got 128GB or 256GB UFS 3.0 storage (no SD slot). The 4510mAh battery is a good size, plus it has 30W wired and 30W wireless charging. There is Bluetooth 5.1 and WiFi 6 and dual stereo speakers and an alert slider and an in-display fingerprint sensor and 5G and an IP68 rating for the first time. To keep going, you get a quad-camera setup with two 48MP shooters (wide and ultra-wide), an 8MP telephoto, and this weirdly included 5MP color filter lens. The OnePlus 8 Pro even shoots in a macro mode that few if any other phones have. What's missing? A headphone jack, which is missing from all flagship phones these days. You also don't get a microSD slot, which I'm not sure is that big of a deal with 128GB and 256GB options. This phone has so much going for it just on paper, but thankfully, it delivers in a real world setting too.

Software The software experience that OnePlus has rolled out on the OnePlus 8 Pro is another improvement on their already-great software from past phones. It's Android 10 and OxygenOS 10.5.2, for those keeping track. Once again, it's clean and fast and smooth. It looks less like Google's version of Android, but that's OK as long as OnePlus doesn't go full-Samsung and stays on this path. For example, they are allowing the new Android 10 gestures and have themed everything mostly like Google's Android. They are even allowing you to ditch their weird Shelf home screen and just put the Google Discovery page. As I mentioned in the display area, I love the numerous customizable options they give you there, I like the various sound controls (Dolby Atmos, Live Caption, vibration intensity for both ringtones and notifications, etc.), the handful of gestures (3-finger screenshot, double tap to wake, etc.), and some of the Utilities, like scheduled reboots. We also have a dark theme, screen recorder, Zen Mode, Face Unlock, and more and more and more. OnePlus has gotten pretty good at updates recently too. They were one of the first to push an Android 10 update and have maintained a decent record with security patches. If anything, through beta programs and constant bug fixes, you'll almost always be just around the corner from seeing improvements on your OnePlus phones. I can't imagine that will change with the 8 Pro. I do have a couple of complaints. OnePlus has suggested that they will one day bring an always-on display feature to their phones, but it's not here yet on the 8 Pro. This isn't a dealbreaker, but since every other modern high-end smartphone has it, I don't understand what OnePlus is waiting for. I'd much rather be able to glance at my phone to see the time or pending notifications than have to worry about touching it to bring up that info. The other thing that frustrates me is their implementation of a dark theme. Instead of making it a system toggle like Google and Samsung have done, OnePlus instead buried it within a customizations area that requires multiple steps before you can enable it. You can't schedule it or one-touch toggle it within the quick settings area. Overall, you'll be able to live with those two complaints with the rest of the experience being as good as it is.

Camera Every time I review a OnePlus phone, we get to the camera section and I tend to be torn on whether or not the included setup is any good. I talk about improvements and what OnePlus has done to try and catch-up to competitors. It has been a never-ending talking point. With the OnePlus 8 Pro, I think that narrative might finally end. The OnePlus 8 Pro has a better camera than the Galaxy S20. The setup here is a 48MP main shooter at f/1.7, 48MP ultra-wide angle at f/2.2, 8MP telephoto at f/2.4, and a 5MP color filter lens. I still have no idea what the color filter lens is doing after two weeks of testing, but I can tell you that the main and wide angle cameras are excellent.

I do want to continue to test further, but for now with the samples I've shot, I'm quite impressed. This camera is a master of creating depth through that f/1.7 lens, it's pixel binning process from 48MP to 12MP retains crisp imagery and realistic colors, the high-resolution ultra-wide doesn't fall short like so many other wide angle cameras, and its night mode is pretty damn legit. Actually, its night mode, because it basically takes night portraits, is one of the features I can't wait to continue using over time. Shooting on the 8 Pro is both easy and advanced (if you want it to be). OnePlus included all of the auto modes, like portrait and nightscape, plus there are full manual or "pro" controls. It shoots photos using OnePlus' UltraShot HDR, offers long exposure shooting, includes a histogram, can correct wide angle shots, and lets you choose video recording up to 4K and 60fps. It doesn't do 8K video, but honestly, who the hell needs that? Alright, here are some samples.

Again, I want to show you more shots over the coming weeks, it's just difficult to get out during this quarantine time. However, I did suggest this camera is better than the Galaxy S20's, so below are some comparison shots. What I looked at here was color reproduction and clarity in somewhat difficult shooting situations. The OnePlus 8 Pro tends to process cooler vs. the warmer tones that the Galaxy S20 revealed. The overall processing is much harsher at the edges on the S20 too, possibly because they are over-sharpening. Outside of the wide angle shot of the sky and trees here, I'm not sure the S20 is even close to producing as quality of shots under these circumstances as the OnePlus 8 Pro.

ONEPLUS 8 PRO (left), GALAXY S20 (right)

Oh, and here is that nightscape portrait action I was talking about. How cool is this?

Battery Life With this large QHD display at 120Hz and a 4510mAh battery, I wasn't sure I would get to this review being satisfied with battery life. As it turns out, I'm OK with it. As you'll see from the screenshots here, when I hit my normal use days (3-4 hours screen on time), I had 30% or more battery remaining when I went to bed. On lighter use days (2-3 hours screen on time), I was going to bed with 50% battery.

Now, there are a couple of things to note here. I mostly left the phone at 120Hz and FHD instead of QHD. I don't really know why, but I think it's because I did the same with my Galaxy S20, thought that experience was good enough, and wanted to be able to do a straight across comparison for battery there. I did test the last day or two at QHD and haven't seen anything alarming. For example, today, I'm 8 hours off the charger with almost 2 hours of screen on time and at 66% battery. That's pretty good! So I don't have battery concerns. I don't think the OnePlus 8 Pro is quite as crazy in battery life as older OnePlus phones, but it should power you through a solid day without worry. If it doesn't, well, you have crazy fast charging options that will top you right up in no time. Wireless Charging Speaking of charging options, I feel the need to single out the Warp Charge 30 Wireless that OnePlus included because it's so nuts. To recap, this is OnePlus' first phone with wireless charging and they went all-out. It features 30W wireless charging if you use their wireless charger and it delivers. I ran a couple of charges on it and saw my phone charge from 15% to 72% in 45 minutes. It then reached almost 100% capacity by the hour mark. There are wired chargers that don't charge that fast. Do keep in mind that you will need to buy OnePlus' $70 Warp Charge 30 Wireless Charger to get those speeds. You'll also have to deal with the charge constantly blowing a fan to do its best to keep the phone cool as it charges. If you can handle those things, prepare to be blown away.

Somewhere-in-the-Middle

Design This is a tough one for me because the OnePlus 8 Pro is one of the sexiest devices I've ever set my eyes upon. This Ultramarine Blue color is absolutely stunning to look at depending on the angle of the light hitting it. It also has this gorgeous display with hole punch cutout, a matte finish that magically resists fingerprints, tastefully accented blue buttons and sides, and a general in-hand feel of luxury. This phone is a stunner. With that said, I've got some problems with it. For one, this phone is most definitely too big for me (both tall and wide) and I'd imagine it could be for a lot of people. It's basically the size of the Galaxy S20 Ultra, a behemoth of a phone. Not only that, but it weighs 199g, almost 40g more than the Galaxy S20 I've been using. You will notice how heavy the OnePlus 8 Pro is as you hold it or put it in a pocket.

That weight and size mean this phone is difficult to use with one hand in any circumstance. It's scary to do a one-handed shift on this device unless you are laying on or sitting near a soft surface that you know will keep the phone safe should you drop it. You really need two hands free at all times to secure the OnePlus 8 Pro. My other issue, which I touched on above, is the curved display upfront. I've just had way too many palm touches that activate the display. I hope OnePlus can find a way to improve that with a software update very soon. I'm not sure I've experienced this level of mistaken palm touches before and I don't like it at all. So overall, while I think the OnePlus 8 Pro is absolutely gorgeous, I'm still hesitating on wanting to use it daily because of size, weight, and that damn curved display. Connectivity For connectivity, OnePlus has mostly knocked this out of the park. You have LTE and 5G connectivity where you will need it. I know that it doesn't have 5G mmW support, but 5G mmW is stupid and a waste of worry. This phone connects to mid-band and low-band 5G, which is all you will ever really need to care about for the next several years. The OnePlus 8 Pro also has Bluetooth 5.1 and WiFi 6 (802.11ax), so it's as ready for the future of connectivity as any device on the market. I have had an issue, though, and that's why you are seeing this section where it is. OnePlus pushed an update to our review units a week or so ago and that seems to have caused my device to experience WiFi drops that it wasn't previously having. Whenever I move across my house, this OnePlus 8 Pro disconnects from my TP-Link WiFi 6 router. It struggles to reconnect, hold a steady connection, or produce the speeds I'm used to on all other phones. I'm at the point where if I go upstairs, I just turn off WiFi and use 5G. Keep in mind that I don't have this same issue on any other phone, including a Galaxy S20 (WiFi 6) or Pixel 4 XL, the two phones I've used the most prior to this OnePlus 8 Pro. I've talked to OnePlus about the whole situation and am waiting to hear back on if this is a known bug with the latest update or if I just have something wrong with my unit. Again, I wasn't noticing the drops prior to this update, so my guess is it's something there. Either way, I'll update this section in the future if possible.

Availability Availability of the OnePlus 8 Pro is a bit of a mixed bag to start. You'll be able to buy the 8 Pro at OnePlus' store and also at Amazon for the first time, but no carriers are selling it yet. Verizon and T-Mobile are both selling the regular OnePlus 8, but no one has committed yet to the 8 Pro. That's weird. Because there are no carriers involved, you do get connectivity in almost all places you want it, just don't expect to connect to Verizon's 5G mmW should you buy one and use it on their network. It'll connect to mid-band and low-band 5G from carriers who have it across the globe, the mmW portion just isn't there. Look, having Amazon as a partner is a huge deal for OnePlus and I can't wait to see promos through there. Amazon makes the phone immediately more accessible to a lot of people. With that said, the US is still a big carrier-first country when it comes to phone buying habits, so a number of you won't be able to get this phone by going your typical carrier contract route. Pricing Do I think either the OnePlus 8 or OnePlus 8 Pro are overpriced? Oh hell no. In fact, I think that you are getting one of the best deals in tech if you buy a OnePlus 8 Pro at $899, which is the starting price for the 128GB-8GB model. Even at $999 for the 256GB-12GB model, I feel like you are getting a hell of a phone on a not-bad price. You have to remember that the base Galaxy S20 costs $1,000, while the top tier OnePlus 8 Pro costs that much. And at that price, you get double the storage over the S20, faster wired and wireless charging, a bigger battery, what might be a better display, better software, and cameras that have certainly caught up. But here's the thing - this isn't what we love about OnePlus. We loved their phones that were hundreds of dollars less than competitors (sometimes half the damn price), yet have all of the specs to match. Technically, we are in that realm if you compare the top 8 Pro to the Galaxy S20 Ultra. It still stings, though. Whether that's fair or not, it's going to take me a while to think of OnePlus as a company that sells phones this expensive.

Video

Unboxing and Tour https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQH-LfgcCP0

The Verdict

The OnePlus 8 Pro is a f*cking great phone. You will pay a price for it that you might not be used to for OnePlus phones, but the company is now producing phones without any of the catches of old. The camera has caught up. The wireless charging is faster than everyone else's. The design is so dialed in. The performance and software are still excellent. It doesn't really have flaws. This is as good if not better than Samsung's best phone. It's better than Google's current Pixel phones, without a doubt. It's the best Android phone on the market right now, and I can say that without hesitating. Yet still, as the best option today, you are paying a starting price of $899. That's crazy value. That's $100 cheaper than the lowest Galaxy S20 and $500 cheaper than the Galaxy S20 Ultra. Once the OnePlus 8 Pro drops on April 29, assuming you are in the market for a phone, this should probably be the one you turn to.

Buy OnePlus 8 Pro

Verizon Quietly Expands 5G Footprint, Plans 30 New Cities This Year

Kellen — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 10:09:43 +0000

Verizon isn't stopping its rollout of 5G across the US even in the face of a pandemic. If anything, it sounds like Verizon is moving along in some cities with fewer obstacles now (there's a lot less traffic on the roads these days), possibly bringing 5G to your neighborhood in the quietest way. In an update on their 5G situation provided to PCMag, Verizon said that they actually plan to expand their 5G mmW network to another 30 cities in 2020. That would bring their total to 60 cities with 5G mmW, the only 5G they currently give customers access to. In addition to 30 new markets (which they have not yet revealed), Verizon is expanding in the 30 cities they launched in 2019. If you browse around their 5G maps, it sure looks like that expansion in (some) city centers has dramatically increased. Chicago is the most noteworthy, with "three times the nodes" Verizon had a year ago. Minneapolis' map also shows much more red than I remember, as does Atlanta, Boise, and Indianapolis. Verizon says they aren't marketing any of this due to "everything that's going on," so don't be surprised if you own a Verizon 5G phone and see 5G pop-up for the first time over the coming months. There's a chance you'll get 5G and not have heard about it. Should these new markets get an acknowledgement from Verizon, we'll be sure to let you know. If you run into 5G in an unannounced city, don't hesitate to hit that tip box of ours. // PCMag

Android TV Gets Quick Access to YouTube TV Channels

Tim — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 10:05:17 +0000

According to a few users on reddit, a change for Android TV is rolling out, bringing quick access to YouTube TV channels directly on your home screen. As you can see in the header image above, once the change hits your Android TV device, you'll see a list of channels next to the YouTube TV logo. Some users are saying this list is not customizable, with others thinking it's based on your most-watched channels. We haven't confirmed any of that yet, but it is clutch to have this access. If it's not customizable, that functionality would be nice to have down the road. At least one user on reddit states that they had an update for Android Web Settings in Google Play, meaning this wasn't a system update. That makes complete sense, so head into Google Play and see if you have an update for that app should you not see this change yet. Are you seeing this on your Android TV? // reddit

Anker's Eufy Indoor Security Cam 2K Up for Pre-Order for as Little as $26

Kellen — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 08:47:12 +0000

There is no shortage of home security options these days, with players like Nest and Arlo and Ring all now competing with smaller companies trying to offer similar experiences at fractions of the cost. Anker's Eufy brand is one of those that has really accelerated their home security platform and is now offering yet another new product. Eufy opened up pre-orders for their Security Indoor Cam Series today, which features the Eufy Security Indoor Cam 2K, as well as the Security Indoor Cam 2K Pan & Tilt. The regular Cam 2K starts at $25.99 with code WSEUFYIDC1 and the 2K Pan & Tilt can be had for $36.99 with code WSEUFYIDC2. Those codes provide $14 and $13 discounts off future retail prices. What's good about Eufy or these new indoor security cameras? With these new cameras, you get a 2K resolution video stream and capture, night vision, the ability to set activity zones to monitor, local and/or cloud storage, "instant" mobile alerts, real-time two-way audio, Google Assistant integration, and more. As an added bonus, the Pan & Tilt models pans and tilts to give you more coverage. That's basically a feature list for any quality smart home security camera, only these cost as little as $26 right now during this pre-order period. If you need an inexpensive, yet featured-packed security camera, these seem like pretty solid options. Pre-orders are expected to ship by the end of May.

Pre-order Eufy Security Indoor Cams

Galaxy Z Flip Update Brings Quick Way to Access Camera's Flex Mode

Tim — Fri, 17 Apr 2020 08:42:51 +0000

We haven't discussed the Galaxy Z Flip all too much since posting up our review, likely because it's hard to imagine a lot of people are currently using it in the US. It's a sweet little phone, don't get me wrong, but I don't think many saw it as a practical purchase at $1,380. Regardless, that isn't going to stop (at least for now) Samsung providing updates to those who did purchase it. In a new update rolling out to owners starting today, the camera app on the device will have a quick switch button for the phone's Flex Mode.

Related: Check out our Galaxy Z Flip review.

As you'll see down in the GIF below, Flex Mode is the phone's operations when it's sitting at a 45-degree angle. As Samsung puts it, "With just a double tap, you can switch the camera’s preview window from the top to the bottom half of the device when it is in Flex mode, making it simpler for you to capture everything from dramatic low-angle action videos to vibrant top-down food photos." Enjoy your update, Z Flip owners.

// Samsung

Google Hopes Android TV, Google Play, Wear OS Will Help You During This Pandemic

Kellen — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 15:01:49 +0000

Sitting at home all-day, everyday isn't as easy or as awesome as it sounds. We all still need exercise, friends, content, motivation, and reminders on ways to get through this pandemic healthy. Google think a number of its services can help in big ways. For one, Android TV now has a section called "Stay mindful & fit" that is a collection of fitness apps to help you keep moving in your living rooms. You'll find the Peloton app (which still has a 90 day free trial), yoga apps, dancing classes, and more. Of course, you can also ask the Google Assistant to fire up a workout video for you. In case you didn't know, YouTube is filled with free workouts upon workouts. No Android TV? That's OK. Google Play has a new special offers area that highlights free or discounted content in sections like "Workout & wellness" or "Language learning & more." You'll find roundups of apps by category too, giving you plenty of ways to help you be the best you.

Finally, if you are on Wear OS, Google is updating their smartwatch platform to help you better wash your hands with timers and reminders. All of these new features are either available now or rolling out in the "coming weeks." // Google

Thursday Poll: Have You Tried Stadia Yet?

Tim — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 14:52:35 +0000

If you're in an eligible area of the globe Stadia is now free to join! It's been a few days since this happened, and since that's the case, we're curious if anyone who previously hadn't tried Stadia out has done so. The issue many might run into depending on what device you're playing on is the need to have a supported gaming controller for Stadia. Going out and buying one may not be as easy as we'd all like right now, but thankfully, Stadia's list of supported controllers isn't too bad. And if you're playing on the web, mouse and keyboard is always an option. If you are playing Stadia, what are you liking about it? The free games? Portable aspect of it? Maybe you played for five minutes and it wasn't your thing? That's cool, too. So, have you tried Stadia yet? [poll id="540"]

Stadia Gets 5.1 Surround Sound Support on Web, Mobile Connection Notifications

Tim — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 12:47:25 +0000

Stadia announced a few new features for gamers this week, all of which we've listed for you below.

Related: Stadia now open to all!

There are three things: 5.1 surround sound support for Stadia users on the web, an on-screen keyboard for web players, as well as mobile connection notifications for connection quality. While it's not a huge list, these are all solid additions for the platform.

Changelog

5.1 surround sound on web -- We’ve added support for 5.1 surround sound when playing games on web
On-screen keyboard -- You’ll now see an on-screen keyboard on web when you have a gamepad connected to Stadia
Mobile connection notifications -- You’ll see notifications for your connection quality while playing on mobile devices.

Enjoy, Stadia players. // Stadia

iPhone SE Brings Back Memories of the Google Nexus Days

Kellen — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 11:55:31 +0000

The iPhone SE remains in headlines once again today, partly because Apple can do no wrong and also because it provided an opportunity for folks to dump on Google (which people weirdly love to do). It's all a bit overly dramatic as the phone is a mid-range phone that has anti-specs folks really into specs all of a sudden, but it did bring me back to memories of a time where Google was doing something similar. You may recall the Google Nexus program for a short couple of year period. I'm talking about the Nexus 4 and Nexus 5 years (maybe the GSM unlocked Galaxy Nexus in there too), where Google was using pretty high-end specs and letting you buy those devices for around $400 or under. This was the glory period of the Google Nexus line that most remember, because you could hop on Google Play (seriously, Google sold devices there) and buy a Nexus for a few hundred dollars, have it shipped directly to you, and then be a part of the "stock" Android world that was so hard to find elsewhere. The GSM version of the Galaxy Nexus cost $399, the Nexus 4 was $299 or $349, and the Nexus 5 could be had for $349 or $399. The Galaxy Nexus first introduced us to an HD display (720p with curved glass!), the Nexus 4 kept that HD display and added wireless charging, while the Nexus 5 had wireless charging, a 1080p display, and OIS. The Nexus 4 and 5 had the top Snapdragon processor of the time too. Outside of lacking LTE in a couple models, these were fully spec'd out phones at the $400 price point (or under). Sure, they weren't widely adopted because Google only sold them at those prices directly and US customers are grossly attached to their carriers. It might not have been sustainable or maybe they got greedy and created the Pixel line. But it's still worth remembering that Google had a reputation for a few years as providing phones at incredible prices with higher-end specs. They ran clean Android, they got updates, you could tinker with them, they looked fun, they often introduced new features to Android, and they let some of us be a part of a fun little crowd. I think we all understand that Google was either losing money or making very little on those Nexus phones and that Apple will still scrape away solid profits from this new iPhone SE. I still miss those days and wish somehow, some way they would return.

Samsung's New Budget Tablet Offers an S Pen, Starts at $350

Tim — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 09:59:48 +0000

Samsung has a new budget-friendly tablet headed to market, scheduled for release in Q2. The Galaxy Tab S6 Lite is affordable, starting at just $350, but it does offer a few sweet features to make it a great productivity device and content consumption machine. The main inclusion is that of the S Pen, which comes in the box with the tablet. With the S Pen, those who use tablets for creating art or taking notes are already off to a good start, but Samsung also highlights dual stereo speakers by AKG with Dolby Atmos, a big ol' 7,040mAh battery, 8-core Exynos prcoessor, up to 128GB storage, and Android 10 with One UI 2 running on top. The display is a 10.4" (WUXGA+) TFT panel with a resolution of 2000 x 1200. The bezels don't appear all too large, so media consumption and gaming have the potential to be solid. You can view the full list of specs below. The Galaxy Tab S6 Lite will launch Q2 this year, priced starting at $349.99. We'll let you know when it's available for purchase. Tab S6 Lite Specs

// Samsung

Spotify Letting You Hide Tracks You Don't Like From Other Peoples' Playlists

Tim — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 08:56:37 +0000

Let's say your buddy just published a new playlist onto Spotify and it's a real banger. The problem is, there are a couple of track choices you don't exactly agree with. To handle this, Spotify is intro'ing the ability to hide songs on playlists you didn't make. This is clutch for when you go back to the playlist -- since it's a banger and all -- you won't be forced to skip that song again, as Spotify won't show it in the playlist. Should you change your mind down the road, you'll be able to unhide songs, of course. This change is rolling out to both Android and iOS apps for Premium users. // Engadget

Samsung's Galaxy S10 Lite Hits the US at Worst Possible Time

Kellen — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 08:35:11 +0000

Samsung revealed the Galaxy S10 Lite back at CES in January and is now ready to bring the phone to the US. This might be the worst possible time for them to make this move, considering a couple of phones that were just announced this week. To recap, the Galaxy S10 Lite features a 6.7" Full HD AMOLED display, triple rear camera (wide + ultra-wide + macro), octa-core processor, up to 8GB RAM, 128GB storage, 4500mAh battery, and Android 10 with One UI. As a mid-range phone, those specs look pretty good on paper until you realize that the OnePlus 8 is now a thing and so is the iPhone SE. Samsung wants $650 for the Galaxy S10 Lite in the US. Six hundred and fifty dollars. The OnePlus 8 costs just $50 more and features a faster processor, faster RAM, faster storage, faster charging, a better display with a higher refresh rate, a better chance of seeing regular updates, and a camera that is likely as good or better. The iPhone SE is $250 cheaper as an entry-level phone with a good set of specs that I'd imagine will catch eyeballs more frequently than a phone named after last year's Samsung flagship and with the word "Lite" attached. Samsung tells us you'll find the S10 Lite as an unlocked device through Best Buy, Amazon, and their own store. Depending on where you buy it, you could get free Galaxy Buds, discounts from trade-ins, or discounts by activating with carriers. Should you buy the S10 Lite? Heh.

As an Android Fan, I Hope Apple Sells a Sh*tload of the iPhone SE

Kellen — Wed, 15 Apr 2020 13:36:59 +0000

Apple by no means shocked the world today with its announcement of an updated iPhone SE - the phone had been rumored for weeks now. What they did do was release a phone with a mostly solid set of specs at a really reasonable price at just the right time. Our world has been turned upside down, with budgets tighter than ever. If there is anything to focus on with the SE's arrival, it's that Apple is giving people a choice that will put less strain on everyone's bank accounts. I hope it forces others to follow. I've already done my share of mocking predictable iPhone SE vs. Pixel 4a folks on Twitter, so I'll save you from that here. Instead, I can't help but look at this phone as an example we should all point to to remind phone makers that good phones don't have to cost $1,000. OK, fine, I have SE opinions I need to get out of the way first. Sorry. The iPhone SE does not impress me in the least. I'm not going to be the guy claiming that a small phone with a tiny 720p display, giant bezels, and a single camera is here to destroy all made-up competitors, like the 4a. I'm not interested in a phone with a 2016 design because like everyone else in the world, I now live in 2020 and like big, high resolution displays. Yes, even in the $400 range those are the things I like and can easily find on Android. We get it, iPhone bro, the A13 chip in this iPhone SE powers the iPhone 11 Pro Max HD+ 4G LTE. It's just that having it power this little budget phone is kind of pointless. It's not pushing pixels or a high refresh rate. It's not powering an advanced multi-camera system, showing off high-res imagery or video (it can't), or doing any sort of heavy lifting. The A13 solely exists in this phone as a talking point for media and Apple fans to scream, "It has an A13!!!!!!!!!!! And costs $399!!!!!!!" And they all took the bait today. The iPhone SE is like if Chevy put their new Corvette engine in a 2016 Chevy S10 and slapped on a governor at 45mph. Or imagine someone gifting you a gaming PC with an RTX 2080 in it and you attach it to a budget wireless keyboard and a CRT monitor, while sitting at it on a metal stool. The only impressive thing about either of those situations is that Apple is giving you that engine and graphics card at a ridiculously low price. That's the iPhone SE. OK, I'm done. Back on topic. If there is one thing I absolutely love about the iPhone SE it's that we can hope that everyone else will try and copy the idea. Sure, this isn't even Apple's idea, to create a budget phone that provides the experience of a better phone, but when Apple does shit, people follow. I actually hope they sell a boatload of them to get Android phone makers to take notice. We don't like $1,400 phones. I'm not sure many of us like $1,000 phones either. We might not be able to afford them for much longer. The reason the Pixel 3a was such a breath of fresh air last year, was because we got a handful of important features that didn't fall short. That's why we've all looked forward to the release of the Pixel 4a. The old OnePlus phones were seriously loved because of the package you were getting for the price. Last year's S10e came close to joining this category too. So listen, Android friends, make better budget phones. I know you probably can't make the financials work where you'll throw a Snapdragon 865 into a $399 phone, and that's fine. We'd rather have a better display, camera, battery life, and design than an unnecessarily powerful chipset that the rest of the components won't take advantage of. You can do it.

OnePlus 8 Review: This Phone Stays Winning

Tim — Wed, 15 Apr 2020 12:29:28 +0000

Thank goodness, there are new phones for us to talk about while many of us are stuck at home. Thank you for that, OnePlus. We have two new devices, the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro. If you missed Kellen's OnePlus 8 Pro review that we already posted, check it out here. If you're more interested in a slightly smaller and slightly less expensive device, then this OnePlus 8 review is what you need. While it is the less expensive and smaller version of OnePlus' latest flagship model, the OnePlus 8 packs a mighty little punch, complete with most of the specs you'd expect in 2020, as well as some seriously sexy hardware. This phone has been my daily driver in isolation for the past two weeks, so allow me to fill you in on how that time went. Due to both phones being mostly the same in terms of experience, with exception the camera and a couple of specs, there are a couple of sections below that aren't as comprehensive as they are in Kellen's review. For those section, go read our OnePlus 8 Pro review. This is our OnePlus 8 review!

The Good

Specs You can view all of the OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro specs here, but allow me to give you the highlights of this phone that starts at just $699. The OnePlus 8 features a 6.55" FHD Fluid AMOLED (2400x1080) with 90Hz refresh rate, Snapdragon 865 processor, up to 256GB UFS 3.0 storage, up to 12GB LPDD4X RAM, three rear-facing cameras, 16-megapixel front-facing camera, 4300mAh battery, 5G and WiFi 6 connectivity, in-display fingerprint reader, dual stereo speakers, and Android 10 with OxygenOS on top. In the US, it'd be hard to find a phone that has this list of specs at a starting price of $699. OnePlus has a solid history of doing this, so none of us should be surprised. If you need even fancier specs, maybe the OnePlus 8 Pro will be your speed? Display The OnePlus 8 features a 6.55" FHD Fluid AMOLED (2400x1080) display, complete with a 90Hz refresh rate. My experience with it has been exceptional, with the highlight for me being the display's adaptability. When I'm in sunny conditions, the display gets plenty bright for me to still see what's happening on the display. When I need it to get dark, you can make this display extremely low light, which is further improved with a OnePlus Laboratory feature labeled as DC Dimming. With that enabled, the screen brightness is adjusted via circuit power to help reduce flickers when on a low setting. As for colors, there's plenty of pop, thanks to the AMOLED panel. Colors are vibrant with plenty of contrast, while the whole flow and smoothness of the display is helped by its 90Hz refresh rate. Now having used 90-120Hz refresh rates for a year or so, it's incredibly noticeable when a phone doesn't offer this (for example, the LG V60), so these companies have now spoiled us into needing to have an upped refresh rate. Unfortunately, we're still waiting for an Always-On Display (AOD) option from OnePlus, but as far as we know, it's coming. While we wait, OnePlus offers an Ambient Display, which acts as something similar to AOD. On top of that, you have dedicated modes for different viewing experiences, such as Night Mode (blue light filter) and Reading Mode (mono effect and chromatic effect). A minor thing I wanted to note is OnePlus' usage of a display cutout for the front camera. I'm not disappointed or anything like that they didn't keep the mechanized push-up camera from the OnePlus 7 Pro, but I am a bit surprised that they dropped it after just one year. Personally, I like the look of this cutout quite a bit, so you won't hear any complaints from me. A centered cutout would have been a bit cleaner, but I look forward to the days when cameras are literally embedded in the display and you can't see them as a cutout. Performance This phone flies and that's due to a few factors. The unit I have is equipped with 12GB RAM and a Snapdragon 865 processor, so that's good enough for any Android device. Then you add the 90Hz refresh rate and things start looking real smooth. OnePlus has also made improvements over the years to its OxygenOS, which is on top of Android 10. All these things add up to be a very speedy smartphone, which OnePlus has always seemed very good at delivering. Given I've been using my phone a ton as of late, I can tell you right now that this phone can handle all of the multitasking and gaming you can toss at it. I've been playing plenty of CPU-heavy games and haven't run into any issues, so if you felt the need to get the OnePlus 8 Pro because you think it'll give you "moar gaming power," that may not be necessary. From a specs standpoint, one big difference is the usage of LPDDR4X RAM on this device, versus LPDDR5 RAM on the OnePlus 8 Pro. Most end users won't notice a single difference here, but various testing has shown that LPDDR5 RAM offers 1.5x better data transfer speeds and overall performance.

Software Kellen wrote extensively about the OnePlus 8 Pro's software in his review, which is identical to the OnePlus 8. If you need more software talk, look here. For me, the customization that OnePlus allows on its already super smooth OS is the bee's knees. Not only can I change colors and icons, but I can apply different gestures to speed up device navigation and set different unlock actions for the fingerprint reader. It's such a splendid experience that I'm left wondering why Google hasn't gone ahead and stolen these ideas, adding them directly into AOSP. I suppose that'd be pretty rude of them, but damn, it'd be nice to have these types of software tweaks on all devices. Both Kellen and myself have videos coming that show off all of the great software tweaks that OnePlus has built-in. We'll have those up soon! Design OnePlus labels this phone as compact, which is funny considering how this industry's definition of compact has changed over the years. However, compared to the phones I'm coming from (Galaxy S20 Ultra, LG V60), it does feel smaller and fantastic in-hand. OnePlus was big to point out that the phone is hardly thicker than a pencil at just 8mm, where a standard pencil is around 6mm. That's pretty thin, but I couldn't tell you the last time I used a pencil, so that comparison does nothing for me. Obviously I can't talk about the OnePlus 8 without talking about its backside. Boy, oh boy. This Interstellar color is so damn tasty looking, but is an absolute fingerprint nightmare. Damn. If you can't see the photos, depending on the angle you look at the phone, there are a ton of different colors, such as blue and orange, all based on a mirror-like platinum color. It looks dope. Like most other devices made of nothing but glass and metal, be sure to carry around a cleaning cloth if you aren't using a case with this phone. Thankfully for me, I am using a case, but that does mean I don't get to see the color as much. Battery Life I don't know if it's because I've been stuck inside for the past couple of weeks, but man, this phone gets really good battery life. As you'd expect, I've been using my phone like crazy the past couple of weeks, but the OnePlus 8 has given me nothing but stellar battery life. I'm hitting the hay around 11PM every night and I've always had 4+ hours of screen on time (sometimes plenty more) with plenty of juice to spare. Being so used to Pixel phones, I could get used to this. Again, life is a bit weird and I've been on WiFi for a majority of usage, but I can sit on the couch, play games and watch videos, and have zero issues with the phone lasting the full day. Considering the phone's size, packing in a 4,300mAh battery was a great move by OnePlus, but I am curious to see if my numbers would change without a shelter-in-place order being active. Unlike the OnePlus 8 Pro, this phone does not offer wireless charging, but does support OnePlus' Warp Charging for super-fast charge times. I know many of you are fans of wireless charging, so if you need that, check out the 8 Pro.

Somewhere-in-the-Middle

Camera You have three rear cameras on the OnePlus 8. There's a 48-megapixel shooter with OIS and EIS, 16MP ultra-wide lens, plus a 2MP macro camera. Note, the 48MP camera defaults to 12MP resolution and you'll need to manually adjust to 48MP shots. First things first, this camera system is fine, but does have a total waste of time and space with the 2-megapixel macro lens. It's useless. There are hardly any details in shots, colors are muted and nasty, plus automatic exposure levels are plain bad. It's a bad macro camera. Now that I have the downside out of the way, let's talk about the two cameras you'll use most often -- the 48MP standard and 16MP ultra-wide. When I first received the device, the camera wasn't great. It handled low-light conditions very poorly, but since an update, I find the cameras are quite good. Colors look solid in landscapes, plus the shutter speed is plenty fast enough for me to get shots of my dogs. When on the 48MP setting, you can capture some great details, like pieces of hair in a dog's fur. However, when on the lower 12MP default setting for the standard camera, you can get a bit of an oil painting effect. I'll show you some examples below. The camera app is loaded with modes, such as Slow Motion, Portrait, Nightscape, as well as a Pro shooting mode. I played with Nightscape a little bit, but of course, it's no Night Sight like on the Pixel series. I have the camera placed in this Middle section because I don't get the inclusion of the macro lens, plus the 12MP default for the main camera doesn't capture a lot of detail. To get good shots, you'll have to manually apply the 48MP option, which seems a little time consuming and silly, but if you want good shots, that's what you'll have to do. Here are some samples for you, resized but no other edits.

Standard (Above)

Ultra-Wide (Above)

12MP vs. 48MP (Below)

Marco Samples (Below)

Other Notes

Fiancée Impressions: "This phone feels great in hand, not too heavy. I like the size, for it being a bigger phone. My favorite feature will always be the alert slider. Although not as aggressive as the V60, the fingerprint graphic is a bit much for me. I love the color. The color is legit. I wish I wasn't prone to dropping my phone and needing a case, because I'd love to show off this color.
Night Mode Annoyance: When Night Mode is enabled, you'll notice that whenever you wake the display, it always reverts to the appearance of Night Mode being disabled, then Night Mode warms itself back up and the blue light fades away. When you're in a dark room or laying in bed at night, it can be pretty brutal. This same thing happened on the OnePlus 7 Pro, so maybe one day this won't be the case.
5G: This phone has 5G, but because I'm on T-Mobile and all they (currently) have is a low-band network that doesn't really differ all that much in terms of overall speeds right now, it's nothing special. Couple that with being stuck inside and 5G is super worthless for me. Damn you, COVID-19.
No IP Rating: The OnePlus 8 Pro was given an IP68 rating, while the OnePlus 8 doesn't officially have one. That's definitely not ideal, but if you need the water resistance, the OnePlus 8 Pro does have it.

Price and Availability

The OnePlus 8 lineup is available for pre-order starting April 15, priced at $699. You can find both device's on the OnePlus website, but you'll also find these devices on various US wireless carriers later this month. The big news this year is the OnePlus 8's availability directly from Verizon and T-Mobile, as well as an unlocked variant on Amazon. For OnePlus, this is big in terms of consumer recognition. Now people will have a choice other than Samsung and Apple. If you were curious if the OnePlus 8 is worth its starting price of $699, that'd be a big time "yes" from me. For these specs and this hardware, it seems like a no-brainer. Even the OnePlus 8 Pro, with its starting price of $899, is solid. Buy OnePlus 8

OnePlus: OnePlus 8 | OnePlus 8 Pro
Amazon (Arrives April 29)
Verizon ($799, Supports VZW 5G, Arrives April 29)
T-Mobile (Arrives April 29)

Full pricing and availability breakdown.

Video

Unboxing and Tour https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQH-LfgcCP0

Gallery

The Verdict

My gut instinct is just telling me to tell you to buy this phone. It starts at $699 and has a ton of great features. If it weren't for an ever-so-slightly inconsistent camera, I'd already be calling it POTY (phone of the year). However, it's only April, so for now, I will restrain myself and just say that the OnePlus 8 is easily POTY material. If you're a OnePlus fan, you're going to love this phone. If you're a Pixel person, who was possibly upset with Google's not-so-ideal Pixel 4 attempts, I urge you to check out OnePlus' latest devices. They're killer.

Again, check out Kellen's OnePlus 8 Pro review if you haven't already. He goes over a lot of the things in great detail that I only just briefly touch on.

Google Play Gets a "Kids" Tab With Teacher Approved Content

Kellen — Wed, 15 Apr 2020 11:42:09 +0000

Google is launching a new "Kids" tab over the next few days on Google Play that will highlight content that has been marked as "Teacher approved." The plan wasn't for this new section to launch this early, but with our kids all at home and the need for safe and/or appropriate content greater than ever, here we are. The new section will be titled "Kids" and can be found by opening Google Play on your phone and swiping across the top list of tabs (just under the search bar) until you see it. Right now, it might say "Family," but should soon switch to "Kids" and provide an updated UI (see above). Google is suggesting that "everything" in this new Kids section is teacher approved, which means that the app or game has been given an approval badge through a team of academic experts that Google worked with. These apps and games meet a specific quality standard and are rated by age-appropriateness, quality of experience, enrichment, and delight. The listing for teacher approved apps also list out exactly why the app was marked (below).

Again, the change to Google Play is rolling out over the next // Google

Pre-Order OnePlus 8 Pro Today, Get Free Wireless Charger and New Bullets Wireless Z

Kellen — Wed, 15 Apr 2020 08:23:22 +0000

The OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro arrive widely on April 29 at retailers and carriers. Before we get there, OnePlus will open up a pre-order period that could land you $120 worth of goodies depending on which one you buy. Starting today at 9AM Pacific (12PM Eastern), if you buy a OnePlus 8 Pro, OnePlus will toss in their $70 Warp Charge 30 Wireless charger and a pair of their new Bullets Wireless Z earbuds ($50 value). Do I need to spell out how good of a deal that is? EDIT: Looks like OnePlus was being sneakier than we like with their tease and is only offering the freebies on the $999 model with 12GB RAM and 256GB storage. ~~First of all, the OnePlus 8 Pro at $899 is the best high-end phone deal in the industry. You get so much phone for $899~~, possibly more than you would a Galaxy S20, which starts at $999 and goes up to $1400. Plus, if you are buying the OnePlus 8 Pro, you probably want the super fast wireless charger that goes with it and at the price of free, I urge you to find me a better price. I don't know if the Bullets Wireless Z are any good, but hey, free (and new) buds are never a bad thing. Still not sure and need to know more? Cool, because we have a OnePlus 8 Pro review for you to read now. Pre-order OnePlus 8 Pro If you were more interested in the regular OnePlus 8, you also have a pre-order deal today that includes a free pair of the Bullets Wireless Z. There's no wireless charger bundle because this phone doesn't have wireless charging. Pre-order OnePlus 8

OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro Unboxing and Tour!

Kellen — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 15:30:24 +0000

Our full review of the OnePlus 8 Pro is already up and ready for you to digest, so it might seem odd that our unboxing is getting an extra post. But you know what? It was a mega-double unboxing that's the length of a damn TV show. It shows off both phones, wireless charging, talks through specs, and looks damn good. You are at home on lockdown. What else you gonna do? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQH-LfgcCP0

Nest Dials Back Your Camera Quality and Bandwidth Usage in Response to COVID-19

Tim — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 14:38:56 +0000

Nest is responding to COVID-19 with the lowering of camera quality and bandwidth usage for all users. According to an email sent to all users, Nest specifies that settings for quality and bandwidth will be adjusted to the "default setting." This move should put less strain on local networks as many individuals are working from home during existing stay-in-shelter orders.

To answer the global call from ISPs to prioritize bandwidth for learning and working, in the next few days we’re going to be adjusting the quality and bandwidth setting on Nest cameras to the default setting. This change is temporary, and you may notice a difference in quality, but only the quality and bandwidth setting will be adjusted. All other settings will stay the same, and all core features will continue to work. However, if your needs require a higher video quality setting, you can easily change it back at any time by going to your camera settings.

As Nest notes above, you can always switch back to whatever setting you want, but if you don't need the extra quality, feel free to leave your camera feeds at the default setting. We can all do our part to make these times a bit less terrible, whether it be limit our bandwidth usage, to staying away from crowded areas. // Nest

OnePlus Bullets Wireless Z Priced at $50, 10 Hour Playback on 10 Minutes of Charging

Tim — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:08:29 +0000

OnePlus introduced a new version of its Bullets Wireless earbuds this week, the Bullets Wireless Z. Available for $50 and marked as "coming soon," these buds offer Warp Charge support and come in four different colors. For specs, OnePlus lists 20 hours of battery life, Quick Switch for improved connection switches, a Low Latency Mode for gaming, plus a 9.2mm dynamic driver with super bass tone. Sweat resistance is included, marked at IP55. The buds are "coming soon," but when they're available, we'll let you know.

OnePlus Link

OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro Pricing, Availability, Network Support

Kellen — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 11:20:51 +0000

The OnePlus 8 line might have been announced today, but you can't buy one until April 29. When that date rolls around and you make a decision over whether or not one of these should be your next phone, you'll have to decide where to buy it from, how much it'll cost depending on the color, and if it'll work on your network. Thankfully, we've got an easy-to-follow list of all the setups and how much they will cost depending on the retailer or carrier. The basics to know are that you'll pay $699 or $799 for the OnePlus 8 and $899 or $999 for the OnePlus 8 Pro. If you buy the OnePlus 8 Pro, it is unlocked and will work on the three major US carriers over 4G LTE, plus 5G on AT&T and T-Mobile. It won't work on Verizon's 5G, though. For the OnePlus 8, you also have that same level of carrier support, but buying the OnePlus 8 through Verizon means you'll get their added 5G mmW support.

READ: OnePlus 8 Pro review

OnePlus 8 Pro

OnePlus Store

Glacial Green ($899): 8GB RAM + 128GB Storage
Glacial Green ($999): 12GB RAM + 256GB Storage
Onyx Black ($899): 8GB RAM + 128GB Storage
Onyx Black ($999): 12GB RAM + 256GB Storage
Ultramarine Blue ($999): 12GB RAM + 256GB Storage
Full 4G LTE Network Support: AT&T, Verizon, T-Mobile
5G Network Support: AT&T (n5) and T-Mobile (n41, n71)
Arrives April 29
Shop at OnePlus Store

Amazon

Glacial Green ($899): 8GB RAM + 128GB Storage
Onyx Black ($999): 12GB RAM + 256GB Storage
Ultramarine Blue ($999): 12GB RAM + 256GB Storage
Full 4G LTE Network Support: AT&T, Verizon, T-Mobile
5G Network Support: AT&T (n5) and T-Mobile (n41, n71)
Arrives April 29
Shop at Amazon

OnePlus 8

OnePlus Store & Amazon (Unlocked)

Glacial Green ($699): 8GB RAM + 128GB Storage
Interstellar Glow ($799): 12GB RAM + 256GB Storage
Full 4G LTE Network Support: AT&T, Verizon, T-Mobile
5G Network Support: AT&T (n5) and T-Mobile (n41, n71)
Arrives April 29
Shop OnePlus 8: OnePlus Store | Amazon

Verizon

Onyx Black or Polar Silver ($799.99, $33.33/mo)
Verizon 5G: Supports 5G mmW (n261)
Arrives April 29
Shop at Verizon

T-Mobile

Onyx Black or Interstellar Glow (Waiting on pricing)
T-Mobile 5G: Supports mid-band (n41) and low-band (n71)
Arrives April 29
Shop at T-Mobile

Google Reportedly Readies Its First Smartphone Chip for Pixel Phones

Kellen — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 10:19:11 +0000

One of the worst things about the Android smartphone industry is Qualcomm. Not that Qualcomm makes a bad product or anything, but the company has no competition and is the default chipset supplier for everyone outside of Huawei phones (which you can't buy), a couple of Samsung phones running inferior Exynos chips, and some random players who choose MediaTek. Qualcomm's chipsets have mostly been fine throughout the years, you just have to wonder what a little competition might do for the Android industry. We may soon find out, as a report from Axios suggests that Google is building its own smartphone processor that could arrive as early as next year. Before you say anything, yes, I know that Google already built a chipset called the Pixel Visual Core. We're talking here about the main processor in a phone, one that could replace the Snapdragon that has powered all previous Pixel phones. Got it? According to this report, the chip is codenamed "Whitechapel," is built on 5nm process with an 8-core ARM processor, and was designed in cooperation with Samsung. The custom chip is said to have a heavy focus on being optimized for machine-learning and Google Assistant. Google has supposedly been given working versions of the chip in recent weeks, but you still shouldn't expect them in the Pixel 5 later this year. Instead, 2021 is the target for launch. What good would switching off of Qualcomm be for Google? Controlling the entire ecosystem, like Apple does, is always going to be the proper move if they can pull it off. That could mean more years of updates, tighter Android integration on Pixel phones (like with Assistant), and more control over where the feature focus should go in the future. How are they going to do 5G, though? I guess we'll soon find out. // Axios

OnePlus 8, OnePlus 8 Pro Specs (Official)

Kellen — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 08:51:42 +0000

The new OnePlus phones, the OnePlus 8 Pro and OnePlus 8, are without a doubt the most feature-packed of any of their releases to date. Outside of a headphone jack, I'm not sure you'll come up with anything OnePlus didn't include in their first phones of 2020. The spec sheets are what dreams are made of, with high-resolution AMOLED displays at up to 120Hz, high megapixel cameras that capture all of the angles, the fastest processor from Qualcomm, big batteries with insanely fast charging, premium designs, connectivity on the carriers you need and support for frequencies you might one day attach to (5G), and that super clean and fast software of OnePlus' we like so much. We've got the full OnePlus 8 specs list below, assuming you are ready for this. Are you?

READ: OnePlus 8 Pro Review

OnePlus 8 Pro, OnePlus 8 Specs

[table responsive=scroll id=196 /]

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQH-LfgcCP0

OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro are Here With All the Specs, Prices to Match

Kellen — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 08:50:28 +0000

After a longer than anticipated wait due to the current state of the world, OnePlus has today announced the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro. OnePlus' most high-end phones to date are officially here, guys, and they are excellent. You can read our OnePlus 8 Pro review right here if you want, but if you'd rather consume the general overview of each phone first, let's run through that now. The OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro arrive on April 29 at a number of retailers. OnePlus' store will have them, but for the first time in the US, you'll also find both phones at Amazon. Additionally, OnePlus has two carrier partners for the OnePlus 8, with T-Mobile and Verizon selling the non-Pro version. Confused? I'll clarify: T-Mobile and Verizon are only selling the regular OnePlus 8, not the 8 Pro. The OnePlus 8 Pro starts at $899 with 8GB RAM and 128GB storage. If you'd like 12GB RAM and 256GB storage, you'll pay just $100 more ($999). The OnePlus 8 also comes with 8GB RAM and 128GB storage to start, but drops well below with a $699 price tag. If you want 12GB RAM and 256GB storage, you'll jump to $799. As for colors, the OnePlus 8 Pro will be available in Onyx Black, Ultramarine Blue, and Glacial Green. The OnePlus 8's color line-up includes Onyx Black, Interstellar Glow, and Glacial Green. Verizon will have an exclusive Polar Silver colorway on their airwaves.

OnePlus 8 Pro Colors

OnePlus 8 Colors

Alright, colors, pricing, and availability out of the way, what's good about either phone? A lot. OnePlus packed a lot of goods into both phones, but the 8 Pro is obviously the top tier. There you have a 6.78" QHD AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate, Snapdragon 865, 4510mAh battery, 5G, stereo speakers, and a quad camera setup on the back. You have Android 10 with OxygenOS on top, in-display fingerprint reader, alert slider, and WiFi 6 as well. For the first time, OnePlus also included wireless charging in a phone (only on the 8 Pro). This is their Warp Charge 30 Wireless, which can produce wireless charging speeds almost as fast as a wired connection. OnePlus will sell their Warp Charge 30 Wireless Charger on April 29 alongside the phone for $69.95. As for the OnePlus 8, you've got an excellent set of specs at a really, really reasonable price. It matches the 8 Pro outside of the display (6.55" FHD AMOLED display with 90Hz), 4300mAh battery, camera (triple camera setup), and wireless charging (the 8 doesn't have it). Otherwise, the processor and storage options are the same, and the RAM is slightly slower (LPDDR4X in the 8 vs. LPDDR5 in the 8 Pro). In the 5G department, the unlocked models you'll buy from OnePlus or Amazon all support low-band and mid-band (sub-6) 5G globally. The Verizon version of the OnePlus 8 will support both sub-6 and their mmW 5G. Again, our review for the OnePlus 8 Pro is up now and the OnePlus 8's will follow shortly. You ready to buy in two weeks?

Shop OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQH-LfgcCP0

WATCH: OnePlus Announces the OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro Today!

Kellen — Tue, 14 Apr 2020 06:21:35 +0000

April 14 is here and OnePlus has a few things it wants to announce. Since the world is keeping distance, the only way to do that at the moment is through an online event. This morning, OnePlus is hosting just that where they'll show off new phones, the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro. I'm not sure I need to dive into much more, as the details will all officially unfold here in a bit. There are leaks you can browse through if you feel like you need to catch up the last minute. Maybe start here and here. The online event kicks off at 8AM Pacific (11AM Eastern). You can watch it at the top of this post. Be sure to stick around for our complete coverage throughout the day!

Quibi Gets 7 New Shows, Including Elba vs. Block

Tim — Mon, 13 Apr 2020 09:11:51 +0000

Quibi, the new mobile-only streaming service, is already being updated with fresh content. In total, there are seven new short shows to consume, each with three episodes so far. I'm still learning how this service works, but apparently, every show gets a new episode each day until the series is complete. Cool. Below you can see all of the new shows, but if you were to ask me (since I've watched all of the trailers), the highlights include Elba vs. Block, 50 States of Fright, and The Stranger.

New Shows

The Stranger (scripted)
#FreeRayshawn (scripted)
Agua Donkeys (scripted)
50 States of Fright (scripted)
Elba vs. Block (unscripted)
Fight Like a Girl (unscripted)
Let’s Roll with Tony Greenhand (unscripted)

New users can get 90 days of Quibi for free, but following that, the service is priced at $5.99/month with ads or $7.99/month for an ad-free experience. Are you using Quibi? Do you like it?

Google Play Link

Motorola Hosting April 22 Event for New Edge+ Smartphone

Tim — Mon, 13 Apr 2020 08:38:07 +0000

At long last, Motorola is ready to unleash its Edge+ smartphone upon the world. The company teased an "e-vent" on Twitter this morning, with the streaming set to commence April 22 at 12PM ET (9AM PT). Due to leaks, we're pretty confident in what to expect. The Edge+ has already had its share of CAD render spotting and all of that, so if you missed those, look here. Specs are rumored to include a 6.67" FHD+ display with a refresh rate of 90Hz, 108-megapixel rear camera (ultra-wide, telephoto lenses expected as well), 12GB RAM, 5,000mAh battery, and 5G connectivity (plus Verizon support). This phone represents Motorola's return to the premium market, so excuse us if we're a bit excited. https://twitter.com/Moto/status/1249698882130493446

DEAL: Pixel 4 is $300 Off, Pixel 3a $100 Off, Nest Hub Discounts Too

Kellen — Sun, 12 Apr 2020 09:39:05 +0000

As a part of an Easter weekend sale, a bunch of Google's best hardware products are discounted. The Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL are a straight $300 off at the moment, the Pixel 3a and 3a XL are $100 off, and there are a number of cheap Nest Hub or Google Home options too. At $300 off, you can get into a Pixel 4 for as little as $499 or a Pixel 4 XL for $599. The Pixel 3a starts at $299 with this deal, while the Nest Mini is down to just $29, Nest Hub to $99, and the original Google Home to $49. Some of these deals are a part of a 1-day Best Buy sale, but the Google Store and Amazon are also cooking up discounts. Their promos could last longer.

DEALS:

Pixel 4, Pixel 4 XL ($300 off): Amazon | Google Store | Best Buy
Pixel 3a, Pixel 3a XL ($100 off): Amazon | Google Store | Best Buy
Nest Hub ($30 off): Google Store | Best Buy
Nest Mini ($20 off): Google Store | Best Buy
Google Home ($50 off): Google Store | Best Buy

LG VELVET is the Company's New Smartphone Line

Kellen — Sun, 12 Apr 2020 09:23:24 +0000

You may recall a recent report suggesting that LG would move away from the G series name of old and introduce something new later in 2020. LG didn't deny the report and also started teasing a new design language for an upcoming device that they didn't bother to name at first. We now have a name. Randomly this weekend, LG announced the "LG VELVET," a new product roadmap from LG with a "focus on stylish, tactilely pleasing design." LG said that this new smartphone line will bring a "more intuitive approach that we are confident will resonate with today’s consumers and help us to establish a clearer brand identity." Little else was revealed, but from last week we know that the camera layout is supposed to represent a raindrop, that nature is somehow involved, and that there are symmetrical curves everywhere. Is the name great? That's not for me to decide. In the end, the name itself probably matters less than the phone itself, the experience and software it brings, and whether or not it can stand next to a Samsung or Apple phone and hold your attention. // LG

DEAL: Snag 15% Off Smart Home Tech on eBay With This Code

Tim — Fri, 10 Apr 2020 15:31:26 +0000

eBay is hosting a nice little smart home tech sale this week. All you need to know is that there is plenty of good stuff, but we've highlighted the Google items for you below. If you already have all this Google tech, there are also TV sets, sound bars, and plenty more if you're in the mood. Just follow the link below. For the Google goods, there's the Chromecast Ultra down to $65, Nest Hub Max to $195, as well as the Nest WiFi setup for $229. All you need to do to get the discounted pricing is enter the code PICKSMART during checkout. That's your key to 15% savings. If you need some new toys to kill your stuck-at-home boredom, have at it. Use code "PICKSMART" for savings.

eBay Links

You can check out the full list of supported smart home tech here. Cheers Michael!

RIP, Samsung S Voice Assistant

Tim — Fri, 10 Apr 2020 13:24:23 +0000

It's been some time since we talked about Samsung's S Voice assistant. To be exact, it's been since 2014 and the Galaxy S5 was the ugly talk of the town. I was actually surprised to learn that S Voice, Samsung's old voice-powered virtual assistant was still up and running, but that will no longer be the case should new info from SamMobile be accurate. According to a source of theirs, Samsung is shutting down S Voice on June 1, 2020, bringing an end to Bixby's predecessor. I'm not entirely sure how many people this will affect. No one complains on my Samsung Galaxy reviews that I don't cover S Voice, so I assume this will go unnoticed by most users. Peace out, S Voice. // SamMobile

Trolls World Tour Arrives Today for Streaming

Kellen — Fri, 10 Apr 2020 12:16:09 +0000

Another movie that should have made a long theater run has arrived on digital for you to stream from your own home. Trolls World Tour is here and available on all of your favorite platforms, including Google Play, Amazon Prime, and more. The latest Trolls movie joins Emma, The Invisible Man, and most recently, Onward, as titles that should have spent time at the box office before making their way to streaming platforms. But during this time with the world distancing, some movie companies are choosing to release them immediately, which we have greatly appreciated. Other movie companies are simply delaying releases until they can show their films back in theaters. For Trolls World Tour, this is only a rental and not an actual purchase. It'll cost you $19.99 at most places and only be available for a short time once you rent and start watching it. You all renting or nah? TROLLS WORLD TOUR: Amazon | Google Play https://twitter.com/Trolls/status/1248302285693825029

Apple, Google Partner to Create Contact Tracing APIs to Battle Spread of COVID-19

Tim — Fri, 10 Apr 2020 10:41:06 +0000

It appears that the COVID-19 pandemic, while technically forcing some to stay away from others, is bringing two unlikely companies closer together. This week, Google has announced a partnership with Apple to create APIs and even system-level technology for contact tracing, which in the public health industry means, the process of identifying people who may have come into contact with infected persons, followed by the subsequent collection of additional information about those contacts. In layman's, tracking people and in turn, tracking a virus. According to Google, there will be two steps for this process, with the hope being that the information collected from both Android and iOS users can be quickly accessed by health officials. Google and Apple are shooting to release APIs in May of this year, enabling interoperability between Android and iOS devices using apps from public health authorities. These "official apps" will be available for users to download via their respective app stores. The second step is the system-level technology, detailed to be Bluetooth-powered, which can be more powerful than a plug-in API. As Google explains, "This is a more robust solution than an API and would allow more individuals to participate, if they choose to opt in, as well as enable interaction with a broader ecosystem of apps and government health authorities." Of course, being as how Apple is involved and the importance the company places on user privacy (not that Google doesn't, but you know...), Google says that, "Privacy, transparency, and consent are of utmost importance in this effort, and we look forward to building this functionality in consultation with interested stakeholders. We will openly publish information about our work for others to analyze." For us users, whatever we can do to help health officials track this virus is vital. No one is immune, so in times like these, it's good to see two rivals come together and put their resources towards a common goal. // Google

Oh Great, Google Added a "Google" Logo to Gboard (Updated: Gone?)

Kellen — Fri, 10 Apr 2020 07:09:53 +0000

At some point yesterday afternoon, Google's popular Gboard app picked up a new addition. I don't believe it came from an update, as the Gboard app itself hasn't updated recently, so this could be some sort of server-side switch thing that Google is so fond of doing. Either way, the spacebar in Gboard now proudly says, "Google." At all times. I have this new logo on at least two phones with every single one of my devices running the Gboard beta version 9.2.8.303055874. Again, I didn't recently receive an update, so Google must be pushing this change in another way. I've looked through every single setting I can find and this appears to be a permanent change that you aren't allowed to get rid of. Long pressing on the logo'd keyboard, swiping over it, nothing performs a Google Search as it sort of suggests. It's just a logo. It's not a great look, if I'm being honest, as I don't need to be reminded of the keyboard I'm using at all times. Oh, Google also seems to have taken away that "G" or Google Search shortcut that remained in the top left corner of the keyboard for quick Google Searches. Not that I used it much, but this looks like Google removed functionality while adding a belly tattoo you can't remove. The semi-obnoxious change was pointed out to me last night, just as I was noticing it, but now the world is seeing it and not exactly happy.

UPDATE: I think Google...pulled it already. It's gone on all of my phones. Great work, friends.

List of Movies Arriving Early to Streaming Amid Coronavirus (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 10 Apr 2020 06:00:00 +0000

When NBCUniversal announced in March that they would make several in-theater movies available immediately on digital, we wondered how long it might be before others followed. The answer - not long. Disney's Onward, Sony's Bloodshot, and Warner Bros' Birds of Prey are all coming earlier than expected to your home. Disney's Onward arrives on digital for purchase tonight, March 20, followed by release on Disney+ on April 3. Bloodshot, which just opened in theaters on March 13, arrives to digital on March 24. Birds of Prey will also be available March 24 after hitting theaters back in February. Don't forget that The Invisible Man, Emma, and The Hunt are all available today from your favorite movie platform. These are rentals, though, and will cost you $20. With so many movies likely to continue this trend of skipping theaters and going directly to digital for streaming, here is an updating list.

UPDATE 4/10

TROLLS WORLD TOUR: Amazon | Google Play
SONIC THE HEDGEHOG: Amazon | Google Play
BAD BOYS FOR LIFE: Amazon | Google Play
LIKE A BOSS: Amazon | Google Play

UPDATE 3/27

CALL OF THE WILD: Amazon | Google Play
I STILL BELIEVE: Amazon | Google Play
DOLITTLE: Amazon | Google Play

UPDATE 3/20

ONWARD: Amazon | Google Play
BLOODSHOT: Amazon | Google Play
BIRDS OF PREY: Amazon | Google Play
THE WAY BACK: Amazon | Google Play
THE GENTLEMEN: Amazon | Google Play

UPDATE 3/16

THE INVISIBLE MAN: Amazon | Google Play
THE HUNT: Amazon | Google Play
EMMA: Amazon | Google Play

To see a running list of early release movies as they drop, Google Play now has a dedicated page.

More Games Headed to Stadia Soon, Includes République and West of Loathing

Tim — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 15:19:04 +0000

Stadia has likely gained a few users recently, you know, with it being open to everyone now and Google providing 2 months of Pro access for free. If you're on Stadia now, you might want to know about the new titles on their way to the service. Google has detailed three new games coming soon, with the titles being West of Loathing, République, and Monster Boy and the Cursed Kingdom. If you've been around for a bit, it's possible you're familiar with République. It's been available on Google Play for years and is rated very well as a puzzle, stealth, action title. West of Loathing is a black and white stick figure game (trailer below), and Monster Boy and the Cursed Kingdom is an action-adventure game where you help a young hero defeat challenging enemies, discover hidden locations, and upgrade powerful equipment. We don't have exact launch dates yet, but it should be soon. Keep your eyes peeled, Stadia users. West of Loathing https://youtu.be/1lU0aFZr1R8 République https://youtu.be/LFOkOMByM14 Monster Boy and the Cursed Kingdom https://youtu.be/mbYE6QfTLv8 // Stadia

DEAL: Fossil Sport Down to Just $74 ($26 Off)

Tim — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 12:40:06 +0000

Over on Amazon, you can snag a Fossil Sport at just $74, down from its now usual price of around $99.

Related: Fossil Sport review.

The Fossil Sport is a fine Wear OS experience, especially at this $74 price. You'll be getting a smartwatch with GPS, Snapdragon Wear 3100 processor, NFC for mobile payments, heart rate tracking, hardware designed for an active lifestyle, plus the ability to easily swap 22mm straps for whatever you'd like. If you plan on attempting to be a bit more active during quarantine, feel free to check it out.

Amazon Link

Rolling Out Today, Google Intros New Braille Keyboard for Android

Tim — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 10:57:12 +0000

Google announced the rollout of a new braille keyboard for Android devices today, available for devices running Android 5.0 and up. With it, those who are blind or have low vision will be able to quickly access the keyboard and type out whatever messages they may need to. Getting started with this keyboard appears to be no easy task, according to these directions. There are 10 steps just to get it booted up. However, once set up, it should be much easier to get started with it once it's enabled and you're inside an app that supports it. Google notes that currently, Google Docs and Messages do not support it.

Our team collaborated with braille developers and users throughout the development of this feature, so it’ll be familiar to anyone who has typed using braille before. It uses a standard 6-key layout and each key represents one of 6 braille dots which, when tapped, make any letter or symbol. To type an “A” you would press dot 1 and to type a “B,” dots 1 and 2 together.

You can see the keyboard in action below. Again, this keyboard will be rolling out to Android users starting today. // Google

YouTube TV Gets a Dark Theme!

Kellen — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 10:15:33 +0000

The YouTube TV app on Android has forever been one of the whitest of all Google apps. It's astoundingly white and without a dark mode, which is weird, because the app is one of Google's more supported apps that gets frequent updates. If I were a betting man, I'd have put money on it being one of the first to go dark. It finally did, this week. There is a YouTube TV update rolling out right now that arrives sans changelog. That's no shocker, as Google is terrible at telling us what they have included in anything, but the update does include a dark theme. Now, you won't find this dark theme as a toggle within the app. Instead, it's a system-based theme, where it'll only show dark if you have your phone set to a dark or night theme. Why no manual toggle? You are asking for consistency from Google and that, my friend, is comedy. The update should be available to everyone - go grab it! Google Play Link: YouTube TV

Motorola Razr Now Comes in Blush Gold, Still at $1500

Kellen — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 09:53:45 +0000

The Motorola Razr foldable that is still an exclusive to Verizon, now comes in a Blush Gold colorway. The new color option is available if you have a lot of cash to spend on a device that would likely cost $300 if it didn't fold. Nothing is different here in this Blush Gold version from the original black model. It's still the same mid-range specs, still the same iconic design that is awful to hold, still exclusive to Verizon's network, and it'll probably forever take pictures that can rival only those meant for wallets on a budget.

The gold version is a mash-up of black and gold coloring, with the bottom plastic body taking on the new color from the back to the front chin. The upper half remains black and glass outside of a gold accent on the phone's camera. It has colored plastic in place of black plastic is what I'm getting at. Please don't buy this phone. While it was certainly an engineering piece of magic from Motorola, the phone itself is flat out bad. It's the least enjoyable phone I think that I've used in the 10 years reviewing them. Shop Motorola Razr https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iaLrN1QyoEs

It's Happening: LG Reinvents Design Language, Poises Comeback

Tim — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 09:29:06 +0000

I had an alternate title for this post, but I didn't want LG to get mad at me. It had to do with the personification of the company getting really, really stoned and heading off into the woods in order to have an epiphany. The epiphany is that people aren't buying its phones because the hardware is plain boring and lacks any type of imagination. LG would emerge from the woods, having kissed the snake and made love to the trees, filled with a sense of inspiration to design its next great smartphone. It was glorious. Anyway, here's the news. LG has been inspired by nature and is detailing its new hardware design language. This is major news, people. According to its blog post, LG has a new minimalistic design language for its upcoming phone and it's, "a nod to the natural world with a visual form factor that differs from the industry trend and features a 'Raindrop' camera and front-back symmetrical curves, among other evolutionary design departures from previous LG mobile devices." I'm telling you, LG's design team took a trip to the desert with some special cactus and are ready to make a comeback. I am legit excited for this phone and all we have are these sketches.

LG goes on to describe the rear-camera housing, which is a mix of the LG G8's flush system and a bit of protrusion. "Contrary to the trend of the squarish camera bump seen on many of today’s high-end smartphones, the upper-left corner of the LG phone’s backside hosts three rear cameras and an LED flash in descending order by size, meant to evoke images of falling raindrops." You can see this design in the render on the phone's backside. The last big takeaway that LG teases is a new 3D Arc Design, which means less sharp edges and angles that make the phone pleasing to the eye, as well as pleasing to the touch. Like a lovely partner you have for one night, but it's a phone, so this partner lives in your pocket and you can look and touch him/her/it as much as you'd like. Mmm, LG, this is hot. The company finishes by saying, "This handset will be a first-look at the competitive edge we will be bringing to every LG smartphone going forward.” Everyone chant with me now: LG! LG! LG! // LG

Pixel 4a Specs Have Me a Little Worried About Battery Life

Tim — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 08:43:01 +0000

New details for the upcoming Pixel 4a have been posted to the web, detailing a phone that has few bumps over the original Pixel 3a, but takes a few good steps in the hardware department. Also, we now have photos of the phone's retail packaging (seen above and below), courtesy of TechDroider on Twitter. Detailed by 9to5Google this week, we expect the Pixel 4a to offer a 5.81" display with a resolution of 2340 x 1080. Last year's was 2,220 x 1,080. That display will feature a cutout for the front-facing camera, but unlike the Pixel 4 lineup, there will be no Soli sensors or enhanced Face Unlock onboard. Going down the line of specs, the phone is now reported to also feature a Snapdragon 730 processor, 6GB RAM, 3080mAh battery, up to 128GB onboard storage, 18W fast charging (no wireless charging), 3.5mm headphone jack, plus a 12-megapixel rear camera with both OIS and EIS. As far as Android phones go, this sounds like a barebones mid-ranger device if I've ever heard of one. 9to5Google notes that this device will work on all major US carriers and be available in at least two colors: Just Black and Barely Blue. If you're wanting this phone right now, you can blame COVID-19 for any delay in its release. It was previously expected to be announced at this year's Google I/O in May, but as you probably know, that was all cancelled. There is currently no concrete date for when Google may announce the Pixel 4a, but hopefully it's soon. I need to see a real mid-range phone battle between Samsung's Galaxy A51, the OnePlus 8, and this Pixel 4a. Fight! // 9to5Google | @TechDroider

DEAL: Grab a Nest Hub for $69.99 or Google Home for $49

Kellen — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 08:34:18 +0000

Two of the most popular Google Nest products are discounted today to some of their lowest levels ever. We have the Google Nest Hub, which typically retails for $130, down to $69.99. We also have the original Google Home down to just $49. Do I need to sell you on why these are great buys at these prices? Ummm, the Nest Hub has a display and is the best digital picture frame you'll ever use. It'll show you the weather, play music, run videos, control your smart home, and get you help using the Google Assistant. The original Google Home does most of that, it just doesn't have a display. They are both excellent smart home additions or starters. The Nest Hub is available from Woot, which Amazon owns, and is listed as in "New" condition. The Google Home is also brand new.

Deal Links:

Not That It Matters, But Hangouts Meet is Now Google Meet (Updated: Chat Too)

Kellen — Wed, 08 Apr 2020 13:35:47 +0000

Hangouts Meet, a Google video conferencing/meeting service from 2017 you likely have never used because it has been an exclusive to G Suite customers, will operate under a new name going forward. Say hello to Google Meet. Google made a quiet announcement for Google Meet this week by changing support pages from "Hangouts Meet" to "Google Meet" and also promoting the new name on its Google Cloud blog. It all comes as a part of a fresh push for customers (including those in a classroom setting) to consider using Meet for their video chatting and conferencing needs during this pandemic. Google says that the branding of "Hangouts Meet" is or will soon be retired, but that the new name will slowly rollout. Name a more obnoxious duo than Google and slow rollouts. What does this mean for you and the future of Hangouts? Nothing really. Hangouts still exists for regular ol' consumers, while Hangouts Chat is still a G Suite service that I doubt many use. Some day, Hangouts Chat could be available to consumers or maybe Google will rebrand it as well to "Google Chat." They probably will do that, but nothing has been announced today.

UPDATE 4/9: Google confirmed to The Verge today that Hangouts Chat is now Google Chat. Why was this so hard?

To recap, Google's Hangouts Meet, which you probably weren't using, is now known as Google Meet. // Google Cloud | Android Police

Wednesday Poll: What Android Smartphone Feature is Most Important to You?

Tim — Wed, 08 Apr 2020 11:55:16 +0000

There are a lot of factors that go into someone purchasing a particular phone. If you buy a Pixel, it's likely you think software updates and a good camera are important. If you're into Samsung phones, you probably enjoy oodles of high-end specs and great displays. If you buy LG, you must be the Quad DAC folks who keep getting mad at me on Twitter. Regardless, something about these phones is most important to you and we want to know what it is. In the below poll, simply select which Android phone feature is most important to you. Do you need the best camera? Expandable storage? Maybe a headphone jack? Whatever it may be, let us know below. Personally, I'll be going with camera. [poll id="539"]

Google Stadia Now Open to All, Everyone Gets 2-Month Pro Subscription for Free

Tim — Wed, 08 Apr 2020 09:16:45 +0000

Google announced this morning that Stadia is now open to all! The way Google words its announcement, this move appears to be in response to the COVID-19, or at least, the company is using the fact that many people are quarantined at home to push its cloud-gaming platform. To celebrate, Google is offering every user (including those already subscribed), two free months of Stadia Pro. That means you get free games, plus all of the Pro features included in the usual $10/month subscription. As for the free games, you'll get a few, including GRID, Destiny 2: The Collection, and Thumper. For those new to Stadia, here's how to get started.

How to Get Started

Go to Stadia.com to sign up
Download the Stadia app on Android or iOS
Play on your laptop, desktop or Chrome OS tablet with your favorite (HID compliant) USB supported controller or mouse and keyboard
Play over WiFi on Pixel or many supported Android phones

Note: You'll need to live in a country that is supported by Stadia in order to sign up. Those countries are as follows: Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom, United States. And that's it. Go get to gaming! // Stadia

Google Might Force Samsung to Do Updates Right in Android 11

Kellen — Wed, 08 Apr 2020 08:23:29 +0000

Back in the days of Android 7.0 "Nougat," Google introduced a new way for phone makers to update their phones that would provide a more seamless experience from the way updates worked in the past. The idea was to offer A/B partitions for updates that would patch in update files in one partition while your phone was still on and active, leaving the other partition alone as a safe backup. A simple reboot once the update had finished installing in the background would have you back up and running in minutes, rather than without a functioning device for an extended period of time. The thing is, not everyone has adopted this feature that Google introduced in 2016. Google's Pixel phones were quick to include it, but companies like Samsung, who sell you phones that cost $1,400, have not. The problem there is that when you update your Samsung phone, your phone turns off, reboots into an update screen (see above), and then proceeds to update through a process that could take a long time. During that time, your phone is unusable and you could miss important calls or texts, that sort of thing. Should the update run into an issue during install, that could also pose problems without the safe partition. I'm sure you can understand the issue there. In Android 11, that may change. The folks at XDA noticed a commit update that could require companies to include A/B or "seamless updates" with new phones launching with Android 11. So none of the phones currently available will be forced into providing the A/B experience, but should a phone ship with Android 11, it will. The change would be in the form of a vendor test to see that phones are providing seamless updates with Android 11. If they aren't, they wouldn't be able to provide Google services. This commit has yet to be merged, so it's not quite official. It would be a big change that might finally force Samsung's hand if Google goes through with it. I sure hope they do. // XDA

Samsung Intros New Galaxy A Lineup Starting at $109, Includes Two 5G Devices

Tim — Wed, 08 Apr 2020 06:00:06 +0000

Samsung announced five new smartphones this morning, all of which are part of its Galaxy A lineup. The Galaxy A lineup are more affordable than the Galaxy S and Galaxy Note devices we typically cover, but Samsung is doing something rather special with two of these devices in particular. It is 2020 after all, so what else would you expect? As the company states, each new Galaxy A device focuses on what's most important to your average consumer, which is four main areas: Battery, Camera, Storage, and display. Even the least expensive of the bunch, the Galaxy A01 that is priced at just $109, features a 5.7" Infinity-V display, dual rear camera system, 3,000mAh battery, plus a 16GB storage and 2GB RAM combo. Above that you have the Galaxy A11, with a 6.4" Infinity-O display, triple camera system, 4,000mAh battery, and 32GB storage. That phone is priced at just $179. If you need more, there's the Galaxy A21. It features a quad camera system on the backside, 6.5" Infinity-O display, 4,000mAh battery, 32GB storage + 3GB RAM, as well as 15W Fast Charge, priced at $249. Lastly in the 4G LTE department, there's the specced out Galaxy A51, the sequel to the Galaxy A50. It offers a quad camera system, 6.5" Super AMOLED FHD+ Infinity-O display, 4,000mAh battery, 128GB storage + 4GB RAM, and is priced at only $399. Where things get interesting, and maybe Google should be a little worried for its upcoming Pixel 4a lineup, is the 5G-equipped Galaxy A51 5G and Galaxy A71 5G. For the A51 5G, it has a few spec bumps, including a 64MP rear camera, 4,500mAh battery, and 6GB RAM. For all of that, the price is $499. Should you need even more, still without completely busting the bank, there's the A71 5G. It has the quad camera with 64MP shooter, 6.7" Infinity-O display, 4,500mAh battery, 6GB RAM, as well as 25W Fast Charge. For that, the price is listed at $599. If you want to get into 5G, that's not bad at all.

Availability

This new lineup will launch on Samsung's website, starting April 9 with the Galaxy A01 and the Galaxy A51. Later this year (in the summer), and with select carrier availability, you'll find the Galaxy A71 5G and Galaxy A51 5G. Once those are available, we'll update you.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNQ9ns_XeJw

DEAL: ANKER Hosting Sale on Ton of Wireless Chargers, Low as $9

Tim — Tue, 07 Apr 2020 15:21:05 +0000

Anker is hosting a big time sale on its range of wireless chargers, including bundles that contain multiple units. For pricing, the least expensive model is the PowerWave Pad at 10W for just $9. If you need something a bit fancier, you can get Pad and Stand bundles for $21, as well as a PowerWave 10 Stand that comes with additional USB-A ports for $36. The products that have codes for additional savings are listed below.

Chrome Devices With Tablet Mode Getting Android-Like Gesture Navigation

Kellen — Tue, 07 Apr 2020 13:02:28 +0000

An update rolling out to Chrome OS brings a big change to navigation when in tablet mode. Now, users with a Chrome OS tablet or device that converts into one, you'll be able to breeze around the operating system with Android-like gestures. The latest build of Chrome OS introduces a swipe-up gesture to take you home (or to your apps), a swipe-and-hold to view an app switcher, and a swipe-in from the left or right side to go back or forward a screen. There's also a mini swipe-up from the bottom that will show you a Quick Shelf of apps. Again, this is almost identical to Android's newish gestures outside of the swipe-in from the right which moves you forward a screen on Chrome OS.

In addition to the new gestures, this new build of Chrome OS adds a more touch-friendly tab strip to the Chrome browser. In the image below, you'll see the tab layout, which shows at the top of Chrome and lets you re-arrange by touching and dragging, or killing a tab by swiping it up. This new Chrome experience arrives first on the Lenovo Chromebook Duet in a couple of weeks. Google then plans to bring it to other Chromebooks with tablet mode "soon."

For the new gestures, that update is arriving now on Chrome OS. In fact, my Pixel Slate already has it. // Google

Verizon Galaxy S20 Ultra, Galaxy S20+ Receive April Patch and Camera Improvements

Tim — Tue, 07 Apr 2020 10:20:02 +0000

Verizon is pushing out a new update to the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Galaxy S20+, complete with the April security patch and much-needed camera improvements.

Read: Galaxy S20 Ultra Review!

That's pretty much all the changelog lists, but even if the log is short, more camera improvements is all Galaxy S20 owners really need. Considering how much these phones cost, you wouldn't expect them to fall that short in the camera department, but hopefully this update, which builds upon a previous camera improvements update, will positively affect the photos owners are able to snap.

New Firmware Versions

Galaxy S20 Ultra: G988USQU1ATCT
Galaxy S20+: G986USQU1ATCT

Have at it! // Verizon [2]

Google Fit Gets a Visual Update, New Tiles on Wear OS

Kellen — Tue, 07 Apr 2020 10:13:08 +0000

Google Fit, the Google fitness tracking service on both phones and Wear OS, is receiving a visual makeover this week. The updated UI will feature bolder text and brighter visuals, while Wear OS gets new tiles for you to utilize. The other big change puts a focus on steps instead of active minutes. The first thing you'll notice in the images here are those tweaked visuals. Fonts are certainly cleaner and bolder, and everything is easier to read, with goal progress as clear as can be. Having glanceable health tracking information that you can easily digest should be the approach for all fitness apps. The second thing to care about are the Wear OS changes that better show progress for the week and day, as well as the new tiles for firing up workouts and checking your weekly heart points. These new tiles are for Wear OS watches running Android Wear 2.0 and above. And finally, Google Fit will now pair heart points with steps going forward instead of heart and active minutes. Google says they now recognize that steps make more sense to people than active minutes, especially for those looking for an easy starting point on a health journey. The new updates are available immediately to some, but the rollout is expected to take place for everyone throughout the week. // Google Support

After Becoming a Hit on iOS, Dead Cells Coming to Android on June 3

Tim — Tue, 07 Apr 2020 09:05:44 +0000

Dead Cells has been a big hit on iOS (first available for PC and consoles), and finally, it's been announced for Android. The game is scheduled to launch on Google Play on June 3, priced at around $9 for a limited time to celebrate the launch. After that promo time, its usual price will be $10. The game is a platformer where you slay countless enemies, but also die just as many times. For story, you're a failed experiment who will explore a castle to discover the secrets within it, but you have to battle baddies in order to get yourself around. As it's described, the game will, "require you to master frantic 2D combat with a wide variety of weapons and skills against merciless minions and bosses." Highlights for Android

Carefully redesigned for Android devices with a revamped interface
Two game modes available (Original & Auto-Hit)
Customize the buttons' positions and sizes, more touch controls options available
Include External Controller support
Premium game: pay once to get the full Dead Cells experience! (no ads, no F2P mechanics)
10 languages available

Feel free to pre-register for the game by following the link below. Again, it'll be launched on June 3!

Google Play Link

https://youtu.be/jW2qQZUEEOY

The OnePlus 8 Pro Really Does Have Wireless Charging and It's Super Fast (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 07 Apr 2020 08:22:24 +0000

OnePlus has forever avoided including wireless charging in their phones because they made it clear that they didn't necessarily want to provide an experience that was slower (or hotter) than their super fast wired charging. So in order for them to consider adding it to a phone, they would need a breakthrough or solution to bring the two closer together. They've done that with the upcoming OnePlus 8 Pro, which means we are finally getting wireless charging in a OnePlus phone. During an interview with The Verge, OnePlus CEO Pete Lau confirmed that the OnePlus 8 Pro will not only have wireless charging, but it'll be fast as hell at 30W. By their estimates, you could wirelessly charge a OnePlus 8 Pro from 1% to 50% in about 30 minutes. To get those speeds, OnePlus had to create its own wireless charger for this "Warp Charge 30 Wireless" feature, outfitted with a fan to help with cooling. It's proprietary, so you will only see the 30W speeds (20V, 1.5A) on this OnePlus charger. However, the phone will support the Qi standard, so you can wirelessly charge on other chargers, just not as fast (sounds like supports 5W and 10W Qi). If you are worried about how hot your phone could get from this level of wireless charging, OnePlus seems to think they have all of that worked out. There are "isolated charge pumps" within the phone that take the juice from the charger and tone it all back down before sending it to the battery. They are also including a night mode that can charge at slower speeds with less heat. We don't yet know how much this new charger will cost. Alright, you've complained about the missing wireless charging for years now. You happy?

UPDATE: OnePlus posted details to their forums and provided a picture of the actual charger.

// The Verge

Samsung Pulls Plug on Galaxy S7 Updates Four Years Later

Kellen — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 18:30:11 +0000

Right around the time that Samsung released the Galaxy S20 and the price tag of it forced many to get really, super duper sad about the two years of Android version updates the company was delivering, we told you about the other side of Samsung updates. We told you that they were actually supporting their phones and providing updates longer than Google was in one area. Shocker, I know, but it's true. Samsung provides four years of security updates to their high-end phones, while Google provides three. Sure, they need another year of version updates to fully best Google, but let's not dance around in our upset pants as if Samsung is failing your every wish or still a dumpster fire when it comes to providing fresh software to their phones. As an example, the Verizon Galaxy S7, which was released in March of 2016, received an update over the weekend. Yes, just a few days ago, a phone from Samsung that is four years old, picked up another update. While the update was only a security patch (and December's at that), that's still four years of support. Unfortunately, that appears to be the last update for the Galaxy S7 line. Tonight, Samsung pulled the Galaxy S7 and Galaxy S7 Edge from its list of devices receiving security updates. We predicted this would happen on or around the phone's 4th birthday and here we are. If you own a Galaxy S7, well, this was a solid run of updates. If you are wondering now if you should stick with Samsung phones and upgrade to something still receiving support, I think you already know if Samsung will be there to deliver, at least on a security front. // Samsung

Totallee Launches $99 UV Phone Sanitizer (Doubles as Wireless Charger) Pre-Order, Ships Mid-April

Tim — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 13:34:27 +0000

Totallee, makers of minimal phone cases that we happen to love, announced a new type of product this week, one that aims to combat germs on your phone and charge it once it's clean. Given the current situation taking place around the globe, we'd say that's good timing. The device is called the UV Phone Sanitizer, and if you're unfamiliar with this tech, it's what another company, PhoneSoap, has been making for some time now. To explain, using a lightbulb that emits UVB and UVC rays, you can kill germs and bacteria living on the surface of a phone. Do note, Totallee currently has no way to test this device's effectiveness versus COVID-19. Here's a look at cross section of the unit. The phone will fit inside the internal chamber, below the wireless charging coil you see at the top. Here is a brief feature overview of the device. As Totallee details, it can be used for cleaning more than just your phone, able to fit things ike keys, AirPods, and wallets. Feature Overview

Kills germs and bacteria via UVB and UVC rays
Dual bulbs for maximum cleaning
Sterilizes phones, keys, wallets, AirPods, and more
Double as a fast wireless charger

The price is set at $99 for a unit. Should you pre-order, orders will start shipping April 15.

Pre-Order Link

Quibi Launches With 90-Day Free Trial

Kellen — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 13:12:05 +0000

As I mentioned last week, I have not followed the story of Quibi, a new video streaming service that launched this morning. It's apparently been getting its fair share of attention leading up to this moment, probably because of its founders, so now we all get to see whether its different approach has been worth the wait. Quibi is a "quick-bite original content" service that's mobile-only. It features new shows from a bunch of names you are likely familiar with, all of which are only a few minutes long. The idea is to provide you with shorter shows that can be easily digested as you hold onto your phone. There are comedy, drama, documentaries, and sports shows, as well as daily update news shows. The service costs $4.99/mo if you are OK with "some" ads. If you want no ads, that'll run you $7.99/mo. For now, since Quibi just launched and they need to win you over before you'll pay anything, it's free for 90 days. Is Quibi going to be worth your time? Honestly, I have no idea. It could be nice to consume a bunch of 5-10 minute shows from time to time, but I can see myself getting frustrated at the mobile-only idea. There is no Chromecast support. There's no Android TV app. There's no desktop experience. You can only watch Quibi on a phone. Interested? Hit that link below. Google Play Link: Quibi

Google Offers Extended 30 Day Trial of Play Pass, Still Priced at $5/Month

Tim — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 12:30:26 +0000

Google is extending the free trial for those who sign up for Play Pass on Google Play, the $5/month service that grants ad-free, in-app purchase free apps and games on the company's Android app marketplace. Typically, Google's free trial is 14 days, but until May 14, the company is offering 30 days for free. That ain't bad. To sign up, you should see a banner inside your Google Play app, but if you don't, you can swipe out the side menu and access Play Pass there. If you're a G Suite user, don't bother, your account isn't supported. Who doesn't love an extended free trial? https://twitter.com/GooglePlay/status/1247208041990119424

April's Pixel 4 Update Brings "Require Eyes to be Open" Face Unlock Option

Kellen — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 10:53:58 +0000

When the Android 11 Developer Preview 2 rolled out a couple of weeks ago to Google's Pixel 4 and included a "Require eyes to be open" feature in Face Unlock for the first time, we wondered if that option would also be included in the April security patch. The April security patch just dropped and it is indeed there to be toggled. For a little history here, the Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL arrived last year with Google's most advanced face unlock system to date. It has all of the face scanning tech you want to see, similar to Apple's, only Google forgot one thing. They forgot to require that your eyes be open in order for the Face Unlock to bypass your lock screen. I'm sure you can understand this security risk, so Google promised almost immediately in October that they'd work on implementing it. It took six months, but here we are. If you open Settings>Security>Face Unlock, the option to "Require eyes to be open" is found in the "Requirements for Face Unlock" section. Mine was already toggled on after the update. Don't yet have the April security patch? It's coming, don't worry. To check for it, head into Settings>System>Advanced>System update.

DEAL: NVIDIA SHIELD TV Down to $129 ($20 Off), Perfect Device for Quarantine

Tim — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 10:24:08 +0000

If you need a new toy to keep you busy during your possible quarantine, might I suggest a new SHIELD TV? The latest "little tube guy" model from NVIDIA is currently on sale via Amazon and Best Buy, down $20 for a total of just $129. SHIELD TV runs Android TV, meaning you'll have access to all of the apps and content distributors you love, but NVIDIA also baked in a few things that make the new units very, very cool. The big addition is the AI upscaling, which can seriously improve the look of some content on certain platforms. For example, any Disney content still on Netflix is throttled to HD (from 4K), but NVIDIA's software magic auto-scales it back to 4K and it's crispy as anything. For more SHIELD TV info, check out our full review. Have at it.

Amazon Link | Best Buy Link

April 2020 Android Security Update Now Available for Pixel Devices (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 10:05:45 +0000

Yeah, Monday! Google just posted the April 2020 Android security patch for Pixel phones and you can update to it right away if interested. We have both factory image and OTA files for download and flashing before the update shows up over-the-air. Currently, we are seeing new 10.0.0 files for Pixel 4 and Pixel 4 XL (QQ2A.200405.005), Pixel 3a and Pixel 3a XL (QQ2A.200405.005), Pixel 3 and Pixel 3 XL (QQ2A.200405.005), and Pixel 2 and Pixel 2 XL (QQ2A.200405.005).

UPDATE 1: Here are the included patches for April.

UPDATE 2: The update brought the "Require eyes to be open" feature in Face Unlock on Pixel 4.

Google has been pretty hit-or-miss over the years when it comes to making the update available quickly to your phone. The “check for updates” button is supposed to work, but you never know when it will from one month to the next. To check for the update, head into Settings>System>Advanced>System update. If you don’t want to wait for Google and prefer to update manually, you will find each image or OTA file at the links below. For instructions on how to flash a factory image, here you go. For instructions on how to flash an OTA .zip file, here you go. We’ll update this post as more info arrives. Links:

Renders 'Spill the Beans' on Next Version of Samsung Galaxy Buds

Tim — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 08:52:35 +0000

Samsung only released the updated Galaxy Buds+ a couple of months ago, but already, the beans have possibly been spilled on the next version. If you're curious about that pun, and why I will be referring to Samsung's next earbuds as Galaxy Beans, then you should get a look at the 3D render below to see what I'm referencing.

Them is baby beans, dude. As we can see from these renders based on 3D data, Samsung is changing up the design quite a bit from what the Galaxy Buds are now. This design will fit snugly into a user's ear, and according to WinFuture, should be able to fit a wider amount of ears versus the current design. There could be downsides, though. This design apparently allows for a looser fit in the canal, making ambient sound and noise cancellation not as good as they are on the current mode. The other possible con is a personal aesthetic opinion, but to my eye, these Galaxy Beans look more like hearing aids than they do ear buds. Not that that's a bad thing, but they don't exactly look all that comfortable. It looks like a kidney bean jammed down your ear hole. If you're curious what Galaxy Beans would look like in your ears, check below for a render.

We have no idea when Galaxy Beans might hit the market, but it could be later this year with the Galaxy Note 20 seemingly a good time to announce a new audio product. Maybe we could see a holiday 2020 shopping season release? We'll keep you posted. Thoughts on this design? // WinFuture

Galaxy Watch Active 2 Gets a Big Discount to $199

Kellen — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 08:33:33 +0000

Our favorite smartwatch, the Samsung Galaxy Watch Active 2, is deeply discounted right now at Microsoft's store. You can get this best-of-them-all watch for as little as $199. Microsoft currently lists the Galaxy Watch Active 2 40mm models all at $199, which is an $80 discount from their retail price of $279. Also, the Watch Active 2 44mm model (in Cloud Silver) is down to as low as $209, which is an $80 discount from its normal retail price of $299. The other 44mm colors are $30 off. I know that people are hesitant to jump on a smartwatch, but I'm telling you again that this is the smartwatch for most people. It has solid battery life at 2+ days, an incredible display, tracking of everything (fitness, sleep, etc.), and it wears so well on the wrist in both sizes. I love the Watch Active 2, which is something I cant' say about any other smartwatch. Deal will likely sell through over the next day. Shop Galaxy Watch 2 from Microsoft

New Google Pixel Buds Briefly Show Up for Pre-Order in All Colors

Kellen — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 08:14:27 +0000

Since we are now into April and the new Google Pixel Buds (or Pixel Buds 2) have not yet arrived after a brief showing at one retailer over a month ago and a quick stop at the FCC, we were beginning to wonder the status of Google's first true wireless earbuds. Had they been delayed? Are they still coming in the middle of this pandemic? A listing showed up over the weekend that may hint at an imminent launch.

Pre-order New Google Pixel Buds

The online store ABT posted up pre-order links for all 4 colors of the new Pixel Buds while revealing more details and specs. The listings sure look like finished listings you would see if a product was ready for people to buy, not the unfinished listings we saw from B&H Photo. Outside of the images for each (which are not new), we have model numbers for each color track now: GA01471 (Oh So Orange), GA01918 (Quite Mint), GA01478 (Just Black), and GA01470 (Clearly White). For features, the listings talk about the new Pixel Buds featuring "custom-designed" 12mm dynamic speaker drivers, sensors built to focus mics on your voice during calls, the customizable fit you'll find, more on the spatial vents, touch controls (including volume), sweat and water resistance, "Hey Google" integration, quick pairing, and wireless charging.

New Pixel Buds 2 Features

Here is the full list pulled from ABT:

Rich audio. With custom-designed 12 mm dynamic speaker drivers, Google Pixel Buds deliver high-quality audio.
Clearer calls. Built-in sensors detect when you’re talking, and mics focused on your voice make sure background noise stays in the background.
Thoughtfully designed from ear to ear. Google Pixel Buds are designed for your comfort, based on scans of thousands of ears. You get a customizable, secure fit while the spatial vent keeps you open to the world around you.
Secure Fit Built with a three point anchor system, Google Pixel Buds combine premium comfort with a great fir to keep your earbuds secure even when working out.
Stay aware. A spatial vent keeps you connected to the world around you.
Touch Control Tap to play and pause. Swipe to change the volume.
Sweat and water resistant. Google Pixel Buds aren't afraid of a little water, so rainy days and sweaty workouts are no problem.
Help on the go. To play your favorite music, get directions, or call your mom, just say, "Hey Google."2
Understand the world around you. Get real-time translations right in your ear,3 whether you’re ordering dinner in Tokyo or visiting your multilingual family.
Power up without a plug. Charge your Google Pixel Buds in its case or place the case on a compatible wireless charging pad.4
Pair up quickly. With Google Pixel, pair them with just a single tap. Google Pixel Buds also easily connect with any Bluetooth™ 4.0+ laptops, tablets, Android and iOS devices.
Find your earbuds. Don’t worry about misplacing your earbuds. Find My Device makes it easy to locate Google Pixel Buds.5

While no date was listed for launch and this was only a pre-order, the pre-order was open before it was pulled. Anyone want to take bets on a launch of this week? You still ready to drop $179 on a pair? ABT Pre-order Link // reddit

Google Gifting Three Months of Stadia Pro to YouTube Premium Users

Tim — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 17:51:25 +0000

Check your emails YouTube Premium users, as Google appears to be sending out codes that let you redeem three months of Stadia Pro access. Free games? Nice! It's a pretty straightforward promo. It's for new Stadia users and the code grants you three months of free access to Stadia Pro. With Pro, you get the free games that Stadia currently has up for grabs, and you can play them on any number of compatible devices. Just note you'll need a supported gaming controller. Check the complete Stadia FAQ for what you need to get started with Stadia. Once your 3 months is up, the usual price of $9.99/month takes over. If you don't want to pay, simply cancel your subscription before the three months is over. This is a nice little gift, and if you've been curious about Stadia, now seems like a great time give it a shot.

Boost Mobile Joins $15-2GB Plan Party

Kellen — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 14:41:15 +0000

Like AT&T and T-Mobile, Sprint's Boost Mobile is now offering a 2GB plan for $15 per month. This new plan is only temporary, but should allow Boost customers to stay connected during a time where it's critical we do so. The new $15 plan offers unlimited talk and text in addition to the 2GB of data. Again, it's similar to the T-Mobile Connect plan that costs $15 and the AT&T Prepaid plan introduced at the end of last week. Should you sign-up, just know that the plan is only priced at $15 per month for the first 60 days. After that, the price jumps to $30 per month. If interested, you can sign-up at a Boost store. // Sprint

Verizon Galaxy S10, Note 10 Lineups Updated With One UI 2.1 and April Security Patch

Tim — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 14:28:25 +0000

Verizon is pushing out updates to the Galaxy S10 and Galaxy Note 10 lineups to close this week out, with the update being a rather big one for these devices. Inside, you'll find One UI version 2.1, as well as the April security patch. We've written about the changes you can expect here, but to recap, you'll see new camera features like Single Take (uses AI to capture multiple photos and videos at once), as well as an improved Night Mode, Night Hyperlapse, and Pro Video modes. Samsung also highlights new sharing modes for Galaxy owners. Here are the new firmware versions owners will see following the update. New Firmware Versions

Galaxy S10: G973USQU3DTC9
Galaxy S10+: G975USQU3DTC9
Galaxy S10e: G970USQU3DTC9
Galaxy Note 10: N970USQU3CTC9
Galaxy Note 10+: N975USQU3CTC9
Galaxy Note 10+ 5G: N976VVRU3CTC9

Have at it, owners! // Verizon [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

HBO Makes Ton of Series, Movies Free to Watch for Those Stuck at Home

Tim — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 12:43:25 +0000

With plenty of people stuck at home and running out of Tiger King episodes to watch on Netflix, HBO is making a move and listing 500+ hours of content available as free to watch on the service. Niiice! As for what you can watch for free, there are plenty of TV series, documentaries, and movies available. For series, there's The Sopranos, True Blood, The Wire, Ballers, and Barry to name a few. For movies, you can watch Pokemon: Detective Pikachu, Lego Movie, Smallfoot, plus plenty of others. According to HBO, the content can be streamed without a subscription by downloading the HBO Now or HBO Go app. You can also watch the content online at HBONOW.com or HBOGO.com. Enjoy! Free Series Include

Ballers
Barry
Silicon Valley
Six Feet Under
The Sopranos
Succession
True Blood
Veep
The Wire

Free Documentaries Include

The Apollo
The Case Against Adnan Syed
Elvis Presley: The Searcher
I Love You, Now Die: The Commonwealth v. Michelle Carter
The Inventor: Out for Blood in Silicon Valley
Jane Fonda in Five Acts
McMillion$
True Justice: Bryan Stevenson’s Fight for Equality
United Skates
We Are the Dream: The Kids of the MLK Oratorical Fest

Free Movies Include

Arthur
Arthur 2: On the Rocks
Blinded By the Light
The Bridges of Madison County
Crazy, Stupid, Love
Empire of the Sun
Forget Paris
Happy Feet Two
Isn’t It Romantic?
The Lego Movie 2: The Second Part
Midnight Special
My Dog Skip
Nancy Drew and the Hidden Staircase
Pan
Pokémon Detective Pikachu
Red Riding Hood
Smallfoot
Storks
Sucker Punch
Unknown

// @HBO

Pocast: Hot T-Mobile Merger Talk

Kellen — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 09:21:26 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, we're diving right into news that T-Mobile and Sprint have finalized their merger. We'll do our best to tell you what that means, who it affects, and try and predict how awful or great this might be 3 years from now. We also have our Galaxy S20 and LG V60 reviews to quickly run through, plenty of OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro leaks, a new Android 11 Developer Preview, how mad we are at Dark Sky and Apple, and some COVID-related updates. Trivia is back! We’ll be live at 11:00AM Pacific (2:00PM Eastern).

Google Fi Extends Grace Period for Late Payments, Increases Full Speed Data Limits to 30GB

Tim — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 09:05:33 +0000

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic currently affecting most of us, Google Fi is responding with a couple of policy changes taking effect immediately. Effective as of March 1, Google Fi is extending the payment grace period, meaning any customers who are having troubles paying their bill will stay connected. This grace period is now 60 days from a customer's missed billing date. Effective as of April 1, Fi is increasing the limits for full speed data up to 30GB per user. This change is for those on both Flexible and Unlimited plans. Once you reach that 30GB limit, you can opt to retain full-speed data for $10/GB for the rest of your billing cycle. Here are the details in the words of Google.

Late PaymentsGoogle Fi is temporarily extending the payment grace period so Fi customers who are having trouble with their bills can stay connected. We're extending our grace period, during which customers will maintain full service, to 60 days from a customer’s missed billing date.Policy change effective as of: March 1, 2020
Data SpeedsWe understand you may be using more data during this time, and to help with this, Google Fi is temporarily increasing its limits for full speed data to 30GB per user, for both Flexible and Unlimited Plans. After you reach 30GB, you can choose to return to full-speed data for an additional $10/GB for the rest of your billing cycle.Policy change effective as of: April 1, 2020

These are both good things. // Google Fi

Poll: Do You Miss the Headphone Jack?

Kellen — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 08:42:27 +0000

Now that Samsung has removed the 3.5mm headphone jack from the Galaxy S line with the release of the Galaxy S20, we really are at the stage where your options for phones that allow for that old school wired headphone experience are extremely limited. There's the Pixel 3a (maybe a Pixel 4a on the horizon), a bunch of mid-range Motorola One phones, and LG phones. OnePlus pulled the plug. Google did on its highest end phones too. And now Samsung has fully embraced wireless audio on its two flagship lines. I'm curious if anyone cares anymore. There were years where we talked about headphone jacks with every phone release as they disappeared from one phone maker to the next, yet I think we've now sort of come to understand that this is our reality. To be honest, I'm also just tired of complaining about 3.5mm holes that won't make a comeback even if we get embarrassingly hopeful. My life is filled with wireless earbuds and over-ear headphones at this point because they are convenient, and sound pretty good at this point (shut up, audio guy with the FLAC collection). I'm a somewhat active dude who actually enjoys an audio life without wires between my ears and a phone. I don't miss having to watch my every arm wave or bag removal or phone position because I need a wire attached to my head. What about you, though? Do you miss the headphone jack or have you adapted to life without wires? Feel free to expand on your answer in the comments as usual. [poll id="538"]

Google Arts and Culture App Will Make Your Photos Look Like Masterpieces

Tim — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 16:08:23 +0000

Hopefully you all remember this, but back in the day, there was an app called Prisma that would take your photos, then edit them to match the aesthetic for various styles of art. This week, Google is introducing something similar in the Arts and Culture app, allowing users to plug in their own photos, then have the app spit out the same image with a Masterpiece twist. Once you have a photo you want to transform, you can choose from works by artists like Monet, Frida Kahlo, and many others. I'm sure you'll recognize most of the pieces they have as inspiration. I've placed my own example below, just to give you a taste.

Download the app and have some fun with it!

Google Play Link

// Google

Stadia Details Two New Co-Op Games Coming in 2020

Tim — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 14:17:03 +0000

Two new co-op games are headed to Stadia this year, with Google's cloud gaming platform posting up trailers for the upcoming titles. The games are called Gunsport and Just Shapes & Beats. Each is designed to be enjoyed with fellow friends on Stadia, with Gunsport being a Stadia-first title. In it, you play 2 vs. 2 volleyball, except instead of spiking balls with your hands, you use guns. Interesting concept. Just Shapes & Beats is described as a "new spin on the shoot 'em up genre, adding a layer of cooperation that’s at the core of the game because everything is better with friends." According to Stadia, it can be played alone or with up to 4 people, and if you enjoy EDM, you'll really like it. Check out the trailers below. We'll let you know when you can buy these titles. Gunsport https://youtu.be/HzYC5p_2Iyc Just Shapes & Beats https://youtu.be/M_56igDqM-Q // Stadia

Verizon Updates Moto Z4, Galaxy Note 8, and LG V60

Kellen — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 13:08:30 +0000

We love updates!

Verizon is pushing updates this week to the Motorola Moto Z4, Samsung Galaxy Note 8, and the brand new LG V60. For the first time in a while, these aren't all just minor security patches either. The Moto Z4's update is a big one! The Moto Z4 is getting an update to build QDF30.130-42, which happens to also be the Android 10 update. It's April and insanely late for an Android 10 update, but hey, I'm sure Z4 owners will take it. The update for the Z4 includes new navigation gestures, an adjustment to volume controls, notifications with smarter suggestions, supposedly faster security updates with Project Mainline, and a bit more. To see the full list of what's changing, hit up that first look below. For the Galaxy Note 8, this is just a security patch and it arrives as March's with build N950USQU7DTC1. For the new LG V60, build V600M10c is enhancing the performance of the fingerprint reader and tweaking the user experience should you upgrade to Premium Visual Voicemail or downgrade to the basic Visual Voicemail. All updates should be live! // Verizon [2] [3]

LG V60 Quick Review: Uninspiring 5G Smartphone for the Niche Crowd

Tim — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 11:27:10 +0000

LG is switching things up in 2020, launching a V series device ahead of a new G series phone. Recently, we learned that we aren't quite sure what to expect from the G series this year, but we'll be here when things get sorted out by LG. When asked why at a press briefing, I was told that the main reasoning behind this decision was 5G. Carriers want 5G phones to sell on their new 5G networks, so LG has obliged and is providing what is needed. The question is, is the new V60 ThinQ 5G (just V60) still the same ol' Stuff & Things experience that we once loved? These days, LG must be desperate for a winner, with no phone garnering much public affection for a few years now. Can the V60 change that? Let's find out. This is our LG V60 quick review!

Note: The COVID-19 pandemic has had me stuck inside for the majority of days recently, so you may notice a slightly different length for the following review. You'll see all of the usual categories, but because I hardly left the house with this device, I feel like my experience isn't quite what it could have been in terms of a being a full picture of living with this device. Following the review, should you have any remaining questions on the device, don't be afraid to throw them down in the comments. Now, onto the review!

The Good

Battery The biggest positive I've had with the V60 is the battery. This thing is a beast. Sized at 5,000mAh, I have been getting multiple days of usage on a single charge, sometimes getting about 10 hours of screen on time. For me, that's insane. I'm curious how my isolation has played into this figure, but my habits really haven't changed all too much.

Regardless, what I do know is that the phone's display is limited to full HD and 60Hz, which could help users get better battery life. Yes, you're missing out on QHD and even 90Hz, but some people prefer tons of battery. That's just fine! Niche Audio Things The V60 is back with the niche, complete with its Quad DAC and headphone jack. To clarify, I don't think a 3.5mm port is niche, but the idea that having a phone with outstanding audio features will somehow draw a ton of people to it seems misguided. LG sales have been going down and down over the years, with Quad DACs and headphone jack loyalty appearing to not help with anything. As a music lover, I enjoy the heck out of good sounding audio, but even I have moved on to wireless earbuds, the same as many other smartphone users. I no longer need a headphone jack and I can't utilize the Quad DAC when wireless. So for me, it's wasted. I'd much prefer a high resolution display or at least a 90Hz refresh rate. You know, something that could be mass marketed and not just advertised to a select group of people who swear vinyl is the only way to listen to music. If you have missed my Quad DAC coverage from past LG devices, it's a great addition for anyone who can't seem to let go of their wired headphones. With it, you can put your audio through advanced audio filters and play with sound presets, as well as change the balance of the audio being listened to. Even though I can't personally enjoy this feature, I know LG fans and wired headphone fans will adore it. I used to be like you. From what I can tell, LG has implemented a 3D Sound Engine that anyone can use (wired or wireless), which gives off a 3D effect when listening to things. You can set it manually for Cinema, Music, Voice, as well as Auto. I've had it set to music and it seems pretty nice when paired with my Galaxy Buds. I listened to a podcast with the Voice setting and that was a nice full sound. Camera While the V60 lacks an abundance of cameras, it makes up for that with the quality of the cameras it does have. There's a 64MP standard (F1.8 / 0.8μm / 78˚) camera with pixel binning to 16MP, as well as a 13MP Super Wide camera. From the few shots I have been able to take, the cameras are very good. The colors seem very accurate and contrast levels are spot on, though, at times I did notice the camera likes to overexpose certain things depending on the surrounding light. If you're having issues with that, LG has included a ton of camera modes, including the modes that LG fans have come to love. There's a Manual Camera mode, Manual Video mode, Night View, Cine Shot, as well as an integrated YouTube Live mode.

One thing to note, LG has included additional external microphones on this device, aloowing video takers to get exceptional sound recordings. Most importantly, using software on the device, the phone has an uncanny ability to hone in on human voices and mute most other sounds. Taking video on a windy day and still trying to hear someone talk? The V60 can help you very much in this situation. Below you can see a few camera samples, resized but unedited.

Somewhere in the Middle

Specs I can't remember the last time I didn't have the specs of a major smartphone release in the Good section. The thing is, I really think this phone is lacking, especially when compared to phones it's marketed against. Now, while the V60 isn't priced like a Galaxy S20+ (just as an example), it's still $800+, which is not cheap by any means. For that price, in 2020, I expect a few things -- mainly a high resolution display along with a higher refresh rate. Even Google gave us a 90Hz refresh rate on the Pixel 4 series, so I'd expect a V series phone from LG to have it. After all, the V series are supposed to be the Stuff & Things phones! Here's what the V60 offers, starting at the price of $800: 6.8-inch 20.5:9 FHD+ P-OLED FullVision (2,460 x 1,080 / 395ppi) display, Snapdragon 865, Snapdragon X55 5G modem, 8GB RAM, 128GB storage, microSD, dual rear cameras (64MP standard + 13MP super wide), 5,000mAh battery, USB-C, stereo speakers, in-display fingerprint reader, IP68 water and dust resistance, NFC + MST for LG Pay, and Android 10 with LG's custom skin running on top. On paper, this is a fine device, but what's interesting to me is, how much would this phone cost if there was no 5G? Let's say the 5G connectivity adds $150-$200 to the price, which seems fair based on the prices we've seen of other 5G phones in 2020. If this phone cost $650-$700, maybe I wouldn't be upset about the lack of a QHD display and higher refresh rate, but as we get close to mid-2020, I expect my top-tier devices to have some killer specs. Keep in mind, LG was the first major Android OEM to utilize a QHD display, so it feels very un-LG for the company not to include one. I get it, they have to keep the price down, but this phone just doesn't come off as very special in the specs department. Display (and Dual Screen) As I just talked about in the specs section, I expect more from LG, the pioneer of QHD displays for Android phones. The V60 comes equipped with a 6.8-inch 20.5:9 FHD+ P-OLED 1080p display, complete with a big fatty notch right in the middle. The notch isn't what bugged me at all when using this device, and instead, what really became apparent was the lack of a higher refresh rate. Having come from 120Hz on the Galaxy S20 Ultra, everything on the V60 just appears more slow, which is one of the disadvantages when sticking with the standard 60Hz rate. I also want to clarify that the lack of QHD is not the end of the world, but again, LG has been a leader in this space for some time, so it's disappointing that they've not included one. The phone just feels like a compromise in a few areas. Looking past that, the display gets the job done proficiently. Colors are not overblown or oversaturated, plus you get all of the same features as you would on other devices. You can utilize a Comfort View to eliminate blue light, you can enable an always-on display, you can have Knock-On for tapping the display to wake and sleep it, and you can also use a Video Enhancer feature for watching videos with brighter and more vibrant colors. Basically, it's a fine display, but it's easy to wish that LG didn't compromise and still offered the V60 with QHD. Speaking of the display, let me quickly go over the Dual Screen accessory. It's fine. With it, users can expand their main screen into two screens, designed currently for usage with a select number Google apps. For example, you can stretch Gmail or YouTube across the two screens, which is fine and dandy, but where this accessory really shines is the gaming. Some games allow for virtual controllers, with the Dual Screen taking perfect advantage of this. Gameplay on one screen and your controls on the other. It's perfect. My only beef with this accessory is charging your phone with it on. Obviously you can remove the phone from the accessory should you need to, but LG actually uses a different charging mechanism for Dual Screen, a magnetic pin system. So, in order to charge, you need a little attachment that is put on Dual Screen, then you can charge the phone. If you lose this tiny little thing, oh well, I guess. Where I found myself using this accessory the most is mainly just as a case/stand for the device. You can fold the Dual Screen back and sit up your phone, which is great for consuming media. I'm not currently doing a ton of multitasking with the quarantine happening, but I'm sure if life was a bit more normal I could see myself using it for doing various things simultaneously. If you're coming from an LG G8X, I'm sure you'll love it.

Software LG launched the V60 with Android 10 onboard, along with an updated version of its custom UI. I am still sour that LG's redone UX 9.0 isn't quite as significant as other custom skin redos we've seen recently, but it's a step in the right direction. Settings menus and LG's apps do look a bit better, but overall I feel as if I'm looking at the same skin as I was back in the LG G4 days. LG does allow users to customize the theme of the phone's UI, but it's all tied to LG's store app and the themes inside really aren't anything to get excited about. One of my bigger gripes is that I can't easily apply an icon pack from off of Google Play. At least LG is trying to make things better.

Baked inside this skin, you'll find plenty of advanced features, such as Context Awareness for automation of system settings based on your location, baked in screen recording, and the ability to manage gaming tools like display resolution and frame rate (which is funny considering the phone is limited to 1080p at 60Hz).

Android 10 vs. Android 8 is basically identical on LG phones

Since I'm on the topic of software, let's talk about updates. LG hasn't exactly improved its speediness, but it isn't completely terrible either. This past January, LG Italy did the company's job of offering transparency to customers, noting that many mid-range owners wouldn't receive Android 10 until Q4 of 2020. If you own one of LG's more expensive smartphones, chances are you are either on Android 10 already or will be receiving it soon. Merely guessing for the V60, if you're curious when it might receive the next version of Android, which would be Android 11, a lot of that will be dependent on how long and how hard the current COVID-19 pandemic affects Google and its partners. Will we see a usual fall launch of the next Android version? Here's hoping, but right now, companies are focusing on more things other than phone updates. Hardware LG has some catching up to do in the hardware department. The V60 feels and looks like hardware from another time, especially with its large bezels and top display notch. I don't want to sound like a broken record here, but this phone screams compromise. It's not awful, it's just very uninspiring, and frankly, really boring to look at. In terms of using it, there is one thing I'm enjoying and that's the flat display. There are no rounded edges here, which makes for lovely usage when swiping out certain menus in apps that haven't been updated to better take advantage of Android 10's gesture controls. On the left side of the phone, LG has included its dedicated Google Assistant button. I appreciate this as a lover of Assistant. According to GSM Arena, the V60 has a screen-to-body ratio of 83.6%. Compared to other recent devices, that's a relatively small figure. For example, the Galaxy S20 range is around the 90% range and the OnePlus 7 Pro is at 88%. The Pixel 4 XL is at about 81%, so if you're familiar with that phone and the insane amount of bezels it has, that's close to what the V60 is with regard to area around the display. This might be subjective thinking, but for me, it's simply not the look I want from a flagship device. I want clean and immersive. The V60 doesn't quite offer that.

Other Notes

Fiancée Impressions: "This phone is too heavy and too wide for comfortable use with one hand. I do like the display size and the notch. It's cute. I don't like the fingerprint reader graphic, it's way too aggressive. I would be willing to overlook the size of the phone if it wasn't so heavy, but it's too heavy for me. I think it looks cool, it looks like nice hardware. It looks like a sturdy phone. You could probably hurt someone with it if you had to because it's so heavy."
Bugs: WiFi - Since day one of using the V60, I've had an issue with the WiFi and its ability to auto reconnect to a network. It's very straightforward. When I leave my home's WiFi network, it fails to reestablish itself once I have returned home. Instead, it simply stays on cellular data. In order to fix, I have to manually go into WiFi settings and select my home WiFi network and hit "Connect." Then everything is back to normal. I have reached out to LG concerning this issue, but haven't yet heard back. I will update if I do.
LG Pay: The V60 sports LG Pay, the company's answer to Samsung Pay. It works with the same MST technology as Samsung Pay, automatically making it better than services such as Google Pay, which only utilizes NFC. The problem is, hardly any banks are supporting it right now and if Samsung Pay's rollout is an example, I don't see banks and credit unions jumping in line to support LG Pay -- especially with the current affairs in the world right now.

Price and Availability

LG quite obviously has little control over how carriers are pricing their equipment and the package that customers receive. It's actually pretty embarrassing from an Android enthusiast perspective. T-Mobile sells the V60 and Dual Screen in a package, as well as separately. For just the phone, it's the lowest price of all the carriers at $799. With the Dual Screen, it's $899. On AT&T, the phone $899 and AT&T grants you the Dual Screen for free, but you have to redeem it via LG's website. That offer expires on April 20. Update: A previous version of this review had Verizon's promo for a free Dual Screen incorrect. Verizon is offering a free Dual Screen to both new and existing customers who purchase an LG V60. However, Verizon is still the most expensive carrier to get your V60 from, with the phone priced at $949. It's a mess of a situation if you want to buy the LG V60. Buy LG V60

T-Mobile ($799)
AT&T ($899)
Verizon ($949)

Videos

Unboxing and Tour https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4-fcoZm29Tw LG V60 Hands-on https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kwFrl8ZVD-Q

Gallery

The Verdict

I'm trying to be positive, but I can't think of a single time I'd recommend this phone. Maybe if you need some manual camera controls and you absolutely have to have the best audio on a smartphone, but besides that, this phone feels so lacking and uninspiring that I assume it will fade into oblivion like all of LG's other phones from the past 3-4 years. If there's anyone who wants LG to start kicking ass, it's me. I want competition in the Android market. I don't want Samsung dominating everything, but there is no way LG is even close with the V60 compared to any of the Galaxy S20 devices. It's not even close. You have to also note that OnePlus has quietly turned itself into a serious market competitor and things are only going to get harder and tougher for LG.

Grab New Galaxy Buds+ for $119 at AT&T ($30 Off)

Kellen — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 10:26:25 +0000

Samsung's brand new Galaxy Buds+ just picked-up their biggest discount since launching just over a month ago. For a limited time, AT&T is selling the new Buds+ for $119.99, which is a $30 discount from their $149.99 retail price. This particular deal is a part of a big accessory sale going on from AT&T, so this won't be your only discount. This is probably the best, though, since these Buds+ are so fresh and new. To recap, the Galaxy Buds+ are an upgrade to the original and well-liked Galaxy Buds. They offer hours and hours of extra battery life, enhanced audio, and more mics. They still sound great too, at least that's what Tim tells me. I'm jealous that he has them if you couldn't tell. No code required, it's a straight discount. AT&T only has the black pair available.

AT&T Deal Link

Android 11 Developer Preview 2.1 Update is Here to Fix Some Stuff

Kellen — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 10:08:10 +0000

Google just released an update to the Android 11 Developer Preview 2 build that first arrived earlier in March. This update, like the DP 1.1 update, addresses bugs to help developers better test before this goes to beta and then stable. There are new builds for the Pixel 2, Pixel 3, Pixel 3a, and Pixel 4. Here are the build details:

Date: April 2, 2020 Build: RPP2.200227.014 Emulator support: x86 (32/64-bit) Google Play services: 20.06.15

Here is the full list of changes from Google:

General
- Fixed an issue where a crash would occur when long pressing to select an element within the recent apps overview.
- Fixed an issue where the status bar could crash in the background if its components weren't all initialized yet.
- Fixed an issue where too many WindowTokens were created by SystemUI causing jankiness and dropped frames when navigating and scrolling apps.
Apps
- Fixed an issue where the Wear OS app could crash when trying to pair a Wear OS device.
- Fixed an issue where the Settings app could crash after tapping the search bar in the app.

There are numerous ways to update if interested. You can use the new Android Flash Tool, flash factory images, or grab the OTA files. Android Flash Tool files are here. For manual flash files, the factory image files for each phone can be found right here and the OTA files for each phone can be found right here. For instructions on how to flash a factory image, here you go. Instructions for sideloading an OTA file can be found here. // Android Developers

T-Mobile Customers Get Quibi for Free When It Launches in a Few Days

Kellen — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 08:50:24 +0000

Just going to be honest here, but I have absolutely no idea what in the hell Quibi is. Apparently, it's some sort of short-clip show platform that is only on mobile and has lined up a bunch of big names to create content for it. It has not yet launched, but when it does, T-Mobile customers will get it for free. According to the 2 minutes of research I just did on Quibi, it's a streaming video platform that is only on mobile. It features shows or clips that are 10 minutes or less, because that's an easily consumable amount of time or something. Names like Jennifer Lopez, Chrissy Teigen, Chance the Rapper, Liam Hemsworth, and Reese Witherspoon are all making little shows for it. Quibi says that it already has 90 shows lined up. When it launches on April 6, everyone will get a free 90 day trial before it asks you to pay $4.99/mo. But again, this is about T-Mobile customers, so to get it free, you will have to be on select plans (Magenta and ONE plans). Then, just like the free Netflix that T-Mobile offers, you'll get Quibi for the next year. You should be aware that in a year, T-Mobile will make you choose one over the other. Anyone interested in this Quibi thing? Google Play Link: Quibi // T-Mobile

Peloton App Now Available on Android TV With Free 90-Day Trial

Kellen — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 07:42:28 +0000

Peloton, the popular workout platform I can't think about without first chuckling at this amazing Twitter thread, is now available on Android TV. The Peloton app, for those not familiar, does not require you to own one of their really expensive bikes or treadmills. Instead, it's more of a workout companion that features Yoga classes, strength training, bootcamp workouts, stretching, cardio, and HIIT routines. It can even act as an audio coach while you go for an outdoor run. The classes are run by Peloton's instructors, which are a big part of while Peloton is so successful. Still not sure you are interested? How does a 90-day free trial sound while we are all stuck at home in isolation? If you want to give Peloton classes a test, you can install the app and use it for 90 days, with access to live classes. After the 90 days, Peloton's app listing says you won't be charged and it won't auto-renew when done. That sounds like a no-strings trial. Just be sure to sign-up before April 30. To install Peloton on your Android TV, hit up that link below and search for your Android TV box from your list of devices. You could also install the app on your phone and still get in on that workout action. Google Play Link: Peloton App

Galaxy S10, Note 10 Family Getting Galaxy S20 Camera Modes (Updated)

Tim — Thu, 02 Apr 2020 07:25:35 +0000

UPDATE April 2: This update starts rolling out in the US on April 3.

Samsung announced this morning that it is bringing a variety of software things you find on the Galaxy S20 lineup to the Galaxy S10 and Galaxy Note 10 families. Most of these features pertain to the camera app, but to clarify, Samsung says all of the following changes will be available inside of a software update that will start rolling out this month.

Camera Features

Samsung details that S10 and Note 10 devices will be getting Single Take, the camera feature that uses AI to capture multiple photos and videos at once, then recommends the best shot to the user. Additionally, owners can expect to see the improved Night Mode, Night Hyperlapse, and Pro Video modes. For pictures already snapped, you can then use the new Custom Filter feature, which allows you to create your own filter with colors and styles.

Sharing Features

Other features are focused on the Gallery and sharing. For the Gallery app, Samsung says that Clean View is coming and that, "With Clean View enabled, the Gallery app automatically groups together similar shots of the same subject for a more organized gallery." On top of that, you can take advantage of the new Quick Crop tool that, you guessed it, lets you quickly crop photos. Lastly, Quick Share and Music Share are incoming. Quick Share lets Galaxy owners see which of their Galaxy-toting contacts are nearby for sharing photos, videos, and large files. Music Share can extend your paired Bluetooth connection so you don’t need to disconnect for a friend to play their music on a speaker or car stereo. Be on the lookout for this update, Galaxy S10 and Note 10 owners! // Samsung

DEAL: OnePlus 6T for $299 is a Good Deal, Man

Kellen — Wed, 01 Apr 2020 13:38:29 +0000

The OnePlus 6T was an excellent phone at the end of 2018 with a solid set of specs and a reasonable price. We called it the "value buy" phone at the time because you were getting a package that others would have charged you hundreds of dollars more for. Fast forward to today and Woot has the OnePlus 6T at the low price of $299.99 in "new" condition. I'm sure you are wondering if buying a 2018 phone is worth it in 2020 and my gut wants to go with, "Sure, depending on your situation." OnePlus phones, including the 6T, get frequent updates and should continue to do so for a while. The 6T already has Android 10, that clean OxygenOS experience we love, and performance that should still be blazing fast. At this price, it's definitely still a good buy for someone looking for a flagship-level experience, yet doesn't have a 2020 budget around $1,000. Woot lists this device as new and unlocked with 128GB storage and 8GB RAM. Go for it!

Shop OnePlus 7T at Woot

Samsung Galaxy S20 Review: It's So Close

Kellen — Wed, 01 Apr 2020 11:39:51 +0000

The Samsung Galaxy S20 is a mostly excellent phone. I know that is an unpopular take at this point in the yearly Android review cycle, partly because of the price of each S20 phone and also because Samsung can't quite seem to tick every single Android purist box. But man, I really like this phone a lot, outside of one area. Now, I should point out that it's the Galaxy S20 Ultra that is ultimately looked at as the controversial phone today that everyone (outside of Tim) is taking turns sh*tting on. Its $1,400 price tag, massive size, and mixed bag of a camera experience has (rightly) ruffled some feathers. Over the past several weeks, I've spent zero time with the Ultra and have instead been all about the regular, smallest-of-the-group Galaxy S20. I can only offer my experience here and why this phone has come so close to completely winning me over. I think this phone is (almost) great. This is our Galaxy S20 review.

The Good

Display This almost goes without saying from one flagship Samsung phone to the next, but the display here is insanely good. The regular Galaxy S20 that I've tested sports a 6.2" QHD AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate and HDR10+ certification. It is so far and away better than any other display I've used recently, that my mind is still a little blown all these weeks later. You've got all of the options for this display that you need, like a night or blue light filter, dark mode, adaptive brightness, and "Vivid" or "Natural" screen color modes that can help you adjust the color profile to your liking. It has a range of brightness that gets stupidly bright in direct sunlight, so bright that I had to double-take a couple of times while it had the sun shining on it, because I couldn't believe that I could see it as clearly as I was seeing it. It also gets incredibly dim so that dark situations are pleasant, which is something I can't say for many phones.

The viewing angles lose almost no clarity or show almost no color shift at even a 45-degree angle. Touch responsiveness is as good as I've seen on any Android phone in history, and yeah, at 120Hz, things are obnoxiously smooth at all times. I have zero complaints about this display. If you need one, I guess it's the limitation that Samsung put on 120Hz, where you can only use that max refresh rate at FHD (1080p) and not QHD (1440p). Samsung shouldn't force you into downgrading (even if slightly) one feature because you want to use another feature. I think we'll survive with 120Hz at 1080p, but hey, it's a thing that we can't (yet) use that refresh at the full phone resolution. Oh, the curved edges of the display are still not my favorite. However, they seem more subtle than ever on this phone and I didn't find myself fighting with edge swipes like I have in past curved displays. Seriously, though, this display is just nuts. Hardware and Specs The Galaxy S20 may technically be the lowest-end of the S20 line, but it still includes more specs than almost all of its competitors. You get the crazy-good display I just talked about, Snapdragon 865 processor with 5G, 12GB RAM (LPDDR5), 128GB storage with SD support, 4000mAh battery with fast charging (and wireless charging), stereo speakers, NFC and MST (Samsung Pay) for mobile payments, in-display ultrasonic fingerprint sensor, IP68 water and dust resistance, WiFi 6, and triple camera setup. I'll talk further about the camera in just a second, but Samsung is giving you what you need for 2020. You get the high megapixel (64MP) telephoto sensor, an ultra-wide shooter for flexibility (12MP), and a 12MP Dual Pixel main shooter that tries to give you expected results for a phone of this magnitude. What's missing? A headphone jack, if you care. That's it. Again, this is the smallest, low-ender of the bunch and yet it has everything I just listed, like a massive battery, triple camera, Snapdragon 865, and that glorious, glorious display. Performance The Galaxy S20, with 12GB RAM, UFS 3.0 storage, a Snapdragon 865, and 120Hz display, should be speedy and lack hiccups or stutters. It shouldn't slow or crash or fail to load a previously opened app or need regular reboots or clearing of running apps. In my testing, this phone really holds up in the performance department, delivering everywhere it needs to. I don't know that I'd consider myself a heavy lifter of smartphones, but I do run a dozen or so apps frequently, I take lots of pictures, and I watch a good amount of video. This phone has easily handled any task I've thrown at it. I think I've rebooted it a few times during this review period, though I'm not sure it really needed it. I don't have benchmarks to share, because we don't do that here, just understand that the performance Samsung has created is something everyone would love. I really think you could throw the world at the Galaxy S20 and it still wouldn't slow.

Battery life Through the first few days of testing, I was worried that battery life with 120Hz turned on would lead to a daily struggle to avoid a charger before going to bed. And then as the phone learned from my usage, it all changed and I'm now mostly happy with the Galaxy S20's battery life. My typical day consists of 3.5-4.5 hours of screen on time made up of the Camera app, Twitter, Chrome, Instagram, YouTube and Twitch, Gmail, and Hangouts. I don't venture much out of those spaces, but I do keep them on the screen for hours at a time. After those first few days of worry, I'm now getting around 4 hours of screen time on a single charge that runs from 7AM or so to 11PM. In recent days, I've had 20-30% battery left as I dropped my head on a pillow.

Is this king-level battery life? No. But when I test a phone, if it can get me through an entire day with 20-30% battery to spare, I'm good. There aren't many phones not named "OnePlus" that push much beyond that, so I'll take it. If I don't need a charger by the time I go to bed at night, I think we've got acceptable battery performance. For charging, the S20 features 25W wired charging and Samsung's semi-fast wireless charging. I think in both areas there, Samsung is behind in the charging game compared to competitors. It has been this way for years, but I never start charging a Samsung phone, look at it 15 minutes later and say, "Wow, that's a lot of charge already!" like I seemingly do with every single one of OnePlus' phones. You'll still get fast-enough speeds, I just want Samsung to try and lead in this category. Design This might sound weird to say about a Samsung phone, but this regular Galaxy S20, specifically in this grey color I have, gives off such an understated appearance. You know the minute you pick it up that it's a Samsung phone because of the perfectly put-together pieces, the gem-like feel of the glass everywhere, the narrowness of its body, and all those curves. But it's not screaming for attention either, which I can really appreciate. It's a lot like a Tom Ford tux. It's so perfectly built and tailored from a design or structural perspective, that it doesn't need embellishment or an "Oh So Orange" color or gradient or a pop-up mechanism. Instead, it grabs your attention and demands your respect without asking for it because you can tell the level of craftsmanship. It just looks good.

Beyond just the appearance, this Galaxy S20 might be the perfect size smartphone. It's about the same size as the smaller Pixel 4, yet I find it easier to use because of its width from side to side. The glass and metal combination, which is often slippery in other phones, hasn't been for me and I've instead noticed frequently how un-slippery it has been in my hands. It is quite tall and not exactly a one-handed phone, but it's close to being one. For those of you looking for a smallish device that still checks all of the boxes, Samsung has what you need with this regular S20. Software Samsung's software is weirdly an Android skin I no longer look to ditch the minute I'm done reviewing one of their phones. With the introduction of their One UI software, I actually kind of enjoy using Galaxy phones and that hasn't changed with the Galaxy S20. This phone runs the latest One UI, which is version 2.1 on top of Android 10. It's filled with more features than you'll ever need or find uses for, just like all Samsung phones. It's starting to feel a little bloated again too, if I'm being honest, though that just means I'm ignoring a lot of stuff and using the necessities.

I think Samsung gets a lot of criticism from tech media because they aren't into providing the basics or bare minimum software experience like Apple or Google do. And while I can see some of the appeal there, since a basic phone lets you add onto it as you see fit, I'm coming around to being fine with Samsung throwing it all at you. Why? Because Samsung is letting you decide what to use and not to use. Want a super download mega booster thing that uses your cell and WiFi connection? Cool! Use it. Don't care? Ignore it. Do you want access to their weird camera modes and Bluetooth music sharing and secure folders and Bixby and various Windows integrations? Use whatever you want. If you don't want any of that, you can ignore it or turn it off. My setup with this Galaxy S20 has been pretty simple. I immediately ditched their sh*tty launcher and put Nova Launcher on, which I know sounds like a bad move during a review period, but their launcher might be the worst in the industry. I just can't, OK? But beyond that, Samsung lets me customize the lock screen appearance, gives me all of the display modes I love, I get various volume and vibration controls, and there are several sweet "Advanced" features. I don't use most of the crap Samsung puts on here and that's OK. I use what I want and that's given me a software experience I enjoy because the base of the UI and design are very Android-familiar.

I think the point I'm trying to make here is that people find it cool to trash Samsung for giving you features because they've created this fantasy world where only Google's minimal approach to Android is proper. I think that's small-minded. On another software note, we should talk about software updates. Samsung used to be awful at them, but the company has turned a corner over the past year. They are now issuing major version updates within a couple of months of Google doing so and pushing monthly security patches quicker than almost anyone. Their security patch schedule is actually better than Google's at this point, because they are offering these updates for 4 years on some phones. Google only does 3. Now, we need them to add an extra year of Android version updates, since they currently only do 2.

Somewhere-in-the-Middle

Camera If there is one area that I've found myself somewhat disappointed, it's the camera. You may have been hoping I'd come to a different conclusion than others in this area, but I'm just not sure I can with a straight face. The Galaxy S20 camera experience is best described as...OK. To recap the setup, you have a 64MP telephoto lens with 30X zoom, 12MP main shooter, and 12MP ultra-wide angle camera. That combination gives you great flexibility for any shot. It's also not trying as hard to be new, like Samsung did on the S20 Ultra, so you should feel more confident in shooting with this regular S20. Do I? Eh, sometimes?

I can tell you that of all the shots I took with the Galaxy S20, there aren't many I absolutely love. There are a few, for sure. I guess I just hoped that it being a Galaxy S20 with a new camera setup that it would do something special and become the camera that I never wanted to part with. On a sunny day, the camera can take a really nice shot. Add some clouds and things get dramatically drab, maybe even more so than what your eye can see. Add some low light and I'm not sure you'll get a result that will impress you like the same shot might from a Google Pixel phone. So we're getting that sort of mixed bag where some shots are great, but the corrections to bring out better shots in challenging situations aren't there. I will say that the portrait algorithm Samsung is using is super good, though. The edge detection is excellent and I love the real-time bokeh sliders you can use. The selfie camera might be the best in the business too. During my testing, I used the phone for weeks with the out-of-box camera that had issues with autofocus. I've since updated and taken another batch of photos. I do think the focusing situation is now fixed, but the results of photos in-focus are mostly the same. I think the Galaxy S20 camera will be fine for most people, just don't go in expecting the best camera or a camera you hoped $1,000 would get you.

5G The Galaxy S20, like the S20+ and S20 Ultra, is a 5G phone. Since it runs Qualcomm's Snapdragon 865 and Qualcomm forced everyone into buying their 5G modem with it, you'll be able to get on a good chunk of 5G networks in the US. Out of the gate, this phone has access to mostly low-band 5G from AT&T and T-Mobile, as well as Sprint's mid-band. You'll notice I didn't mention Verizon there and that's because this phone does not support 5G mmW, which is the high-band 5G that Verizon has deployed. Verizon is supposedly launching its own Galaxy S20 with mmW support later this year. Should you buy this phone, you'll get a mixed bag of 5G experience and your expectations for what 5G will produce should be low. For example, I've been on T-Mobile's 5G here in Portland from the minute I pulled it out of the box. The 5G connections I'm getting are not great. In fact, I'm pretty sure my 5G speeds and connections are lower and less stable than the previous 4G LTE connections I had from similar locations. Your 5G world could be better than mine, just know this phone has some 5G limitations for now and that the networks aren't quite ready to wow you. 5G is here, technically, but it's no where near the future we keep hearing about from all of the parties looking to get rich(er) off of it. Unfortunately, we're being forced to pay for it now.

Price I'm not sure I'll ever be able to test a phone for any period of time and then tell you it is completely worth buying at a price of $1,000. And that's exactly what this phone costs. It starts at $999.99. The S20+ and S20 Ultra only go up from here. Sure, I genuinely like using this phone every single day, but $1,000 is a lot of money to ask from someone for a phone the company selling it probably hopes you'll replace within 2 years. And this is not just because we're living through a global pandemic and money is tight either. Spending $1,000 for a phone, after spending years paying $600-$700 for them, hurts. It probably always will because I refuse to make $1,000 phones a normal thing. I'm well aware that our phones today do far more than phones from years ago. The displays are crazy, the processors could power a computer, and the cameras can rival point-and-shoots, but there is no getting around that this is a hefty sum of money for anyone. Samsung is at least trying some new ideas to push the Galaxy S20. They are almost always doing their crazy trade-in program that we love, but now they are doing a 50% buy-back guarantee where they'll pay you 50% of the original value of your S20 within 2 years of purchase. I'll let you guys decide if any of that makes $1,000 more appetizing.

Video

Unboxing and Tour https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kOxPym_9I3E First 10 Things to Do https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FUywPARuLMA 25+ Tips and Tricks https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gVWWfCjoKk

Gallery

Verdict

The Galaxy S20 is so close to being the phone I'd tell everyone to buy for 2020. You won't find a better display. You might not find a better in-hand feel. Battery life is solid. Performance is excellent. The software experience is smooth and feature-packed. There is so much good going on here. With that said, I wanted just a bit more from the camera on a $1,000 phone. It's a really nice camera, I'm just not sure it's going to impress you in ways we hoped it would. And yeah, the phone also costs an enormous amount of money for anyone, to the point where you expect perfection. If you can find the Galaxy S20 at a decent discount (even $200 off), go for it. You will be happy. Do your best to avoid paying full price, though.

Shop Galaxy S20 from Samsung

Report: OnePlus 8 Pricing May Not Completely Suck

Tim — Wed, 01 Apr 2020 09:03:40 +0000

We're all very curious how OnePlus intends to price the OnePlus 8 lineup, considering the OnePlus 8 Pro is now confirmed to have similar specs to that of the Galaxy S20 Ultra from Samsung. The problem with that is, Samsung might be the only Android OEM who could get away with having the audacity to charge $1,400 for a smartphone. Could OnePlus get away with that? We don't think so, plus, that's not how they tend to operate. In a conversation with OnePlus CEO Pete Lau, Business Insider India has learned that we might be pleasantly surprised by the pricing of the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro. According to them, these phones could be the most affordable 5G devices to launch this year, which is actually big news if accurate.

Let's consider what's available right now in the 5G department. Looking at the big brands, there's the Galaxy S20 lineup, starting at $1,000. You also have the LG V60, which starts at $800 on T-Mobile. Even if OnePlus can't beat the LG V60 price at $800, with the OnePlus 8 Pro packing an insane amount of specs, coming in under $1,000 would be a big win for consumers. If OnePlus fans can score an 8 Pro for sub-$1K, they'd be getting a phone featuring a large display with 120Hz refresh rate, the latest Snapdragon processor, 5G connectivity, tons of RAM and storage, plus the pretty darn good software update schedule that OnePlus has been sticking to. If you were to get something similar from Samsung, again, that's going to cost you $1,200+. I'm very interested to see what OnePlus comes in at. On last week's podcast, I predicted the OnePlus 8 Pro would cost $949 (base model). Come on, big money no whammy! // Business Insider India

T-Mobile and Sprint Complete Merger, Start the 3-Year Price Clock

Kellen — Wed, 01 Apr 2020 07:53:59 +0000

T-Mobile and Sprint have finally done it - the merger is complete and the New T-Mobile is here. The entire process took a good couple of years, but after making big promises and convincing the right groups in the US government, Sprint can't finally go away and let T-Mobile use all of its prized 5G network spectrum.

What happens now, you ask?

For now, nothing really. Sprint customers still pay their bills through Sprint, keep their same plans, and live life as they have. Eventually - and I'm guessing there will be plenty of notice - those customers will transition over to T-Mobile, where they may have to find a new plan. We'll see. T-Mobile customers, you just get to keep on being you since you are already with T-Mobile. Easy enough. The only thing to know at the moment is that T-Mobile and Sprint are working behind-the-scenes to bring these two together now that the merger is completed.

3-Year Price Countdown

The biggest promise T-Mobile made in its pitch to be able to merge with Sprint was related to pricing. T-Mobile, as the New T-Mobile, said that it won't raise prices for 3 years following the merger. They are sticking to that in all of their statements about today's completion news. You see, this is big news because everyone was (rightfully) worried that merging with Sprint would remove a competitor from the scene, leaving only three carriers in the US, with less competition for prices to remain low. Since T-Mobile committed to 3 years, we should probably prepare for price hikes when those 3 years are up. If anything, T-Mobile is at least committing to "offer free access to 5G and the best rate plans at low prices." Low prices here could just mean lower than Verizon's for all we know. Here's to hoping New T-Mobile surprises us with more.

Network improvements and 5G

With access to Sprint's network, which might have sucked as 4G, but should be incredible from a mid-band 5G standpoint, T-Mobile expects to be able to build a network to finally rival Verizon's. They actually believe they'll best it, and I'm not so sure they won't knowing the current state of 5G. Here are the big bullet points that T-Mobile wants you to know about this merger and what they'll do with their network over the first several years:

The network will have 14 times more capacity in the next six years than T-Mobile alone has today, enabling the New T-Mobile to leapfrog the competition in network capability and experience.
Customers will have access to average 5G speeds up to eight times faster than current LTE in just a few years and 15 times faster over the next six years.
Within six years, the New T-Mobile will provide 5G to 99% of the U.S. population and average 5G speeds in excess of 100 Mbps to 90% of the U.S. population.
New T-Mobile’s business plan is built on covering 90% of rural Americans with average 5G speeds of 50 Mbps, up to two times faster than broadband on average.

Alongside the 5G stuff, T-Mobile plans to use their network to offer in-home internet to communities that may not have many or any options. Their in-home broadband service could deliver 100+Mbps speeds for 90% of the US over the next six years. Finally, John Legere is out as CEO of T-Mobile and Mike Sievert has taken over starting today. We knew this was coming, but they pushed up the start date about a month to open everything on a clean note. So here we are, the US officially now only has three major wireless carriers. I don't know if this is a good thing or not. Please do the right thing, T-Mobile. // T-Mobile

Samsung Launches 24-Month, 50% Buy Back Guarantee on the Galaxy S20 Line

Kellen — Wed, 01 Apr 2020 00:08:12 +0000

Samsung might be struggling to sell the Galaxy S20 line-up like they have previous devices, so to try and further push you into forking out $1,000 or more, they appear to have just launched a new guaranteed buy-back program. This new program is a way for Samsung customers to potentially recoup 50% of the cost of a Galaxy S20 up to two years later. It looks like Samsung is referring to this as the "50% buy-back guarantee," and assuming you hang onto a phone and treat it right, you could get half of the money back that you paid for your Galaxy S20, Galaxy S20+, or Galaxy S20 Ultra. This isn't a trade-in program - it's a send-your-phone-back-and-get-cash program. The program allows Galaxy S20 owners who bought their phones directly from Samsung to opt into a guaranteed buy-back situation that covers the phone for 24 months. During that 2-year period, if you decide you want to return your phone, you can do so and get 50% of the cost back. For a Galaxy S20, that would mean $499.99 back, or at least $599.99 back for the S20+. The Galaxy S20 Ultra could get you up to $799.99 back.

Now, there are a set of conditions your phone needs to meet before Samsung will hand you cash back to your original payment account. The phone needs to turn on, have a functioning display with no issues, no breaks or cracks anywhere, a minimal amount of dings or scratches or dents, no water damage, no blacklisting, no Google Factory Reset protection, etc. You need to keep the phone in really good shape, is what we're getting at here. Overall, though, this seems like a really good deal for those of you who might want a Galaxy S20, yet are worried about the ridiculous prices and whether or not they'll hold value for long. Samsung is telling you that they'll at least make sure you get 50% of the original value back if you buy from them. Oh, and to sweeten the deal, Samsung says that you can participate in some promos too. For example, they'll give you "everyday trade-in offers" in combination with the guaranteed buy-back program. I'm assuming that leaves out the extra-high trade-in prices we see when phones first launch, but stacking an "everyday" trade-in with 50% value could be a substantial discount. Interested in joining this 50% buy-back program? You can do so today when you buy a Galaxy S20 from Samsung. More on this new program can be found here, plus FAQ here.

OnePlus 7 and 7 Pro Grab a New Update That Improves RAM Management

Kellen — Tue, 31 Mar 2020 15:20:31 +0000

OnePlus is beginning to push a new update to the OnePlus 7 and OnePlus 7 Pro this week as build 10.0.05. Is it major? Not really, but it does improve some stuff! The new build further optimizes RAM management, improves system stability and fixes known issues, plus it has the March Android security patch. It's the last day of March, so hell yeah for timing, brothers. The update also tweaks some stuff in the Gallery app, like improved stability for recording videos in slow-mo, a fix for random disappearing screenshots, and a synced video playback speed with audio. The update is likely to rollout slowly, so if you don't see it today, don't be surprised. OnePlus updates typically take a while to hit all of their phone owners. It could be a week, folks. // OnePlus

Dark Sky App Acquired by Apple, Will Kill Android App on July 1

Tim — Tue, 31 Mar 2020 10:57:16 +0000

Dark Sky, the weather app we've been using since it first launched for Android back in 2016, has officially joined Apple. The main takeaway from this is that Apple will cease availability of Dark Sky for Android and other platforms, beginning July 1. If you're currently subscribed to Dark Sky when it shuts down for Android on that date, the team says you'll receive a refund. About the Android app.

The app will no longer be available for download. Service to existing users and subscribers will continue until July 1, 2020, at which point the app will be shut down. Subscribers who are still active at that time will receive a refund.

This is one of the sadder announcements in a while. I will greatly miss Dark Sky's forecasts and hyperlocal precipitation alerts.

RELATED: Our list of the best Dark Sky alternatives

// Dark Sky

The Bags That All Tech Bros Use are Super Discounted Right Now

Kellen — Tue, 31 Mar 2020 10:07:17 +0000

Peak Design is having a sitewide sale right now on its popular tech bags and accessories that you might want to browse through if you are a camera guy, frequent commuter when we aren't all quarantined, or just like nicely built, functionality smart bags. At the moment, Peak Design has 20-40% off "almost everything," including their newest Everyday Backpack and Messenger. The big deals are on their V1 product line, though, like the original Everyday Backpack, Everyday Messenger, Tote, and Sling products. I point this sale out today because these are the bags you'll see on a majority of tech bros should you visit a conference or press event where there may gather. And there's a reason for that: the bags are great. I'm one of those tech bros! I have used an Everyday Messenger in tan (pictured above) for a couple of years now and love it. As someone who used to change bags once or twice a year because most bags suck, this is the one I've stuck with and don't see myself changing from. Peak Design bags were some of those original thoughtfully designed crowdfunded bags, where every little pocket or zipper or access was precisely placed to fit all of your cameras, lenses, gadgets, computers, cables, chargers, etc. They won people over because of their quality and usefulness with your daily carry. Again, the big sale is on their V1 bag line, where you'll find 40% off, but the whole store has at least some level of discount. Here are some to take a look at:

Google Stops Selling the Pixel 3, RIP to That Awesomely Bad Notch

Kellen — Tue, 31 Mar 2020 09:14:27 +0000

Google pulled its Pixel 3 listing on the Google Store last night, bringing an end to the life of a phone line that will likely be forgotten. Not that the Pixel 3 or Pixel 3 XL were bad phones, they simply failed to succeed on the scale that Google needed them to. Sales were disappointing, the set of specs (like 4GB RAM) frustrated potential customers, and the 3 XL had that notch. My lord, that damn notch. The image above is probably the memory that will stick forever with me for the Pixel 3 line. It's the face of a tech product that knew in a self-aware state that it was doomed to a life of ridicule. It's the face of a device begging for sympathy as it showed up late to the notch party in the worst possible way, wearing the old outfit because the memo on the change went into their spam folder. The Pixel 3 XL's notch screamed, "I know I look this way, but Google built me too far in advance and then waited 6 months too long before it released me." With that said, we reviewed both the Pixel 3 and Pixel 3 XL and liked each. I called the 3 XL a "fantastic overall device," loved the camera, and found decent battery life throughout the line. The smaller Pixel 3 dominated my pocket for most of 2019. Anyways, the Pixel 3 is gone. You can no longer buy one from Google and that's probably fine with the Pixel 4a on the way and the Pixel 4 constantly discounted. You will likely still find them in refurbished states going forward at places like Woot or Daily Steals. They'll still be decent value buys for a bit of time as they still have almost two years left of support. But will we remember them? No, probably not. And I hate to say it, but that's probably going to be the case for the Pixel 4 as well. Hard times out here for a Pixel line.

OnePlus Confirms Processor, RAM, and Storage Specs for OnePlus 8 Pro

Tim — Tue, 31 Mar 2020 09:04:30 +0000

OnePlus loves a good tease, so it's no surprise that the company's CEO, Pete Lau, just confirmed a few specs for the upcoming OnePlus 8 devices. Over on the company's forum, Lau talks about the DNA of OnePlus, that not only being the "Never Settle" motto, but also the words fast and smooth. Believe us, not every phone is fast and smooth, but over the years, OnePlus has delivered in this area, so we know they have what it takes to make a phone with good performance. According to Lau, good performance stems from the hardware and software levels, with components always playing a key role. In that same breath, the company has confirmed that the OnePlus 8, the OnePlus 8 Pro specifically, will feature not just a 120Hz refresh rate display (we learned that in January), but also a Snapdragon 865 processor, high amount of LPDDR5 RAM, as well as UFS 3.0 storage.

After mentioning those specifics, Lau goes over why each one is important in making the upcoming phones fast and smooth. Naturally, all of the aforementioned specs are upgrades over their predecessors, so performance increases are to be expected. The only thing not changing is the UFS 3.0 storage, as last year's OnePlus 7 and 7T both offered USF 3.0 storage. Here's a very important excerpt from what Lau wrote.

But hardware alone can only take you so far. In fact, “fast and smooth” has never been achieved by just throwing the best components together. We put a relentless focus on software optimization, maximizing the performance of the hardware combination by only adding the features that truly matter to you, making an even better flagship smartphone experience. This drive to bring out the true power offered by the top-of-the-line specs comes to life with our specialized R&D team, literally named the “FSE Team” (Fast, Smooth, Efficient). We set up this team in 2016 with the sole focus on system optimizations. Its only objective is to ensure that OnePlus devices can deliver the fastest and smoothest experience possible, in a continuous and stable manner. In fact, we don’t even release products until they meet, or better yet exceed, the extremely high standards we set for ourselves.

So if you were hoping for fast and smooth from OnePlus this year, you'll likely be happy. If you were hoping the company found a way to make all of these specs, plus 5G somehow less expensive, you'll probably be disappointed. // OnePlus

This Icon Pack is Hot: Minimal O

Tim — Mon, 30 Mar 2020 13:37:03 +0000

Now seems like a good time to share a hot icon pack. I spotted it on Twitter, shared by one of our buddies from the PhoneBuzz Podcast. Somewhat off topic, but if you need yet another tech podcast to consume, I recommend it. Anyway, the icon pack is called Minimal O, priced at just $0.99 over on Google Play. I like this pack because of the minimal approach to pretty much all of the icons. In some cases, such as Google Maps, it can be almost too minimal, but a lot of the more popular apps have multiple icons to choose from, just in case you aren't happy with the default selection. And while many are opting for new icon shapes, I prefer the traditional circle option, so this pack is right up my alley. There's a good amount of the color in the pack, aligning rather well with my Droid Life-themed aesthetic on Nova Launcher. The icon pack comes with 6,000+ icons, a ton of cloud-based wallpapers to go along with it, as well as an icon request feature. Note: For those who might ask, the wallpaper is from the Abstruct app on Google Play. If you need a facelift for your phone, check it out!

Google Play Link

Report: LG Ditching 'G' Branding, May Resurrect the 'Chocolate' (Update: Statement From LG)

Tim — Mon, 30 Mar 2020 11:11:28 +0000

Here is a bit of news for you on a Monday as we all sit at home and ride out a global pandemic -- LG may be ditching the G series altogether. This information comes straight for South Korea, where statements from telecomm industry officials were taken after being reportedly briefed on LG's plans for the remainder of 2020. According to the officials, LG intends to ditch the G series branding, having little success with it over the past few years. To replace it, it's reported that the company is working on something that looks like the LG Chocolate, a phone from 2006 that was a feature phone, MP3 hybrid device that featured a somewhat funky slider design. Personally, I was an LG Voyager user, so I have no experience with the Chocolate, but I haven't heard great things. From the reviews I can pull up on Google, it was a solid 3, 3.5-star out of 5 device. For features, this unnamed device is reported to offer a display size of somewhere around 6.8", some type of dual screen setup like on the V60 and G8X, 4,000mAh battery, 48MP camera, and a design that is, "very different from the 5G product design of other manufacturers that have been released so far." With the happenings right now in the world, it's hard to say when we'll learn more about this rumored device. What I can say is, it's fine if LG feels the need to take drastic steps to reinvigorate excitement in its mobile devices. The company's phones have been boring for years now, sparking hardly any excitement in the Android community since the G3 and V20 devices. Good luck to you, LG. Update: We have received a statement from LG, and from it, we can't exactly gather if G series is coming or going. Guess we'll have to wait and see.

For eight generations, the LG G Series has introduced bleeding-edge technology to consumers around the world. From super wide-angle cameras to flexible displays to high-fidelity audio and the Quad DAC to 1440p displays, the G Series has consistently been at the forefront of smartphone innovation since 2012. We look forward to sharing more details soon.

// Naver

AT&T is Giving Customers 15GB of Extra Hotspot Data

Kellen — Mon, 30 Mar 2020 09:59:00 +0000

After stepping up their prepaid plans to better serve everyone affected by the coronavirus pandemic, AT&T is now offering more data for its regular customers too. For those on unlimited data, you'll soon get more hotspot data to use for several weeks. This morning, AT&T announced that unlimited customers will see an extra 15GB of hotspot data added to each of their lines from April 2 through May 13. That means a plan like AT&T Unlimited Elite will be bumped to 45GB of data. Not all unlimited plans will get the extra data, though. AT&T notes that only those unlimited plans that currently include a hotspot feature will get the bonus 15GB of data. Looking at their plans, I'm going to assume that the Unlimited Starter plan is not eligible, while Elite and Extra are. That's a weird limitation, since Verizon is giving the same amount (15GB) to everyone.

HOW TO: Use your mobile hotspot on Android

In addition to the free data, AT&T is providing free express shipping to device orders while waiving/crediting activation, upgrade, and restocking fees. Customers will see 20% off accessories too. // AT&T

OnePlus 8 Pro May Offer 30X Digital Zoom, Sony's New 48MP IMX689 Sensor

Tim — Mon, 30 Mar 2020 08:56:23 +0000

As we officially creep closer to new devices from OnePlus, we're learning more about them from leaks on the web. According to the latest from Pricebaba, we're getting a good feel for what to expect from the OnePlus 8 Pro in the camera department. Detailed in collaboration with tipster Ishan Agarwal, the OnePlus 8 Pro will feature a 48-megapixel main camera sensor from Sony (IMX689), complete with another 48MP sensor for ultra-wide shooting, an 8-megapixel telephoto lens capable of 30x digital zoom, plus an additional 5-megapixel camera. That's four cameras in total, perfectly aligning with all of the renders we've seen of the device. From the digging we've done, Sony's latest IMX689 imaging sensor is only in two devices from OPPO currently, so there isn't too much real-world experience with it yet. It'll be interesting to see how it fares. The report also notes that OnePlus is adding an all-new Night Portrait mode, 3-HDR video, new cinematic effects, as well as improved optical image stabilization (OIS) as well as electronic image stabilization (EIS). April 14 is right around the corners, folks! // Pricebaba

OnePlus 8 Series Will be Announced on April 14

Kellen — Mon, 30 Mar 2020 07:31:07 +0000

OnePlus confirmed this morning that the OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro will be announced on April 14 through an online launch event. After a steady stream of leaks and speculation over the past week, I'm all about making this stuff official. April 14 is the day! With an announcement for their upcoming announcement, OnePlus confirmed that there will be a "OnePlus 8 series" on display, 5G connectivity in them, and a 120Hz display in use. Unfortunately for OnePlus, a couple of fresh leaks in recent days outed so many of the other details too, like specs and colors. The event will kick off at 11AM Eastern (8AM Pacific) on April 14. We can all tune in online together. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LOWVrkL_DEE

OnePlus 8 Leaks in 3 Fresh Colors and There's a Lot to Like

Kellen — Sun, 29 Mar 2020 08:37:18 +0000

OnePlus has been teasing an upcoming phone that we can only assume is within weeks of launching. I say that because the leaks, as beer, are now flowing like wine. After learning a number of details about the OnePlus 8 Pro last week, the OnePlus 8 is now almost fully outed with specs and colors. The latest leaks comes from WinFuture, who has provided what appear to be official press renders of the device in three different colors. A ton of the specs are detailed as well, leaving little for OnePlus to surprise us with. The OnePlus 8, for those not (understandably) paying attention to phone leaks during the current global pandemic, is thought to be the slightly lesser model of OnePlus' upcoming phone line. That's not to say that we expect it to be a low-end phone, it's just that there is a Pro model with even higher specs. By all means, this is a flagship tier phone. For the OnePlus 8, we now believe we'll see the phone in mid-April in three colors: a "Glow," green, and black, all of which are pictured here in that order.

We also believe that this phone will sport a hole-punch front camera instead of the notch that we have had for a couple of years now. That hole-punch will sit within a 6.55" FHD (1080p) display with a 90Hz refresh rate. Powering that large display will be a Snapdragon 865, 8GB or 12GB RAM, 128GB or 256GB storage, and a 4300mAh battery (30W charging support). The cameras on the back are a triple-lens setup made up of a 48MP (f/1.8) standard, 16MP wide-angle, and 2MP depth shooters. The front camera is said to be 16MP.

The phone looks very much like the OnePlus 8 Pro, only with one less camera. Otherwise, they both have alert sliders, no headphone jack, USB-C ports, and that familiar OnePlus design we all know and enjoy. How hot is that green color? // WinFuture

How to Turn Off Chrome Notifications

Kellen — Sat, 28 Mar 2020 12:52:16 +0000

How to Use Your Phone's Mobile Hotspot and Your New Free Data

Kellen — Sat, 28 Mar 2020 11:24:36 +0000

As we've said on multiple occasions this week, staying connected during this coronavirus pandemic is going to be a critical piece of our existence. Being able to connect with friends and family, follow the latest news surrounding closures or "shelter in place" orders, and maybe get a laugh here and there or catch a new movie, are things we should all be able to do without worry. Thankfully, carriers are stepping up to make sure that can happen by giving us more data and pledging not to disconnect our service or charge us late fees. T-Mobile has upped most plans to unlimited, while Verizon and AT&T are simply dumping more data on top of your current plan. One of the ways Verizon and AT&T are allowing customers to use more data is through a mobile hotspot. A mobile hotspot, for those not familiar, is a feature on your phone that allows you to share its data connection with other devices, like a computer or tablet or TV or other WiFi-equipped device. It's incredibly handy should your home internet go out, if you are on the move and need to share data with another device, that sort of thing. Because we want to make sure everyone is aware of their hotspot capabilities, here's a quick tutorial.

How to use mobile hotspot on Android

1. Open your phone's system settings menu (swipe down your notification panel and look for the gear icon). 2. From there, look for "Connections" on Samsung phones or "Network & internet" on Google phones. 3. Tap on "Mobile Hotspot and Tethering" or "Hotspot & tethering." 4. On the next screen tap on "Mobile Hotspot" or "Wi-Fi hotspot."

In this area, you now get to define a name for your hotspot, which is the name of the network you will choose on the device you are sharing your connection with. Name it something clever, something sneaky, it's up to you.
Leave WPA2 security on, as this will allow you to require a password for the devices accessing your hotspot connection. You don't want just anyone using you data.
Set a password that you'll type in from those other devices when connecting.

5. Now, toggle the switch at the top from OFF to ON. You are now broadcasting a WiFi or mobile hotspot from your phone that other devices can connect to. 6. To connect your tablet or laptop or TV or other device, you'll need to find your WiFi settings on that device. That could vary from device to device, but you are now doing the same task you would do if you were connecting a computer to your home network, for example.

7. In your device's WiFi settings, you should see an available WiFi network you can connect to with the name you gave it during setup above on your Android phone. Tap on that network and then enter the password you also created above. 8. Boom. You are now connected to your phone's WiFi or mobile hotspot from another device. Your tablet or computer now has an internet connection to get on Chrome, stream music, watch YouTube, etc.

Google Play Update Moves the Account Switcher to Match Gmail

Kellen — Sat, 28 Mar 2020 08:56:57 +0000

A Google Play change/update began widely rolling out yesterday that brings the app store in line with other Google app designs from the past year. The subtle change should make it easier to switch accounts for those of us with multiple Google accounts on a phone. The move is a pretty minor one that simply relocates the account switcher out of the side menu and puts it in the top right corner, within the search bar. You've seen this look on Gmail, Google Keep, Drive, Google Photos, Maps, Google Voice, and more. Oh, you've had this change for some time now? That's not surprising, since Google started testing this change on devices in recent months. In fact, of all the devices I own, I received this change on a Pixel 3a at least a month or more ago and could never get it to show up elsewhere. Google even teased it two weeks ago in a dark theme announcement. So yeah, it's not necessarily super new, but is now available to all from what we can tell.

What I really love about this design tweak is the fast account switching. If you happen to have multiple Google accounts on your device, don't forget that you can swipe up or down on your account image to switch to another account. This trick works in a bunch of other Google apps too. If you aren't seeing the change, try closing your Google Play store from running tasks and then re-open.

Nest is Down, At Least Parts of It (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 15:14:00 +0000

Google took the stage yesterday with a partial outage of several services on the east coast. Today, another of Google's divisions is having its moment in the spotlight. Nest is down. For the past couple of hours, Nest has experienced both full and partial outages. At the time of this post, Setup & Pairing and Nest Apps are flagged as a "partial outage," while Nest Thermostats are at a full "outage." Also, Nest logins are temporarily down, so don't logout of your apps to try and fix the issues you are seeing. Other Nest services, like Nest Cams, Protect, Works With Nest, and video history and feeds, are all still up and running "OK." If you'd like to keep track of the status of your Nest products that might be down, like a Nest Thermostat, the Nest Status page is here for you.

UPDATE 4:44PM: Google Nest says they are close to resolving the problem and that most devices should work already.

https://twitter.com/googlenesthelp/status/1243682623525806080

Samsung Galaxy Buds Drop to $80 and You Should Grab Them Quickly (Updated: Done)

Kellen — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 10:02:05 +0000

Samsung's Galaxy Buds are one of the best sets of true wireless earbuds you can buy. From the minute they launched last year, they've been the earbuds that Tim and I use almost daily, thanks to their fit, battery life, and quality sound. While he's since upgraded to the newly released Buds+, I'm still rocking the original Buds and have no regrets. If you too want to own a pair and not pay anywhere near full price, today is your day if you hurry. B&H Photo has the Galaxy Buds in white at a ridiculously low price of $79.99. That's $50 off and an absolute steal for a pair of earbuds this good. The only time we have seen them priced lower is in refurbished condition. B&H is listing this deal as a "limited supply" drop, so there's no telling when they'll sell through them. My guess is that it will happen fast. Oh, free 2-day shipping is included too.

UPDATE: Deal is done.

B&H Photo Deal Link

Podcast: Hey Everyone, How Are You?

Kellen — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 10:00:08 +0000

On this episode of the Droid Life Show, we return after weeks away in this wild new world we all live in. Things have changed for the foreseeable future for so many of us, but that doesn't mean we can't bring you this show. So here we are, back again, ready to just talk. We have a lot to talk about too. Pixel 5. Galaxy S20 reviews. OnePlus 8. LG V60. Android 11. And yes, coronavirus-related items. Join us because we miss you all. Trivia is back! We’ll be live at 12:00PM Pacific (3:00PM Eastern).

DEAL: Skagen Falster 3 Down to $206 on Amazon (30% Off)

Tim — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 09:51:50 +0000

For a limited time over on the good ol' Amazon, you can snag Skagen's latest Wear OS smartwatch, the Falster 3, at discounted pricing. Down to a low of $206 from its usual price of $295, you're scoring a savings of about $89. And the best part is, the watch doesn't appear to be part of Amazon's extended shipping due to COVID-19, so if you order, you should get it relatively soon.

Falster 3 Review: Come for the Design, Stay for the Design

The Falster 3 features a Snapdragon Wear 3100 with 1GB RAM, 8GB storage, heart rate monitor, NFC, GPS, external speaker, swim proofing up to 30 meters, and rapid charging. All of that is packed into a handsome 42mm case. Should you need a new smartwatch to track all of the activities you currently aren't doing, check it out.

Amazon Link

Cheers Rich!

Duo Ups Support From Eight People to Twelve in Same Video Chat

Tim — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 08:42:13 +0000

Google announced today via Twitter that it is upping the amount of people that can be inside the same video chat on Duo, bringing the total up to 12 from 8. One of Google's senior directors of product states that, "We recognize group calling is particularly critical right now." They're not wrong. With many stuck at home, video chatting is a good way to get that face-to-face interaction we all crave. Enjoy, Duo lovers. https://twitter.com/sanazahari/status/1243397017868460033

OnePlus is Finally Doing It: We're Finally Getting Always-On Display.

Kellen — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 08:36:26 +0000

I almost can't even believe it - OnePlus has finally committed to adding a software feature that should have been added years ago and is one of those missing items that has kept me from fully accepting life with a OnePlus phone. Today, the company acknowledged that they are adding always-on display to OxygenOS. Yes! Through their IDEA program, a community driven platform where almost anyone can submit ideas for OnePlus to consider implementing into their smartphones, someone submitted always-on display. After receiving the most votes, OnePlus decided to put the option on its roadmap. https://twitter.com/oneplus/status/1243508063417614336 To further add to their new-found-love for AOD, OnePlus posted an update to the IDEA post with the following, stating that the feature has passed initial tests and is in the fine-tuning stage of development:

Hi everyone, an update on this IDEA. Initial power consumption tests have been passed and it is now on our roadmap! We are working on fine-tuning AOD to make sure it is perfectly optimized. Do keep an eye on our Community as we will keep everyone in the loop with further updates, including the release timeline. Thanks!

This is big! It really has been one of the missing pieces from a software standpoint that OnePlus has ignore for far too long. Well, they haven't exactly ignored it, as the feature was at one point included on the OnePlus 6, only to disappear with a day-1 launch update. OnePlus mentioned it again as something they were working on with the OnePlus 7 Pro, yet never shipped it. They keep referring to power consumption as the issue, though all other phone manufacturers seem to be able manage that. Not familiar with always-on display? It's the feature Samsung, Google, and LG have had on their phones for years now that shows information on your lockscreen at all times when in a locked state. These companies are able to fire up specific pixels on the display to limit power drain, while always showing you important information like time, date, notifications, etc. It's a key and standard smartphone feature at this point. With it on the roadmap, we still don't know when OnePlus will ship it to phones. But hey, on the roadmap is better than the "under consideration" they've been claiming off and on again for the past few years.

YouTube TV Provides Free EPIX Subscription for 30 Days to All Customers

Tim — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 17:05:08 +0000

YouTube TV sent emails out this afternoon to subscribers, announcing that it is now providing a free month of EPIX to all customers. Subscribers don't need to do anything to start enjoying this free month of EPIX content, as YouTube TV says it will be automatically added starting today and removed from all accounts on April 25.

From March 26 through April 25, you can enjoy original series like Pennyworth, Slow Burn, or Belgravia, which premieres April 12, and hundreds of movies, including twenty-one Bond movies to watch from April 1. EPIX will be added and removed from your service with no action needed on your part. And, not to worry, we will not automatically bill you for EPIX after this time. You can add it back if you like it but that's totally up to you.

Well that's cool. Have at it, YouTube TV users.

Google Play Search Results Start Showing Rating, Size, Downloads

Kellen — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 15:43:31 +0000

I've always had sort of a love and hate relationship with Google Play. It's the only app store we have, so you can't get around using it, yet discovery in the early years wasn't fun. The app itself keeps changing too, so the layouts and bits of useful information you might want tend to move around more than I'd like. Google has done a decent job at improving it in the past couple of years, though. They are now onto the point where they tweak little things that can improve the experience in significant ways. This week, a subtle change to search results has started to rollout that actually might make a huge difference in how much time you spend searching for the right app. The listings that show up when you search for something now show an app's rating, how many downloads it has, and in some situations, how big the app is to download. Those might seem like minor pieces of info, but think about how many clicks Google just saved you by showing that upfront. You now know if an app is rated poorly, if it has been installed a lot (which could mean it is trustworthy), and if you might need WiFi vs. your cellular connection to download it. I absolutely love this change. // Android Police

AT&T Prepaid and Cricket Offer 10GB Bonus Data, New $15 Plan

Kellen — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 13:41:54 +0000

Staying connected is so critical right now, as has been acknowledged by most carriers who are offering added data buckets and promising to waive fees. AT&T Prepaid and Cricket Wireless are getting in on that extra data option this week with the announcement of new plans and bonus data for current customers. Starting tomorrow, March 27, AT&T Prepaid and Cricket Wireless will offer a new limited time $15 plan that gives customers unlimited talk and text, plus 2GB of data. This will be available for new and existing customers with no activation fee. For other AT&T Prepaid and Cricket customers, you may be eligible for an extra 10GB of data on top of your current plan. Here's the breakdown of that:

AT&T Prepaid customers with capped phone plans (non-unlimited) will get 10GB per month of data for the next 60 days. You'll get the full 60 days if you are on a plan before April 26. If you sign-up after April 26, you will instead get 10GB for 30 days.
AT&T Prepaid customers on an Unlimited Plus plan with hotspot will get 10GB of extra data for use on hotspot for 60 days. The April 26 dates from above apply here too.
Cricket Wireless customers on the $30/2GB and $40/5GB plans are also getting the 10GB, which can be used for phone data or hotspot. Cricket customers will see the bonus data for the next two bill cycles.
Cricket Wireless customers on unlimited plans will get 10GB of data to use on hotspot. That includes the $55 unlimited plan without hotspot and the $60 unlimited plan with 15GB of hotspot. Both will get 10GB to use.

Again, these changes and plans go live starting March 27. You can sign-up below if you haven't already. Sign-up: AT&T Prepaid | Cricket Wireless // AT&T | Cricket

DEAL: AUKEY 63W Dual USB-C Port GaN Power Wall Charger for $28 (Down From $40)

Tim — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 12:41:15 +0000

AUKEY has posted up a solid deal on one of its wall chargers, a charger that features what's essentially all of the sweet tech you can throw into a wall charger. For $28, down from its usual price of $40, this 63W dual USB-C port charger features Power Delivery 3.0, Dynamic Detect, as well as GaN Power (gallium nitride) for charging anything from phones and tablets, all the way to items with larger batteries such as laptop computers. What does all of that mean? Dynamic Detect governs the amount of power put out by the charger based on how many devices are plugged in. This ensures fast, yet safe power levels. GaN Power means the charger is smaller and lighter, but still as efficient as larger chargers. Again, these are all good things to have in a charger that juices up not just your phones, but your laptop, too. For price, AUKEY has it down to just $28, which is $12 off the usual price. You don't need a code or anything to get the savings, but AUKEY does have an additional 5% off coupon available on Amazon. Be sure to click that before adding the charger to your cart. Please note, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many products on Amazon are seeing extended delivery timeframes. Make note of that before purchasing any item on Amazon right now.

Amazon Link

Gmail Might be Down, Plus Hangouts and Drive and More (Updated)

Kellen — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 09:31:09 +0000

Yep, Gmail is down (for some).

Noticed that your Gmail isn't quite acting like you want it nor is Google Drive or Hangouts Chat/Meet? That's because there is a pretty major Google outage at the moment. On Google's G Suite Status Dashboard, they have acknowledged that a bunch of products are being investigating after reports of issues from users. The entire list includes Gmail, Drive, Docs, Sheets, Slides, Hangouts Chat, Hangouts Meet, the Admin console, and Google Classroom.

UPDATE 9:33AM: Google just added Calendar and regular Hangouts to the list of affected services.
UPDATE 9:46AM: According to Google senior VP of engineering Urs Holzle, there was a router failure in Atlanta that affected traffic in the region. That has been addressed and "things should be back to normal now."

https://twitter.com/uhoelzle/status/1243217659690278912

UPDATE 2:00PM: And now we have a statement from a Google spokesperson on the root cause of the issue:

“Some of our users experienced a service disruption today, as a result of a significant router failure in one of our data centers in the South Eastern US, causing network congestion. As a result, Google services running in that data center were directly impacted and were unavailable until our engineers rerouted the traffic and moved those services to alternate facilities. Users in the South Eastern US may also have seen temporary difficulties in accessing a wider range of Google services due to the network congestion. For more details, please visit our status dashboard (Google Cloud Status Dashboard).”

Since Google is only investigating, we don't know how long things will be affected or what the issue is. But again, if you noticed your Google apps acting funky, Google is looking into. We'll update this post as this develops. For now, keep checking Google apps status here.

Here are the OnePlus 8 Pro Specs and Renders You Asked For

Tim — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 08:57:47 +0000

We are sort of assuming OnePlus will soon launch the OnePlus 8, so it's no surprise that the internet is seeing a healthy fixin' of leaked specs and renders right now. This week, we're getting OnePlus 8 Pro renders from iGeeks Blog, as well as specs for both the OnePlus 8 and 8 Pro fro Ishan Agarwal on Twitter. Let's see what we've got here.

Above is a render of the OnePlus 8 Pro, and from it, we can gather quite a few things. First, this somewhat matcha green color is hot. We can also see there's a camera cutout in the front display, quad rear camera system, no headphone jack, alert slider still exists (of course), and the overall design of the phone gives off a heavy Huawei vibe. Sorry, I call it how I see it these days. According to the leaked spec sheets, the OnePlus 8 will offer a 6.55" FHD+ Super AMOLED display with 90Hz refresh rate, 8GB+ RAM, Snapdragon 865 processor, 5G connectivity, 48MP + 12MP + 2MP rear camera setup, 4300mAh battery, and no IP rating. The larger device, the OnePlus 8 Pro, will feature a 6.78" QHD+ Super AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate, 128GB+ storage, 8GB+ RAM, Snapdragon 865 processor, 5G connectivity, 48MP + 48MP + 8MP + 5MP rear camera system, 4510mAh battery, and IP68 water and dust resistance. Depending on price, these phones already sound like serious contenders, should the design be to your liking. Let us know down in the comments, are you feeling this? // iGeeks Blog | @ishanagarwal24

Google Pixel Buds Stop at FCC in Preparation for Launch

Kellen — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 05:00:50 +0000

We've got another Pixel Buds (2020) sighting! This time, Google's 2nd generation wireless earbuds have stopped through the FCC for approval as they prepare to launch. Google told us as they announced the new Pixel Buds 2 that they would arrive in the spring of 2020, so the timing here is right. Well, that's assuming this stop-off at the FCC means Google is ready to release them. Google often sends their devices through the FCC plenty early, sometimes weeks or months before they arrive for purchase. A part of me guesses they were planning for a Google I/O launch alongside the Pixel 4a in May. Of course, those plans are all thrown out the window now, so we're really just sitting back and waiting for Google to tell us something new. What do we learn from the FCC filings? Nothing really. The FCC tested each earbud individually as models G1007 and G1008. Those numbers should look familiar. The FCC docs also reveal Bluetooth connectivity and not much else. But look, Google already told us all about the Pixel Buds (2020) during the Pixel 4 event, we've just been waiting for a chance to buy them for a whopping $179. This is one of those steps we needed to see. // FCC [2]

Home Depot has Nest Hub Max at $50 Off Right Now

Kellen — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 16:49:53 +0000

I'm up to 2 or 3 smart displays in my house and I get quite a bit of use out of them. The info they present, like reminders, the weather, and recipes, are all handy to have in almost every room. I also get mileage out of their Assistant abilities, smart home controls, and music capabilities, but to be honest, it's the Google Photos integration that really sold me on buying so many. Because look, at this time, where we're all pushed apart from families and friends and stuck inside for what could be months, it's pretty nice to walk into a room and catch a quick glimpse of my parents, my brother and my niece, trips we've all taken together, everyone's pets, etc. Photos are something that can give us some hope, a reminder of times we had and that we'll have again, that sort of thing. So I wanted to point out that Google's Nest Hub Max is $50 off right now at Home Depot. It's $30 off everywhere else, but for whatever reason, Home Depot is bringing that extra juicy deal to $179. At this time, it looks like they have both Chalk and Charcoal models too. Free delivery is included, plus there are store pickup options available.

Home Depot Deal Link

Thanks to Ads, Google May Soon Make Hundreds of Movies Free to Watch

Tim — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 15:19:29 +0000

Ads can suck. On the other hand, in some cases, they can be cool. Take for example the latest development inside of the Play Movies app, and by inside, I mean hidden within APK code that was sniffed out by the good people over at XDA. According to a recent teardown, Google is readying what appears to be hundreds of movies for free consumption. The only downside to this great news is, it will be ad-supported. As detailed, in version v4.18.37 of the Play Movies application, XDA spotted a few strings hinting that Google could introduce a free-with-ads selection of movies. The string of code that's truly noteworthy states, "hundreds of movies, just a few ads." This is awesome. If I have to explain why this is awesome, well, let's get started. If you're one of millions of people currently on lockdown in the US due to the COVID-19 pandemic, this change from Google could open up a ton of entertainment to help pass these super boring days stuck inside. And even if this change comes after the shelter-in-place orders are lifted, it's still cool to know that there would be yet another service to turn to for entertainment. Now, we have no idea which movies will be made available with ads, but fingers crossed it's not a bunch of crap. Come on, Google, give us the good stuff. // XDA

Stadia Pro Users Getting Three More Free Games for April, Includes Serious Sam Collection

Tim — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 13:36:32 +0000

Stadia Pro users are being gifted another three games for the month of April, which is great for anyone stuck inside and still subscribed to Google's cloud-based gaming service. The first game is Spitlings, a fast and fun arcade game you can play with four friends online that "demands and rewards perfect cooperation." Pro users will also receive the Serious Sam Collection, which is Serious Sam: The First Encounter, Serious Sam: The Second Encounter, and Serious Sam 3: BFE. And the third game for free is Stacks On Stacks (On Stacks), a journey into a colorful world of absurdism. These games can be claimed for free starting April 1. As a friendly reminder, March 31 is the last day to claim Metro Exodus and Thumper for free as well. Don't miss out on those. // Stadia

Verizon Should Have Given You 15GB of Extra Data Today

Kellen — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 13:15:30 +0000

Since it's now March 25, you should have received a data bonus today from Verizon. From today through April 30, Big Red is offering up an extra 15GB of data to use across nearly all of their plans. We told you about this move a couple of days ago, but there was clearly some confusion around the timing. Today is the day. Not yesterday or the day before. Today. March 25 is the day Verizon said they were giving you free data. Got it? The breakdown is pretty simple for who gets what. Since most people are now on unlimited data plans, Verizon is offering an extra 15GB of hotspot data to use for those customers. If you aren't on unlimited, your plan should just get 15GB of extra data to use (Shared Data Plans, Jetpack, and Prepaid). Here is the exact wording for each batch of bonus data from Verizon's COVID-19 FAQ:

For Unlimited Data Plans
- 15 GB of 4G LTE data will be added to your plan’s existing Mobile Hotspot allotment
- Eligible plans include: The Verizon Plan Unlimited, Go/Beyond/Above Unlimited Plans, Start/Play More/Do More/Get More Unlimited Plans
For Shared Data Plans
- 15 GB of 4G LTE shared data will be added (can be used for Mobile Hotspot, or any other connected device using the shared data plan)
- Eligible plans include: More Everything Plans, Verizon Plans 1.0 and 2.0 (e.g., S, M, L, XL, XXL), Just Kids
For Jetpack - Unlimited or Metered Plans
- 15 GB of 4G LTE data will be added
For Prepaid
- All monthly plans with a data allowance: 15 GB of 4G LTE data will be added to monthly metered Smartphone (can be used for Mobile Hotspot), Jetpack and Tablet device plans

You should be able to check and see if the data is in your account through the My Verizon app. I'm not sure there is a way to check your hotspot data, at least from my digging through various Verizon menus. Let us know if you don't see the data soon!

Totallee Makes the Best Minimal Cases for the Galaxy S20 Lineup

Tim — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 11:46:17 +0000

After my Galaxy S20 Ultra review, I didn't stop using the device. It's my daily driver and I'm proud of that. To ensure I keep my device safe from little drops and scratches, I have been using a thin, minimal case from Totallee. We've covered their goods in the past and we continue to use their cases because they make good stuff. Totallee sent over cases for the entire Galaxy S20 lineup, and while I've been using the "thin" matte black case on my S20 Ultra, I've had my fiancée using a Clear Soft case on a smaller Galaxy S20. I like mine thin and minimal, while she appreciates a bit more cushion and grip. Having used my case for a couple of weeks now, without a doubt, these are up there as the best minimal cases you can get for Galaxy S20 devices. The cases cost $35 a pop which is by no means cheap, but if we're talking about an accessory for a $1,000+ phone, $35 for a case is reasonable. While these cases don't provide any type of significant protection in terms of shock absorption or added water resistance, frankly, they just feel good in-hand and I like that I don't have to worry about minor scratches and scuffs. Day-to-day, that's all my phone is in danger of anyway. To top it off, I throw on a PopSocket (Baby Yoda!) for added functionality, so now I can prop my phone up, watch videos, and use the device one-handed with ease. Isn't the future sweet? If you want your own Totallee case, follow the link below.

Totallee Store Link

Stuck at Home Review: EwinRacing Champion Series Gaming Chair

Tim — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 10:31:45 +0000

Like many of you, I am stuck at home, riding out this damned COVID-19 pandemic. To pass the time, I noticed I've been spending a lot more time on my rump in the home office, whether it be writing things for Droid Life or extended sessions of Call of Duty: Warzone. Given that I've been sitting more, I want to make sure I have a comfortable chair, so it was quite serendipitous that EwinRacing, a maker of PC gaming chairs, emailed me to see if I would be interested in checking out one of their chairs for review. I accepted because who doesn't want to be comfortable. The chair arrived a few days later. I've now had it set up in my office for a few days and am ready to share a few thoughts. Shall we?

Assembly

I've assembled a similar gaming chair before, but thankfully, assembling this EwinRacing gaming chair was nothing like that one. There are only a few pieces to put together, all of which are assembled with the use of one of two hex pins. You can view the entire assembly instruction list here (photo from Monitornerds), but I'd say it took me about 15 minutes from start to finish. Do note the red directional arrows on the instructions, though. I began reading left to right, top to bottom like you'd read a book and was very confused at first. Thankfully my fiancée caught me and corrected me that I need to follow the arrows. Bless her heart. Once your chair is assembled, with all of its screws tightened, you're ready to sit and relax.

Features

Can chairs have features? Well of course they can and the Champion Series is no different. This chair features a stain-resistant PU (polyurethane) leather over a high-density foam cushion. According to the product's listing, the foam is "engineered to be 2x heavier than regular foam per cubit foot, inching it near the realm of memory foam." Obviously I'll chat comfort in just a bit. For adjusting the chair, there is a ridiculous amount of knobs, levers, and all that jazz. For specifics, there's height adjustment, tilt adjustment, sideways and height adjustment for the armrests, and backrest adjustment. What I wasn't sure of at first, but am now a major fan of, are the pillows the chair comes with. And since I'm talking about the pillows now, let's get to the comfort section. For a full look at "features," check out the product listing here.

Mmm, new chair smell!

Comfort

This chair is comfy! The last gaming chair I tried, I hoped it might get softer or more comfy after I broke it in for a week or so, but that didn't really happen. With the EwinRacing gaming chair, it was comfortable as soon as I sat in it the first time. It is a lot different from the chair I am coming from, a high backrest IKEA office chair, but once I found out the level of tilt I liked, my body just sort of melts right into it. And this is where the pillows come in. My past chairs don't have cute little pillows to support my lower back and neck, so the addition of these pillows has been a major bonus. If you don't want the pillows, simply unclip them. As someone with terrible sitting posture (I look more like a pretzel than a human when sitting), which has been confirmed by my primary care physician, acupuncturist, massage therapist and chiropractor, I honestly feel much more comfortable and less achey after extended periods of sitting. And with the pandemic and state-wide lockdown in full effect, I foresee a lot more sitting in my future.

Durability

I've only been using the chair for a few days, so I can't give you much details in terms of durability, but I have faith that this chair can serve me for some time. The chair feels very durable and heavy, and according to the EwinRacing's website, the chair can handle plenty of cleaning thanks to its PU leather and hub-less casters. The leather is detailed to "surpass industry performance standards for strength abrasion, hydrolysis, and UV stability," so that seems good. For now, it's holding strong and maybe I'll post an update to this review in six months or so.

Price

I don't know how much anyone here spends on chairs, but for me, it's never been more than $199. Anything higher than that seemed silly, but when I think more about it, if you want something that is high quality and comes with plenty of features, you might have to pay higher prices. EwinRacing has a large selection of chairs that covers a wide range of prices, but for this Champion Series chair that I received, the price is currently $219. This is 42% off its list price of $379, but on top of that, there are different chairs in this particular series that range in color and size. Thinking objectively, even though I was gifted this chair in exchange for this review, I could easily see myself dropping a couple hundred dollars on this chair.

If you're stuck at home like us, and you need a new chair for all of your work and/or gaming needs, feel free to check out the Champion Series by following the link below.

E-WIN Store Link (Use code "Droidlife" for 20% off select orders!)

Amazon Gives You $3 If You Order With No-Rush Shipping

Kellen — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 09:43:22 +0000

Amazon is doing their best to prioritize orders for people with urgent needs, yet I'd imagine you still think your Prime orders should arrive in a day or two max. I get that you are accustomed to that speed, but folks, this isn't the time for you to 1-day rush your 14th pair of wireless buds. To help sell you on that idea, Amazon is offering a solid reward for No-Rush shipping orders. If you decide that the order you are placing with Amazon isn't urgent and you go with No-Rush shipping, Amazon will give you $3 back as a digital reward. Those digital rewards can get be applied to "applicable to select eBooks, digital music, videos, and apps." If you order a lot from Amazon, you might be able to rack up enough digital rewards to rent or buy a lot of media, like movies and books. And in doing so, you'll take some of the strain off of Amazon workers who really should be prioritizing orders. Learn more about Amazon free No-Rush Shipping

Google Podcasts Gets Redesign For Easier Discovery

Kellen — Wed, 25 Mar 2020 08:01:13 +0000

Google Podcasts continues to improve beyond just the shell of an app it once launched as. This week, Google is rolling out a full redesign to Android, launching on iOS, and adding support for subscriptions in the Podcasts web portal. It's a big week! The big news on the redesign is that you have better organization of Home, Explore, and Activity tabs. The Home tab is there for your quick access to subscriptions and new episodes of favorite shows. The Explore tab is where you might find new stuff, with a suggestions tab titled "For you," as well as others by category (News, Business, Comedy, etc.). The Activity tab is your history, queue, downloads, and subscriptions. Google says this redesign should "make it easier to discover podcasts you'll love" as you build out an impressive list of subscriptions and "customize your listening." Additionally, as I mentioned above, the Google Podcasts app is now on iOS (link) as well, and the web portal has subscriptions now. If you aren't yet seeing the new update on Android, thank Google and their staged rollouts, aka the ruiner of Android. Google Play Link: Google Podcasts // Google

Grab Samsung's 45W Fast Charger for Your Galaxy S20 Ultra, Note 10+ for $35 ($15 Off)

Kellen — Tue, 24 Mar 2020 17:25:51 +0000

Samsung has a 45W Super Fast Charger that most of you don't own because it's a separate (expensive) purchase and only works with a couple of phones. It's on sale at the moment, though, so if you own one of those phones, it's time to buy. Owners of the Galaxy S20 Ultra or Galaxy Note 10+ can take advantage of this extra boost in charging speed for $34.99. That's a $15 discount on this charger that's typically priced at $50. Is it even worth buying over the 25W charger that comes with most of Samsung's phones at this point? For the most part, you are really only going to see a speed boost from the charging during the first several minutes when your phone is at lower percentages. You likely won't see a massive improvement in overall charging times to 100%, because chargers and phones are smart enough to slow things down to preserve batteries. So the answer is, sure, if you need more battery in less time when you don't have much time, it'll probably be worth it.

Amazon Link

OnePlus Will Let You Test Their New Phone Before It's Out

Kellen — Tue, 24 Mar 2020 14:34:04 +0000

OnePlus announced today that their "new flagship is on the way" through a forum post that will let a lucky group of people test the device before it has been shown off to the public. As a part of OnePlus' The Lab, they'll select 10 people to provide a "solid and unbiased review" of what we assume will be the OnePlus 8. To get signed-up, you have to fill out a form/application where OnePlus will ask you a series of questions about your tech past, like what phone you use, how you might recommend it to someone else, and if you've reviewed devices in the past, made videos of them, etc. It's an application after all, so you'll have to sell yourself a bit. Once done, the "community" reviews the applications before OnePlus announces 10 reviewers of the new phone on April 2. Those reviewers will then get the phone "before" the launch event, so that reviews can be prepared and ready to go "live after launch event." OnePlus says that everyone can apply, just know that at least 6 of the 10 reviewers will be long-time OnePlus community members. Interested? You can sign-up right here. // OnePlus

Google Makes it Easy to See if Your Trip is Affected by COVID-19 Pandemic (Spoiler: Most Likely)

Tim — Tue, 24 Mar 2020 10:28:46 +0000

With the COVID-19 pandemic taking place, many are seeing their travel plans cancelled. However, if your trip hasn't been cancelled, Google is making it easier to see if there are trip advisories for your destination, as well as helping you locate current and up-to-date cancellation policies for airlines. This is obviously greatly useful at times such as these. When you search on Google for flight and hotel information, you will now begin to see COVID-19 travel advisories and/or restrictions for your particular destination. These advisories will contain links to relevant information from travel authorities when possible. Google states you'll see this information on search result pages, at the top of google.com/travel, as well as in Google Maps when searching for hotels. For flight cancellation policies, Google says, "In response to COVID-19, many airlines have adjusted change fee and cancellation policies. When you search on Google for flights with a specific airline or go to Google Flights, we’ll direct you to our Help Center article with more information on airline policies." Again, that can be very clutch given the current circumstances. // Google

Anker's Current Deals are Basically the Ultimate Stay at Home Kit

Kellen — Tue, 24 Mar 2020 10:21:19 +0000

A fresh batch of Anker product deals is out for the week and it sure looks to me like someone at the company put together a pack of products for all of us stuck at home. This is the ultimate set of "shelter in place" devices that will outfit your home for the upcoming struggle. For example, you are now at home, possibly for weeks on end and you want to do a bit of spying on the outside world or screen all persons who come to your door? Well, Anker's Eufy Video Doorbell is $30 off. Instead of $199, it's now $169 ($30 off).

Anker Eufy Security Video Doorbell ($169.99, $30 off)

Need portable tunes as you move about your yard or as you walk down the street, keeping that 6-foot distance at all times? The Anker Soundcore Model Zero Bluetooth speaker is $109.99, down from $199.99 ($90 off).

Soundcore Model Zero Bluetooth speaker ($109.99, $90 off)

Realized that being at home has introduced all sorts of power management and lack-of-enough-outlet issues? A number of Anker chargers and hubs are discounted to decent prices.

Anker PowerPort 6 Hub ($21.99, $4 off)
Anker PowerPord PD2 USB-C 30W Charger ($18.20, $3.74 off)

Who doesn't want to perfectly light their house with night lights, helping you and your children find their way during these dark times?

Eufy Plug-in Night Lights (4-pack) ($9.90, ($3.59 off)
Eufy Plug-in Night Lights (6-pack) ($14.59, $3.40 off)

Look, I don't actually think the power is going to go out any time soon, but hey, get your portable battery packs ready!

Anker PowerCore+ 26800mAh 45W Battery ($118.99, $21 off)
Anker PowerCore 15000mAh Battery ($25.99, $14 off)
Anker PowerCore II 20000mAh 18W Battery ($31.99, $18 off)
Anker PowerCore 5000mAh Portable Battery ($14.06, $5 off)

Yes, being at home means a dirtier house, you filthy animal. Why not automate part of the cleaning with a Eufy robot vacuum? Two are significantly discounted at the moment.

Eufy RoboVac 11s Max ($179.99, $70 off)
Eufy RoboVac 12 ($149.99, $90 off)

No codes are required on any of these, as Anker is making it easy this week with straight discounts.

YouTube Lowers Default Video Resolution During Pandemic to Ease Strain on Networks

Tim — Tue, 24 Mar 2020 09:29:29 +0000

With many working from home, internet networks that aren't usually stressed are being put to the test as of late. To help ease the strain, YouTube announced that it will be lowering the video resolution on videos you watch by default. This is merely a formality, though, as users can still toggle whatever resolution they choose. Typically, evenings are when traffic on YouTube picks up, but with many working from home now, the company says that higher traffic is steady across the entire day. Again, if you notice that your video is in lower resolution but you'd like it maxed out, you can simply toggle the setting. This is a nice gesture by YouTube, though. // Bloomberg